Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract
CAG-17-088 . � � TM === Document A101 - 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where rhe basis of payment is a Stipulafed Sum AGREEMENT made as ofthe�L^�`��'�—�y��'lday of.,�`,�y'�.�. in the year �C i`] (In�vor•ds, indicate day, month and yea�•.) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name, legal stanrs, adclress and other i»formation) Citv of Renton This document has important lega! - consequences.Consuitation with 1055 S.Grady Way an attorney is encoureged with Renton,WA 4$O5� respect to its compieUon or modification. AfA DocumentA201TM'-2007, Generai Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document by and the Contractor: reterence.Do not use with other (Name, lega/stutus, adcfress and other infornration) generai conditions uniess this document is modi8ed. Road Construction Northwest,Inc. 5$S! NE 4th St. Renton,WA 98059 for the following Project: (Nanre, Jocation and detailed description) Sunset Neighborhood Park,Phase I 2680 Sunset Lane NE Renton,WA 98056 The Architect: (Nanre, legal status, address and other information) f-IBB Landscape Architecture 215 Westlake Avenue North Seattle,W A 98 t 09 The Owner and Contcactor agree as fo(lows. (n�� AIA Docurrwnt A101 TM-2007.Copyright4>1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958 1961 1963 1967,1974,1977.1987,1991,1997 and 2007 by The Amenran IrutiMe of Archite�AII righb reserved.WARNING:This AIA"Document is protected by U S Copyright Law and tntemational Treaties Unauthorized reproduction or � distribution of this AIA`Document,or any porlion of it,may result in severe civil and criminai penakies,and will be prosecuted to the maximum e�ctent possible � under the law This document was created on 05/16/2017 18.02 57 under the terms of AIA Documenis-on-DemandTM ordar no 2009623489 ,and is not for resale Th�s document is Iicensed by the Ameriran Instihrte ot Archrtects for one-6me use only,and may not be 2produced prior to ifs compietion. TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACi'DOCUMENTS 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4 CONTRACT SUM 5 PAYMENTS 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTIQN 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSiON 8 MISCEI.LANEOUS PROV{SIONS 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1a INSURANCE AND BONDS ARTtCLE 1 THE CpNTRAGT DOCUMEPITS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other dacuments listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,all of which form the Cantract,and are as futly a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representatians ar agreements,either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than a Modification,appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fulty execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibiliry of others. ARTICI.E 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement untess a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert!he date of commencenrent if it differs fi�om the date of this Agreement or, rf applicabJe,state that�he dale ivill be frxed in a notice to proceed.,1 Date will be fixed in a Notice to Proceed If,prior to the commencement of the Work,ihe Owner requires time to file mortgages and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shalt be as follows: N'A §3.2 The Contract Time shalt be measured from the date of cammencement. ��i� AIA OceumerttA101 TM—ZOO7.CopyrigM�1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,i958,196t,1963,1967 1974 19T7 1987 1991 1997 and 2007 by The Amencan Instltute aF Arahde�tis.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U S Copyright law and Intemational Treaties Uaauthodzed reproductwn or 2 distribution of this AIA�Document,or any portion of it,may resuft in severe civil and criminal penafties and will be prosecuted to the maximum e�etent possible j under tlie law.This docume�rt was created on p5/16l2017 18:02:57 under the terms of AIA Documents-on-DemandT'"order no 2009623489 and is not tor resale This document is Iicensed by the American InsGtute of Archdects for one-time use only and may not be reproduced pnor to its completion §3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later zhan One Hundred Sixty ( 160 )days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Inse�•t ncrr�rbe�•of calendar days.�1lternative/}�, a calendar date may be trsed tivhen coor•clinated�vith the cfute of conrrnencentent. If appropriate, inser!rer�uirements for ea�•lier Substaniial Completion of certain portions of the ff'ark.J Portion of the Work Substantial Completion Date NA ,subject to adjustments of this Coniract T'ime as provided in the Contract Documents. (Inser!provisions, if nrry,for liquidated danrages relating to failtu�e to achieve Substantial Carrpletion o�7 time or for honus peryments fa•early completion of the 6t'ork.) NA ARTtCLE a CONTRACT SUM §4.'!The Owner shali pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract.'The Contract Sum shall be "Cwo Million Three Hundred Fifty-Qne Thousand Ten Dollars and Forty Eight Cents Do3lars ($2,351,010.48 ),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. §4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,whieh are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the nunrbers or olher identification of accepted alternates. If the bidding or proposal documents pernrit!he Otivner to accept other alternates srrbseqcrent to the exectrtion of lhis Agree»rent, attach a sched�r/e of s:�ch other alternates sholving Ihe amount for each and!he date ivhen ihaf amottnt expii�es.) NA §4.3 Unit prices,if any: (Identify and state the unit price;state q:rantrty Jbnrlatio�rs, if any, to�vhich the:rnit price ivitl be applica6le! Item Units and Limitations Price per Unit($4.00) NA Itlit. �A Document At01 TM—200Z Gopyright m 1915,1918.1925 1937 1951,1958 1961 1963 1967,1974.19TT,1987,1991,1997 and 2007 by The Nmericsn instiluSa of Archileds Alt rights reserved.WARNING This AIA'Document�.5 profected by U S Copyright�aw and Intarnational Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction ot � distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may resuk in severe civil and criminal penalties,and wilt be prosecuted to the maximum extent possibte r underthe iaw.This dacument was created on D5116t2617 18 02 57 under the terms of RIA pocuments-on-DemandT'"order no 2008629489 ,and is noi for 2sale.This document is licensed by the American Institute of fvchrtecis For one-6ma use only and may not be reproduced pnar to ifs compietion §4.4 Aflowances inciuded in the Contract Sum,if any: (Icierrl��alloivance and stote exclusions, rfany,fi•orn the alloirance price.) item Price{$0.00) NA ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS §5.t PROGRESS PAYMENTS §5.1.1 Based upon App2ications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided belaw and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending an the last day of the month,or as foltows: The City of Renton operates on a two-week cycle according to the 2017 Acounts Payable Calendar,a copy of which wili be provided to the Contractor.Applications for payment must be received by the Owner a minimum of one�veek prior to any invoice cut-off date to be processed in that run. §5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the N A day of a monih,the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not Eater than the N A day of the(same)(follomonth.If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect afrer the apptication date fixed above,payment shall be made by the Owner not fater than N A ( )days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. (Federal,state or local lmvs naay reqnire paymefrt ivi�hin a certain period of time.) . §5.1.4 Each Apptication for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Doeuments.The schedule of values shal(allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,sha11 be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. §5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion af each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. §5.1.5 Subject ta other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: .1 Take thai portion of the Contract Sum properiy allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of khe Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portian of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of Five percent( 5°o).Pending final determination af cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 73.4 of AIA Document A201 T"t-2007,General Conditions of the Contract for Construction; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction{or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored offthe site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of Eive percent( 5°o); .3 Subtract the aggregate oi'previous payments made by the Qwner;and .4 Subtract amounts,if any,for which the Architect has withheid or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201 2007. Init �ADocumerttA101'"'-200T.Copyrightm1915,1918,1925,7937,t951,1958,t961 1963 1967 1974 t977,19871941 1997and2007byTheAmencanlnstiNteaf Arrhitects.A!I�tgMs reserved.WARNING:This AfA�Document is protected by U S Copyright taw and tntemational Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or 4 distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may resuik in severe civil and criminal penakies,and will be prosecuted to the maximum e�ctent possible � underthe law This documentwas created on �5l1812017 18:o2 5� under the terms of AIA pocuments-on-DemandT"'order no. 2009623489 and is not for resale.7his document is Iicensed 6y the American Ins4tute Qf Architects(or one-time use onry and may not be reproducecf pnor to rts completmn §5.1.7 The progress payment amount detern�ined in accordance�vilh Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the fo(lowing circumstances: .1 Add,upon Substantiat Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the futi amount af the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect stiall determine for incomplete Wark, retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims;and (Section 9.8.5 oj.A1.9 Document�f 201 ?0�7 requires retease of applicable retainage upon Substantial Cornpletion of tt'ork tivith cansent of s:rr�ery, if any.) .2 Add,if finai completion of the Work is thereafter material(y delayed through n�fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in aecordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201 200�. §5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior to Substantra!Conrpletion of the enlire ff%ork, to r•educe or linrrl the retainage resniting fi•orn the percentages inse�•ted i�1 Sectians 5.1.6.1 and.5.1.6.2 abnve, arrd this is not explained elseivhere rn the Conb•act ,�ocwaents, inser!here provrsions far serch i•ecfuction a•timitation.) N`A §5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approvai,the Contractor shaEl not make advance payments to suppiiers for materials or equiprnent which have not been delirered and stared at the site. §5.2 FiNAL PAYMENT §5.2.1 Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shal!be made by the Owner to the Contractor when .9 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct w'ork as pravided in Section 12.2.2 of AtA Document A201-2007,and to satisfy other requirements,if any,which extend beyond fina!payment;and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. §5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Archicect's fina!Certificate for Payment,or as fo(lows: .t The Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Coniractor"s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-2007,and to satisfy other requirements,if any,which extend beyond final paymeot;and .2 The Renton City Council has approved an Agenda Bi(1 for final payment;and .3 The State Revenue Department and Department of Labor have fited releases,the statutory retainage run without daims or the ctaims against retainage have been released,fuliy litigated,or bonded. ARTICI.E 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION §6.1 INITlAL DECISION MAKER 7he Architect will serve as Initia(Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AIA Document A201 2007,unless the parties appoint below another individual,not a party to this Agreement,to serve as Initial Decision Maker. (Iflhe parties nurtually agree, insert the name, addt•ess and ofher contact infarrr�ation of the Initial Decision�Llaker if othe�•than the�irchitect.) N/A ��i� AIADocumentAlQ1TM-2007.Copy►Ight(0 i915,1918,1925,1937,1951.1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,19T7,1987,1991 5997and 2007 byTheArnencan Ins4h�teoF Archifecls AH tigMa raserved.WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U S Copyright Law and Intemational Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or 5 distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of k,may resuk in severe civil and criminal penaities,and wili be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible � under the law This documentwas created on 05/16/2017 18:02 57 under the terms of AiA Docume�ts-on-DemandTM order no 2009623489 and�s not for resaie This document is licensed by the American Inst�tute of Archdectc lor one-tlme use on(y and may not be reproduced pnor io its compiehon §6.2 BINDfNG DISPUTE RESOLUTION For any Claim subject to,but nat resolved by,mediation pursuant to Section 153 of AIA Document A201 ZOb7,the method of binding dispute resolution shal!be as follows: (Check the appropr•iate bo.r. If the Chv�ter and Conb•actor c�o no!select a method of 6inding disptlte�•esolution belo�v, or• do not subseque��tly agree in writi��g to a bincfir7g dispute r-esol:rtion nrethod other than litigatiorr, Claims�vi(1 be resolved 6y lirigation in a coi�r•t of competent j:rrisdiction.) Q Arbitration pursuant to Section I 5.4 of AtA Document A201 2007 ❑ Litigation in a court of campeteni jurisdiction ❑ Other:(Specify) ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION aR SUSPENSlON §7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A20 t 2007. §T.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A2Q1 20Q1. ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVlSIQNS §$.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201 2007 or another Contract Docurnent,the reference refers to that provision as amended or supp(emented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. §8.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Cantract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below,or in the absence thereof,at the Iegai rate prevaiting from time to time at the ptace where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed e�pon, ��any.� Per Annum §8.3 The Owner's representative: {Name,address and other i�tfornration} Todd Black,ASLA 1055 S Grady Way Renton,WA 98057 425-430-6571 tblack@rentonwa.gov §8.4 The Contractor's representative: (Nanae, address and other iriformationJ Matthe�v Wagester iZoad Constn►ction NoRhwest 5851 NE 4th St Renton,WA 98059 425-254-9999 matt@rcnw.com §$.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. Init ��umsntA101"'-200T.Copyright(�1915 1918 t9251937.1951,1958.t961 t963.19G7197419T71987.7991 1997and2�07byTheAmencanlns6arteaf Architecs Ali dghts reserved.WARNING:This AIA�Document is protected by U.S.CopyrigM Law and Intematlonal Treaties Unauthorized reproduction or s distribuGon of this AIA�Document,or aoy portion of it,may resuR in severe civil and criminal penalties,and wili be prosecuted to the maximum extent possi6le l under the taw.This documentwas created on 05/16/2017 18 02 57 under the terms of AIA Documents-on-DemandT'"order no 2009623489 and is not for resale This document is licensed by fhe American Inslitute ol Afchdects for one-t�me use only and may not he reproduced pnor to ds comple4on §8.6 Other provis'sons: N/A ARTICLE 9 ENUMERAT(ON OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §9.1 The Contract Docurnents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated in ihe sections below. §9.1.1 The Agreernent is this executed AIA Document A 101 20d7,Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractar. §9.1.2 The Genera!Conditions are AIA Document A201 2007,General Conditians of the Contract for Construction. §9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: Documeat Title Date Pages 0�800 Specia(Provisions 4 19 201? 3 §9.1.4 The Specifications: (Eithei�list the Specifrcations here oe•refer to an e.rhibit c7t�ached to this.�igreement� Project Manual for Sanset Neighborhood Park,Phase[Apri12017 Section Title Date Pages I�It �A Document A1d1 TM-2007.CoPyri9ht�+1915.1918.1925 1437 t951 1958 19Gt 1963 1967,1974,1977.1887;1991.1997 and 2007 by The Amenran lns6brte af ArchRectr.Ail rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected try U.S.CopyrigM Law and Intamational Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or 7 distribution of this AIA�Documerrt,or any portion of i�may resuR in severe civil and criminal penatties,and wiil be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / undertfie law This daumentwas created on OSJi612017 18 02 57 under the terms of AIA Dacumentson-DemandT"'arder no 2009623489 and is not for resale This document is Iicensed by the Rmetican lnstitute of Archiiects for one-time use only,and may not be reproduced pnor to its cAmpietion §9.1.5 The t7rawings: (Either list Che I�1�rnrings hei•e ar refe��to an exhihit attached to this Agreenrent.) Sunset Neighborhood Park,Phase t: Bid Set April 19,2017 Number TiNe Qate §9.1.6 The Addanda,if any: Number Date Pages � Specifications 52 2Q1? 64 i Plans 5/2/2017 1-20 Portions of Addenda reiating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9 §9.1.7 Additional dacuments,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents: .1 AIA Document E201T"t 2007,Digital Data Protacol Exhibit,if campleted by the parties,ar the following: None .2 Other documents,if any, lisied below: (List here any additional docun:ents that are r�tlended to form part of the Contract Docunrents-A1.4 t)ocument A201 20(17 provides thal bidding requirenrents such as adver�tiserrrent or invrtalion to bicf, Insnzrcrio,as to Bidders, sample fa•ms and the Conh•actor's bid are rrot part of the Contract Docurnents t�nless enzrmer-uled in lhis�Igreement. They slaotrld be listed here o��(y if internled to he part of the Contract Dact�ments.) None Iltlt. '�A Docume�tA101 TM-2007.Copyt'ightQ91975.19�8,1925,1937,1951,1958.1961.1963,1967,1974,1977,1887,t995.1397 aod 2007 by The American InstiNte of Ardiiteds All rights raaerved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U S Copyright Law and intemational Trea4es Unauthonzed reproduction or g distributibn oi this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may resuft in severe civii and criminai penalties,and wili be prosecuted to the maximum e�cterrt possible � underthe law This documentwas created on OSff6l201�18.02:57 under the terms of AIA Documents-on-DemandTM'order no 2009623489 ,end is nat For resale.This document is iicensed by the Amenran institute of Architecfs for one-time use only and may not 6e reproduced pnar to its compfe6on ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of AIA Docurnent A201 2007. (State boncfing r•eqtrirements, if any, and/imits of liabilit}�for insttrance reqzdr•ed in Article I/ of�t1A Doct�ment A10! 2007.) Type of Insurance or Bond Limit of Liability or Bond Amount($Q.00j Surety Bond $2,351,010.48 This eement entered i as of the day and year first written above. _—„� / OW R(Signanu•e) CON RA {'i t •e1 Detlis Law,Mayor Jeffrey M.Kanyer/President (Printed name and title) (Printed name rrnrl title} ```����\�\�\�1����' ATT S �����! GR�cO����i / � ��...���a�n� / V�� = �e``bt+��N�iOi hi�� �� �s�'� O'iARy ��'�p',, i M an Gregor, CMC, MLIS % s"o �_ , � s � Deputy� City Clerk � ;� � � =p : ; c, � �,, Ave� p_� : % �'��''�q 8-27 Z�' � _ / �qi��a��.....`� \� ///�����c�F V��P c'� IOit. �p'DocumetrtA101TM-2007.Copyright&}1915,1918,1925,1937,1957,t958.196�,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,199t,1997 and200�DyTheAmerican InsStuteot Architeds AN righta reserved.WARNING:This AIA�Oocument is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and Intemational Treaties Unauthorized reproduction or g distribution of this AIA�Document,or any portion of it,may resuft in severe civil and criminal pena�ies,and wiil be prosecuted to the mazimum extent possibie � underthe law This documentwas created an 05/18l2�17 18:02:57 under the terms of AiA Documents-on-DemandTM order no 20Q9623489 ,and is not for resale Th�s dacument�s'�censed by the American Institute of Archftec�s for one-time use oniy and may not be reproduced prior to its completlon CITY OF _.._.__.�....--�'`R�11tt311. ' Attachment'A' 5unset Neighborhood Park, Phase i Scope of Work Road Construction Northwest, Inc. will construct Phase i of Sunset Neighborhood Park, which includes, but is not limited to: earthwork, utility installation, restroom and pergola tonstruction, lighting, concrete flatwo�k, landscape pianting and irrigation, all as shown and described in the Contract Documents prepared by HBB Landscape Architecture, dated April 2017. Payment will be on a Stipulated Sum Basis of Two Millian Three Hundred Fifty-One Thousand Ten Dollars and Forty-Eight Cents ($2,351,010.48}, which includes WSST. 2/1 8 98 1 0 2 - 3 5 1 3 BU S H , R O E D & H I T C H I N G S , I N C . 20 0 9 M I N O R A V E . E A S T SE A T T L E , W a s h i n g t o n LA N D S U R V E Y O R S & C I V I L E N G I N E E R S FA X # ( 2 06 ) 3 2 3- 7 1 3 5 (2 06 ) 3 2 3- 4 1 4 4 1- 8 0 0 - 9 3 5 - 0 5 0 8 N W 1 /4, S E C TI O N 9 , T O WN S HI P 2 3 N O RT H , R A N G E 5 E A S T, W . M .TO P OG RAPHI C SU RVE Y C ITY O F RENT O N SU N S ET PAR K R EN T O NKIN G CO UNT Y WA S HIN G T O N 6/ 0 2 / 1 6 \\ B r h 0 2 \ c a d \ C 3 D \ 2 0 1 6 \ 2 0 1 6 0 7 7 \ S U R V E Y I N G \ D W G \ X S - S U R - 0 0 . d w g , 6 / 2 / 2 0 1 6 3 : 1 2 : 4 1 P M , D W G T o P D F . p c 3 , 1 : 1 98 1 0 2 - 3 5 1 3 BU S H , R O E D & H I T C H I N G S , I N C . 20 0 9 M I N O R A V E . E A S T SE A T T L E , W a s h i n g t o n LA N D S U R V E Y O R S & C I V I L E N G I N E E R S F AX # ( 2 06 ) 3 2 3- 7 1 3 5 (2 06 ) 3 2 3- 4 1 4 4 1- 8 0 0 - 9 3 5 - 0 5 0 8 NW 1 / 4 , S E C T I O N 9 , T O W N S H I P 2 3 N O R T H , R A N G E 5 E A S T , W . M . A A EA 4, S E C G TO P OG RAPHI C S URVE Y C ITY O F RENT O N SU N S ET PAR K R EN T O NKIN G CO UNT Y WA S HIN G T O N 6/ 0 2 / 1 6 \\ B r h 0 2 \ c a d \ C 3 D \ 2 0 1 6 \ 2 0 1 6 0 7 7 \ S U R V E Y I N G \ D W G \ X S - S U R - 0 0 . d w g , 6 / 2 / 2 0 1 6 3 : 1 2 : 5 9 P M , D W G T o P D F . p c 3 , 1 : 1 98 1 0 2 - 3 5 1 3 BU S H , R O E D & H I T C H I N G S , I N C . 20 0 9 M I N O R A V E . E A S T SE A T T L E , W a s h i n g t o n LA N D S U R V E Y O R S & C I V I L E N G I N E E R S F AX # ( 2 06 ) 3 2 3- 7 1 3 5 (2 06 ) 3 2 3- 4 1 4 4 1- 8 0 0 - 9 3 5 - 0 5 0 8 NW 1 / 4 , S E C T I O N 9 , T O W N S H I P 2 3 N O R T H , R A N G E 5 E A S T , W . M . S N A S M M M M M M M M M E GE GE E E E E G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G N M M M M M M M M M M M M . . EA E A A E T S TI O T H A A TO P OG RAPHI C S URVE Y C ITY O F RENT O N SU N S ET PAR K R EN T O NKIN G CO UNT Y WA S HIN G T O N 6/ 0 2 / 1 6 \\ B r h 0 2 \ c a d \ C 3 D \ 2 0 1 6 \ 2 0 1 6 0 7 7 \ S U R V E Y I N G \ D W G \ X S - S U R - 0 0 . d w g , 6 / 2 / 2 0 1 6 3 : 1 3 : 1 8 P M , D W G T o P D F . p c 3 , 1 : 1 98 1 0 2 - 3 5 1 3 BU S H , R O E D & H I T C H I N G S , I N C . 20 0 9 M I N O R A V E . E A S T SE A T T L E , W a s h i n g t o n LA N D S U R V E Y O R S & C I V I L E N G I N E E R S F AX # ( 2 06 ) 3 2 3- 7 1 3 5 (2 06 ) 3 2 3- 4 1 4 4 1- 8 0 0 - 9 3 5 - 0 5 0 8 NW 1 / 4 , S E C T I O N 9 , T O W N S H I P 2 3 N O R T H , R A N G E 5 E A S T , W . M . W TO P OG RAPHI C S URVE Y C ITY O F RENT O N SU N S ET PAR K R EN T O NKIN G CO UNT Y WA S HIN G T O N 6/ 0 2 / 1 6 \\ B r h 0 2 \ c a d \ C 3 D \ 2 0 1 6 \ 2 0 1 6 0 7 7 \ S U R V E Y I N G \ D W G \ X S - S U R - 0 0 . d w g , 6 / 2 / 2 0 1 6 3 : 1 3 : 3 8 P M , D W G T o P D F . p c 3 , 1 : 1 2/18 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK DESIGN CRITERIA 1. APPLICABLE CODE: 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC), AS AMENDED BY THE CITY OF RENTON AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE LOCAL AGENCIES. 2. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL AND SPECIFIC STRUCTURE LOADINGS AND REQUIREMENTS. 3. ALL LOADS SHOWN ARE SERVICE LEVEL (UNFACTORED) UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. DEAD LOADS: SELF WEIGHT 5. ROOF LOADS: GROUND SNOW LOAD, Pg = 20 PSF SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR, Ce = 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR, Ct = 1.0 SLOPE FACTOR, Cs = 1.0 IMPORTANCE FACTOR, I = 1.0 MINIMUM FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD, Pf = 25 PSF LIVE LOAD = 20 PSF MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LOADS = 5 PSF 6. FLOOR LIVE LOADS:= 50 PSF 7. WIND LOADS: ASCE 7 METHOD = MWFRS ENVELOPE PROCEDURE BASIC WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST)= 110 MPH EXPOSURE CATEGORY = B INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT, GCpi = +/- .18 RISK CATEGORY = II IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Iw = 1.0 COMPONENT AND CLADDING WALL ELEMENTS = 38 PSF S 1 DS D1 S S 8. SEISMIC LOADS: MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS S = 1.43g S = 0.537g DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS S = 0.953g S = 0.537g SITE CLASS = D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Ie = 1.0 STRUCTURES HAVE BEEN ANALYZED USING THE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURES OF ASCE 7. 9. LATERAL FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEMS ORDINARY STEEL MOMENT FRAMES V = C W V = 13.5 KIP C = 0.27 R = 3.5 10. SOIL DESIGN PARAMETERS: A. NET ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURES: 3,000 PSF B. GROUND WATER (GW) ELEVATION: APPROX 20 FT BELOW GROUND SURFACE C. EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS: ACTIVE, Ka 0.28 AT REST, Ko 0.44 PASSIVE, Kp 2.4 H. COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION:0.5 J. NATIVE SOIL UNIT WEIGHT 135 PCF 11. FROST DEPTH:24 IN INSPECTION AND TESTING GENERAL INFORMATION FOUNDATIONS 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION DOES NOT INCLUDE OR WAIVE THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE BOTH INSPECTIONS. 2. SPECIFIED CONCRETE AND OTHER MATERIAL TESTING RELATED TO SPECIAL INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION WILL BE OWNER FURNISHED. 3. SPECIFIED LABORATORY TEST MIXES AND SIMILAR TEST RESULTS TO VERIFY MATERIAL QUALITY AND CONFORMANCE TO SPECIFICATIONS, AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE FOR USE ON THE PROJECT, SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 4. SPECIAL INSPECTION, TESTING AND OBSERVATION (OWNER FURNISHED) IS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTIONS 110 AND 1705 AS INDICATED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. 1.)25$%%5(9,$7,216127/,67('6(($60(<³$%%5(9,$7,216$1'$&521<06 38%/,&$7,21$6',675,%87(' BY THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME). 2. DESIGN DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO BE TYPICAL AND SHALL APPLY TO SIMILAR SITUATIONS OCCURRING THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT, WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE INDIVIDUALLY CALLED OUT. 3. VERIFY FINAL OPENING DIMENSIONS IN WALLS, SLABS, AND DECKS WITH OTHER DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF THESE ELEMENTS. 4. DO NOT CUT OR MODIFY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PIPES, DUCTS, ETC, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OR APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER. 5. VISITS TO THE JOB SITE BY THE ENGINEER TO OBSERVE THE CONSTRUCTION DO NOT IN ANY WAY MEAN THAT (1*,1((5,6*8$5$17252)&216758&725¶6:25.1255(63216,%/()257+(&2035(+(16,9(2563(&,$/ INSPECTIONS, COORDINATION, SUPERVISION, OR SAFETY AT THE JOB SITE. 1. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL DATA REPORT "GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE 1" BY CH2M DATED JULY 8, 2016. 2. FOUNDATION SLABS, SLABS-ON-GRADE AND COLUMN FOUNDATIONS SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE ON FILL SHALL BEAR ON 6 INCHES OF COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL. 3. FOUNDATION BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE OBSERVED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OR QUALIFIED DESIGNEE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF FORMWORK OR REINFORCING STEEL. THE OBSERVATION SHALL VERIFY IF THE ACTUAL EXPOSED SUBGRADE IS AS ANTICIPATED BY THE SITE SPECIFIC BORINGS AND TEST PITS. 4. USE OF EXPLOSIVES IS NOT ALLOWED. FORMWORK, SHORING, AND BRACING 1. STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR STABILITY UNDER FINAL CONDITIONS ONLY. DESIGN SHOWN DOES NOT INCLUDE NECESSARY COMPONENTS OR EQUIPMENT FOR STABILITY OF THE STRUCTURES DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION ERECTION METHODS, BRACING, SHORING, RIGGING, GUYS, SCAFFOLDING, FORMWORK, AND OTHER WORK AIDS REQUIRED TO SAFELY PERFORM THE WORK SHOWN. CONCRETE REINFORCING 1. REINFORCING STEEL: TYPICAL:ASTM A615, GRADE 60 2.)$%5,&$7,21$1'3/$&(0(172)5(,1)25&,1*67((/6+$//%(,1$&&25'$1&(:,7+&56,063³0$18$/2) 67$1'$5'35$&7,&(´$1'$&,³63(&,),&$7,216)256758&785$/&21&5(7(´ 3. MINIMUM REINFORCING FOR CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: THICKNESS REINF EACH WAY LOCATION ´#´CENTERED ´#´EACH FACE PROVIDE LARGER SIZES AND MORE REINFORCING IN SECTIONS OF CONCRETE WHERE REQUIRED BY THE DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS OR BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. 4. CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL BE: WHEN CAST AGAINST EARTH:´ CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH, WASHDOWN, OR WEATHER: SLABS ´ 5. 90 DEGREE BENDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, SHALL BE ACI 318 STANDARD HOOKS. 6. REINFORCING STEEL FOR FOOTINGS AND SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED ON BAR SUPPORTS WITH SPACERS TO KEEP REINFORCING ABOVE THE PREPARED GRADE. LIFTING REINFORCING OFF GRADE DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT IS NOT PERMITTED. 7. REINFORCEMENT BENDS AND LAPS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL SATISFY THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: 1./$3/(1*7+6$5(%$6('210,1,080&21&5(7(&29(52)´ 2. TOP BARS SHALL BE DEFINED AS ANY HORIZONTAL BARS PLACED SUCH THAT MORE THAN 12 INCHES OF CONCRETE IS CAST IN THE MEMBER BELOW THE BAR IN ANY SINGLE POUR. HORIZONTAL WALL BARS ARE CONSIDERED TOP BARS. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1. 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS (TO MEET STRUCTURAL STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS): BUILDING STRUCTURES:4000 PSI CURBS :3500 PSI 2. 56-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS (TO MEET DURABILITY REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 318 AND ACI 350): BUILDING STRUCTURES:4500 PSI CURBS:4500 PSI 3. DESIGN STRENGTHS ARE SAME AS 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS. 5. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS INDICATED ARE SUGGESTED LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR MAY REVISE LOCATION OF JOINTS, SUBJECT TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. LAYOUT SHOWING ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINT LOCATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER. 6. ROUGHEN AND CLEAN CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN WALLS AND SLABS AS SPECIFIED PRIOR TO PLACING ADJACENT CONCRETE. 7. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF OPENINGS, PIPE PENETRATIONS, CURBS, DOWELS, SLEEVES, CONDUITS, BOLTS AND INSERTS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. 8. NO ALUMINUM CONDUIT OR PRODUCTS CONTAINING ALUMINUM OR ANY OTHER MATERIAL INJURIOUS TO THE CONCRETE SHALL BE EMBEDDED IN THE CONCRETE. WELDING 1. WELDS SHALL CONFORM TO AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS): D1.1, STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE STEEL 2. REPAIR WELDS FOUND DEFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1 SECTION 5.26. 3. USE INTERMITTENT WELDS AT FIELD WELDS OF EMBED PLATES AND ANGLES TO AVOID SPALLING OR CRACKING OF THE EXISTING CONCRETE. 4. BUTT JOINT WELDS SHALL BE COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION (CJP) UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND METAL FABRICATIONS 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING ASTM STANDARDS: W-SHAPES A992 MISCELLANEOUS SHAPES INCLUDING ANGLES, CHANNELS, PLATES, ETC.A36 SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR STEEL TUBING A500, GRADE B MOMENT CONNECTION CONTINUITY PLATES A572, GRADE 50 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, CURRENT EDITION, AND CURRENT OSHA STANDARDS. 3. FASTENERS SHALL BE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING ASTM STANDARDS EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE: UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE A325-N ANCHOR BOLTS (AB) STEEL OR GALVANIZED STEEL F1554, GR 36 / A153 MACHINE BOLTS (MB) STEEL A307 GALVANIZED STEEL A307 / A153 4. ITEMS TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE OF OIL, DIRT AND PAINT. 5. NO HOLES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED SHALL BE ALLOWED THROUGH STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS. NO CUTTING OR BURNING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL IS PERMITTED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE MINIMUM 5/8 INCH THICK, EXTERIOR, STRUCTURAL I. ROOF SHEATHING AT UNENCLOSED PORTIONS OF STRUCTURES SHALL BE 5/8 INCH THICK. 2. SEE DRAWINGS FOR MINIMUM NAILING REQUIREMENTS. NAILS SHALL BE GALVANIZED, COMMON. DO NOT USE BOX NAILS UNLESS A NAIL SPACING REDUCTION IS APPROVED. 3. MINIMUM STANDARD NAILING SHALL CONFORM TO IBC TABLE 2304.9.1, TYPICAL UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 4. ROOF SHEATHING NAILS SHALL BE HOT-DIPPED ZINC-COATED GALVANIZED STEEL OR STAINLESS. 5. FASTENERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMNTS INDICATED IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. STRUCTURAL COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING 1. ASTM A653/A653M, STRUCTURAL STEEL (SS) GRADE 33, OR HIGH-STRENGTH LOW-ALLOY STEEL (HSLAS), TYPE A OR B, GRADE 50. 2. STRUCTURAL LOAD BEARING STUDS: A. DESIGN EXTERIOR STUD ASSEMBLIES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRITERIA SET FORTH ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. SUBMIT CALCULATIONS STAMPED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. SIZES INDICATED ARE MINIMUM. B. EXTERIOR STUD ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE GALV SHEET STEEL, G60. STUDS SHALL BE C SECTION (STIFFENED WITH RETURN LIP) WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33,000 PSI FOR 18 GAGE (43 MIL) STUDS AND LIGHTER AND WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50,000 FOR 16 GAGE (54 MIL) AND HEAVIER STUDS. WEBS MAY BE PUNCHED PER 0$18)$&785(5¶667$1'$5'3$77(51 D. TRACKS SHALL BE DEEP LEG TYPE AND WIDTH SHALL ALLOW FOR FULL STUD BEARING. FASTEN TO STUDS WITH MINIMUM ONE #8 SELF-TAPPING SCREW AT EACH FLANGE. AT 18 GAGE (43 MIL) OR HEAVIER STUDS, EACH FLANGE OF STUD MAY BE SHOP WELDED TO TRACK. E. FASTEN TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS AT 4 INCH STUDS OR SMALLER TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS WITH MINIMUM ONE 1/8 INCH POWDER-DRIVEN FASTENER 2 INCHES FROM ENDS AND AT STUD SPACING ON CENTER. AT 6 INCH STUDS OR LARGER, FASTEN WITH MINIMUM POWDER-DRIVEN FASTENER 2 INCHES FROM ENDS AND AT STUD SPACING ON CENTER. FULLY PENETRATE STEEL MEMBERS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FASTENERS AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. F. ALLOW FOR 5/8 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL DEFLECTION OF COMPLETED WALL AT TOP CONNECTION. G. ALLOW FOR VERTICAL BEAM DEFLECTIONS AND THERMAL MOVEMENT AT STUD WALL CONNECTIONS. H. WELDING OF STUDS SHALL BE SHOP WELDS AND AS SPECIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.3. I. ATTACH GYPSUM SHEATHING WITH MINIMUM #6 SELF-TAPPING SCREWS TO EACH SIDE OF STEEL STUDS OR TUBE STEEL PER IBC TABLE 2211.2(2) FOR LATERAL BRACING. SCREWS MUST PENETRATE BY 1/4 INCH MINIMUM. J. NO FIELD WELDING OF COLD FORMED METAL WILL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT SPECIFIC APPROVAL BY ENGINEER. FASTENER TABLE COMMON NAIL SIZE AND SPACING D LENGTH 8d @ 6".131" 2.5" CONNECTION ROOF TO SHEATHING TO NAILER DEFERRED SUBMITTALS 1. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS ARE THOSE PORTIONS OF THE DESIGN WHICH ARE NOT SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF PERMIT APPLICATION AND WHICH ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE PERMITTING AGENCY FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THAT PORTION OF THE WORK OR ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW ONLY BY THE ENGINEER. 2. WHERE DEFERRED SUBMITTALS INCLUDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, INSTALLATION, ANCHORAGE, OR CERTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS THAT REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTION AND/OR STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE SPECIFIC LINE ITEMS TO BE ADDED TO THE APPROPRIATE TABLES IN THE PROJECT'S STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PLAN IF THEY ARE NOT ALREADY IDENTIFIED. 3. THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF DEFERRED SUBMITTALS PER IBC SECTION 107.3.4.1 OF 2015 IBC THAT ARE EXPECTED TO CONTAIN STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS OR SAFETY RELATED SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR REVIEW TO MEET BUILDING PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGNED SYSTEMS. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE INDICATED STRUCTURAL ELEMENT, EQUIPMENT, DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, OR COMPONENT OR ITS ANCHORAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE REQUIRED CALCULATIONS AND SUPPORTING DATA AND DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE (1*,1((5$'',7,21$//<$&&(37$1&(,1',&$7('217+((1*,1((5¶6&200(17)250$/21*:,7+7+( COMPLETED, FINAL SUBMITTAL SHALL THEN BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE PERMITTING AGENCY AND APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THESE ITEMS. SPECIFICATION SECTION CODE REQUIRED DEFFERED SUBMITALS FOR REVIEV BY PERMITTING AGENCY 01 88 15 SEISMIC ANCHORAGE AND BRACING 05 41 00 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 1. THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS DRAWINGS PROVIDE PROJECT COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) CHAPTER 17 FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION, AND TESTING FOR WIND AND SEISMIC RESISTANCE AS APPLICABLE. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED, THIS INSPECTION IS OWNER FURNISHED. 2. STANDARD SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS ARE CONTAINED IN TABLE 1. 3. STANDARD SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, REGARDLESS OF WIND OR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES, ARE CONTAINED IN TABLE 2. STANDARD TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS ARE CONTAINED IN TABLE 3. 4. PROJECT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURES ASSIGNED TO SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES C, D, E, OR F ARE CONTAINED IN TABLE 4. ADDITIONAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL RESISTANCE ARE CONTAINED IN TABLE 5. 5. FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 01 45 33, SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION AND TESTING. THESE INCLUDE: A. CONTRACTOR'S REQUIREMENTS TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE WORK FOR REQUIRED INSPECTIONS, AND TO PROVIDE NOTICE OF REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. B. CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK TO BE PERFORMED ON SYSTEMS DESIGNATED UNDER THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PLAN FOR WIND OR SEISMIC RESISTANCE. C. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY USED IN THIS STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. GENERAL NOTES 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTIONS 1704 AND 1705 TOGETHER WITH LOCAL AND STATE AMENDMENTS. REFER TO THE TABLES CONTAINED ON THESE GENERAL SHEETS FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC INSPECTION TYPES AND FREQUENCIES. 2. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS WILL BE PROVIDED BY A CERTIFIED OR QUALIFIED INSPECTOR AND ASSOCIATED TESTING WILL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED ACCREDITED INDEPENDENT AGENCY. THE OWNER WILL SECURE AND PAY FOR THE SERVICES OF THE AGENCY TO PERFORM ALL SPECIAL INSPECTION AND ASSOCIATED TESTS. INSPECTORS FOR EACH SYSTEM AND MATERIAL WILL BE INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL (ICC) CERTIFIED OR OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 3. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR WILL OBSERVE THE INDICATED WORK FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SUBMIT RECORDS OF INSPECTION. ALL DISCREPANCIES WILL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION. 4. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND ASSOCIATED TESTING REPORTS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR, BUILDING OFFICIAL, AND OWNER WITHIN ONE WEEK OF INSPECTION OR WITHIN ONE WEEK OF TEST COMPLETION. INSPECTIONS FOR WHICH REPORTING WILL BE REQUIRED ARE NOTED IN THE TABLES CONTAINED ON THIS STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. 5. AT THE CONCLUSION OF CONSTRUCTION, A FINAL REPORT DOCUMENTING REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CORRECTION OF PREVIOUSLY NOTED DISCREPANCIES WILL BE SUBMITTED. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. ALL FOUNDATION BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE INSPECTED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING STEEL. ADDITIONAL SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS ARE LISTED IN TABLE 1. 2. GEOTECHNICAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS ARE LISTED IN TABLE 3. GEOTECHICAL OBSERVATION STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1. SPICAL INSPECTIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR WIND RESISTANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1705.10 ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR WIND RESISTANCE 1. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1705.11 TOGETHER WITH LOCAL AND STATE AMENDMENTS. 2. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE SHALL APPLY TO THE SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS LISTED IN TABLE 4. 3. MAIN SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE COVERED UNDER PROJECT SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING TOGETHER WITH THEIR CONNECTIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION 01 45 33, SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION AND TESTING. A. RESTROOM FACILITY B. PERGOLA FRAME SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2" CLR, TYP T TYP SLAB REINF CONTINUOUS THROUGH JOINT TYPICAL SLAB REINF T&B, EA SIDE OF JOINT 3/8" TOOLED JOINT ROUGHEN AND CLEAN SL A B TH I C K N E S S NTS SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT 0315-142 NTS TYPICAL COLUMN FOOTING 0330-026 NTS STEPPED FOOTING 0330-040 NTS COLUMN BASE - STEEL 0512-001 NTS 0512-022 BEAM SINGLE PLATE SHEAR CONNECTION - STEEL VA R I E S T W FTG SIZE 0512-001 REINF EACH WAY, SEE PLANS 1 1/2" NON-SHRINK GROUT BASE PLATE AND BOLTS, SEE 4 ADDITIONAL #4x4'-0" DIAGONAL BARS POUR CONC AROUND COL BASE, TYP STEEL COLUMN, FOR SIZE AND LOCATION, SEE PLAN FDN PLAN VARIES, SEE TOP OF FTG EL FT G DE P T H SLOPE AS REQD D H, MIN D 3" CLR, TYP POUR AGAINST FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL CONST JT H 4' - 0 " M A X D - DEPTH OF WALL FTG, TYP CONST JT REINFORCING SAME SIZE AND SPACING AS TYPICAL WALL FOOTING BEND AND LAP 1'-6" MINIMUM W COLUMN MI N MI N TYP "t " S E E 1 1 / 4 " NOTES: COL + 5" MIN CO L + 5 " 1 1/2" ELEVATION TYPE B PLAN 1 1/2" NON-SHRINK GROUT AS SPECD, ROUND CORNERS W/ 3/4" RADIUS TOOL PL A N S (3 / 4 " U N O ) W OR HSS COLUMN SEE NOTE 2 ANCHOR BOLTS 1. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE 3/4" DIA x REQUIRED WITH LEVELING NUTS AND 1'-0" MINIMUM EMBED AND BASEPLATES SHALL BE CENTERED ON COLUMN. WELD SIZE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE THICKEST MEMBER JOINED; MINIMUM WELD SIZE SHALL BE 3/16" FILLET FOR MATERIAL THICKNESSES UP TO AND INCLUDING 1/2", 1/4" FILLET FOR THICKNESSES OVER 1/2" TO 3/4", AND 5/16" FILLET FOR MATERIAL THICKNESSES OVER 3/4". ALL WELDS SHALL BE SINGLE-PASS WELDS. 1' - 6 " LA P 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. OPNG OPNG 1. DO NOT WELD REINFORCEMENT TO PIPE SLEEVES AND INSERTS. FOR OPENINGS LARGER THAN 8'-0", REINFORCE SAME AS FOR 8'-0" OPENINGS. PROVIDE MINIMUM LAP, SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES. NOTES: 7. TYPICAL FOR ALL OPENINGS IN CONCRETE WALLS OF BELOW GRADE AND HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES AND ALL STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SLABS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2 "A" BARS AND 2 "B" BARS EACH SIDE OF OPENING (1 EACH FACE), INCLUDING DOWELS AND CORNER BARS, TYPICAL. SPACE AT 3 BAR DIAMETERS (OR 3" MINIMUM) ON CENTER. LOCATE HALF OF TOTAL AREA ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. AT OPENINGS WITHIN 12" OF AN INTERSECTING WALL OR SLAB, PROVIDE ONLY THE EXTRA REINFORCEMENT WHICH WILL FIT, AT THE BAR SPACING IN NOTE 6. TOTAL AREA OF BARS EQUAL BAND "A" BARS CUT, SEE NOTE 6 & 7 TOTAL AREA OF BARS EQUAL BAND "B" BARS CUT, SEE NOTE 6 & 7 SEE NOTE 1 STEEL REINF CUT BAND "B" STEEL REINF CUT BAND "A" 1 - #5 HOOP, DIA OF OPNG +8", IN EA LAYER OF REINF FOR OPNGS LARGER THAN 8" ADD 1 - #5x4'-0" DIAG AT EA CORNER FOR EA LAYER OF REINF SEE NOTE 1 NTS OPENING REINFORCING 0330-001 28-10 3/4" CL BOLT TYP1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 NOTES: 3" 3" 3" 1 1 / 4 " A325N BOLTS W/ SHORT SLOTTED HORIZ HOLES IN BEAM, TYP UON NOMINAL BEAM DEPTH, INCHES ROWS OF BOLTS 3/8" SHEAR PLATE, TYP BOLT DIA, INCHES THIS DETAIL APPLIES ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. (*) DIMENSION SHALL BE 3" UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR PROPER FABRICATION. 1. 2. LENGTH OF SHEAR PLATE 5 1/2" TWO SIDE CONN ONE SIDE CONN 3" 1 1 / 4 " TY P MI N , T& B , TY P 1 1/2" MIN AT COPED BEAM FLANGE, TYP 1 1/2" MIN FOR 3/4" BOLTS, 1 3/4" MIN FOR 7/8" BOLTS, TYP 3 1/2" MAX, TYP STEEL BEAM OR CHANNEL, TYP 1 1/2" MIN * IF GREATER THAN 3", USE ONE SIDE CONN @ DEEPER BEAM 1. 2. NOTES: PAD SIZE SHALL BE MINIMUM INDICATED OR AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS INDICATED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. WHEN ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT TO PAD IS REQUIRED, USE CONCRETE ANCHORS SPECIFIED. 2" MIN ALL AROUND OR AS REQUIRED BY ANCHORAGE CALCULATIONS PAD HEIGHT AS REQD, 3 1/2" MIN, 10" MAX #3@12" EW, 1" CLR FOR PAD HT < 4", #4@12" EW, 1 1/2" CLR FOR PAD HT > 4" EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT PAD 3/4" CHAMFER, TYP SLAB ON GRADE, FOR THICKNESS SEE PLANS CONSTRUCTION JOINT, ROUGHEN & CLEAN PRIOR TO PLACING PAD #3 ADHESIVE DOWEL @ 12" OC @ PERIMETER WITH 5" EMBEDMENT NTS CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD 0330-056 1 1.5 NOTE: 1. WHEN ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT TO PAD IS REQUIRED, USE CONCRETE ANCHORS SPECIFIED. 2. PAD SIZE SHALL BE MINIMUM INDICATED OR AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS INDICATED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 6" MIN, TYP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS #5@12" EW T&B 2 - #5 CONT CONCRETE ANCHORS, SEE NOTE EQUIPMENT THICKENED EDGE OF SLAB ALL AROUND 3/4" CHAMFER, TYP NTS CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD 0330-057 10 " MI N 6" MIN 1' - 0 " MI N 4"FINISH GRADE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A B C D E SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 1 FOUNDATION PLAN 3/8"=1'-0" B S-8 A S-8 SEE DETAIL TYP OF 4 1 S-8 2' - 0 " 2'-0" 16 ' - 6 " 12'-4" 11'-0"13'-6" 13 ' - 0 " 12'-0" 18'-4" 13 ' - 0 " 3' - 6 " 6'-0"12'-4" FD, TYP SEE DETAIL TYP2 S-8 3' - 6 " 1' - 0 " 1'-0" 1' - 0 " 1'-0" 1' - 0 " 1'-0"1'-0" 1' - 0 " 1'-0" 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 1'-0" SLAB LPT EL 338.10 SLAB LPT EL 338.60 SLAB LPT EL 338.60 SLAB LPT EL 338.60 W8x31 COLUMN, TYP 2' - 0 " 2' - 6 " 3'-0"8" 1'-0" SLAB OPENING FOR ACCESS TO FUTURE WATER FEATURE PIPING. ADDITIONAL REINF AT OPENINGS PER , TYP0330-001 GENERAL NOTES: 1. FOR STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES SEE DRAWINGS S-1 AND S-2 2. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR PIPING. 3. SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PER . 4. SEE DRAWING C-8 FOR COORDINATION OF EXISTING GAS MAIN AND BUILDING FOUNDATION. TYP TY P 2'-0"x2'-0"x6" CONCRETE EQUIP PAD PER 0330-056 3'-4"x2'-10"x1/4" STEEL CHECKERED FLOOR PL, TYP 1/4" CONCRETE SCREW W/ 1" MIN EMBED, 1 1/2" MIN CONCRETE EDGE DISTANCE, ONE AT EA CORNER, TYP 6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"4'-0"10'-0"4'-0"6'-0"6'-0"6'-0" 2' - 6 " 13 ' - 8 " 3' - 6 " 2' - 6 " SLAB HPT EL 338.20 TY P TYP SLAB HPT EL 338.70 SLAB HPT EL 338.70 FDN EL 338.00 SLOPE SLAB HPT EL 338.70 0315-142 SLAB HPT EL 338.70 FDN EL 338.00 SLAB HPT EL 338.70 STEPPED FOOTING PER , TYP0380-040 FDN EL 337.50 4" SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE SEE DETAIL TYP 2 S-8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A B C D E SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK W8x21 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 W8x21 MC8x8.5 W8x21 W8x21 W8x21W8x21 W8x21 W8 x 2 1 W8 x 2 1 BEAM CONNECTION, SEE , TYP 1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 3/8"=1'-0" C S-8 0512-022 GENERAL NOTES: 1. FOR STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES SEE DRAWINGS S-1 AND S-2 2. ROOF SHEATHING NOTES: A. 5/8" STRUCTURAL 1 PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGM, UNBLOCKED. B. FASTEN WITH 8d NAILS @ 6" OC AT DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARIES AND SUPPORTING MEMBERS/PANEL EDGES. 6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"4'-0"4'-0"6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"10'-0" 2' - 6 " 13 ' - 8 " 3' - 6 " 2' - 6 " LEGEND: INDICATES BEAM CONNECTION 2/S-9 INDICATES BEAM CONNECTION 3/S-9 INDICATES BEAM CONNECTION 4/S-9 W8x21 W8x21 W8x21 TOS EL 348.70 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 TOS EL 348.60 TOS EL 349.52 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8 x 1 3 W8x21 W8x21 W8x21 TOS EL 348.70 W8x21 W8x21W8x21 TOS EL 349.27 TOS EL 349.42 W8x21W8x21 TOS EL 349.42 W8x21W8x21 TOS EL 349.27 1 S-9 SIM TYP 2'-0" TYP 1 S-9 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 MC8x8.5 BEAM CONNECTION, SEE , TYP0512-022 BEAM CONNECTION, SEE , TYP0512-022 DOUBLE ANGLE CONNECTION, SEE 6 S-9 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 2'-0"2'-0"2'-0"2'-0"2'-0" L 2 1 / 2 x 1 1 / 2 x 3 / 1 6 " L L V L 2 1 / 2 x 1 1 / 2 x 3 / 1 6 " L L V L 2 1 / 2 x 1 1 / 2 x 3 / 1 6 " L L V L 2 1 / 2 x 1 1 / 2 x 3 / 1 6 " L L V CCTV SUPPORT, SEE DETAIL 3/S8 51 118 D B SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK A S-6 SECTION 1/2"=1'-0" 2' - 0 " 2'-0" MI N , T Y P STEPPED FOOTING, SEE , TYP0330-040 FOR REINFORCING, SEE B B S-6 SECTION 1/2"=1'-0" C S-7 SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" 1 S-6 DETAIL 1"=1'-0" PAVING, SEE CIVIL CIVIL PAVING SEE PLAN 1' - 4 " 8"MI N 6" COLUMN BASE, SEE , TYP0512-001 #4@12" EW, CTRD TOP TRACK xCONT 1'-0" MI N W, SEE PLAN SEE ARCH FOR SHEATHING AND CLADDING SYSTEM METAL STUD WALL SYSTEM, SEE NOTES BOTTOM TRACK x CONT ROOF SHEATING #4 #4 2 S-6 DETAIL 1 1/2"=1'-0" NOTES: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL WALL DETAILS NOT SHOWN INCLUDING SHEATHING, INSULATION, AND VENEER, SEE ARCH. 2. COORD LOCATION AND DETAILS OF EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM WITH ARCH PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 3. COORD METAL STUD LOCATION WITH CLADDING JOINTS AND FASTENING REQ'MNTS, SEE ARCH. 4. CONTRACTOR DESIGNED WALL SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATIONS. SLAB ON GRADE W-COLUMN, SEE PLAN TOS EL, SEE PLAN T&G, SEE ARCHNAILER, SEE DETAIL 1 S-9 W, SEE PLAN FOR REINFORCING, SEE B --- 2'-0" #4@12" EW #4@12" EW 2' - 0 " MI N , T Y P 1'-6" 1' - 0 " POUR CONCRETE AROUND COLUMN, TAKE CARE WHEN CONSOLODATING TOP OF FTG EDGE OF FTG #4@12", TYP FOOTING PER 0330-026 6" 1' - 6 " TY P TY P 2 1 6" , T Y P 6" , T Y P 8" 6" , M I N 1' - 6 " TY P TY P 2 1 3 DETAIL 1 1/2"=1'-0" 6" 1' - 0 " 2" 4' - 0 " 2" DIA SCH 40 GALV PIPE TOP OF ROOF SYSTEM PROVIDE BLOCKING AT CCTV SUPPORT METAL STUD WALL SYSTEM, SEE ARCH SIMPSON PGT2E, TYP BOT OF STEEL WEATHER HEAD #4 TOP OF FTG 1'-6" 1' - 6 " POUR CONCRETE AROUND COLUMN, TAKE CARE WHEN CONSOLODATING #4 EDGE OF FTGCORNER SLAB ON GRADE SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK ROOF SHEATHING, SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN T&G, SEE ARCH 1/2" WELDED TAS @ 2'-0" OC W/ COUNTERSUNK NUT 3"x4" ACTUAL NAILER x CONT, SEE NOTE 2" STEEL BEAM, SEE ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1 S-7, S-8 DETAIL 3"=1'-0" NAILER 1 1 / 4 " 1 1 / 4 " 3" (2)3/4" DIA A325N BOLTS W/ SHORT SLOTTED HORIZ HOLES IN BEAM 5/16" PLATE 1 1/2" 2" W8x31 COLUMN CJP 2 S-7 DETAIL 3"=1'-0" BEAM CONNECTION TO COLUMN - SECTION PLAN SECTION A 3 S-7 DETAIL 3"=1'-0" BEAM CONNECTION TO COLUMN A 3/16 3/16 CONTINUITY PL TO SHEAR TAB, 2 LOCATIONS 5/16" PLATE 5/8" CONTINUITY PLATE W/ 1"x1" CORNER CLIP W8x31 COLUMN W8x21 W8x21 1 1 / 4 " 1 1 / 4 " 3" 1 1/2" 2" (2)3/4" DIA A325N BOLTS W/ SHORT SLOTTED HORIZ HOLES IN BEAM 1 1 / 4 " 1 1 / 4 " 3" 1 1/2" 2" (2)3/4" DIA A325N BOLTS W/ SHORT SLOTTED HORIZ HOLES IN BEAM W8x21 W8x31 COLUMN 4 S-7 DETAIL 3"=1'-0" BEAM CONNECTION TO COLUMN - SECTION 5/16" PLATE W8x31 COLUMN KEY NOTES 1 2 3 4 5 DIMENSION BEVEL AS REQUIRED LARGER OF t OR 1/2" 3/4 t to t , 3/4" MIN 3/8" MIN 3 t PLUS --- 1/2 t 1/4" --- 1/2" MINUS --- 1/4 t 1/4" 0 1/2" TOLERANCE f ff f f f CJP CJP W8 WEB 5 --- DETAIL NTS 3/16 3/16 MC8x8.5 L2 1/2x1 1/2x3/16" 6 S-7 DETAIL 3"=1'-0" DOUBLE ANGLE CONNECTION WELD ACCESS , TYP5 --- CJP, CONTINUITY PL TO COLUMN FLANGE, TYP 2 LOCATIONS 3/16 3/16 CONTINUITY PL TO COLUMN WEB, 2 LOCATIONS CJP5/16 5/16 5/16 T& B T& B 3/16 3/4" CONTINUITY PLATE W/ 1"x1" CORNER CLIP WELD ACCESS , TYP5 --- CJP 5/16 T& B T& B 3/16 3/16 CONTINUITY PL TO SHEAR TAB, 2 LOCATIONS 5/8" CONTINUITY PLATE W/ 1"x1" CORNER CLIP 3/4" CONTINUITY PLATE W/ 1"x1" CORNER CLIP CJP CJP T& B T& B 5/16" PLATE PLAN A 5/16" PLATE W8x31 COLUMN CJP, CONTINUITY PL TO COLUMN FLANGE, TYP 2 LOCATIONS 3/16 3/16 CONTINUITY PL TO COLUMN WEB, 2 LOCATIONS SECTION A 1/2" MAX NOTE: 1. CUT NAILER TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE WHERE SLOPED PURLINS TO BEAM CONNECT. 8'-0" TYP 1 0 ' - 8 " R 7 9 ' - 7 1 / 2 " S E E C I V I L F O R C E N T E R L O C A T I O N SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2 PERGOLA FOUNDATION PLAN 3/8"=1'-0" A S-12 TYP HARDSCAPE SCORE LINES, SEE CIVIL TOF EL 339.55 TYP AT GRID B PEDESTAL, PLAN DIMENSIONS TO MATCH HARDSCAPE SCORE LINES NOTE 1 (TYP) NOTES: 1. 3'x4'x12" THICK SPREAD FOOTING. ORIENT TO MATCH RADIAL LINES AS SHOWN. REINFORCE WITH #5@12 EA WAY, TOP AND BOTTOM. BUILT-UP PERGOLA POST, TYPICAL SEE DWG S-12 PLAN A-A S-12 TYP CONCRETE PEDESTAL, SEE TOF EL 339.39 TYP AT GRID A 8'-0" TYP 1 0 ' - 8 " R 7 9 ' - 7 1 / 2 " S E E C I V I L F O R C E N T E R L O C A T I O N SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 1 PERGOLA FRAMING PLAN 3/8"=1'-0" ALIGN OUTER EDGE OF 1 1 2 x 2 WITH OUTSIDE RADIUS OF PERGOLA W6x12 (TYP) 3 8"x5"x6" STITCH PLATE TYP AT W6 BEAMS AND @ EACH END - 5 TOTAL AT EACH FRAME 1'-10 1/8" TYP 3 SPA @ 1'-5 1 4 " = 4'-3 3/4" TY P 1'-10 1/8" TYP 1'-4" 4'-0" 4'-0" 2 1 / 2 x 1 1 / 2 x 3 / 1 6 " L L V ( T Y P ) 2'-1 3/8" TYP 3 EQ SPA = 4'-11" TYP 2'-1 3/8" TYP MC 8 x 8 . 5 ( T Y P ) MC 8 x 8 . 5 ( T Y P ) 1 1 ' - 4 " A S-12 TYP BUILT-UP POST, TYPICAL, DWG S-12 TYP 1 --- 1 CONNECTION 1"=1'-0" GRID MC8 BEAM BEAM CL (TYP) B S-12 STITCH PLATE W6 BEAM 10 ' - 0 " SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PLAN A-A 3/16 3/4" DIA x 12" MIN EMBED ANCHOR HEAVY HEX HEAD ANCHOR BOLT GALVANIZED 2 1/2"2 1/2" 4 1/2" 4 1/2" PL 5/8" x 10" x 12" TYP 3/16 MC 8x8.5 EA SIDE HSS 6x4 PLAN B-B PLAN C-C 3/16 TOP OF HSS POST 3/16 3 SIDES ELEVATION D-D B CONNECTION 1"=1'-0" SEE PLAN 1/4 3/16 5/8" BOLTS HORIZ SHORT SLOTTED HOLES IN PLATE 3/16 MC 8 1 1 / 2 " 1 1/2" 3" W6 (TYP) 3/8" x 5" x 6" STITCH PLATE ALL AROUND ENTIRE BUILT-UP PERIMETER 3 SIDES CONCRETE PEDESTAL HARDSCAPE SCORE LINE, COORD W/ CIVIL DD MC 8x8.5 EA SIDE 1 4" CAP PLATE x REQ'D, SEAL WELD SEAL WELD TOP OF POST TO CHANNELS END PLATE, SEAL WELD (TYP EACH MC 8 BEAM) TYP 3/16 1/4"xREQ'D PLATE END PLATE, SEAL WELD (TYP EACH MC 8 BEAM) 1" 1/4" CAP PLATE ON TOP OF VERT MC8, SEAL WELD A S-10 ELEVATION 1"=1'-0" A B SEE PLAN O.H. ELEVATION D-D SIM ELEVATION D-D AA BB AA BB W6 BEAM (TYP) SEE PLAN 12" 1/2" DOUBLE MC8 BEAM, SEE PLAN 1 1/2" NON-SHRINK GROUT (TYP) C --- T.O.PEDESTAL T.P. TO MATCH T.O. HARDSCAPE CONCRETE 1' - 0 " FOOTING, SEE PLAN 3'x4'x1'-0" FOOTING, SEE PLAN B ---12" 1/2" HARDSCAPE CONCRETE, SEE CIVIL 2" DIA HOLE CENTERED ON BASEPLATE @ GRID A COLUMNS ONLY SEE PLAN L TYP NOTES: FOUNDATION PLACING SEQUENCE - PLACE FOOTING - FILL AND PLACE SITE CONCRETE; PROTECT PEDESTAL VOID - PLACE PEDESTAL LAST - FINISH TOP OF PEDESTAL TO MATCH HARDSCAPE FINISH 3/4" PJF ALL AROUND PEDESTAL, TYP (8) #4 VERTS #4 TIES @ 6" O.C. TOC SEE CIVIL TOF, SEE PLAN 1' - 0 " 3 4" PJF ALL AROUND PEDESTAL, TYP 7'-7" ABOVE BASEPLATE 2 1/4" W x 3" T OUTSIDE FACE OF HSS 7'-7" ABOVE BASEPLATE 2 1/4" W x 1 1/2" T INSIDE FACE OF HSS C --- 1' - 0 " TOF, SEE PLAN ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, COORD WITH ELECTRICAL TOC SEE CIVIL 6" COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL 6" COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL TOS SU R G E A R R E S T O R S LI G H T N I N G A R R E S T O R S MI C R O P R O C E S S O R C O N T R O L L E D M O N I T O R PR O T E C T I V E F U N C T I O N S RE F E R T O S P E C I F I C A T I O N S F O R M E T E R I N G V A L U E S A N D MM ME T E R PO L E - M O U N T E D T R A N S F O R M E R TR A N S F O R M E R CU R R E N T T R A N S F O R M E R PO T E N T I A L T R A N S F O R M E R NE U T R A L G R O U N D I N G R E S I S T O R T WY E DE L T A AS kV A R - K I L O V A R M E T E R ; k W H - K I L O W A T T H O U R M E T E R ; SS - S Y N C H R O N I Z I N G S W I T C H ; AS - A M M E T E R S W I T C H ; V S - V O L T M E T E R S W I T C H ; kW H / D - K I L O W A T T H O U R D E M A N D M E T E R SV - S U P E R V I S O R Y ( L O C A L - R E M O T E ) S W I T C H AM - A M M E T E R ; V M - V O L T M E T E R ; F M - F R E Q U E N C Y M E T E R ; IN S T R U M E N T S W I T C H IN D I C A T I N G I N S T R U M E N T DR A W O U T A C T Y P E P O W E R C I R C U I T B R E A K E R ME D I U M V O L T A G E C A B L E T E R M I N A T O R SE P A R A B L E C O N N E C T O R SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - P O W E R SYMBOL DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLS LEGEND - LIGHTING M - - X X X X S2 STRIP FLUORESCENTWALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIREDOWNLIGHT STAGGERED-STRIP FLUORESCENT WALL MOUNTED DIRECTIONAL LUMINAIRE NUMBER OF LUMINAIRES AS SHOWNTRACK LIGHT - LENGTH AS INDICATED ON PLANSWALL WASH LUMINAIRECIRCUIT OR WITH BATTERY BACKUP BALLASTSHADING INDICATES LUMINAIRE ON EMERGENCY 2x4 FLUORESCENT 1x4 FLUORESCENT 2x2 FLUORESCENT NL TC PPXXXXLIGHT FIXTURE IDENTIFIER - REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE UNDER-CABINET FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE RE S I S T O R M T IN D I C A T I N G L I G H T - T Y P E A S N O T E D A- A M B E R ; B - B L U E ; G - G R E E N ; R - R E D ; W - W H I T E MO T O R - O P E R A T E D V A L V E BA T T E R Y 65 ° TH E R M O S T A T NO R M A L L Y C L O S E D C O N T A C T NO R M A L L Y O P E N C O N T A C T ST G TE R M I N A L B L O C K MO V S U R G E P R O T E C T I O N MO T O R - O P E R A T E D C I R C U I T B R E A K E R CI R C U I T B R E A K E R W I T H G R O U N D F A U L T P R O T E C T I O N SW I T C H W I T H E X T E R N A L G R O U N D F A U L T R E L A Y A N D C T BR E A K E R W I T H E X T E R N A L G R O U N D F A U L T R E L A Y A N D C T ST - I N D I C A T E S S H U N T T R I P SVCB MO T O R T H E R M A L O V E R L O A D S - ( 3 ) U N L E S S O T H E R W I S E N O T E D SO L E N O I D V A L V E CI R C U I T B R E A K E R FU S E SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - P O W E R B GR O U N D W E L L GR O U N D R O D GR O U N D C O N N E C T I O N SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - G R O U N D I N G AI R T E R M I N A L ALARM PUSHBUTTON. P - INDICATES WITH PILOT LIGHTCARD READER. WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF MOTION DETECTOR - INFRARED TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE CCTV CAMERA - FIXED TYPE. WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF CCTV CAMERA - PAN/TILT/ZOOM TYPE. WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOFSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOLS LEGEND - SECURITY DOOR/WINDOW CONTACTKEYPAD. WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF REQUEST TO EXIT PUSHBUTTON ALARM HORN WITH CHIMEALARM BUZZER ALARM BELL ST G M MD ES WPWP P BREAK GLASS SENSOR BGREXCKWP EQ U I P M E N T E M E R G E N C Y S H U T D O W N S W I T C H MO T O R - R A T E D S W I T C H - S I Z E O L P E R M O T O R R E Q U I R E M E N T S MO T O R C O N N E C T I O N EQ U I P M E N T C O N N E C T I O N GE N E R A T O R CO M B I N A T I O N S T A R T E R HP R A T E D , 3 - P O L E , N E M A S I Z E 1 M I N I M U M , U N L E S S N O T E D BY E Q U I P M E N T M A N U F A C T U R E R O R A S N O T E D 3- P O L E U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E DI S C O N N E C T S W I T C H FU S E D D I S C O N N E C T S W I T C H OR A S N O T E D PR O T E C T I O N A S R E Q U I R E D B Y E Q U I P M E N T M A N U F A C T U R E R 3- P O L E U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E - O V E R C U R R E N T OT H E R W I S E - O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N A S R E Q U I R E D M ST A R T E R 3 - P O L E , N E M A S I Z E 1 M I N I M U M U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E 2- C I R C U I T P U S H B U T T O N 2- P O S I T I O N S E L E C T O R S W I T C H PU S H B U T T O N S W I T C H M O M E N T A R Y C O N T A C T ON - O F F S E L E C T O R S W I T C H 3- P O S I T I O N S E L E C T O R S W I T C H H A N D - O F F - A U T O M A T I C CO N T A C T O R CR - C O N T R O L R E L A Y ; T D - T I M E D E L A Y R E L A Y ; UV - U N D E R V O L T A G E R E L A Y ; M - M O T O R C O N T A C T O R ; RE L A Y C O I L SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - P O W E R FLAME DETECTOR GAS DETECTORSMOKE DETECTORHEAT DETECTORFIRE FIGHTER PHONE JACKFIRE ALARM STROBE FIRE ALARM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR WITH SAMPLING TUBEFIRE ALARM PULL STATION FIRE ALARM HORN-STROBEFIRE ALARM PRESSURE SWITCHFIRE ALARM FLOW SWITCHSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOLS LEGEND - FIRE ALARM BT - BEAM TRANSMITTER BR - BEAM RECEIVER I - IONIZATION P - PHOTOELECTRICF - FIXED TEMPERATURE R - RATE OF RISE ONLY R/C - RATE COMPENSATION R/F - RATE OF RISE AND FIXED TEMPERATUREFIRE ALARM TAMPER SWITCH POST INDICATOR VALVE NUMBER INDICATES CANDELLA RATING 30TSPSFSFPIV PA N E L B O A R D TR A N S F E R S W I T C H ( A U T O ) AM P E R E S S H O R T C I R C U I T A V A I L A B L E ( S Y M M E T R I C A L ) XX X SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - P O W E R SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - C O M M U N I C A T I O N S CO M M U N I C A T I O N S - O U T L E T (# = R E P R E S E N T S T H E N U M B E R O F C O M M U N I C A T I O N P O R T S . ( I E 1 , 2 , 3 ) ) (W = S I N G L E C O M M U N I C A T I O N S P O R T W A L L M O U N T E D A T + 5 4 " A F F . ) (P = P A Y P H O N E , W A L L M O U N T E D A T + 4 8 " A F F ) CO M M U N I C A T I O N S - P A I N T E D F I R E R E S I S T A N T 3 / 4 " P L Y W O O D B A C K B O A R D 19 " C O M M U N I C A T I O N S R A C K - F L O O R M O U N T E D 19 " C O M M U N I C A T I O N S R A C K - W A L L M O U N T E D 3 FE E D E R T A G - R E F E R T O F E E D E R S C H E D U L E WP = W E A T H E R P R O O F OS = O C C U P A N C Y S E N S O R T Y P E OP = O C C U P A N C Y / P H O T O E L E C T R I C T Y P E LV = L O W - V O L T A G E WA L L S W I T C H - S U B S C R I P T SI N G L E - P O L E W A L L S W I T C H M O U N T S W I T C H E S A T 4 8 " A F F . T O C L , U O N . 2 = 2 - P O L E 3 = 3 - W A Y K = K E Y E D 4 = 4 - W A Y XX SI N G L E R E C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , + 1 8 " A F F U O N DU P L E X R E C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , I S O L A T E D G R O U N D , + 1 8 " A F F U O N RE C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , C O N N E C T E D T O E M E R G E N C Y C I R C U I T , + 1 8 " A F F U O N RE C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R M O U N T E D A B O V E C O U N T E R . C O O R D I N A T E W I T H CA S E W O R K S H O P D R A W I N G S A N D A R C H I T E C T U R A L D R A W I N G S . SP E C I A L P U R P O S E R E C E P T A C L E T Y P E A S S H O W N O N P L A N S CE I L I N G - M O U N T E D D U P L E X R E C E P T A C L E , N E M A 5 - 2 0 R RE C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R W I T H G R O U N D F A U L T C I R C U I T I N T E R R U P T E R , + 1 8 " AF F U O N PO W E R / C O M M P O L E - F L O O R T O C E I L I N G . SP L I T W I R E D D U P L E X R E C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , + 1 8 " A F F U O N RE C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R W I T H G R O U N D F A U L T C I R C U I T I N T E R R U P T E R , AB O V E C O U N T E R . C O O R D I N A T E W I T H C A S E W O R K S H O P D R A W I N G S A N D AR C H I T E C T U R A L D R A W I N G S . TA M P E R R E S I S T A N T R E C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R W I T H G R O U N D F A U L T C I R C U I T IN T E R R U P T E R , A B O V E C O U N T E R . C O O R D I N A T E W I T H C A S E W O R K S H O P DR A W I N G S A N D A R C H I T E C T U R A L D R A W I N G S . SU R F A C E M O U N T E D F L O O R B O X ( P E D E S T A L T Y P E ) . PU S H B U T T O N RE C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , A B O V E C O U N T E R . FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL ESR - ELEVATOR STATUS/RECALL FAC - FIRE ALARM COMMUNICATOR FCP - FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FSA - FIRE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR HVA - HVAC OR EXHAUST STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATIONFCPFSD - COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER SD NUMBER INDICATES CANDELLA RATING FI R E S M O K E D A M P E R SM O K E D A M P E R ## # # # SI N G L E S E R V I C E O R C O M B I N A T I O N F L U S H F L O O R P O K E T H R U . R E F E R T O FL O O R P L A N S F O R D E V I C E S . SI N G L E S E R V I C E O R C O M B I N A T I O N F L U S H M O U N T E D F L O O R B O X . R E F E R T O FL O O R P L A N S F O R D E V I C E S . RE C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , + 1 8 " A F F U O N TA M P E R R E S I S T A N T R E C E P T A C L E N E M A 5 - 2 0 R , + 1 8 " A F F U O N T T T T LO W E R C A S E L E T T E R I N D I C A T E S S W I T C H I N G G R O U P MO U N T S W I T C H E S A T + 4 8 " A F F . T O C L , U O N . AN Y C O M B I N A T I O N O F S W I T C H T Y P E S C A N B E U S E D (I E . 3 K = 3 - W A Y K E Y E D S W I T C H ) 30 CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH POWER PACK -PASSIVE INFRARED TYPE UNLESS NOTED:ICS1-1SBNLDECORATIVE PENDENT LIGHTING FIXTURE - TYPE AS NOTED IN T E R C O M - O U T L E T (D = D E S K M O U N T E D ) (W = W A L L M O U N T E D A T + 5 4 " A F F . ) CO M M U N I C A T I O N S - M I C R O P H O N E (D = D E S K M O U N T E D ) (W = W A L L M O U N T E D A T + 4 8 " A F F . ) D CO M P U T E R N E T W O R K W I R E L E S S A C C E S S P O I N T - C E I L I N G M O U N T E D XX X X CR WP AM SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - W I R I N G D E V I C E S G M SD M FS D M CR MC XX X X X X 1 1 OSILLUMINATION CONTROL STATIONSWITCH BYPASS DEVICELIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM POWER PACKTIME CLOCK - TYPE AS NOTEDCOMBINATION BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY WALLPACK AND ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNBATTERY-POWERED EMERGENCY WALLPACKILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - DOUBLE FACE ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EGRESS, UNIVERSAL MOUNTILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EGRESS, UNIVERSAL MOUNTIN-GROUND LANDSCAPE LUMINAIREPOLE-MOUNTED LUMINAIRE NUMBER OF LUMINAIRES AS SHOWN ON PLANS PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL WALL MOUNTEDU = U L T R A S O N I C DT = D U A L T E C H N O L O G Y UOS DTOS PC OS PC ALARM BUZZER WITH STROBE ALARM BELL WITH STROBEFIRE ALARM HORN WITH CHIMEFIRE ALARM BUZZER FIRE ALARM BELL FIRE ALARM BELL WITH STROBEFIRE ALARM BUZZER WITH STROBEFIRE ALARM HORN D 20 8 Y / 1 2 0 V , 3 Ø , 4 W P A N E L B O A R D 48 0 Y / 2 7 7 V , 3 Ø , 4 W P A N E L B O A R D EQ U I P M E N T C A B I N E T - T Y P E A S N O T E D 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 AB B R E V I A T I O N S GENERAL NOTES:1. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT & #12 CONDUCTORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE ONE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH UNGROUNDED CONDUCTOR OF SINGLE PHASE MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS. DO NOT SHARE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.2. EACH FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUITS SHALL HAVE AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70, ARTICLE 250 3. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING NOT BEING REMODELED SHALL BE LEFT IN WORKING CONDITION. RESTORE ANY CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED.4. THE FOLLOWING IS PART OF THIS PROJECT AND ALL COSTS PERTAINING THERETO SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID:1.a. NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS SHALL BE COORDINATED AND CONNECTED INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED.1.b. POWER WIRING AND CABLE INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE CONCEALED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN WALLS. EXPOSED WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN APPROVED SURFACE METAL RACEWAY WHERE INDICATED.1.c. WHERE EXISTING CONDUITS ARE INDICATED FOR REUSE, FIELD VERIFY INTEGRITY OF REUSED RACEWAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS.PROVIDE NEW RACEWAYS WHERE EXISTING ARE UNUSABLE.1.d. L O C A T I O N S O F A L L W A L L M O U N T E D D E V I C E S S U C H A S S W I T C H E S , RECEPTACLE, AND OUTLETS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY. VISIT THE SITE TO CONFIRM EXACT DEVICE LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE INSTALLATIONS WITH FIXED CASEWORK, DOORS AND RELITES.1.e. P R O V I D E P E N E T R A T I O N S T H R O U G H W A L L S , F L O O R , A N D C E I L I N G S A S REQUIRED. PROVIDE SUITABLE FIRE RATED MATERIALS AND SEAL ALL CEILING,FLOOR, AND WALL PENETRATIONS TO MATCH FIRE RATING OF SURFACES PENETRATED. @ A T A/ C A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G ( E R ) A ( A M P ) A M P E R E AC A B O V E C O U N T E R , A L T E R N A T I N G C U R R E N T AF F A B O V E F I N I S H E D F L O O R AH J L O C A L A U T H O R I T Y H A V I N G J U R I S D I C T I O N AI C A M P E R E S I N T E R R U P T I N G AL o r A L U M A L U M I N U M AL T A L T E R N A T E AN N A N N U N C I A T O R AR C H A R C H I T E C T ; A R C H I T E C T U R A L AU T O A U T O M A T I C AU X A U X I L I A R Y AW G A M E R I C A N W I R E G A U G E BK B D B A C K B O A R D BK R B R E A K E R BL D G B U I L D I N G C C O N D U I T CA B C A B I N E T CA P C A P A C I T Y CB C I R C U I T B R E A K E R CK T C I R C U I T CL G C E I L I N G CL R C L E A R CO L C O L U M N CO M C O M M U N I C A T I O N CT C U R R E N T T R A N S F O R M E R CU C O P P E R DI S C S W D I S C O N N E C T S W I T C H DI S C D I S C O N N E C T DN D O W N DW G D R A W I N G E ( E ) E X I S T , E A S T ED H E L E C T R I C D U C T H E A T E R EF E X H A U S T F A N EG C E Q U I P M E N T G R O U N D I N G C O N D U C T O R EL E L E V A T I O N EL E C E L E C T R I C ( A L ) EL E V E L E V A T O R EM E M E R G E N C Y EM T E L E C T R I C A L M E T A L L I C T U B I N G EN C L E N C L O S U R E EN T R E N T R A N C E EP E X P L O S I O N P R O O F EP O E M E R G E N C Y P O W E R O F F EQ U I P / E Q P E Q U I P M E N T EW C E L E C T R I C W A T E R C O O L E R EW H E L E C T R I C W A T E R H E A T E R EX H E X H A U S T EX T E X T E R I O R EX I S T E X I S T I N G F F A H R E N H E I T / F U S E FA F I R E A L A R M FC F O O T C A N D L E FC P F I R E A L A R M S Y S T E M C O N T R O L P A N E L FC U F A N C O I L U N I T FD F I R E D A M P E R FD R F E E D E R FI X T F I X T U R E FL A F U L L L O A D A M P S FS A F I R E S Y S T E M A N N U N C I A T O R FS D F I R E / S M O K E D A M P E R FT B F L U I D I Z E D T H E R M A L B A C K F I L L GE C G R O U N D I N G E L E C T R O D E C O N D U C T O R GF C I G R O U N D F A U L T C I R C U I T I N T E R R U P T E R H H E I G H T HO A H A N D O F F A U T O M A T I C HP H O R S E P O W E R HR H O U R HT H E I G H T HW H O T W A T E R HZ H E R T Z IB C I N T E R N A T I O N A L B U I L D I N G C O D E IC I N T E R C O M IE S N A I L L U M I N A T I N G E N G I N E E R I N G S O C I E T Y O F NO R T H A M E R I C A IE E E I N S T I T U T E O F E L E C T R I C A L A N D EL E C T R O N I C E N G I N E E R S IG I S O L A T E D G R O U N D IM C I N T E R M E D I A T E M E T A L C O N D U I T JB o r J - B O X J U N C T I O N B O X KC M I L T H O U S A N D C I R C U L A R M I L L S KV A K I L O V O L T A M P E R E S KV A R K I L O V O L T A M P E R E S R E A C T I V E KW K I L O W A T T KW H K I L O W A T T H O U R LB S P O U N D S LF L I N E A R F E E T ( F E E T ) LR A L O C K E D R O T O R A M P S LS L I F E S A F E T Y LT L I G H T LT G L I G H T I N G LV L O W V O L T A G E MA G M A G N E T I C MA N M A N U A L MA X M A X I M U M MC A M I N I M U M C I R C U I T A M P A C I T Y MC B M A I N C I R C U I T B R E A K E R ME C H M E C H A N I C A L MH M E T A L H A L I D E / M A N H O L E MI N M I N I M U M MI S C M I S C E L L A N E O U S ML O M A I N L U G O N L Y MO C P M A X I M U M O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N MS M A G N E T I C S T A R T E R MT D M O U N T E D MT G M O U N T I N G MT R M O T O R N N O R T H ; N E U T R A L N/ A N O T A P P L I C A B L E NC N O R M A L L Y C L O S E D NE C N A T I O N A L E L E C T R I C A L C O D E NE M A N A T I O N A L E L E C T R I C M A N U F A C T U R E R S AS S O C I A T I O N NE S C N A T I O N A L E L E C T R I C A L S A F E T Y C O D E NE U T N E U T R A L NF P A N A T I O N A L F I R E P R O T E C T I O N A G E N C Y NI C N O T I N C O N T R A C T NO N O R M A L L Y O P E N NT S N O T T O S C A L E OC O N C E N T E R OF C I O W N E R F U R N I S H E D C O N T R A C T O R IN S T A L L E D OL O V E R L O A D OS O P T I O N A L S T A N D B Y P P O L E ; P H A S E ; P R I M A R Y PA P U B L I C A D D R E S S PA R P A R A L L E L PB P U L L B O X PE P H O T O E L E C T R I C PF P O W E R F A C T O R PH P H A S E PI V P O S T I N D I C A T O R V A L V E PN L P A N E L PO C P O I N T O F C O N N E C T I O N PS E P U G E T S O U N D E N E R G Y PW R P O W E R QT Y Q U A N T I T Y R ( R ) R E L O C A T E ( D ) RA D R A D I U S RE C P T R E C E P T A C L E RE F R E F R I G E R A T O R RL A R U N N I N G L O A D A M P S RP M R E V O L U T I O N S P E R M I N U T E S S O U T H SEC S E C U R I T Y ; S E C O N D ( A R Y ) SD S M O K E D E T E C T O R SECT S E C T I O N SF S U P P L Y F A N SHT S H E E T SPEC S P E C I F I C A T I O N SPD S U R G E P R O T E C T I V E D E V I C E SQ S Q U A R E SW S W I T C H SWBD S W I T C H B O A R D SYM S Y M M E T R I C A L SYS S Y S T E M T T H E R M O S T A T TB T E R M I N A L B O X TC T I M E C L O C K TEL T E L E P H O N E TV T E L E V I S I O N TYP T Y P I C A L UBC U N I F O R M B U I L D I N G C O D E UFC U N I F O R M F I R E C O D E UG UNDERGROUND UH U N I T H E A T E R UL U N D E R W R I T E R S L A B O R A T O R I E S UON U N L E S S O T H E R W I S E N O T E D UV UNIT VENTILATOR V V O L T VAV V A R I A B L E A I R V O L U M E VEL V E L O C I T Y VFD V A R I A B L E F R E Q U E N C Y D R I V E VM V O L T M E T E R VOL V O L U M E W W A T T , W E S T W/ W I T H W/O W I T H O U T WHM W A T T H O U R M E T E R WP W E A T H E R P R O O F X R E A C T A N C E XFMR T R A N S F O R M E R XMTR T R A N S M I T T E R Z I M P E D A N C E & A N D I.E.: T H A T I S I.G.: F O R E X A M P L E # N U M B E R CO N D U I T - C O N C E A L E D I N O R U N D E R F L O O R EX I S T I N G T O B E R E M O V E D CO N D U I T O R C A B L E V E R T I C A L D O W N CO N D U I T S T U B - T E R M I N A T E W I T H B U S H I N G O R C A P I F U N D E R G R O U N D CO N D U I T O R C A B L E V E R T I C A L U P CO N D U C T O R S - C O N N E C T E D CO N D U C T O R S - N O T C O N N E C T E D LO W - V O L T A G E W I R I N G ( C L A S S B ) CO N D U I T - R O U T E D U N D E R G R O U N D CO N D U I T S E A L JU N C T I O N B O X MA N H O L E HA N D H O L E PU L L B O X - S I Z E A S I N D I C A T E D O R A S R E Q U I R E D B Y C O D E SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - G E N E R A L A- 1 , 3 , 5 BR E A K L I N E CA B L E T R A Y EX P A N S I O N F I T T I N G MI N I M U M 3 / 4 " C O N D U I T C O N C E A L E D I N C E I L I N G S P A C E O R I N W A L L M I N I M U M 3/ 4 " W I T H # 1 2 A W G C O N D U C T O R S W I T H D E D I C A T E D N E U T R A L E A C H CI R C U I T , U N L E S S O T H E R W I S E N O T E D O N P L A N . PR O V I D E E Q U I P M E N T G R O U N D I N G C O N D U C T O R S S I Z E D P E R N F P A 7 0 . HO M E R U N T O S O U R C E O F S U P P L Y PA N E L D E S I G N A T I O N BR A N C H C I R C U I T N U M B E R S FL E X I B L E M E T A L C O N D U I T J MHHHPB DR A W I N G C O N S T R U C T I O N ( " F L A G " ) N O T E MA T C H L I N E RE V I S I O N C L O U D ( E N C I R C L E S D R A W I N G C H A N G E S M A D E S I N C E TH E P R E V I O U S R E L E A S E ) DE T A I L R E F E R E N C E SE C T I O N R E F E R E N C E EL E V A T I O N R E F E R E N C E RE V I S I O N R E F E R E N C E NO R T H R E F E R E N C E 1 1 X XX . X X X XX . X X X XX . X X SY M B O L DE S C R I P T I O N SY M B O L S L E G E N D - G E N E R A L SE C T I O N I D E N T I F I C A T I O N N U M B E R SH E E T W H E R E S E C T I O N I S D R A W N EL E V A T I O N I D E N T I F I C A T I O N N U M B E R SH E E T W H E R E E L E V A T I O N I S D R A W N DE T A I L I D E N T I F I C A T I O N N U M B E R SH E E T W H E R E D E T A I L I S D R A W N EQ U I P M E N T I D E N T I F I E R LI G H T L I N E W E I G H T I N D I C A T E S E X I S T I N G I N F O R M A T I O N HE A V Y L I N E W E I G H T I N D I C A T E S N E W W O R K PO I N T O F C O N N E C T I O N ( P O C ) B E T W E E N N E W A N D E X I S T I N G EQ U I P M E N T I D E N T I F I E R ( X X = A B B R E V I A T I O N Y = E Q U I P M E N T S C H E D U L E N U M B E R ) X- X X XX XD N RA C E W A Y / C A B L E / C O N D U C T O R R O U T I N G I D E N T I F I E R - RE F E R T O R A C E W A Y / C A B L E / C O N D U C T O R S C H E D U L E XX X UG 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 PNL DPL-1 LC-1 OS DT PC OSPC PN L D P L - 2 EW 1 EW1 W3 TY P W3 TY P S3 TY P S3E DPL1-9,11 11 13 1 3 13 1 3 13 13 13 6 6 1 2 2 2 3 3 11 11 1111 11 9 LC - 2 4 11 9 EW 2 EW 2 S3 W3 E W3 E PC 2 5 5 S3 E C DT 1 1 1 1 5 PC 5 TTB DP L 2 - 11 , 1 3 , 1 5 15 GENERAL NOTES:1. CONFORM WITH NEC AND STATE OF WASHINGTON CODES AND ORDINANCES.2. OBTAIN THE REQUIRED PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK.3. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SCHEDULE.COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROJECT MILESTONES ARE MET.4. ANY EQUIPMENT HAVING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS THAT REQUIRE DISCONNECTING AND/OR RE-CONNECTING AS A RESULT OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INCLUDED AS A PART OF THIS CONTRACT.5. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, WIRING SHALL BE 3/4"C, 2#12, 1#12 GND THHN/THWN COPPER CONDUCTOR.6. MOUNT SWITCHES 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.7. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED CONDUCTORS TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES WITH SELF CONTAINED BATTERY BACKUP FOR CIRCUIT MONITORING.8. C O N D U I T R E S T R O O M S A N D S I M I L A R A R E A S S H A L L B E C O N C E A L E D I N S I D E W A L L S O R A B O V E CEILINGS WHENEVER POSSIBLE.9. C O N D U I T 2 " A N D B E L O W M A Y B E E L E C T R I C A L M E T A L L I C T U B I N G ( E M T ) . 10. D Y M O L A B E L E A C H J U N C T I O N B O X A N D S W I T C H W I T H C I R C U I T I D E N T I F I C A T I O N . 11. P O S T N E W T Y P E W R I T T E N P A N E L S C H E D U L E S U P O N C O M P L E T I O N O F J O B . 12. P R O V I D E L A M I N A T E D P H E N O L I C N A M E P L A T E S F O R L I G H T I N G C O N T R O L P A N E L S A S INDICATED.13. R E F E R T O C H 2 M E L E C T R I C A L D R A W I N G E - 4 F O R P A N E L S C H E D U L E S . 14. R E F E R T O S H E E T E 4 0 0 F O R L I G H T I N G F I X T U R E S C H E D U L E . REFERENCE NOTES:PROVIDE LIGHTING CONROL RELAY PANEL. DOUGLAS LITEPACK #WPAK-33518-SN4 OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH (8) RELAYS AND CONTROLLER MODULE. ALL EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHTING IS CONTROLLED BY LC-1 VIA CONTROL CIRCUIT DIRECTLY IN THE NORTH BUILDING AND INDIRECTLY VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR LC-2 IN THE SOUTH BUILDING.PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE INDOOR 0-10V PHOTOCELL LEVITON #ODC0P-D0W OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE J-BOX RECESSED INTO T&G CEILING. ROUTE ASSOCIATED RACEWAY ABOVE T&G CEILING.PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE MULTI-TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR.LEVITON #O3C10-MWD WITH POWER PACKS AS REQD OR APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE J-BOX RECESSED INTO T&G CEILING. ROUTE ASSOCIATED RACEWAY ABOVE T&G CEILING.PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTACTOR LC-2. SQUARE D #8903-LCG40-V02-A3F4 OR APPROVED EQUAL. REFER TO CH2M DRAWINGS E4 & E5.PROVIDE 0-10V CLASS 2 WIRING AS REQD. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL MFRS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. ROUTE ABOVE T&G CEILING TO WALL MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE.REFER TO CH2M DRAWING E4.1 2 3 4 5 6 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 SC A L E : N LI G H T I N G P L A N 1/ 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " UG UG UG UG UG U G UG UG UG UG U G U G U G UG UG PB UG UG U G P1 TY P 1 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 44 3 3 3 3 3 3 GENERAL NOTES:1. CONFORM WITH NEC AND STATE OF WASHINGTON CODES AND ORDINANCES.2. OBTAIN THE REQUIRED PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK.3. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SCHEDULE.COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROJECT MILESTONES ARE MET.4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, WIRING SHALL BE 3/4" GRS CONDUIT, 2#12, 1#12 GND THHN/THHW COPPER CONDUCTOR.5. MOUNT LIGHTING FIXTURES 7'-6" ABOVE GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.6. DYMO LABEL EACH JUNCTION BOX AND SWITCH WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION.7. POST NEW TYPE WRITTEN PANEL SCHEDULES UPON COMPLETION OF JOB.8. REFER TO CH2M ELECTRICAL DRAWING E-2 FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS & HOMERUN TO PANEL.9. R E F E R T O S H E E T E 4 0 0 F O R L I G H T I N G F I X T U R E S C H E D U L E . REFERENCE NOTES:SEE CH2M DRAWING E-2.PROVIDE PRECAST CONCRETE PULLBOX.PROVIDE 3/4" SCHED 40 UG PVC CONDUIT WITH 2#12 XHHW, 1#12 XHHW GND.PROVIDE 3/4" GRS CONDUIT STUB UP & #12 CONDUCTORS AT COLUMN BASE. COORD WITH STRUC. ROUTE 3/4" GRS CONDUIT & #12 CONDUCTORS CONCEALED WITHIN COLUMN WRAP TO LIGHTING FIXTURE. PROVIDE WP J-BOX & GRS LB AS REQD.1 2 3 4 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 SC A L E : N PE R G O L A L I G H T I N G P L A N 1/ 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " J J ER U 1 M ES 16 10 12 17 1 2 2 4 EW H 1B J 6, 8 14 3 6 5 J ES 2 2 PANEL DPL-1 LC - 1 DO O R L O C K TI M E C L O C K IR R I G A T I O N CO N T R O L L E R PA N E L D P L - 2 EW H 1A J 2, 4 3 DP L 2 - 2 , 4 DP L 2 - 12 , 1 4 , 1 6 9 9 4 J 16 1 DP L 2 - 6 , 8 , 1 0 WH 1 HD 1 12 J 10 WP 9 9 EW H 2B J 6, 8 3 WH 2 DP L 1 - 6 , 8 ERU 214 65EWH2AJ2,43 DPL1-2,4 J 10 WP 7 19 IGDPL1-15,17,19DPL1-7 DPL1-14,16 DPL1-12TELEMETRYBACKBOARD11 UTILITY METER & CT CABINET 10 12 12 U G 13 DPL1-10WH1147 DP L 2 - 9 TP 1 TCDPL1-20 TP 1 DP L 2 - 2 4 16 HD 1 8 U G U G UGUGUGUG 15 15 15 17 7 UG 13 E10 U G E 10 UG UG F 10D 10C 10 15 15 15B1015UGUGUGUGUGUGUGA1015A1015A1015B1015D1015UGDPL1-9F1015B1015REFERENCE NOTES PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CONNECTION HAND DRYER. REFER TO EQUIP SCHEDULE.COORD WITH ARCH DWGS FOR EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.PROVIDE ELECTRIC STRIKE, 3/4"C, & #12 CONDUCTORS TO DOOR LOCK TIMECLOCK.COORD WITH ARCH DWGS .PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR ELECTRIC WALL HEATER EH-1. REFER TO EQUIP SCHEDULE. COORD WITH ARCH DWGS FOR EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.PROVIDE TAMPER RESISTANT GFCI TYPE NEMA 5-20R. MOUNT @ 42"AFF. COORD WITH ARCH DWGS FOR EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR ERU-1. REFER TO EQUIP SCHEDULE.ROUTE ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT TO PANEL VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LCP-1 0-10V DIMMING RELAY. PROVIDE CLASS 2 WIRING AS REQD. PROVIDE AUTO ON CONTROL VIA ROOM OCCUPANCY SENSOR. PROGRAM FOR 30 MINUTE DELAY OFF AFTER OCCUPANCY SENSOR DETECTS ROOM IS UNOCCUPIED.PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPT @ 48"AFF FOR IRRIGATION CONTROLLER.LIGHTING CONTROL CABINET LC-1. REFER TO SHEET E400.PANEL. REFER TO POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E400.REFER TO CH2M DRAWINGS.PROVIDE 3'-0"x8'-0"x3/4" PLYWOOD TELEMETRY BOARD. PAINT TO MATCH WALLS.COORD WITH CH2M DRAWING E-5.J-BOX FOR DRINKING FOUNTAIN HEAT TRACE. COORD WITH MECH. REFER TO CH2M DRAWINGS.PROVIDE 4" SCHED 40 PVC UG CONDUIT WITH PULLSTING FOR FUTURE WATER FEATURE. PROVIDE GRS CONDUIT STUB-UP & WHERE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE. COORD WITH CH2M, CIVIL, & LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS.LOCATE 7'-0" ABOVE MOP SINK. COORD WITH MECH.PROVIDE SCHED 80 PVC UG CONDUIT(S). REFER TO CH2M DRAWINGS FOR RACEWAY & CONDUCTOR SIZE & QUANTITIES.PROVIDE DOOR LOCK TIMECLOCK. INTERMATIC #ET8215C OR APPROVED EQUAL.COORD WITH LANSCAPE DWGS.1GENERAL NOTES:1. CONFORM WITH NEC AND STATE OF WASHINGTON CODES AND ORDINANCES.2. OBTAIN THE REQUIRED PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK.3. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROJECT MILESTONES ARE MET.4. ANY EQUIPMENT HAVING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS THAT REQUIRE DISCONNECTING AND/OR RE-CONNECTING AS A RESULT OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INCLUDED AS A PART OF THIS CONTRACT.5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER WITH THHN OR XHHW INSULATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.6. REFER TO DRAWING E400 FOR PANEL SCHEDULES.7. REFER TO DRAWING E400 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE.2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 SC A L E : N PO W E R & S I G N A L P L A N 1/ 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 1 1 SCALE:NTSPOWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 1225A BUS225A MCB120/240VDPL-1 100A BUS100A MCB120/240VDPL-2 M #8 CU 5/8"Øx8'-0" CU CLAD GND ROD 8'-0"MINCADWELD, TYPUTILITY XFMRUTILITY METER SEE FEEDER SCHEDULE/CIRCUIT ANALYSISSEE FEEDER SCHEDULE/CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROVIDE CONN @ BLDG STEEL SEE CH2M DRAWINGS. 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 60 0 S t e w a r t S t . , S t e 1 4 0 0 Se a t t l e , W a s h i n g t o n 9 8 1 0 1 Te l 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 0 Fa x 2 0 6 . 2 6 7 . 1 7 0 1 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/18 PROJECT MANUAL OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE I CITY OF RENTON COMMUNITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT PARKS PLANNING AND NATURAL RESOURCES DIVISION 1055 SOUTH GRADY WAY RENTON, WASHINGTON 98057 Denis Law, Mayor BID SET April 2017 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGES TC - 1 Table of Contents................................................................................................................1-4 DIVISION 0 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00010 Bid Submittal Checklist................................................................................................1 00020 Synopsis of Bidding Information .................................................................................1 00030 Call for Bids..................................................................................................................1 00100 Instructions to Bidders (AIA Document A701)............................................................1 00200 Bidder’s Qualification Statement................................................................................1 00300 Bid Form.................................................................................................................1 – 3 00310 Bid Bond Form.............................................................................................................1 00400 Non-Collusion, Anti-Trust, & Minimum Wage Form.............................................1 – 2 00500 Contract.......................................................................................................................1 00700 General Conditions......................................................................................................1 00800 Special Conditions..................................................................................................1 – 3 00810 Insurance Requirements For City of Renton...............................................................1 00910 Bond To The City of Renton Form.........................................................................1 – 2 DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 01 00 Summary............................................................................................................1 – 6 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures ......................................................................................1 – 12 01 45 16.13 Contractor Quality Control...........................................................................1 – 7 01 45 33 Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing....................................................1 – 6 Supplements: Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility.........................................................1 – 2 Fabricator’s Certificate of Compliance....................................................................1 01 50 00 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls...............................................1 – 2 01 56 00 Environmental Controls.....................................................................................1 – 2 01 57 13 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control......................................................1 – 25 01 70 00 Contract Closeout..............................................................................................1 – 6 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing......................................................................................1 – 8 DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 00 Demolition .........................................................................................................1 – 4 DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories....................................................................1 – 3 03 15 00 Concrete Joints and Accessories........................................................................1 – 2 03 21 00 Steel Reinforcement..........................................................................................1 – 4 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGES TC - 2 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.....................................................................................1 – 19 Supplement: Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F2S1P1C1.......................................................1 – 5 03 39 00 Concrete Curing.................................................................................................1 – 2 03 62 00 Grout..................................................................................................................1 – 4 Supplement: 24-hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form and Grout Testing Procedures..............................................................................................1 – 4 DIVISION 5 – METALS 05 05 23 Welding..............................................................................................................1 – 5 Supplement: Welding and Nondestructive Testing Table .............................................................1 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing..................................................................................1 – 11 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing ..........................................................................1 – 7 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications...........................................................................................1 – 11 DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry................................................................................................1 – 7 DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation.............................................................................................1 – 8 07 42 13.16 Metal Plate Wall Panels................................................................................1 – 7 07 46 46 Fiber-Cement Siding...........................................................................................1 – 5 07 54 23 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing..........................................................1 – 10 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim..........................................................................1 – 7 DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS 08 41 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts...............................................1 – 10 08 71 00 Door Hardware ................................................................................................1 – 12 08 80 00 Glazing..............................................................................................................1 – 11 DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 09 29 00 Gypsum Board....................................................................................................1 – 7 09 30 13 Ceramic Tiling.....................................................................................................1 – 8 09 90 00 Painting And Coating .......................................................................................1 – 14 Supplements: Paint System Data Sheet......................................................................................... 1 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGES TC - 3 Paint Product Data Sheet.........................................................................................1 09 91 13 Painting..............................................................................................................1 – 8 DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 10 21 13.19 Plastic Toilet Compartments ........................................................................1 – 6 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, And Laundry Accessories...............................................................1 – 6 DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 Site Furnishings................................................................................................1 – 13 DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping Insulation................................................................................1 – 6 22 10 01 Plumbing Piping and Accessories ....................................................................1 – 18 22 10 01.01 Plumbing Piping Schedule ..................................................................................1 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings...........................................................................1 22 10 01.04 Copper Tube and Fitting – Potable Water Service.............................................1 22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment .........................................................................................1 – 3 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures ..............................................................................................1 – 6 DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 31 13 Metal Ducts and Accessories...........................................................................1 – 20 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 01 Electrical ..........................................................................................................1 – 20 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 10 00 Site Preparation.................................................................................................1 – 6 31 23 13 Subgrade Preparation........................................................................................1 – 3 31 23 16 Excavation..........................................................................................................1 – 5 31 23 23 Fill and Backfill ...................................................................................................1 – 7 31 23 23.15 Trench Backfill...............................................................................................1 – 9 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 23 Aggregate Base Courses.....................................................................................1 – 5 32 13 13 Concrete Paving...............................................................................................1 – 23 32 84 00 Irrigation...........................................................................................................1 – 17 32 90 00 Planting............................................................................................................1 – 36 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGES TC - 4 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 33 05 01 Conveyance Piping General...............................................................................1 – 8 33 44 13.13 Catch Basins..................................................................................................1 – 3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Project Sign Detail...................................................................................................................1 Geotechnical Design Recommendations for Sunset Park Phase I......................................1-7 Overall Site Plan......................................................................................................................1 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00010 19 APRIL 2017 BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST 00010 – PAGE 1 OF 1 The following items are required to be submitted for the Bid. Other forms not listed below but included in these Specifications are for informational purposes and need only be executed by the successful Contractor. LIST OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS Bidder’s Qualification Statement (Section 00200) Bid Proposal Form (Section 00300) Bid Bond (Section 00310) Non-Collusion, Anti-Trust, & Minimum Wage Form (Section 00400) END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00020 19 APRIL 2017 SYNOPSIS OF BIDDING INFORMATION 00020 – PAGE 1 OF 1 A. PROJECT: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE I 2680 Sunset Lane NE Renton, WA 98056 B. OWNER: City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 C. OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: Todd Black, Capital Project Coordinator 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Phone (425) 430-6571 FAX (425) 430-6603 D. CONSULTANT: HBB Landscape Architecture 215 Westlake Avenue North Seattle, WA 98109 E. BIDS DUE: Wednesday, May 10, 2017, 3:00 p.m. at City Clerk’s Office, Seventh Floor Renton City Hall, Renton, WA. F. NOTICE TO PROCEED: Approximately June 16, 2017 G. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION: One Hundred Sixty (160) calendar days. Substantial Completion is expected by Thursday, November 22, 2017 if NTP is June 16, 2017. H. PERFORMANCE BOND & PAYMENT BOND: 100% of contract amount. I. WAGES: Pay state prevailing wage rates. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00030 19 APRIL 2017 CALL FOR BIDS 00030 – PAGE 1 OF 1 Sealed bids will be received until 3:00 p.m., Wednesday, May 10, 2017 at the City Clerk’s office, 7th floor, and will be opened and publicly read in the sixth floor conference room, #621, of Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057, for the Sunset Neighborhood Park, Phase I project, located at 2680 Sunset Lane NE, Renton, Washington. Bids received after the specified date and time will not be considered. The work, to be substantially completed within 160 calendar days from the date of commencement under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: Construction of new park and related site work. Work includes earthwork, utility installation, restroom and pergola construction, lighting, concrete flatwork, landscape planting and irrigation for the construction of Sunset Neighborhood Park, Phase I, for the City of Renton, Washington, all as shown and described in the Contract Documents prepared by HBB Landscape Architecture, dated April 2017. The estimated base bid construction cost is approximately $2,330,000, including WSST. Bid documents will be available Wednesday, April 19, 2017. Free-of-charge access to project bid documents (plans, specifications, addenda, and Bidders List) is provided to Prime Bidders, Subcontractors, and Vendors by going to www.bxwa.com and clicking on "Posted Projects", "Public Works", and "City of Renton". This online plan room provides Bidders with fully usable online documents with the ability to: download, view, print, order full/partial plan sets from numerous reprographic sources, and a free online digitizer/take-off tool. It is recommended that Bidders “Register” in order to receive automatic e-mail notification of future addenda and to place themselves on the “Self-Registered Bidders List". Bidders that do not register will not be automatically notified of addenda and will need to periodically check the on-line plan room for addenda issued on this project. Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at (425) 258- 1303 should you require assistance with access or registration. A highly recommended pre-bid site walk-through for General Contractors will be held on Tuesday, May 2, 2017 at 10:00 a.m. at the project site. Each bidder is fully responsible for familiarizing themselves with the work and the site conditions. A Bid Bond in the amount of 5% of the total amount of each bid must accompany each bid. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities or irregularities in bids received. The City’s Fair Practices and Non-Discrimination policies and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this project. Bids shall be in a sealed envelope marked “SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE I”. ________________________ Jason Seth, City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce on April 14, 2017 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00100 19 APRIL 2017 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 – PAGE 1 OF 1 1.01 STANDARD FORM Incorporate by this reference the Instructions to Bidders, 2007, AIA Document A701, as follows. Articles 1 through 8 inclusive are included as a part of this contract. The Bidders, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. 1.02 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS A. The City's fair practices and non-discrimination policies, and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this project. B. A Notice To Proceed shall be given after the City Council, City Attorney, and Risk Manager approves the Contract, and the Contract is signed by the Mayor. C. Upon Notification of Intent to Award Contract, the following documents must be submitted prior to commencement of the Work and no later than 20 business days after receipt of Notification of Intent To Award Contract: Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500) Bond To The City Of Renton (Section 00910) City of Renton Business License Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages (Section 00400) Certificate of Liability Insurance (Section 00810); naming the City of Renton as additional insured. Project Schedule & Time of Completion 1.03 BIDDER SELECTION CRITERIA A. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and waive any informalities or irregularities in bids received. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00200 19 APRIL 2017 BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 00200 – PAGE 1 OF 1 Each Bidder submitting a proposal on work included in these specifications shall prepare and submit as part of his bid, the following information: 1. Name of Bidder:_ 2. Business Address: _ 3. Telephone: ________________________________________ 4. How many years has said Bidder been engaged in the contracting business under the present firm name: ________________________________________ 5. Contracts now in hand (Gross Amount): $_ 6.Experience with similar projects: List at least three (3) projects accomplished within the last seven (7) years in which the Bidder constructed comparable projects. Include the name, telephone number and email address of the Owner or Owner’s Representative responsible for the project. Describe how the project met customer satisfaction. We will discuss performance with the named references . Limit 3 pages. 7.Work Plan: Provide a description of how the work will be done within the time window allowed. Include a schedule of activities planned. Indicate planned working hours and days . Limit 3 pages. 8.Assigned Key Personnel : Provide a resume for the Project Manager, Superintendent, and other key personnel that will be assigned and committed to this project. Limit 3 pages. 9.List of company 's major equipment. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00300 19 APRIL 2017 BID FORM 00300 – PAGE 1 OF 3 FORM OF PROPOSAL ( BID ) for the Sunset Neighborhood Park, Phase I 2680 Sunset Lane NE Renton, WA 98056 Bids Due: 3:00 P.M. Wednesday, May 10, 2017 To: City Clerk, Room # 728 Seventh Floor of City Hall 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 The undersigned hereby certifies that they have carefully examined the Contract Documents as defined in the General Conditions and have examined the sites of the work and the locations where said work is to be done, and fully understands the manner in which payment is proposed to be made for the cost thereof, hereby proposes to furnish all materials and to perform all labor which may be required to complete said work within the time fixed, and upon the terms and conditions provided in said Contract Documents for consideration of the following amount: A. BASE BID For all work shown in the Contract Documents the sum of:$ Washington State Sales Tax (10%): $ Grand Total Base Bid: $ B. CONDITIONS OF PROPOSAL 1. Determination of Low Bidder: The owner reserves the right to 'Award a Contract' based on the Contractor's Proposal Amounts for Base Bid and/or Breakdown, in whatever manner is in the Owner's best interest. 2. Overhead and Profit: All of the above Bid Prices shall include overhead and profit. C. PERIOD OF BID VALIDITY / ACCEPTANCE OF BID SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00300 19 APRIL 2017 BID FORM 00300 – PAGE 2 OF 3 1. BASE BID The undersigned hereby agrees that this BID as described in paragraph "A" shall be a valid and firm offering for the period of sixty (60) days from closing time for the "Receipt of Bids." Acceptance of Bid: Within sixty (60) days after the opening of Form of Proposal, the City will act either to accept the Proposal from the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder, or to reject all Bids. The City reserves the right to request extensions of such Bid acceptance period. The acceptance of a Bid will be evidenced by a written Notice of Intent to Award Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is under consideration for acceptance, together with a request to furnish a bond (if required), evidence of insurance to execute the agreement set forth in the Contract Documents, and other designated documents. D. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT If written "Notice of Intent to Award Contract" is mailed, telegraphed, facsimile, or delivered to the undersigned within the "period of Bid Validity" noted above, or any time thereafter before this Bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days after the date of such notification, execute a Contract in the form of the AIA Document A101 "STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR - STIPULATED SUM", 2007 edition. E. TIME FOR COMPLETION The undersigned hereby agrees to "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" of all Work outlined in the Contract Documents within 160 calendar days of receiving the Notice To Proceed. F. ADDENDUM RECEIPT Receipt of the following "ADDENDA" to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS is acknowledged: Addendum No.Date Addendum No.Date Addendum No.Date G. EXECUTION OF PROPOSAL SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00300 19 APRIL 2017 BID FORM 00300 – PAGE 3 OF 3 Name of Firm State License Registration No. Address City State Zip Code Telephone ( ) FAX ( ) The undersigned designates the above as the firm and address to which "NOTICE OF CONTRACT AWARD" may be mailed, hand delivered or delivered via facsimile. NOTE: If a Bidder is a corporation, write state of incorporation; and if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all partners below: The undersigned certifies that the above is a firm and valid BID to accomplish all Work and comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Date Signature Name & Title END OF BID FORM SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00310 19 APRIL 2017 BID BOND FORM 00310 – PAGE 1 OF 1 Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ , which amount is not less than five percent of the total bid. Sign here: Know All Men by These Presents: That we, , as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound until the City of Renton, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF , 20 . Principal Surety Received return of deposit in the sum of $ SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00400 19 APRIL 2017 NON-COLLUSION, ANTI-TRUST, AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM 00400 – PAGE 1 OF 2 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the forgoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over the other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract: that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT Name of Project Name of Bidder's Firm SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00400 19 APRIL 2017 NON-COLLUSION, ANTI-TRUST, AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM 00400 – PAGE 2 OF 2 Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 20 . Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Residing at: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00500 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT 00500 – PAGE 1 OF 101 STANDARD FORM Incorporated by reference is the Standard Form of Agreement Between the Owner and the Contractor Where the Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Sum, 2007, AIA Document A- 101, as follows, Articles 1 through 9 inclusive. They are included as part of the contract. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. AIA Document A101 - 2007 will be made available in its entirety to the successful bidder, or any bidder who specifically requests it during the bid period. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00700 19 APRIL 2017 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00700 – PAGE 1 OF 1 101 STANDARD FORM Incorporated by reference are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 2007, AIA Document A-201, as follows, Articles 1 through 14 inclusive. They are included as part of the contract. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be governed by them, with enclosed modifications. AIA Document A201- 2007 will be made available in its entirety to the successful bidder, or any bidder who specifically requests it during the bid period. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00800 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00800 – PAGE 1 OF 3 The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, 2007 edition, as a part of these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 1 - COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE RATES AND FILING OF "INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES" HEREINAFTER CALLED "INTENT" AND "AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID" 1.1 “ Prevailing Wages on Public Works” - The Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with 39.12 RCW and amendments "Prevailing Wages on Public Works." The prevailing rate wages to be paid to all workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance therewith. 1.2 Current prevailing wage data will be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. Requests shall be made to the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. Wage data is also available at http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevWage/default.asp The Contractor is responsible for paying the appropriate wage rates. 1.3 The Contractor, and all Subcontractors, on or before the date of commencement of work, shall file a statement under oath with the City and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the rate of hourly wages paid to each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed to perform work under this Contract shall not be less than the prevailing rate of wages determined by the Washington State Labor and Industries. Such statement and any supplemental statements which may be necessary shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the Department of Labor and Industries. 1.4 Copies of all "Intents" shall be on file with the Contractor, the Industrial Statistician, and the City. 1.5 “Affidavits of Wages Paid” - upon completion of project, the Contractor shall fully execute and file "Affidavit of Wages Paid" with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and any other agencies required by law. Copies shall be provided to the City prior to Final Completion, Final Payment and release of Retainage. Each affidavit of wages paid must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is submitted. 1.6 All costs and fees for and associated with the "Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and "Affidavits of Wages Paid" are to be paid by the Contractor. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00800 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00800 – PAGE 2 OF 3 ARTICLE 2 - STATE LICENSING LAW The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 18.27 RCW. The Contractor agrees and covenants to furnish unto the Owner proper evidence that the Contractor has fully complied with the State Licensing Law of the State of Washington, Chapter 18.27 RCW, and a Contractor's Certificate of Registration shall be in full force and effect throughout the work project herein above enumerated, prior to starting work. ARTICLE 3 - NON-DISCRIMINATION The Contractor shall offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to the race, creed, color, sex, national origin, age, or disability. ARTICLE 4 - CITY OF RENTON BUSINESS LICENSE Prior to signing a contract the contractor agrees to purchase a City of Renton Business License and maintain the license in full force and effect throughout the work of the project. License may be purchased from the City Finance Department located on the First Floor of the City Hall Building, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA. ARTICLE 5- SITE AND STREET CLEANING Contractors working dump trucks and/or other equipment on paved streets and roadways will be required to clean said streets at the conclusion of each day's operation or as directed by the City. If the area is not properly cleaned or the condition of the excavation warrants or if required by other City or State ordinances or requirements, the Owner shall direct the Contractor to provide facilities to remove clay or other deposits from the tires or between dual wheels before trucks and/or other equipment will be allowed to travel beyond the construction site. Any violation of the above requirements shall be sufficient ground for the Owner to order the area in question cleaned by others, the cost of the operation to be deducted from the Contract amount. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to control dust at the construction site by watering as required or as directed by the Owner. All costs in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction, and payment shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00800 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00800 – PAGE 3 OF 3 ARTICLE 6- PERFORMANCE BOND (CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT BOND): The Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Owner a bond on the form included in this Contract Documents, with an approved surety company, as surety in the sum of the full amount of the contract price including the Washington State Sales Tax, in compliance with the Revised Codes of Washington, and any amendments thereto. The bond shall also guarantee the Contractor's material and workmanship on the project for a period of one (1) year from the date of the issuance of his Certificate of Substantial Completion by the Architect. ARTICLE 7- TRAFFIC SAFETY AND STREET USE: The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of barricades and the safety guards and any other structures of improvement necessary for the complete protection of the public or workers including traffic study requirements as directed by the City in consultation with the Public Works and Police Departments. The Contractor shall further abide by all rules and regulations of OSHA as amended or supplemented by WISHA. Contractor shall be responsible for any permits required due to construction activity or staging in the public right-of-way including, but not limited to, traffic control and flaggers as required by City Public Works Department. All costs in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction, and payment shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. ARTICLE 8- PERMITS: It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to pick up and pay for the grading, building, mechanical, plumbing and electrical permits and to secure all other Municipal, County, or State permits and licenses necessary or incident to the actual performance of the work under this Contract that have not been addressed in the contract documents, and shall, during the work progress, comply with all laws, ordinances, and governmental regulations pertaining to carrying out of the work. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00810 19 APRIL 2017 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CITY OF RENTON 00810 – PAGE 1 OF 1 Insurance Requirements For City of Renton The City of Renton typically requires the following industry minimum insurance limits: $1,000,000 per occurrence Commercial General Liability (CGL); $2,000,000 in the Commercial General Liability aggregate; $1,000,000 Auto Liability (needed if a vehicle will be used in performance of work beyond normal commutes. This would include delivery of products to worksite); Proof of Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the state (provide the Washington L&I or excess coverage policy number); Excess Liability or Umbrella (if needed, at levels to be determined by unique exposure risk or if required in the contract; can be in tandem with CGL); $1,000,000 Professional Liability (if required in the contract or if the professional services to be provided are excluded from the CGL policy). Requirements unique to the City of Renton: Name the City of Renton as a Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insured on the policy (only applies to Commercial General Liability); The City shall be provided with written notice of any policy cancellation within two business days of receipt of such notice by the policy holder; Insurance certificate requirements can be waived for current WCIA members, with Risk Manager approval; Put descriptive text of the project in the “Description of Operations” box; and The certificate holder should read: City of Renton ATTN: {enter your City contact’s name here and Department} 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA. 98057 Direct any questions, comments, or concerns to: Gary Lamb, Risk Manager 425.430.7669 - direct 425.430.7650 - main 425.430.7665 - fax glamb@rentonwa.gov Revised 4/5/13 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00910 19 APRIL 2017 BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON FORM 00910 – PAGE 1 OF 2 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned as principal, and corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum $ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at , Washington, this day of , 20 . Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- providing for construction of Sunset Neighborhood Park, Phase I Project Name the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, the undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 00910 19 APRIL 2017 BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON FORM 00910 – PAGE 2 OF 2 Principal Surety Signature Surety’s Address Name and Title Agent’s Signature Agent’s Name and Title Agent’s phone number SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 01 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUMMARY 01 01 00 – PAGE 1 OF 6 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Description of the Work. 2. Special work requirements. 3. Coordination. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections, and supplements the General Conditions. B. Description of the Work: Provide site grading and installation of all utilities, structures, concrete walkways and flatwork, lighting, landscape planting and irrigation, and interpretive sign, as shown and described in the Contract Documents prepared by HBB Landscape Architecture, dated April 2017. Provide for traffic control, project and public safety, temporary erosion and sediment control. 1.03 TIME OF COMPLETION & LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Time is of the essence for commencement and completion of the Work. Overall time limits for the Project are as follows: 1. Project Time Requirements a. Start: Upon Notice to Proceed (NTP) b. Substantial Completion: 160 Calendar Days from the NTP c. Final Completion in accordance with the General Conditions B. Liquidated Damages: Assessed in accordance with the terms of the General Conditions, and in the following amount per calendar day: a. Project: $250.00 1.04 CONTRACTOR’S WORK & RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor is required to coordinate all related requirements and work specified throughout the Contract Documents. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor’s work and responsibilities also include, but are not limited to the following: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 01 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUMMARY 01 01 00 – PAGE 2 OF 6 1. Providing and paying for labor, materials, equipment, tools, machines, facilities, and services necessary for proper execution and completion of work. 2. Paying taxes. 3. Giving required notices. 4. Maintaining required egress, emergency vehicle access and other requirements in accordance with governing codes, ordinances and city policies throughout the work. 5. Maintaining site in secure condition at all times to prevent unauthorized access. 6. Contractor is responsible for securing and paying for permits, including but not limited to grading, building, plumbing, mechanical and electrical. C. Summary of References: Work of the Contract can be summarized by references to the Contract, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, addenda and modifications to the contract documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of the project manual and including but not necessarily limited to printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions and other forces outside the contract documents. 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. At the pre-construction meeting, and in conformance with the Contract Drawings, the Owner shall instruct the Contractor as to the location to be used by the Contractor for storage and set-up of material and equipment to be used in the work. The primary project site access will be via the south side of the park on Sunset Lane NE, via Harrington Ave NE, off of NE Sunset Boulevard. B. General: The Contractor shall limit use of the premises to the work or project boundary indicated for use. C. Use of the Site: Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in project construction. 1. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and location of storage structures to the staging areas within the work area. If additional storage is necessary, obtain and pay for such storage off-site. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 01 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUMMARY 01 01 00 – PAGE 3 OF 6 2. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. 3. Smoking or open fires will not be permitted on the premises. 4. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of tools, equipment, materials, and products under this Contract, stored on the site. 5. Assume full responsibility for site security and safety. 6. Include barriers, directional signs, no trespassing signs, fencing and security as needed to prevent unauthorized trespassing into construction areas. 7. The construction limits or work zones indicated on the drawings indicate the area to which operation in connection with this project shall be confined for the indicated construction period. 8. Keep work and storage areas in a neat, clean and orderly condition at all times. Should it be necessary at any time to move materials or sheds, Contractor shall move same at his expense. 9. Contractor is responsible for damage to existing property adjacent to the project site and damage must be repaired as work proceeds. Restore/return existing property to its original condition as it was prior to start of project work. 10. Provide traffic control measures as required by local ordinances. 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Existing Utilities 1. Utilities of record are shown on the Drawings insofar as is possible to do so. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the Owner or Consultants assume no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the Drawings. 2. Exercise reasonable care to prevent damage to existing utilities. At Contractor’s expense, immediately repair, restor, or relocate. Contractor shall not leave siteuntil repairs have been accomplished. 3. See Drawings and Specifications for particular provisions. B. Objections to Application of Products: All Contractors and Subcontractors performing work on this project shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with specified products and installation procedures and submit to Owner any objections (in writing) no later than ten (10) days prior to Bid Date. Submittal of Bid constitutes acceptance of products and procedures specified. C. Conflicts and Omissions in Drawings and Specifications: Bring immediately to Owner’s attention any conflicts and omissions between the Drawings and SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 01 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUMMARY 01 01 00 – PAGE 4 OF 6 Specifications and between Drawings and Specifications and actual site conditions. D. Subcontractor Instructions: Require subcontractors to become familiar with requirements of Division 0, Division 1 and work of Sections related to their own work. Instruct them that these conditions and requirements apply to their work in each Section of the technical specifications. E. Field Verification: It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify all field measurements and site conditions. No allowance will be made for any items incorrectly fabricated or installed due to failure to perform such verification prior to ordering materials/products or commencing the work. If the Contractor discovers discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual field measurements, notify the Owner, and allow reasonable time for review of the problem, and response to resolve the problem. PART 2 PRODUCTS – (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT SIGN A. Contractor shall provide and install two project signs, as detailed in this project manual, at two locations to be determined by the Owner, for the duration of the project. 3.02 EROSION CONTROL A. Erosion control measures shall be installed by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner prior to any other work on-site. 3.03 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating and scheduling work of the Subcontractors to expedite progress of the project. General Contractor assumes all responsibility if his Subcontractors do not perform. When emergencies occur, the Contractor will take whatever measures are necessary to correct problems at no expense to the Owner and before leaving the site. B. Coordinate all uses of premises with the Owner. Use of streets and public rights of way must be in accordance with City regulations and ordinances. Obtain Right of Way use permits as the City may require for any in-street or street frontage work or work that may otherwise block or limit use of the streets. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 01 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUMMARY 01 01 00 – PAGE 5 OF 6 3.04 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work hours are permitted between 7:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. Saturday (if approved by the Owner), and no work shall be permitted on Sunday. B. Noise Control: Comply with all applicable state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations relative to noise control. 1. The Contractor shall give the owner a minimum of seven (7) day’s notice prior to commencing any activity or operation of machinery from which the noise may be disturbing to occupants of nearby buildings. Any consequences resulting from failure to give such notice shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with any directives the Owner may issue for the purpose of excluding or mitigating any annoyance or disruption due to noise to occupants of the buildings, or the public in general, by the operations under this contract. 2. Use electrically driven equipment rather than pneumatically driven equipment where noise is a concern. 3. Erect temporary noise barriers around noisy equipment where operation cannot be avoided. 4. Verify and ensure that equipment mufflers and noise shrouds are intact and operational. 5. Shut off all equipment that is not in use. C. Dust Control: Execute Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. 1. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and surrounding environment. Cover stockpiled material with tarps, wet down, and take other measures as appropriate. 3.05 SITE ACCESS A. Construction site access to the project site is shown on Sheet C-3 of the Plans off of Sunset Lane NE. 3.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Utilities of record require field verification and identification. Where unknown utility lines are encountered, protect from damage and do not assume abandoned before identification is made by utility company. Notify Owner of unauthorized cutting or other damage to utility lines resulting SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 01 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUMMARY 01 01 00 – PAGE 6 OF 6 from construction activity and promptly take such measures as directed to make reparation. B. Surveys and reports of existing topographical and subsurface conditions, including locate ons of utilities, are provided without warranty as to their accuracy or completeness and are intended as general reference to probable conditions. C. Where existing conditions differ from that indicated by Contract Documents: 1. Document and notify Owner immediately of differing conditions. 2. Coordinate and distribute corrections prior to preparing Shop Drawings and before beginning work dependent upon accurate knowledge of conditions. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 1 OF 12 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A.This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project submittals including, but not limited to, product information, shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions and certificates, and samples. B.Individual submittal requirements are specified in applicable sections for each unit of work. C.Submittals shall be made early enough to account for processing described herein and a reasonable period for thorough review by the Architect and Engineers. Submittals requesting action in less than (10) working days are not timely submittals and shall be documented as such. D.Maintain Schedule of Submittals; transmit at or before time indicated. 1.Proposed Schedule of Submittals shall be incorporated into initial Construction Progress Schedule and shall be submitted in a report format within 15 work days after execution of Contract. E.Related Section: General Conditions. 1.02 FORMAT A.Identify each submittal with date, project title, detail number and specification section, and re- submittal information if applicable. B.Contractor shall stamp and sign each submittal indicating compliance with field dimensions and Contract Documents and/or substitutions allowed by Addenda. C.Provide minimum of six (6) copies of each submittal, except as follows: 1.Provide additional or fewer copies if specifically required in related specification sections, or elsewhere in this section. D.Coordinate submittal of different units of interrelated work so that no submittal will be delayed by the Architect's need to review a related submittal. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on any such submittal until the related submittals and/or samples are received. E.Indicate need for Architect/Owner selection, if any. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 2 OF 12 F.Deviations: Any deviations from Contract Documents in submittals shall be clearly and distinctly denoted. G.Reference to work "by other" or “by others”, or any similar designation, shall be assumed to mean "by Contractor" unless otherwise noted. Unless specifically referenced as work or materials “by Owner,” work or materials referenced shall be interpreted as being included in the Contract. H.Sortable Database: Establish and maintain sortable data base for tracking of all submittals. Provide sorted reports in pdf format as requested by Architect. 1.03 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submittals include but are not limited to: 1.Identification of subcontractors 2.Schedules 3.Site plan indicating usage for staging, storage, temporary controls, etc. 4.Cost estimate on SPI form D-9, when required. 5.Shop drawings, product data, and samples 6.Mock-ups 7.Quality Control Plan per Division 1. 8.Schedule of Values per Division 1. 9.Contract closeout requirements 10.Operation, Maintenance and Warranty manuals 11.Certificates of Compliance 12.Project Record Documents 13.Operation and Maintenance Data 14.Extra materials or spare parts 15.Testing results in written or graphic form for all tests and inspections required by the Contract Documents 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Submittals: Manufacturer's published product information, shop drawings, samples, certifications, guarantees, and the like as required by individual Specification Sections and as requested by Architect or Architect's consultant. B. Product Information: Manufacturer's published technical product information and data, including but not limited to the following: catalogs, catalog cuts, color charts, standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves, operational range diagrams, mill reports, written installation instructions, standard operating and maintenance manuals, and other relevant information. Where product information must be SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 3 OF 12 specifically prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "shop drawings." C. Shop Drawings: Technical drawings and data, prepared by Contractor, required by the Specifications or the performance of the Work for this project including, but not limited to fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, shop work manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, coordination drawings (for use on- site), schedules, design mix formulas, Contractor's engineering calculations, and other relevant information. D. Samples: Physical examples of Work including, but not limited to partial sections of manufactured or fabricated Work, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of repetitively-used materials, swatches showing color, texture, and pattern, color range sets, units of work to be used for independent inspection and testing, and other relevant information. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect, samples shall be of the precise article, material, or finish proposed to be incorporated into the Work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR A. Provide complete submittal package including all required submittal items, submitted simultaneously, unless otherwise approved by Architect in response to Contractor’s written request. B. Pay all costs for materials, reproduction, delivery, and distribution. Pay all costs for additional materials, reproduction, delivery, distribution, and impact on Time of Completion in the event that initial submittals are not approved for failure to comply with the project requirements and requirements of this Section, including content and format of submittal. C. Contractor's submittals reviewed by the Architect or Architect's consultant are not modifications to the Contract. The purpose of Contractor's submittals is to demonstrate to the Architect or Architect's consultant that the Contractor understands the design concept. Contractor demonstrates his understanding of the design concept by indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. D. Assume responsibility for satisfactory performance of the Work and for assuring that all materials furnished meet all requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Assume responsibility for checking, confirming, and correlating quantities, dimensions and space requirements at the Project Site, for selecting fabrication SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 4 OF 12 processes and techniques of assembly, for coordination of Work with other trades, for union jurisdiction, for infringement of patent rights, and for possible cause of injury to persons or property. F. Markings or comments by Architect or Architect's consultant on submittals shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, nor departures therefrom. G. Instruct affected parties to promptly report in writing any inability to comply with provisions of this Section. H. Architect or Architect's consultant's review of submittals is only for general compliance and conformity with the design concept and provisions of the Contract Documents. Any action indicated is subject to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect or Architect consultant's review of separate items does not constitute review of assembly in which it functions. I. Telegraphic and facsimile (FAX) submittals are not acceptable unless approved in advance by Architect. Telegraphic and facsimile transmittals shall be followed up with original copies as required. J. Reproduced or copied Contract Documents as the basis for submittals are not acceptable, and if received as a submittal, will be rejected. K. In no case is the Contractor relieved of responsibility for deviations, errors, or omissions in any submittals which would, in effect, modify the Contract Documents or their "intent;" unless specifically brought to the Architect's attention and approved in writing. There is no implied change, approval or responsibility on the Architect in reviewing submittals and giving approval even when they may be unknowingly incorrect or incomplete in some portion. 1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submittal Scheduling: 1. Process and make submittals in such sequence in advance of scheduled dates of installation to expedite the project, to secure required approvals from public Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and as required to allow time indicated in General Conditions for each submittal or re-submittal for Architect's review, unless indicated otherwise. Allow additional time as required for review by Architect’s consultants and/or possible revision and re- submittal. 2. Transmit submittals that require color, finish, pattern, texture, and similar selections by the Architect within (60) calendar days after date of Owner’s SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 5 OF 12 written Notice to Proceed. Comply with submittal schedule. 3. Allow sufficient time for the processing, transmitting, review, and return of submittals to cause no delay in the Work. 4. Failure to make submittals to allow sufficient time for checking and review by Architect or Architect's consultant shall not entitle Contractor to an extension of Time of Completion, Substantial or Final. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Prior to transmitting submittal to Architect, fully coordinate all material including the following: 1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data. 2. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with all trades, public agencies involved, and performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. Obtain necessary approvals from public Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) and obtain written evidence of approval by stamp, letter, or other acceptable means. 3. Make submittals in groups containing all associated or related items. 4. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, and other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 5. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Architect and Architect's consultants reserve the right to withhold review- action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. Architect will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. C. Contractor's Certification: 1. Contractor’s certification shall be signed by non-clerical personnel experienced with on-site construction activities before submitting to Architect. 2. Apply Contractor's signed and dated stamp or label to each page of submittal, certifying that review, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Size of stamp or label shall be not less than 2 inches by 3 inches. 3. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION SHALL BE WORDED AS FOLLOWS: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 6 OF 12 "It is hereby certified that the material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into the Work under this Contract, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for acceptance." Certified by ___________________Date_____________ For: _______________________________ (Contractor) 4. Submittals without evidence of Contractor's completed certification stamp or review by non-clerical personnel will be returned to the Contractor without review. Resubmit with required certification stamp signed by non-clerical personnel. D. Variation from Contract Documents: Furnish written description, separate from submittal, of how submittals vary from requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Submittal Identification, Log, and Transmittal: 1. Number each submittal using specification section number, followed by a dash, followed by a sequentially number beginning with 1 or 01 (e.g. 006100- 1). Submittals requiring resubmittal shall be identified by an alphabetic extension (e.g. 006100-1A, 006100-1B, etc.). 2. Allow space on each submittal for Contractor's certification stamp and Architect or Architect's consultant's review-action stamp. 3. Maintain a sortable submittal status log for tracking submittals. List all submittals required and indicate actions required by Contractor, Architect, or Architect's consultant. 4. Transmit each submittal separately with an individual transmittal signed by the Contractor. Do not combine submittals involving multiple specification sections. This form shall serve as cover sheet and transmittal and no additional paperwork shall cover this form. Attach additional sheet(s) if required. 5. Except for submittals for Division 22 and 26, transmit submittals for each Specification Section separately. Make submittals for all Specifications of Divisions 22 and 26 at one time in separate binders in accordance with the respective requirements those Divisions. 6. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit submittals to Architect at Architect’s business address or to Owner's representative in person at construction progress meetings. The Architect, after their review, will return ship them to the Contractor. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without review-action unless approved by the Architect before submittal. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 7 OF 12 7. Provide sorted reports in manner requested by Architect. F. Review-Action & Return of Submittals: 1. Architect or Architect's consultant will review each submittal, mark with a uniform, review- action stamp, appropriately marked to indicate status of submittal. a. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," or similar phrase, that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. b. Final-But-Restricted Release: Where submittals are marked “Make Corrections Noted," "Revise As Indicated," or similar phrase, that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. c. Returned for Re-submittal: i. When submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat as necessary to obtain a different action mark. ii. When submittal is marked "Rejected," "Not Approved," or similar phrase, do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat as necessary to obtain a different action mark. 2. Do not permit submittals returned for re-submittal to be used in any part of the Work until Architect's release is obtained. 3. Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special processing, or other activity, the submittal will be returned to Contractor marked "Action Not Required." 4. Upon completion of review, Architect will return ship to Contractor at Contractor's business address or to Contractor at the project site. G. Re-submittals: 1. Make corrections and changes in the submittals required by Architect or Architect's consultant. 2. Identify all revisions made on re-submittals. 3. Indicate other changes that have been made other than those required by SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 8 OF 12 Architect or Architect's consultant. 4. Resubmit until approved. H. Distribution: Distribute approved copies of submittals to: 1. Project Site job file. 2. Record Documents file. 3. Other affected Contractors. 4. Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Fabricators. 5. Other affected parties, as appropriate. 1.07 PRODUCT INFORMATION A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires (including that required for inclusion in building and operating and maintenance manuals), plus an additional three (3) copies which will be retained by the Architect, Architect's consultant, and Owner. No less than three (3) copies shall be original copies as published by the product manufacturer; photocopies for this purpose will not be acceptable. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Delete inapplicable information. Supplement manufacturers’ standard data to provide pertinent information unique to this project. Furnish evidence of compliance with required reference standards. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. General: 1. Present shop drawings in a clear and thorough manner. 2. Reproduced or copied Contract Documents or standard information as the basis for shop drawings are not acceptable, and if received as a shop drawing they will be rejected. 3. Freehand-drawn shop drawings are not acceptable. 4. Size of shop drawing sheets shall be not less than 8 1/2 inches by 11 inches and not more than 36 inches by 42 inches. 5. Draw plans and details to scale(s) not less than as indicated in individual Specification Sections, or, if not indicated, to a scale sufficiently large to clearly show all pertinent features, method of fabrication and connections. 6. Delete inapplicable information from manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams and supplement them as required to provide pertinent information unique to this project. B. Include the following information: 1. Name of the firm that prepared each shop drawing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 9 OF 12 2. Project identification. 3. Identification of products and materials and compliance with specified standards. 4. Indication by whom materials, items, and installation not supplied or performed by entity submitting shop drawings will be supplied or installed. Every item, material, article, or note on installation, shown or required for fabrication or installation shall be so designated. Do not use the expression "by others" or similar expressions. 5. Reference to Architect's or Architect's consultant's drawing and detail identification. 6. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 7. Size, type, dimension, and location of all components, jointing, connections, and the like. 8. Fabrication methods, assembly, installation, accessories, fasteners, and other pertinent information. 9. Field dimensions, clearly identified. 10. Notation of coordination requirements. C. Shop Drawings without required information will be rejected. D. Submit in the form of one (1) reproducible transparency (Mylar or paper sepia at Contractor's option) and two (2) opaque (Blueline on white background or photocopy) prints per shop drawing. Roll transparencies, do not fold. After review, Architect and Architect's consultants will retain opaque copies, will make copies from transparencies for their record, and will return transparencies to Contractor. E. Make number of required prints from approved transparencies for Contractor's, Subcontractors', Suppliers', Fabricators', and others' use (including that required for inclusion in building and operation and maintenance manuals as specified. 1.09 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required by individual Specification Sections and as requested by Architect or Architect's consultants, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, and finishing of products to Architect for review and approval. B. Identify in writing conflicts between manufacturer's instructions and Contract Documents. 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual specification Sections and as requested by Architect or SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 10 OF 12 Architect's consultants, submit manufacturers' certificates to Architect for review and approval. B. Indicate material or product complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates must be most recent test results on material or product, and must be acceptable to Architect or Architect's consultant. 1.11 SAMPLES A. Submit number of samples Contractor requires plus two (2) additional samples which will be retained by the Architect, Architect's consultant, and Owner. When variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than three (3)), that show approximate limits of the variations. Provide additional sample as requested by Architect. B. Samples retained by Architect and Architect's consultant may be used for quality control comparison of visual characteristics between the final sample submittal and the actual Work as it is delivered and installed. C. Refer to individual Specification Sections for additional sample requirements that may be required for examination or testing of additional characteristics. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor and such compliance is not considered in the Architect's or Architect's consultant's review and action indication on sample submittals. D. Submit actual samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices, to Architect for review and approval. E. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. F. Submit actual samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers’ standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection, unless indicated otherwise in individual Specification Sections. Reproductions and photographs are not acceptable. G. Include identification on each sample, with full project information. H. In certain cases as required in the individual Specification Sections or as approved in advance in writing by Architect, samples too large for handling as outlined herein SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 11 OF 12 may be prepared and maintained at the project site. Architect may waive retention of sample at the time of completion and may waive required quantity requirements. I. Samples will be reviewed for visual qualities only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. 1.12 START-UP PROCEDURES A.Include the manufacturer’s recommended installation and start-up procedures with associated checklists for each unique piece of equipment under a separate tab titled “Installation/Startup”. These procedures and forms shall be for the specific piece of equipment to be provided. B.The Contractor is responsible for providing the Commissioning Authority with copies of the following information for inclusion in the Systems Manual. The Commissioning Authority will compile the final Systems Manual based on the contractor submitted documentation along with additional material provided by the Commissioning Authority. 1.As-built documents 2.Description of systems, including capabilities and limitations 3.Operating procedures for all normal, abnormal, and emergency modes of operation 4.Sequence of operation as actually implemented, with control system data including all set points, calibration data, etc. 5.Location of all control sensors and test ports. 6.Seasonal start-up and shutdown procedures. 7.Control schematics and computer graphics 8.Complete terminal interface procedures and capabilities for DDC systems. 9.A list of recommended operational recordkeeping procedures including sample forms, trend logs, or others, and a rationale for each 10.Maintenance procedures. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ECTION 01 33 00 19 APRIL 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 32 90 00 – PAGE 12 OF 12 PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 1 OF 7 01 45 16.13 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D3740, Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. b. E329, Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection Agencies as Used in Construction. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Contractor Quality Control (CQC): The means by which Contractor ensures that the construction, to include that performed by subcontractors and suppliers, complies with the requirements of the Contract. 1.03 OWNER’S QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work is subject to Owner’s quality assurance inspection and testing at all locations and at all reasonable times before acceptance to ensure strict compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Owner’s quality assurance inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of Owner and do not: 1. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of the material before acceptance; 3. Constitute or imply acceptance; or 4. Affect the continuing rights of Owner after acceptance of the completed Work. C. The presence or absence of a quality assurance inspector does not relieve Contractor from any Contract requirement. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 2 OF 7 D. Promptly furnish all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Owner`s Representative. E. Owner may charge Contractor for any additional cost of inspection or test when Work is not ready at the time specified by Contractor for inspection or test, or when prior rejection makes re-inspection or retest necessary. Quality assurance inspections and tests will be performed in a manner that will not unnecessarily delay the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Maintain an adequate inspection system and perform such inspections as will ensure that the Work conforms to the Contract Documents. B. Maintain complete inspection records and make them available at all times to Owner and Engineer. C. The quality control system shall consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product that complies with the Contract Documents. The system shall cover all construction and demolition operations, both onsite and offsite, including Work by subcontractors, fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents, and shall be keyed to the proposed construction sequence. 3.02 COORDINATION MEETING A. A meeting with Project Representative shall be scheduled after the Preconstruction Conference but before start of construction to discuss the quality control system. B. Develop a mutual understanding of the system details, including the forms for recording the CQC operations, control activities, testing, administration of the system for both onsite and offsite Work, and the interrelationship of Contractor’s management and control with the Owner’s Quality Assurance. C. There may be occasions when subsequent conferences may be called by either party to reconfirm mutual understandings and/or address deficiencies in the CQC system or procedures that may require corrective action by Contractor. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 3 OF 7 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION A. CQC System Manager: 1. Designate an individual within Contractor’s organization who will be responsible for overall management of CQC and have the authority to act in CQC matters for the Contractor. 2. CQC System Manager may perform other duties on the Project. 3. CQC System Manager shall be an experienced construction person, with a minimum of 3 years construction experience on similar type Work. 4. CQC System Manager shall report to the Contractor’s project manager or someone higher in the organization. Project manager in this context shall mean the individual with responsibility for the overall quality and production management of the Project. 5. CQC System Manager shall be onsite during construction; periods of absence may not exceed 2 weeks at any one time. 6. Identify an alternate for CQC System Manager to serve with full authority during the System Manager’s absence. The requirements for the alternate will be the same as for designated CQC System Manager. 3.04 QUALITY CONTROL PHASING A. CQC shall include at least three phases of control to be conducted by CQC System Manager for all definable features of Work, as follows: 1. Preparatory Phase: a. Notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of beginning any of the required action of the preparatory phase. b. This phase shall include a meeting conducted by the CQC System Manager and attended by the superintendent, other CQC personnel (as applicable), and the foreman responsible for the definable feature. The CQC System Manager shall instruct applicable CQC staff as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet Contract requirements. c. Document the results of the preparatory phase meeting by separate minutes prepared by the CQC System Manager and attached to the QC report. d. Perform prior to beginning Work on each definable feature of Work: 1) Review applicable Contract Specifications. 2) Review applicable Contract Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 4 OF 7 3) Verify that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. 4) Verify that provisions have been made to provide required control inspection and testing. 5) Examine the Work area to verify that all required preliminary Work has been completed and is in compliance with the Contract. 6) Perform a physical examination of required materials, equipment, and sample Work to verify that they are on hand, conform to approved Shop Drawing or submitted data, and are properly stored. 7) Review the appropriate activity hazard analysis to verify safety requirements are met. 8) Review procedures for constructing the Work, including repetitive deficiencies. 9) Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for that phase of the Work. 10) Check to verify that the plan for the Work to be performed, if so required, has been accepted by Owner`s Representative. 2. Initial Phase: a. Accomplish at the beginning of a definable feature of Work: 1) Notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of beginning the initial phase. 2) Perform prior to beginning Work on each definable feature of Work: a) Review minutes of the preparatory meeting. b) Check preliminary Work to verify compliance with Contract requirements. c) Verify required control inspection and testing. d) Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets minimum acceptable workmanship standards. Comparison with sample panels is appropriate. e) Resolve all differences. f) Check safety to include compliance with and upgrading of the safety plan and activity hazard analysis. Review the activity analysis with each worker. 3) Separate minutes of this phase shall be prepared by the CQC System Manager and attached to the QC report. Exact location of initial phase shall be indicated for future reference and comparison with follow-up phases. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 5 OF 7 4) The initial phase should be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: a. Perform daily checks to verify continuing compliance with Contract requirements, including control testing, until completion of the particular feature of Work. b. Daily checks shall be made a matter of record in the CQC documentation and shall document specific results of inspections for all features of Work for the day or shift. c. Conduct final follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional features of Work that will be affected by the deficient Work. Constructing upon or concealing nonconforming Work will not be allowed. 4. Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases: Additional preparatory and initial phases may be conducted on the same definable features of Work as determined by Owner if the quality of ongoing Work is unacceptable; or if there are changes in the applicable QC staff or in the onsite production supervision or work crew; or if work on a definable feature is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity, or if other problems develop. 3.05 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REPORT A. Maintain current records of quality control operations, activities, and tests performed, including the Work of Subcontractors and Suppliers. 3.06 SUBMITTAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Submittals shall be as specified in Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures. The CQC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. Owner will furnish copies of test report forms upon request by Contractor. Contractor may use other forms as approved. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 6 OF 7 3.07 TESTING QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Procedure: 1. Perform tests specified or required to verify that control measures are adequate to provide a product which conforms to Contract requirements. Perform the following activities and record the following data: a. Verify testing procedures comply with contract requirements. b. Verify facilities and testing equipment are available and comply with testing standards. c. Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards. d. Verify recording forms and test identification control number system, including all of the test documentation requirements, have been prepared. e. Documentation: 1) Record results of all tests taken, both passing and failing, on the CQC report for the date taken. 2) Include specification paragraph reference, location where tests were taken, and the sequential control number identifying the test. 3) Actual test reports may be submitted later, if approved by Owner`s Representative, with a reference to the test number and date taken. 4) Provide directly to Owner`s Representative an information copy of tests performed by an offsite or commercial test facility. Test results shall be signed by an engineer registered in the state where the tests are performed. 5) Failure to submit timely test reports, as stated, may result in nonpayment for related Work performed and disapproval of the test facility for this Contract. B. Testing Laboratories: Laboratory facilities, including personnel and equipment, utilized for testing soils, concrete, asphalt and steel shall meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, and be accredited by the American Association of Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), or other approved national accreditation authority. Personnel performing concrete testing shall be certified by the American Concrete Institute (ACI). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 16.13 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 16.13 - PAGE 7 OF 7 3.08 COMPLETION INSPECTION A. CQC System Manager shall conduct an inspection of the Work at the completion of all Work or any milestone established by a completion time stated in the Contract. B. Punchlist: 1. CQC System Manager shall develop a punchlist of items which do not conform to the Contract requirements. 2. Include punchlist in the CQC report, indicating the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. 3. CQC System Manager or staff shall make a second inspection to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected and so notify the Owner. 4. These inspections and any deficiency corrections required will be accomplished within the time stated for completion of the entire Work or any particular increment thereof if the Project is divided into increments by separate completion dates. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 - PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 01 45 33 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers requirements for Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing required in accordance with Chapter 17 of the 2015 IBC and is in addition to and supplements requirements included in Statement of Special Inspections shown on Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 2. International Code Council (ICC): a. International Building Code (IBC). b. Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) Reports and Legacy Reports. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Agencies and Personnel: 1. Agency Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Permitting building agency; may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department, or individual including building official, fire chief, fire marshal, chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health department, electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. AHJ may be Owner when authorized to be self-permitting by governmental permitting agency or when no governmental agency has authority. 2. Approved Agency: An established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, when such agency has been approved. 3. Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge: An individual who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession as defined by statutory requirements of professional registration laws of state or jurisdiction in which Project is to be constructed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 - PAGE 2 OF 6 4. Special Inspector: Qualified person employed by Owner who will demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of AHJ for inspection of a particular type of construction or operation requiring Special Inspection. B. Statement of Special Inspections: Detailed written procedure contained on Drawings establishing systems and components subject to Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing during construction, type and frequency of testing, extent and duration of Special Inspection, and reports to be completed and distributed by Special Inspector. C. Special Inspection: 1. Special Inspection: Inspection required of materials, installation, fabrication, erection, or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with approved Contract Documents and referenced standards. 2. Special Inspection, Continuous: Full-time observation of work requiring Special Inspection by an approved Special Inspector who is present in area where the Work is being performed. 3. Special Inspection, Periodic: Part-time or intermittent observation of the Work requiring Special Inspection by an approved Special Inspector who is present in area where the Work has been or is being performed, and at completion of the Work. D. Structural Systems and Components: 1. Diaphragm: Component of structural lateral load resisting system consisting of roof, floor, or other membrane or bracing system acting to transfer lateral forces to vertical resisting elements of structure. 2. Drag Strut or Collector: Component of structural lateral load resisting system consisting of diaphragm or shear wall element that collects and transfers diaphragm shear forces to vertical force-resisting elements or distributes forces within diaphragm or shear wall. 3. Seismic-Force-Resisting System: That part of structural lateral load resisting system that has been considered in the design to provide required resistance to seismic forces identified on Drawings. 4. Shear Wall: Component of structural lateral load resisting system consisting of a wall designed to resist lateral forces parallel to plane of the wall. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, load-bearing walls with direct in-plane connections to roof and floors shall be considered to be shear walls. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 - PAGE 3 OF 6 5. Wind Force Resisting System: That part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide required resistance to wind forces identified on Drawings. E. Nonstructural Components: 1. Architectural Component Supports: Structural members or assemblies of members which transmit loads and forces from architectural systems or components to structure, including braces, frames, struts, and attachments. 2. Electrical Component Supports: Structural members or assemblies which transmit loads and forces from electrical equipment to structure, including braces, frames, legs, pedestals, and tethers, as well as elements forged or cast as part of component for anchorage. 3. Mechanical and Plumbing Component Supports: Structural members or assemblies which transmit loads and forces from mechanical or plumbing equipment to structure, including braces, frames, skirts, legs, saddles, pedestals, snubbers, and tethers, as well as elements forged or cast as part of component for anchorage. F. Professional Observation: 1. Does not include or waive responsibility for required Special Inspection or inspections by building official. 2. Requirements are indicated on Statement of Special Inspections provided on Drawings. 3. Geotechnical Observation: Visual observation of selected subgrade bearing surfaces and installation of deep foundation elements by a registered design professional for general conformance to Contract Documents. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility: Form shall be completed by entity responsible for construction of main seismic-force-resisting system, and seismic-resisting component listed in Statement of Special Inspections. Refer to Article Supplements located at end of section. 2. Fabricator’s Certificate of Compliance: Form shall be completed by entity responsible for shop fabrication of structural load-bearing members and assemblies. Refer to Article Supplements located at end of section. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 - PAGE 4 OF 6 1.05 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIREMENTS A. Designated Systems for Inspection: 1. Seismic-force-resisting systems designated under IBC Section 1705 and subject to Special Inspection under Section 1705: See Drawings for basic lateral load resisting systems for each structure and other designated seismic systems. 2. Wind-force-resisting systems designated under IBC Section 1705: None required. B. Statement of Special Inspections: 1. As included in Drawings and in support of building permit application, Project-specific requirements were prepared by Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge. The following identifies elements of inspection, observation, and testing program to be followed in construction of the Work: a. Designated seismic systems and main seismic force-resisting systems and components that are subject to Special Inspection for lateral load resistance. b. Special Inspection and testing required by IBC Section 1705 and other applicable sections and referenced standards therein. c. Type and frequency of Special Inspection required. d. Type and frequency of testing required. e. Required frequency and distribution of testing and Special Inspection reports to be distributed by Special Inspector to Owner`s Representative, Contractor, building official, and Owner. f. Geotechnical Observation to be Performed: Required frequency and distribution of Geotechnical Observation reports by registered design professional to Contractor, building official, and Owner. C. Special Inspection and associated testing of shop fabrication and field construction will be performed by an approved accredited independent agency or by Authority Having Jurisdiction’s (AHJ) approved, qualified inspection staff. Owner will secure and pay for services of agency to perform Special Inspection and associated testing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 - PAGE 5 OF 6 D. Code required Special Inspection with associated testing and Professional Observation, as provided in Statement of Special Inspections on Drawings and further provided in this section, is for benefit of Owner and does not: 1. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures. 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of material before acceptance. 3. Constitute or imply acceptance. 4. Affect continuing rights of Owner after acceptance of completed Work. E. The presence or absence of code required Special Inspector and Professional Observer does not relieve Contractor from Contract requirements. F. Contractor is responsible for additional costs associated with Special Inspection and Testing and Observation when Work is not ready at time identified by Contractor and Special Inspectors and Professional Observer are onsite, but not able to provide contracted services. G. Contractor is responsible for associated costs for additional Special Inspection and Testing and Professional Observation by Special Inspectors and Professional Observers required because of rejection of materials of in place Work that cannot be made compliant to Contract Document without additional inspections and observation and testing. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Requirements of the Statement of Special Inspections are provided by the Owner. All other testing and inspections, unless noted otherwise, are provided by Contractor. B. Provide access to shop or Site for Special Inspection and Testing and Professional Observation requirements. C. Notify Owner`s Representative in advance of required Special Inspection and Professional Observation no later than 48 hours prior to date of Special Inspection and Professional Observation. D. Provide access for Special Inspector to construction documents. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 - PAGE 6 OF 6 E. Retain special inspection records on-site to be readily available for review. F. Cooperate with Special Inspector and provide safe access to the Work to be inspected. G. Submit Fabricator's Certificates of Compliance for approved fabricators. H. Provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested by the Special Inspector. Auxiliary services required include, but not limited to: 1. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests to assist the Special Inspector in performing test/inspections. 2. Providing storage space for the Special Inspector’s exclusive use, such as for storing and curing concrete test samples and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. 3. Providing the Special Inspector with access to all approved submittals. 4. Providing security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. 5. Provide samples of materials to be tested in required quantities. I. Materials and systems shall be inspected during placement where Continuous Special Inspection is required. J. Where Periodic Special Inspection is indicated in the Statement of Special Inspections: 1. Schedule inspections for either during or at completion of their placement or a combination or both. 2. Schedule periodically inspected Work (either inspected during or after its placement) so that corrections can be completed and re-inspected before Work is inaccessible. 3. Sampling a portion of the Work is not allowed. Schedules shall provide for inspection of all Work requiring periodic inspection. 3.02 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following “End of Section,” are a part of this specification: 1. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility. 2. Fabricator’s Certificate of Compliance. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 2 CONTRACTOR’S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY (Project) (Name of Contracting Company) (Business Address) (_____) (_____) (Telephone) (Fax) I, (We) hereby certify that I am (we are) aware of the Special Inspection and Testing and Professional Observation requirements contained in Contract Documents for this Project for seismic force-resisting systems as listed in Statement of Special Inspections on Drawings, and that: 1. I, (We) aware of the systems and the requirements of the special inspection and acknowledge our responsibility in the implementation of the Statement of Special Inspections for the construction of the following systems: Facility Specification Lateral Force-Resisting System Restroom Building; including Storage Room and Pump Room Ordinary Steel Moment Frames 3. Control of this Work will be exercised to obtain conformance with Contract Documents approved by building official. 4. Procedures within the Contractor’s organization to be used for exercising control of the Work, method and frequency of reporting, and distribution of reports required under Statement of Special Inspections for Project are attached to this statement. 5. I, (We) will provide 48-hour notification to Owner`s Representative and approved inspection agency as required for structural tests and Special Inspection for Project. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 2 OF 2 6. The following person is hereby identified as exercising control over requirements of this section for the Work designated above: Name: Qualifications: (Print name and official title of person signing this form) Signed by: Date: Project Name: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 45 33 19 APRIL 2017 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 45 33 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 1 FABRICATOR’S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Each approved fabricator that is exempt from Special Inspection of shop fabrication and implementation procedures per section 1704.2.5 of 2015 IBC must submit Fabricator’s Certificate of Compliance at the completion of fabrication. (Project) (Fabricator’s Name) (Business Address) (Certification or Approval Agency) (Certification Number) (Date of Last Audit or Approval) Description of structural members and assemblies that have been fabricated: I hereby certify that items described above were fabricated in strict accordance with approved construction documents. (Name and Title) type or print (Signature and Date) Attach copies of fabricator’s certification or building code evaluation service report and fabricator’s quality control manual. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 50 00 – PAGE 1 OF 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity and sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, fencing, and protection of the Work. C. Construction Facilities: Parking, progress cleaning, and removal of utilities, facilities, and controls. 1.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Cost: By contractor. B. Provide a portable generator as needed. 1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities for use during construction operations. 1.04 BARRIERS AND STAGING AREA A. Provide barriers, including construction fencing and no trespassing signage, to prevent unauthorized entry to construction and staging areas. B. Provide construction fencing of construction and staging areas for entire duration of construction period. C. Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction and warning signs and other traffic control devices and flaggers as necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the contractor’s operations which may occur on streets, sidewalks, or walkways. No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway until all necessary signs, channelization and traffic control devices are in place. Channelization control devices shall include: cones, flashers, barrels and the like. D. Obtain all required approvals from the City of Renton prior to commencing any traffic control work. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 50 00 – PAGE 2 OF 2 1.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. 1.06 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site in a legal manner. 1.07 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary equipment, facilities, and materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 56 00 19 APRIL 2017 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01 56 00 – PAGE 1 OF 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES General Description of the Work: Maintain environmental controls by the Contractor until the acceptance of the Work. The work also includes compliance with all controls or ordinances with respect to safety, noise, dust, and traffic. 1.02 SITE MAINTENANCE The Contractor shall keep the work site and staging areas clean and free from rubbish and debris. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site when they are no longer necessary. Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance, the work site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials and rubbish to present a clean and neat appearance in conformance with the present condition of the site. Clean-up: Park and walkways shall be cleaned prior to Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance. Waste material of any kind shall not be permitted to remain on the site of the work, the staging area, the park, or adjacent roads. Immediately upon such materials becoming unfit for use in the work, they shall be collected, removed from the site, and recycled or disposed of by the Contractor. In the event that waste or recyclable material, refuse, debris, and/or rubbish are not removed from the work by the Contractor, the City reserves the right to have the waste, recyclable material, refuse, debris and/or rubbish removed. The expense of the removal and disposal will be charged to the Contractor. Construction materials shall be handled with care to prevent entry of contaminants into surface waters, groundwater, storm drains, air, or soils. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cleanup costs, fines and/or penalties incurred as a result of improper handling of materials used to perform the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for preventing dirt and dust from escaping from trucks and equipment entering or departing the project site by covering dusty loads, washing truck tires before leaving the site, and/or other reasonable methods. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 56 00 19 APRIL 2017 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01 56 00 – PAGE 2 OF 2 When working dump trucks and/or other equipment are on paved streets and roadways, the Contractor will be required to clean said streets if required by the City at the conclusion of each day’s operations. In the event that the above requirements are violated and no action is taken by the Contractor after notification of infraction by the City, the City reserves the right to have the streets in question cleaned by others and the expense of the operation will be charged to the Contractor. NOISE CONTROL Construction involving noisy operations, including starting and warming up of equipment, shall be in compliance with local noise ordinances. Noisy operations shall be scheduled to minimize their duration. The Contractor shall comply with all local controls and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances that apply to any work performed pursuant to the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 1 OF 25 SECTION 01 57 13 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers Work to implement structural and nonstructural Best Management Practices (BMP) to control soil erosion by wind or water and keep eroded sediments and other construction-generated pollutants from moving off project sites. Requirements described in this specification and shown on the Drawings are part of the project Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (TESC Plan) and are the minimum for all project construction sites and conditions. This specification covers all project activities, including material sources, disposal sites, and offsite mitigation areas unless specific project activities are excluded elsewhere in this specification or in other Contract Documents controlling the Work. B. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System: Comply with Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations, and the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction Stormwater Discharge Permit. An NPDES Construction Stormwater Permit is required for this Project. C. Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology): The project will comply with the guidelines set by Ecology, in the Stormwater Management Manual for the Western Washington (SWMMWW). 1.02 REFERENCES A. Activities shall conform to the Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (SWMMWW) by the Ecology, the General Construction Permit (NPDES), and Drawings. In the event of a conflict, the more stringent requirement shall apply. B. A draft Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) shall be prepared by the Contractor for review by the City prior to starting work that disturbs the site. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for implementing and maintaining the SWPPP including updates as required during the life of the Project. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 2 OF 25 C. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): M252, Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. b. D2974, Standard Test Methods for Moisture, Ash, and Organic Matter of Peat and Other Organic Soils. c. D3776/D3776M, Standard Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric. d. D4355, Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type Apparatus. e. D4397, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications. f. D4491, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity. g. D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. h. D4632/D4632M, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. i. D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile j. D6241, Standard Test Method for Static Puncture Strength of Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products Using a 50-mm Probe. k. D6459, Standard Test Method for Determination of Rolled Erosion Control Product (RECP) Performance in Protecting Hillslopes from Rainfall-Induced Erosion. l. D6460, Standard Test Method for Determination of Rolled Erosion Control Product (RECP) Performance in Protecting Earthen Channels from Stormwater-Induced Erosion. m. D6475, Standard Test Method for Measuring Mass Per Unit Area of Erosion Control Blankets. n. D7322, Standard Test Method for Determination of Rolled Erosion Control Product (RECP) Ability to Encourage Seed Germination and Plant Growth Under Bench-Scale Conditions. o. D7367, Standard Test Method for Determining Water Holding Capacity of Fiber Mulches for Hydraulic Planting. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 3 OF 25 3. National Weather Service: a. Precipitation-Frequency of the United States by State/Territory, 2012. b. Precipitation Frequency Data Server, 2012. 4. North American Weed Management Association (NAWMA). 5. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service: Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds; 1986. Technical Release 55. 6. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: a. Developing Your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: A Guide for Construction Sites, 2007. EPA-833-R-06-004. b. National Menu of BMPs, 2012. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND REQUIREMENTS A. Erosion and Sediment Control: 1. Provide, maintain, and operate temporary facilities to control erosion and sediment releases during construction period. 2. Design erosion and sediment controls to handle peak runoff resulting from 25-year, 24-hour storm event based on SWMMWW from Ecology. 3. Size temporary stormwater conveyances based on procedures presented in U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service: Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, 1986. Technical Release 55. B. Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead: 1. Identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the TESC Plan. The ESC Lead shall have current certification as a Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead (CESCL). 2. The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan, including, but not limited to: a. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC Plan to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs shall be corrected immediately. b. Updating TESC Plan/SWPPP to reflect current field conditions. c. Terminating TESC Plan. 3. ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all onsite erosion and sediment control BMPs, all stormwater discharge points, and all temporarily stabilized inactive sites per schedule in the SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 4 OF 25 Construction Stormwater Discharge Permit(s) or as directed by Owner’s Representative. Complete erosion and sediment control inspection form provided by water resource agency or Owner for each inspection and submit a copy to Owner’s Representative no later than end of the next working day following inspection. C. Personnel Training: Prior to commencement of construction, applicable personnel must have an understanding of the Construction Stormwater Discharge Permit’s requirements and their specific responsibilities under the permit. At a minimum, personnel must be trained to understand the following as it relates to the scope of their job duties: 1. The location of all stormwater controls and how to maintain them. 2. Procedures for complying with the pollution prevention requirements. 3. Procedures for conducting inspections, recording findings, and taking corrective action. D. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan): 1. A Draft TESC Plan is furnished as part of the Drawings, which helps fulfill part of the plan requirement of the NPDES Permit. The ESC measures shown on this plan and described in the project specifications are minimum requirements for anticipated Site conditions. During the construction period, upgrade these measures as needed to comply with all applicable local, state, and federal erosion and sediment control regulations. 2. For each phase of the scheduled work, indicate on the TESC Plan all the BMPs proposed and installed for erosion and sediment control to minimize clearing, stabilize exposed soil, divert or temporarily store flows, limit runoff from exposed areas, and filter transported sediment. Include all temporary slopes, constructed for staging or other reasons, which may not have been identified in the original Contract plans. Refer to the current local jurisdiction’s erosion and sediment control manual. 3. Some TESC Plan required elements typically required by NPDES permits: a. Narrative Site Description: 1) Nature of construction activity planned for the Site. 2) Estimates of total site area and the areas of the Site expected to be disturbed. 3) Soil types found onsite and their erosion potential. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 5 OF 25 4) The types of fill materials to be used. 5) Timetable for sequence of major construction events. b. Site Map: 1) All areas of development. 2) Drainage patterns. 3) Areas of soil disturbance, including pre-development and post-development elevation contours. 4) Areas used for temporary storage of soils or wastes. 5) Areas where vegetative practices are to be implemented. 6) Location of all erosion and sediment control BMP or structures. 7) Location of all impervious structures and surfaces after project is completed. 8) Location of storm drainage outfalls to receiving waters, if applicable. 9) Details of sediment and erosion controls. 10) Details of detention tanks, storm drain piping, inflow and outflow details. 11) Location and details of water quality treatment facilities. c. Required BMPs and Procedures for Erosion Prevention, Runoff Control, and Sediment Control: 1) Construction entrances and parking areas. 2) Unpaved site roads such as haul roads. 3) Hauling saturated soils from the Site. 4) Water washed from concrete trucks. 5) Correct installation of erosion and sediment control BMPs. 6) Prompt maintenance and repair of BMPs. 7) Clearing and grading practices to minimize area of exposed soil throughout life of the Project. 8) Schedule of phased clearing operations to limit soils to what can be stabilized. 9) Vegetative practices, including preservation of existing vegetation, seeding, mulching, and buffer strips. 10) Preventing erosion of exposed areas. 11) Diverting flows from exposed slopes. 12) Limiting runoff from exposed areas. 13) Preventing sediment transport within work sites and keeping it from moving off of project areas. 14) Perimeter controls for all clearing and grubbing, both planned and installed. 15) Additional controls for wet season work and temporary work suspensions. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 6 OF 25 16) Offsite material source and waste areas. 17) Dust. 18) Emergency materials stockpiled onsite. 19) Storing flows and filtering sediment. 20) Soil stockpiles. 21) Water quality treatment facilities. 22) Flow control facilities. 4. Contractor’s construction TESC Plan and implementation schedules must be prepared by a competent individual. Furnish a signed copy of the TESC Plan with individual’s name, title, state certifications, and employing firm if different than Contractor’s firm. 5. Do not begin any Site activities that have potential to cause erosion or sediment movement until the TESC Plan and implementation schedules are approved by Owner’s Representative. 6. Keep a copy of the approved SWPPP with updated changes onsite during all construction activities. During inactive periods longer than 7 calendar days, keep the SWPPP onsite or provide a copy to Owner’s Representative to retain. 7. Perform construction stormwater discharge monitoring, and reporting to the Ecology per General Construction Permit. 8. Continually update the TESC Plan, SWPPP, and schedules as needed for unexpected storm or other events to ensure that sediment-laden water does not leave the construction site. Add approved changes to the TESC Plan no later than 24 hours after implementation. E. Install high visibility fence along the Site shown on the Drawings or as instructed by Owner’s Representative. Space posts and attach fence fabric to posts as shown on the Drawings. Do not fasten fence to trees. Throughout the life of the Project, preserve and protect delineated area, acting immediately to repair or restore any fencing damaged or removed. F. Preventing erosion, and controlling runoff, sedimentation, and non- stormwater pollution, requires Contractor to perform temporary Work items including, but not limited to: 1. Providing ditches, berms, culverts, and other measures to control surface water. 2. Building dams, settling basins, energy dissipaters, and other measures, to control downstream flows. 3. Controlling underground water found during construction. 4. Covering or otherwise protecting slopes until permanent erosion control measures are working. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 7 OF 25 5. Provide temporary flow control facilities (portable tanks, etc.) to limit flow rates. 6. Provide temporary water quality facilities (filtration, EC, chemical, etc.) to limit turbidity, pH, and other pollutants to acceptable levels per City of Renton requirements. G. To the degree possible, coordinate this temporary Work with permanent drainage and erosion control work the Contract requires. H. Owner’s Representative may require additional temporary control measures if it appears pollution or erosion may result from weather, nature of materials, or progress on the Work. I. When natural elements rut or erode the slope, restore and repair damage with eroded material where possible, and remove and dispose of any remaining material found in ditches and culverts. When Owner’s Representative orders replacement with additional or other materials, unit Contract prices will cover quantities needed. J. Install all sediment control devices including, but not limited to, tanks, pumps, water quality treatment devices, perimeter silt fencing, or other sediment trapping BMPs prior to any ground disturbing activity. Do not expose more erodible earth than necessary during clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill activities without written approval by Owner’s Representative. Owner’s Representative may increase or decrease the limits based on project conditions. Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials may be capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff. Cover inactive areas of erodible earth, whether at final grade or not, within specified time period (see NPDES), using an approved soil covering practice. Phase clearing and grading to maximum extent practical to prevent exposed inactive areas from becoming a source of erosion. K. Water Management: 1. Manage site water in accordance with the conditions of the waste discharge permit from a local permitting authority. If site water management is not subject to permit, manage as follows: a. Groundwater. When groundwater is encountered in an excavation, treat and discharge as follows: 1) When groundwater conforms to Washington State Water Quality Standards, it may bypass detention and treatment SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 8 OF 25 facilities and be routed directly to its normal discharge point at a rate and method that will not cause erosion. 2) When turbidity of groundwater is similar to turbidity of site runoff, groundwater may be treated using same detention and treatment facilities being used to treat the site runoff and then discharged at a rate that will not cause erosion. 3) When groundwater turbidity is greater than turbidity of site runoff, treat ground water separately until turbidity is similar to or better than site runoff, and then it may be combined with site runoff and treated as described above. b. Process Water: 1) Do not discharge high pH process water or wastewater (non-stormwater) that is generated onsite, including water generated during concrete grinding, rubblizing, washout, and hydrodemolition activities, to waters of the State, including wetlands. Offsite disposal of concrete process water is subject to approval of Owner’s Representative. 2) Treat all water generated onsite from construction or washing activities that is more turbid than site runoff separately until turbidity is the same or less than site runoff, and then it may be combined with site runoff and treated as described above. c. Offsite Water: Prior to disruption of normal watercourse, intercept offsite stormwater and pipe it either through or around the Project Site. This water shall not be combined with onsite stormwater. Discharge offsite water at its preconstruction outfall point preventing an increase in erosion below the site. Submit proposed method for performing this Work for Owner’s Representative’s approval. L. Dispersion/Infiltration: Dispersion and infiltration are not feasible means of disposal on this site. All site runoff must be treated and conveyed to the natural discharge location. M. Detention/Retention Pond Construction: Whether permanent or temporary, construct before beginning other grading and excavation Work in the area that drains into that pond or other temporary facility. Install temporary conveyances concurrently with grading in accordance with the TESC Plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they are exposed. N. Provide temporary flow control facilities to limit the rate of runoff from the disturbed portion of the site until the permanent facilities are constructed SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 9 OF 25 and operational. Provide temporary storage with a minimum of 40,000 gallons. O. In addition to implementing erosion control best management practices and flow control facilities. Design, install, operate and maintain a water quality treatment facility or facilities to limit runoff from the site to the following characteristics: 1. pH between 6.5 and 8.5, in accordance with the Construction Stormwater General Permit. 2. Turbidity below 25 NTU unless otherwise stated in the Construction Stormwater General Permit. 3. Limit other pollutants as noted in the Construction Stormwater General Permit. P. Pollution Control: Use BMPs to prevent or minimize stormwater exposure to pollutants from spills; vehicle and equipment fueling, maintenance, and storage; other cleaning and maintenance activities; and waste handling activities. These pollutants include fuel, hydraulic fluid, and other oils from vehicles and machinery, as well as debris, leftover paints, solvents, and glues from construction operations. Implement the following BMPs when applicable: 1. Written spill prevention and response procedures. 2. Employee training on spill prevention and proper disposal procedures. 3. Spill kits in all vehicles. 4. Regular maintenance schedule for vehicles and machinery. 5. Material delivery and storage controls. 6. Training and signage. 7. Covered storage areas for waste and supplies. Q. If Owner’s Representative orders the Work suspended, continue to control erosion, pollution, and runoff during the shutdown. R. Nothing in this section shall relieve Contractor from complying with other Contract requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. SWPPP, including narrative and TESC plan, to comply with NPDES permit. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 10 OF 25 2. Modify the TESC Plan. Provide a schedule for TESC Plan implementation and incorporate it into Contractor’s progress schedule. Obtain Owner’s Representative’s approval of the TESC Plan and schedule before any Work begins. 3. Modified TESC Plans shall meet all requirements of the applicable jurisdictions. 4. The TESC Plan shall cover all areas that may be affected inside and outside the limits of the Project (including all Owner-provided sources, disposal sites, and haul roads, and all nearby land, streams, and other bodies of water). 5. Allow at least 5 working days for Owner’s Representative to review any original or revised TESC Plan. Failure to approve all or part of any such Plan shall not make Owner liable to Contractor for any Work delays. B. Permit Submittal: Prepare and submit the construction Notice of Intent to Department of Ecology. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CHECK DAMS A. Specified by Contractor with approval of Owner’s Representative. 2.02 COMPOST SOCK A. Provide socks fabricated from of extra heavy weight biodegradable fabric, with a minimum strand thickness of 5 mils. B. Fill fabric with Coarse Compost. C. Diameter: 8 inches minimum. D. Fabric: Clean, evenly woven, and free of encrusted concrete or other contaminating materials. Shall be free from cuts, tears, broken or missing yarns. Shall be free of thin, open, or weak areas. Shall be free of any type of preservative. E. Wood Stakes: Untreated softwood species, be 2-inch by 2-inch nominal dimension and 36 inches in length. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 11 OF 25 2.03 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (MATTING), BIODEGRADABLE A. Temporary erosion control blanket shall be made of natural plant fibers. Supply independent test results meeting the following: Properties ASTM Test Method Requirements Protecting Slopes from Rainfall-Induced Erosion D6459: Test in one soil type. Soil tested shall be sandy loam as defined by the NRCS Soil Texture Triangle. Maximum C factor of 0.15 using Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) Dry Weight per Unit Area D6475 0.36 lb/sq. yd. minimum Performance in Protecting Earthen Channels from Stormwater-Induced Erosion D6460: Test in one soil type. Soil tested shall be loam as defined by the NRCS Soil Texture Triangle. 1.0 lb/sq. ft. minimum Seed Germination Enhancement D7322 200 percent minimum Netting, if present, shall be biodegradable with a minimum life span of 1 year. 2.04 TEMPORARY RAINWATER STORAGE TANK A. Storage tanks shall be portable and installed onsite as required to meet permit requirements. 2.05 GEOTEXTILE A. Geotextiles shall consist only of long chain polymeric fibers or yarns formed into a stable network such that the fibers or yarns retain their position relative to each other during handling, placement, and design service life. At least 95 percent by weight of the material shall be polyolefins or polyesters. The material shall be free from defects or tears. Geotextile shall also be free of any treatment or coating which might adversely alter its hydraulic or physical properties after installation. Geotextile properties shall be as described in Table 1 through Table 3. Table 1 Geotextile for Erosion Control Geotextile Property Requirements Erosion Control Moderate Survivability High Survivability Ditch Lining Geotextile Property ASTM Test Method Woven Nonwoven Woven Nonwoven Woven Nonwoven SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 12 OF 25 Table 1 Geotextile for Erosion Control Geotextile Property Requirements AOS D4751 See Table 2 See Table 2 U.S. No. 30 max. Water Permittivity D4491 See Table 2 See Table 2 0.02 sec-1 min. Grab Tensile Strength, in machine and x-machine direction D4632/ D4632M 250 lb min. 160 1b min. 315 lb min. 200 lb min.250 lb min. 160 lb min. Grab Failure Strain, in machine and x-machine direction D4632/ D4632M 15% -50% 50%15% -50% 50%<50%50% Seam Breaking Strength D4632/ D4632M 220 lb min. 140 lb min.270 lb min. 180 lb min.220 lb min. 140 lb min. Puncture Resistance D6241 495 lb min. 310 lb min.620 lb min. 430 lb min.495 lb min. 310 lb min. Tear Strength, in machine and x- machine direction D4533 80 lb min.50 lb min.112 lb min. 79 lb min.80 lb min. 50 lb min. Ultraviolet (UV) Radiation Stability D4355 70% strength retained min., after 500 hours in xenon arc device Table 2 Filtration Properties for Geotextile for Erosion Control Geotextile Property RequirementsGeotextile Property ASTM Test Method Class A Class B Class C AOS D4751 U.S. No. 40 max.U.S. No. 60 max.U.S. No. 70 max. Water Permittivity D4491 0.7 sec-1 min.0.4 sec-1 min.0.2 sec-1 min. Table 3 Geotextile for Temporary Silt Fence Geotextile Property Requirements Geotextile Property ASTM Test Method Unsupported Between Posts Supported Between Posts with Wire or Polymeric Mesh ≥ ≥ ≥ SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 13 OF 25 AOS D4751 U.S. No. 30 max. for silt wovens, U.S. No. 50 for all other geotextile types, U.S. No. 100 min. Water Permittivity D4491 0.2 sec-1 min. Grab Tensile Strength, in machine and x-machine direction D4632/ D4632M 180 lb min. in machine direction, 100 lb min. in x-machine direction 100 lb min. Grab Failure Strain, in machine and x-machine direction D4632/ D4632M 30% max. at 180 lb or more Ultraviolet (UV) Radiation Stability D4355 70% strength retained min., after 500 hours in xenon arc device 2.06 HIGH VISIBILITY FENCING A. High Visibility Fence: UV stabilized, orange, high-density polyethylene or polypropylene mesh. B. Height: 4 feet minimum. C. Support Posts: Wood or steel with sufficient strength and durability to support the fence through the life of the Project. 2.07 INLET PROTECTION A. In accordance with Section 8-01.3(9)D of the Standard Specifications. B. Per City of Renton Standard Details 216.20 and 216.30. 2.08 MULCH A. Short-Term: Provide independent test results documenting that the mulch meets the requirements in Table 4, Short-Term Mulch Test Requirements. Table 4 Short-Term Mulch Test Requirements Properties Test Method Requirements Performance in Protecting Slopes from Rainfall- Induced Erosion. ASTM D6459. Test in one soil type. Soil tested shall be sandy loam as defined by the National Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Soil Texture Triangle. C Factor = 0.15 maximum using Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 14 OF 25 B. Moderate-Term: Within 48 hours of application, the Moderate-Term Mulch shall bond with soil surface to create a continuous, absorbent, flexible, erosion-resistant blanket that allows for seed germination and plant growth and conforms to the requirements in Table 5, Moderate-Term Mulch Test Requirements. Provide test results documenting that the mulch meets the requirements in Table 5, Moderate-Term Mulch Test Requirements. Supply independent test results. Table 5 Moderate-Term Mulch Test Requirements Properties Test Method Requirements Performance in Protecting Slopes from Rainfall-Induced Erosion. ASTM D6459. Test in one soil type. Soil tested shall be sandy loam as defined by the NRCS Soil Texture Triangle. C Factor = 0.05 maximum using Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) C. Long-Term: 1. Provide Long-Term Mulch with demonstrated ability: a. To adhere to soil and create a blanket-like mass within 2 hours of application. b. To bond with the soil surface to create a continuous, porous, absorbent, and flexible erosion-resistant blanket that allows for seed germination and plant growth. c. To conform to the requirements in Table 6, Long-Term Mulch Test Requirements. d. Provide test results documenting that mulch meets requirements in Table 6, Long-Term Mulch Test Requirements. Supply independent test results. Table 6 Long-Term Mulch Test Requirements Properties Test Method Requirements Performance in Protecting Slopes from Rainfall-Induced Erosion. ASTM D6459. Test in one soil type. Soil tested shall be sandy loam as defined by the NRCS Soil Texture Triangle. C Factor = 0.01 maximum using Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 15 OF 25 2.09 OUTLET PROTECTION A. Size riprap or quarry spall to resist movement under design flows. Install at least 8 inches deep. Provide riprap or quarry spall material free of extraneous material. 2.10 PLASTIC COVERING A. Clear plastic meeting requirements of ASTM D4397 for polyethylene sheeting having a minimum thickness of 6 mils. 2.11 SEDIMENT CONTROL BARRIERS A. Specified by Contractor with approval of Owner’s Representative. May include Compost Filter Sock or Compost Filter Berm. 2.12 SEEDING A. See Plant Materials List. 2.13 SILT FENCE A. Per City of Renton Standard Plan 214.00. 2.14 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. Per City of Renton Standard Plan 215.00. B. Use of constructed or constructed/manufactured steel plates with ribs (such as, shaker/rumble plates or corrugated steel plates) for entrance/exit access is allowable. 2.15 STREET CLEANING A. Use self-propelled pickup street sweeper(s). Mechanical broom sweepers are not allowed. 2.16 TACKIFIERS A. Biodegradable Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products (HECPs) in a dry condition, free of noxious weeds, seeds, chemical printing ink, germination inhibitors, herbicide residue, chlorine bleach, rock, metal, plastic, and other materials detrimental to plant life. Up to 5 percent by weight may be photodegradable material. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 16 OF 25 B. Suitable for spreading with a hydroseeder. C. Furnish HECPs premixed by the manufacturer. Under no circumstances will field mixing of additives or components be acceptable. D. Provide test results, dated within 3 years prior to the date of application, from an independent, accredited laboratory, as approved by Owner’s Representative, showing that the product meets the HECP requirements in Table 7. Table 7 HECP Requirements Properties Test Method Requirements Acute Toxicity EPA-821-R-02-012 Methods for Measuring Acute Toxicity of Effluents. Test leachate from recommended application rate receiving 2 inches of rainfall per hour using static test for No- Observed-Adverse-Effect- Concentration (NOEC). Four replicates are required with no statistically significant reduction in survival in 100 percent leachate for a Daphnid at 48 hours and Oncorhynchus mykiss (rainbow trout) at 96 hours. Solvents EPA 8260B Benzene: < 0.03 mg/kg Methylene chloride: < 0.02 mg/kg Naphthalene: < 5 mg/kg Tetrachloreoethylene: < 0.05 mg/kg Toluene: < 7 mg/kg Trichloroethylene: < 0.03 mg/kg Xylenes: < 9 mg/kg SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 17 OF 25 Table 7 HECP Requirements Properties Test Method Requirements Heavy Metals EPA 6020A Total Metals Antimony: < 4 mg/kg Arsenic: < 6 mg/kg Barium: < 80 mg/kg Boron: < 100 mg/kg Cadmium: < 2 mg/kg Chromium: < 2 mg/kg Copper: < 5 mg/kg Lead: < 5 mg/kg Mercury: < 2 mg/kg Nickel: < 2 mg/kg Selenium: < 10 mg/kg Strontium: < 30 mg/kg Zinc: < 5 mg/kg Water Holding Capacity ASTM D7367 900 percent minimum Organic Matter Content ASTM D2974 90 percent minimum Moisture Content ASTM D2974 15 percent Seed Germination Enhancement ASTM D7322 Long-Term: 420 percent minimum Moderate-Term: 400 percent minimum Short-Term: 200 percent minimum 2.17 TEMPORARY CURB A. Temporary curbs may consist of asphalt, concrete, sand bags, compost socks, wattles, or geotextile/plastic encased berms of sand or gravel, or as approved by Owner’s Representative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 18 OF 25 2.18 TEMPORARY PIPE SLOPE DRAIN A. Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe, couplings and fittings (up to 10-inch) meeting the requirements of AASHTO M252 Type C (corrugated both inside and outside) or Type S (corrugated outer wall and smooth inner liner). 1. Maximum Pipe Size: 10 inches in diameter. 2.19 WATTLES A. Cylinders of biodegradable plant material such as coir, compost, wood chips, excelsior, or wood fiber or shavings encased within biodegradable netting. B. Diameter: 5 inches minimum. C. Netting Material: Clean, evenly woven, and free of encrusted concrete or other contaminating materials such as preservatives. Also free from cuts, tears, or weak places with a minimum lifespan of 6 months. D. Compost Filler: Coarse compost, wood chips, or wood shavings. E. Wood Stakes: Untreated softwood species, 2-inch by 2-inch nominal dimension and 36 inches in length. 2.20 WOOD CHIPS AND WOOD SHAVINGS A. Wood Chips: Derived from softwood species not containing resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to plant life, and meeting the following loose volume gradation: 1. 2-inch Sieve Size: 95 percent to 100 percent passing. 2. No. 4 Sieve Size: 0 percent to 30 percent passing. B. Wood Shavings: Provide shavings with 80 percent of the fibers 6 inches or longer between 0.030-inch wide and 0.50-inch wide, and between 0.017-inch thick and 0.13-inch thick. 2.21 TEMPORARY WATER TREATMENT FACILITY A. Portable, Bidder-designed water treatment facility, provided and operated by the Contractor to treat runoff to allowable discharge characteristics. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 19 OF 25 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Owner’s Representative’s acceptance of the TESC Plan is required prior to starting earth disturbing activities. B. Include proposed stockpile areas and installation of temporary erosion control devices, ditches, or other facilities in Work phasing plans. C. Areas designated for Contractor’s use during Project may be temporarily developed as specified to provide working, staging, and administrative areas. Include control of sediment from these areas in the TESC Plan. D. Check Dams: Install check dams as soon as construction will allow, or when designated by Owner’s Representative. Contractor may substitute a different check dam, in lieu of what is specified in the Contract, with approval of Owner’s Representative. Check dam is a temporary or permanent structure, built across a minor channel. Water shall not flow through check dam structure. Construct check dams to create a ponding area upstream of dam to allow pollutants to settle, with water from increased flows channeled over a spillway in check dam. Construct check dam to prevent erosion in area below spillway. Place check dams perpendicular to flow of water and install in accordance with the Drawings. Extend outer edges up sides of conveyance to prevent water from going around check dam. Provide check dams of sufficient height to maximize detention, without causing water to leave ditch. Place sandbags so that initial row makes tight contact with ditch line for length of dam. Stagger subsequent rows so center of bag is placed over space between bags on previous lift. E. Compost Sock: Exercise care when installing compost socks to ensure method of installation minimizes disturbance of waterways and prevents sediment or pollutant discharge into waterbodies. Lace compost socks together, end-to-end, with coir rope to create a continuous length. Bury loose ends of continuous length 3 feet to 5 feet laterally into the bankslope. Install the upper surface of compost sock parallel to slope. Provide finished grades of a natural appearance with smooth transitions. Secure compost sock with wood stakes or live stakes of species as indicated on the Drawings. Drive stakes into place centered on top of compost sock and spaced 3 feet on center throughout length of sock. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 20 OF 25 F. Erosion Control Blanket (Matting), Biodegradable: Temporary Erosion Control Blankets are used as an erosion prevention device and to enhance temporary water treatment facility. Install erosion control blankets according to manufacturer’s recommendations. 1. Erosion control blankets with an open area of 60 percent or greater may be installed prior to seeding and fertilizing. Install blankets with less than 60 percent open space immediately following seeding and fertilizing operation. 2. Select erosion control blanket material for an area based on the intended function; slope or ditch stabilization and Site-specific factors including soil, slope gradient, rainfall, and flow exposure. Do not use erosion Control Blankets on slopes or in ditches that exceed manufacturer’s recommendations. G. Temporary Rainwater Storage Tanks, Temporary Water Treatment Facility, and Sediment Trap: Prior to discharge, sample each batch of treated and test for compliance with turbidity and pH limits, which may be established by water quality standards or a Site-specific discharge permit. Sampling and testing for other pollutants may be necessary. Obtain regulatory approval and provide a qualified, trained operator. H. Gravel Filter, Wood Chip, or Compost Berm: Construct filter berms to retain sediment and direct flows. 1. Gravel Filter Berm: 1-foot minimum height. Maintain at this height for entire time berm is in use. 2. Wood Chip Berm: 2-foot minimum height. Maintain at this height for entire time berm is in use. 3. Construct compost berm of course compost in accordance with the detail on the Drawings. I. High Visibility Fencing: Install high visibility fencing in accordance with the Drawings. J. Inlet Protection: Install inlet protection below or above, or as a prefabricated cover at each inlet grate, as shown on Drawings. Install inlet protection devices prior to beginning clearing, grubbing or earthwork activities. Geotextile fabric used in prefabricated inlet protection devices must meet or exceed the requirements for Moderate Survivability and minimum filtration properties. When depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately one-half the height of an internal device or one-third the height of external device (or less when so specified by the manufacturers) or SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 21 OF 25 as designated by Owner’s Representative, remove deposits and stabilize onsite. 1. Below Inlet Grate: a. Prefabricated units specifically designed for inlet protection. b. Must remain securely attached to drainage structure when fully loaded with sediment and debris or at the maximum level of sediment and debris specified by manufacturer. 2. Above Inlet Grate: a. Devices may be silt fence, sandbags, or prefabricated units specifically designed for inlet protection. b. Must remain securely in place around drainage structure under all conditions. 3. Inlet Grate Cover: a. Prefabricated units specifically designed for inlet protection and: 1) Be a sewn geotextile fabric unit fitted to individual grate and completely enclosing grate. 2) Have built-in lifting devices to allow manual access of stormwater system. 3) Use an orange monofilament geotextile fabric. b. Check dams or functionally equivalent devices may be used as inlet protection devices with approval of Owner’s Representative. K. Mulch: See Landscape specifications. L. Outlet Protection: Provide outlet protection to prevent scour at outlets of ponds, pipes, ditches, or other conveyances. M. Plastic Covering: Use clear plastic covering to promote seed germination when seeding is performed outside of specified dates. Use black plastic covering for stockpiles or other areas where vegetative growth is unwanted. Place plastic with at least a 12-inch overlap of all seams. Install and maintain plastic cover to prevent water from cutting under the plastic and to prevent cover from blowing open in the wind. N. Sediment Control Barriers: Install sediment control barriers in accordance with TESC Plan or manufacturer’s recommendations in the areas of clearing, grubbing, earthwork, or drainage prior to starting those activities. Maintain sediment control barriers until soils are stabilized. O. Seeding: See Section 32 90 00, Planting. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 22 OF 25 P. Silt Fence: Silt fence shall be installed in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Detail 215.00. Q. Stabilized Construction Entrance: Construct temporary stabilized construction entrance in accordance with the Drawings, prior to beginning any clearing, grubbing, earthwork, or excavation. When stabilized entrance no longer prevents track out of sediment or debris, either rehabilitate existing entrance to original condition or construct a new entrance. R. Street Cleaning: Use self-propelled pickup street sweepers whenever required by Owner’s Representative to prevent transport of sediment and other debris off Project Site. Provide street sweepers designed and operated to meet air quality standards. Street washing with water is not allowed. Intentional washing of sediment into storm sewers or drainage ways must not occur. Vacuuming or dry sweeping and material pickup must be used to cleanup released sediments. S. Tackifiers: See Section 32 90 00, Planting. T. Temporary Curb: Provide temporary curbs to divert or redirect water around erodible soils. Temporary curbs shall be installed along pavement edges to prevent runoff from flowing onto erodible slopes. Water shall be directed to areas where erosion can be controlled. Temporary curbs shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Ponding shall not be in roadways. U. Temporary Pipe Slope Drain: Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe constructed in accordance with the Drawings. Use water interceptor dikes or temporary curbs to direct water into pipe slope drain. Entrance to drain may consist of a prefabricated funnel device specifically designed for application, rock, sand bags, or as approved by Owner’s Representative. Construct pipe with gasketed watertight fittings and secure to slope with metal “T” posts, wood stakes, sand bags, or as approved by Owner’s Representative. Discharge water to a stabilized conveyance, sediment trap, stormwater pond, rock splash pad, vegetated strip, or as approved by Owner’s Representative. Install pipe so that water does not pond on road surface. V. Temporary Sediment Trap: Form trap by constructing a berm or by partial or complete excavation. Direct the discharge flow to a stabilized conveyance outlet or level spreader. W. Wattles: Install wattles as soon as construction will allow or when designated by Owner’s Representative. Begin trench construction and wattle installation at base of slope and work uphill. Spread excavated material evenly along the SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 23 OF 25 uphill slope and compact using hand tamping or other method approved by Owner’s Representative. On gradually sloped or clay-type soils, provide trenches 2 inches to 3 inches deep. On loose soils, in high rainfall areas, or on steep slopes, provide trenches 3 inches to 5 inches deep, or half the thickness of the wattle. Exercise care when installing wattles to minimize disturbance of waterways and prevent sediment or pollutant discharge into waterbodies. X. Wood Chips and Wood Shavings: Install as needed. 3.02 MAINTENANCE A. The ESCP measures described in this specification are minimum requirements for anticipated Site conditions. During the construction period, upgrade these measures as needed to comply with all applicable local, state, and federal erosion and sediment control regulations. B. Maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs so they properly perform their function until Owner’s Representative determines they are no longer needed. C. Construction activities must avoid or minimize excavation and creation of bare ground during wet weather. D. The intentional washing of sediment into storm sewers or drainage ways must not occur. Vacuuming or dry sweeping and material pickup must be used to cleanup released sediments. E. Inspect BMPs in accordance with the schedule in the Construction Stormwater Discharge Permit(s) or as directed by Owner’s Representative. F. Complete an inspection report within 24 hours of an inspection. Each inspection report shall be signed and identify corrective actions. Document that corrective actions are performed within 7 days of identification. Keep a copy of all inspection reports at the Site or at an easily accessible location. G. Unless otherwise specified, remove deposits before the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately height of BMP. Dispose of debris or contaminated sediment at approved locations. Clean sediments may be stabilized onsite using BMPs as approved by Owner’s Representative. H. Sediment Fence: Remove trapped sediment before it reaches one-third of the above ground fence height and before fence removal. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 24 OF 25 I. Catch Basins: Clean before retention capacity has been reduced by 50 percent. J. Sediment Basins and Sediment Traps: Remove trapped sediments before design capacity has been reduced by 50 percent and at completion of Project. K. Initiate repair or replacement of damaged erosion and sediment control BMPs immediately, and work completed by end of next work day. Significant replacement or repair must be completed within 7 days, unless infeasible. L. Within 24 hours, remediate any significant sediment that has left construction site. Investigate cause of the sediment release and implement steps to prevent a recurrence of discharge within same 24 hours. Perform in- stream cleanup of sediment according to applicable regulations. M. At end of each work day, stabilize or cover soil stockpiles or implement other BMPs to prevent discharges to surface waters or conveyance systems leading to surface waters. N. Temporarily stabilize soils at end of shift before holidays and weekends, if needed. Ensure soils are stable during rain events at all times of year. O. Initiate stabilization by no later than end of next work day after construction work in an area has stopped permanently or temporarily. P. Within 14 days of initiating stabilization or as specified in permit, either seed or plant stabilized area; or apply nonvegetative measures and cover all areas of exposed soil. Seed dry areas as soon as Site conditions allow. Ensure that vegetation covers at least 70 percent of stabilized area. In areas where Contractor’s activities have compromised erosion control functions of existing grasses, overseed existing grass. Non-vegetative measures may include blown straw and a tackifier, loose straw, or an adequate covering of compost mulch. Complete initial stabilization within 7 days if storm water discharges to surface waters impaired for sediment or nutrients, or high quality waters. Q. Provide permanent erosion control measures on all exposed areas. Do not remove temporary sediment control practices until permanent vegetation or other cover of exposed areas is established. However, do remove all temporary erosion control measures as exposed areas become stabilized, unless doing so conflicts with local requirements. Properly dispose of construction materials and waste, including sediment retained by temporary BMPs. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 57 13 19 APRIL 2017 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 57 13 - PAGE 25 OF 25 3.03 EMERGENCY MATERIALS A. Provide, stockpile, and protect the following emergency erosion and sediment control materials on the Project Site for unknown weather or erosion conditions. Emergency materials are in addition to other erosion control materials required to implement and maintain the TESC Plan. Replenish emergency materials as they are used. Remove all unused emergency materials from the Project Site at completion of the Project. Item Quantity Silt (sediment) fence 100 ft Plastic sheeting 260 sq. ft. Rope 1,000 ft Sand bags (empty, to be filled as needed) 50 Inflatable pipe plugs One for each size of pipe Water pump and hose One Wattles 50 ft 3.04 REMOVAL A. When Owner’s Representative determines that an erosion control BMP is no longer required, remove BMP and all associated hardware from the Project limits. When materials are biodegradable, Owner’s Representative may approve leaving temporary BMP in place. B. Permanently stabilize all bare and disturbed soil after removal of erosion and sediment control BMPs. Dress sediment deposits remaining after BMPs have been removed to conform to existing grade. Prepare and seed graded area. If installation and use of erosion control BMPs have compacted or otherwise rendered soil inhospitable to plant growth, such as construction entrances, take measures to rehabilitate soil to facilitate plant growth. This may include, but is not limited to, removing imported gravel or cobbles, ripping the soil, incorporating soil amendments, or seeding with specified seed. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 70 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01 70 00 – PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 01 70 00 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Substantial Completion. B. Final Acceptance. C. Final cleaning. D. Adjusting. E. Project record documents. F. Operation and maintenance data. G. Material and Finishes Maintenance Manual. H. Instruction of owner personnel. I. Warranties. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Prior to requesting Architect's inspection of substantial completion, complete the following and list known exceptions in request: 1. In progress payment request coincidental with request for Architect's inspection, show 100% completion for all portions of work claimed as "substantially complete". 2. Submit one copy of Maintenance Manual for Architect's review. 3. Discontinue and remove from project site temporary facilities and services, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. 4. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touch-up of marred surfaces. 5. Submit marked up Record Drawing prints for architect's review. B. Inspection procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of substantial completion, or advise Contractor of work which must be performed prior to issuance of certificate. Results of completed inspection will form initial "punch-list". SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 70 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01 70 00 – PAGE 2 OF 6 1.03 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Prior to Architect's final inspection for final completion and final payment, complete the following and list known exceptions: 1. Submit final payment request. 2. Provide two (2) copies of Maintenance Manuals. 3. Provide Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, and Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment. 4. Provide corrected record drawing prints. 5. Provide certificate of insurance for products and completed operations per Section 00800, Supplemental Conditions. B. Reinspection Procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's notice that work has been completed including all "punch-list" items resulting from earlier inspections, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstances, Architect will either notify Owner of final completion, or advise Contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for Final Acceptance. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. D. Clean filters of operating equipment. E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. H. Clean ductwork. 1.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 70 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01 70 00 – PAGE 3 OF 6 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract Drawings. F. Submit documents to Owner with request for inspection for substantial completion. After review, prints shall be returned to Contractor. Re-submit to Owner with request for Final Inspection. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit Manuals in bound three ring binders with durable plastic covers. B. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", and title of project. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 70 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01 70 00 – PAGE 4 OF 6 C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. D. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified. E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Owner, Architect, Contractor, all Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 6. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. G. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data. 2. Air and water balance reports. 3. Certificates. 4. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. 5. Copies of meeting notes, change orders, proposal requests, and supplemental instructions. H. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form prior to inspection for substantial completion. This copy will be returned with Owner's comments. Revise content of documents as required and submit final volumes prior to final inspection. I. Submit two (2) copies of final volumes. 1.08 MATERIAL AND FINISHES MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Manual: a. Submit 3 copies of each manual, in final form, on material and finishes to Owner. b. Provide one section for interior products, including applied materials and finishes, and a second section for exterior products. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 70 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01 70 00 – PAGE 5 OF 6 B. Interior Products: Provide information as noted below for all interior materials and finishes specified in this project manual. a. Provide manufacturer’s data and instructions on care and maintenance of architectural products, including applied materials and finishes. b. Product Data: Provide complete information on architectural products, including, as applicable: i. Manufacturer’s catalog number. ii. Size. iii. Material composition. iv. Color. v. Texture. vi. Re-ordering information on specially manufactured products. c. Care and Maintenance instructions: Provide information on care and maintenance including manufacturer’s recommendations for types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. Provide information regarding cleaning agents and methods that could prove detrimental to product. Include manufacturer’s recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Exterior Products: Provide information as noted below for all exterior materials and finishes specified in this project manual. a. Provide complete manufacturer’s data with instructions on inspection, maintenance, and repair of products exposed to weather or designed for moisture-protection purposes. b. Manufacturer Data: Provide manufacturer’s data giving detailed information, including the following, as applicable. i. Application standards. ii. Chemical composition. iii. Installation details. iv. Inspection procedures. v. Maintenance information. vi. Repair procedures. 1.09 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Before final inspection, instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. 1.10 WARRANTIES SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 70 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01 70 00 – PAGE 6 OF 6 A. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. B. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. C. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 01 88 15 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers requirements for anchorage and bracing of equipment, distribution systems, and other nonstructural components required in accordance with the ICC 2015 International Building Code (IBC), for seismic, wind, gravity, soil, and operational loads. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 360, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 3. International Code Council (ICC): International Building Code (IBC). 4. State of Washington. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Permitting building agency; may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department, or individual including building official, fire chief, fire marshal, chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health department, electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. AHJ may be Owner when authorized to be self- permitting by governmental permitting agency or when no governmental agency has authority. B. Designated Seismic System: Architectural, electrical, and mechanical system or their components for which component importance factor is greater than 1.0. 1.04 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Anchorage and bracing systems shall be designed by a qualified professional engineer registered in the State of Washington. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 2 OF 7 2. Design anchorage and bracing of architectural, mechanical, and electrical components and systems in accordance with this section, unless a design is specifically provided within Contract Documents or where exempted hereinafter. 3. Design attachments, braces, and anchors for equipment, components, and distribution systems to structure for gravity, seismic, wind, and operational loading. 4. Anchor and brace piping and ductwork, whether exempt or not exempt for this section, so that lateral or vertical displacement does not result in damage or failure to essential architectural, mechanical, or electrical equipment. 5. Architectural Components: Includes, but are not limited to, nonstructural walls and elements, partitions, cladding and veneer, access flooring, signs, cabinets, suspended ceilings, and glass in glazed curtain walls and partitions. 6. Provide supplementary framing where required to transfer anchorage and bracing loads to structure. 7. Adjust equipment pad sizes or provide additional anchorage confinement reinforcing to provide required anchorage capacities. 8. Design anchorage and bracing for: a. Equipment and components that weigh more than 400 pounds and have center of mass located 4 feet or less above adjacent finished floor. b. Equipment weighing more than 20 pounds that has center of mass located more than 4 feet above adjacent finished floor. c. Mechanical and electrical components that are not provided with flexible connections between components and associated ductwork, piping, or conduit. d. Distribution systems that weigh more than 5 pounds per foot that have center of mass located more than 4 feet above adjacent finished floor. 9. For components exempted from design requirements of this section, provide bolted, welded, or otherwise positively fastened attachments to supporting structure. B. Design Loads: 1. Gravity: Design anchorage and bracing for self weight and superimposed loads on components and equipment. 2. Wind: Design anchorage and bracing for wind criteria provided on General Structural Notes on Drawings for exposed architectural components and exterior and wind-exposed mechanical and electrical equipment. Alternately, manufacturer certification may be provided for SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 3 OF 7 components such as roofing and flashing to verify attachments meet Project-specific design criteria. 3. Operational: a. For loading supplied by equipment manufacturer for IBC required load cases. b. Loads may include equipment vibration, torque, thermal effects, effects of internal contents (weight and sloshing), water hammer, and other load-inducing conditions. c. Locate braces to minimize vibration to or movement of structure. d. For vibrating loads, use anchors meeting requirements of Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications, for anchors with designated capacities for vibratory loading per manufacturer’s ICC-ES report. 4. Seismic: a. In accordance with 2015 IBC, Section 1613, and Chapter 13 of ASCE 7. b. Design anchorage and bracing for design criteria listed on General Structural Notes on Drawings. c. Design forces for anchors in concrete or masonry shall be in accordance with ASCE 7, Section 13.4.2, or IBC Section 1905.1.8 as applicable for Project Seismic Design Category. C. Seismic Design Requirements: 1. Nonstructural Components: Design as nonbuilding structures for components with weights greater than or equal to 25 percent of effective seismic weight of overall structure. 2. Analyze local region of body of nonstructural component for load transfer of anchorage attachment if component Ip = 1.5. 3. The following are exempt from requirements for provision of seismic anchorages and bracing, in addition to those items specifically exempted in ASCE 7, Part 13.5 for architectural components and Part 13.6 for electrical and mechanical equipment: a. Furniture, except storage cabinets and bookshelves over 6 feet tall. b. Temporary or movable equipment. 4. Other seismic design and detailing information identified in ASCE 7, Chapter 13, is required to be provided for new architectural, mechanical and electrical components, systems, or equipment. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 4 OF 7 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. List of architectural, mechanical, and electrical equipment requiring Contractor-designed anchorage and bracing, unless specifically exempted. b. Manufacturers’ engineered seismic and non-seismic hardware product data. c. Attachment assemblies’ drawings including seismic attachments; include connection hardware, braces, and anchors or anchor bolts for nonexempt components, equipment, and systems. d. Submittal will be rejected if proposed anchorage method would create excessive stress to supporting member. Revise anchorages and strengthen structural support to eliminate overstressed condition. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Anchorage and Bracing Calculations: For attachments, braces, and anchorages, include IBC and Project-specific criteria as noted on General Structural Notes on Drawings, in addition to manufacturer’s specific criteria used for design; sealed by a civil engineer registered in the State of Washington. 2. Manufacturer’s hardware installation requirements. C. Deferred Submittals: 1. Submitted seismic anchorage drawings and calculations are identified as IBC deferred submittals and will be submitted to and must be accepted by AHJ prior to installation of component, equipment, or distribution system. 2. Submit deferred Action Submittals such as Shop Drawings with supporting deferred informational submittals such as calculations no less than 4 weeks in advance of installation of component, equipment or distribution system to be anchored to structure. 1.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor and supplier responsibilities to accommodate Owner-furnished shop fabrication related special inspections and testing are provided in Project’s Statement of Special Inspections on Drawings, and Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 5 OF 7 B. Provide all other specified, regulatory required, or required repair verification inspection and testing that is not listed in Statement of Special Inspections in accordance with Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. C. Provide Source Quality Control for welding and hot-dip galvanizing of anchors in accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Design and construct attachments and supports transferring seismic and non-seismic loads to structure of materials and products suitable for application and in accordance with design criteria shown on Drawings and nationally recognized standards. B. Provide anchor bolts for anchorage of equipment to concrete or masonry in accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. Provide anchor bolts of the size, minimum embedment, and spacing designated in calculations submitted by Contractor and accepted by Owner`s Representative. C. Provide post-installed concrete and masonry anchors for anchorage of equipment to concrete or masonry in accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. Provide post-installed anchors of the size, minimum embedment, and spacing designated in calculations submitted by Contractor and accepted by Owner`s Representative. D. Do not use powder-actuated fasteners or sleeve anchors for seismic attachments and anchorage where resistance to tension loads is required. Do not use expansion anchors, other than undercut anchors, for nonvibration isolated mechanical equipment rated over 10 horsepower. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Make attachments, bracing, and anchorage in such a manner that component lateral force is transferred to lateral force resisting system of structure through a complete load path. B. Design, provide, and install overall seismic anchorage system to provide restraint in all directions, including vertical, for each component or system so anchored. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 6 OF 7 C. Provide snubbers in each horizontal direction and vertical restraints for components mounted on vibration isolation systems where required to resist overturning. D. Provide piping anchorage that maintains design flexibility and expansion capabilities at flexible connections and expansion joints. 1. Piping and ductwork suspended more than 12 inches below supporting structure shall be braced for seismic effects to avoid significant bending of hangers and their attachments, unless high- or limited-deformability piping is used per ASCE 7, Section 13.6.8 or HVAC ducts have a cross- sectional area of less than 6 square feet or weigh 17 pounds per foot or less. E. Anchor tall and narrow equipment such as motor control centers and telemetry equipment at base and within 12 inches from top of equipment, unless approved otherwise by Owner`s Representative. F. Do not attach architectural, mechanical, or electrical components to more than one element of a building structure at a single restraint location where such elements may respond differently during a seismic event. Do not make such attachments across building expansion and contraction joints. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Do not install components or their anchorages or restraints prior to review and acceptance by Owner`s Representative and AHJ. B. Notify Owner`s Representative upon completion of installation of seismic restraints in accordance with Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. B. Owner-Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in Statement of Special Inspections Plan on Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 01 88 15 19 APRIL 2017 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 01 88 15 - PAGE 7 OF 7 C. Provide any other specified, regulatory required, or required repair verification inspection and testing that is not listed in Statement of Special Inspections in accordance with Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 02 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 00 – PAGE 1 OF 4 SECTION 02 41 00 SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor, and related items necessary to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and/or Contract Specifications. The items of work to be performed shall include but are not limited to all items shown on Contract Drawings. In summary these include: 1. Selective site clearing & grubbing. 2. Protecting existing pedestrian lights and junction boxes. 3. Protecting existing irrigation point-of-connection, water meters, and water line. 4. Protecting existing 6” Gas line. 5. Protecting existing regional stormwater facility including rain gardens and underground infiltration mineral aggregate. 6. Protecting existing electrical stub-outs. 7. Protecting existing concrete curbs and paving surrounding the park property. 8. Protecting existing Filtera unit. 9. Removing, salvaging, and protecting City of Renton traffic signs. 1.02 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Contract Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Section 01 57 13 Temporary Sediment and Erosion Control 2. Section 12 93 00 Site Furnishings 3. Section 31 10 00 Site Preparation 4. Section 31 23 16 Excavation 5. Section 32 90 00 Planting 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For the handling and disposal of Hazardous and/or Dangerous Waste materials the following requirements shall apply: 1. The Contractor’s disposal company and transporter shall have their TSD State and Federal Waste Generation ID’s and shall be currently certified to handle the specified waste substances. 2. The Contractor or disposal sub-contractor shall be capable of both recycling of usable materials and recovery/disposal of Hazardous/Dangerous Waste substances. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 02 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 00 – PAGE 2 OF 4 1.04 PROTECTION A. Provide protective cover and barriers as necessary to prevent damage and straining to all existing site improvements to remain during construction. B. Contact respective utility maintenance agencies to verify location of active utilities prior to excavation. Keep active utilities intact and in continuous operation. Protect active utility pipes and electrical systems encountered, as well as notify persons owning same. C. Protect neighboring property, occupants of said property, customers, visitors, passers-by from injury and discomfort caused by dust or debris. D. Protect recently constructed work for the Sunset Lane project. Plans are available from the City of Renton. E. Maintain street and site drains, catch basins and sewers open for free drainage. 1.05 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIAL A. Store and handle salvaged material with sufficient care to prevent scratches and other damage to finishes and materials. B. Store salvaged material to prevent corrosion, deterioration, and damage. C. Bent, dented, scratched, chipped, or otherwise damaged items are not acceptable for reinstallation and must be replaced by items and components in new condition. 1.07 OBJECTIONABLE NOISES A. Limit use of air hammers and all other noisy producing equipment as much as possible especially during library hours. B. Conform to local governing noise restrictions and requirements. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS A. Visit site prior to bidding to determine nature of existing site conditions, materials, and other conditions that may affect work. Drawings of previously existing facilities are available for information only and do not necessarily reflect the actual conditions. The Contractor shall verify locations of existing utilities prior to proceeding with any work. B. Carefully maintain all benchmarks, monuments, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at the Contractor’s expense. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 02 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 00 – PAGE 3 OF 4 C. Underground utilities and elements: Locate all underground utilities and elements prior to digging and/or driving stakes. Take care, to neither disturb nor damage any existing above ground or underground utilities or elements noted to be protected. The Contractor shall call Utility Notification Center @ (811) or (800) 424-5555 or click www.callbeforeyoudig.org for utility location at or near the Public Rights-of-Way / Property Lines, and can also call Locating, Inc. @ (425) 392-6412, CNI @ (206) 255-8650 or Applied Professional Services @ (425) 313-1034 for location of utilities within the site. (Note: these firms will charge for services rendered). The Contractor shall pay for all fees and costs associated with utility disconnect, capping of lines and meter removals required within the Public Rights-of-Way. D. The Contractor shall meet with the Owner’s Representative to verify location of utilities with the Contractor’s location services. Verify that all appropriate services have been disconnected. E. Utility Shutoffs: Coordinate all work with other Division 01 requirements. Do not shut off or cap utilities without prior notice. Keep streets, sidewalks and site clean and free from debris at all times. Keep both street and site drainage systems open for free passage of runoff at all times. Provide siltation control and catch basin protection as required by Best Managements Practices and Drainage Codes as required and/or directed by the Owner’s Representative. 1.09 PERMITS, CODES, AND REGULATIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations, which in any way affect the conduct of the work. C. Comply with environmental agencies, building codes and other local requirements that are more stringent than included in Contract Specifications. 1.10 CONDUCT OF WORK A. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. B. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 02 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 00 – PAGE 4 OF 4 A. As required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. All vegetation and root layers shall be cleared and grubbed to a soil depth of 4 inches and disposed of. This soil layer shall not be acceptable for reuse. 3.02 CLEAN-UP A. All work areas shall be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Dispose of all surplus materials, waste materials, and rubbish off-site in accordance with all governmental laws, regulations, and ordinances. B. Provide certification from disposal site operator stating the disposal site complies with all governmental regulations. The Contractor, in a manner consistent with all government regulations, shall dispose of the refuse resulting from demolition. In no case shall refuse material be left on the project site, or be buried in embankments or trenches on the project site. All effort shall be made to recycle materials whenever possible. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of any debris resulting from work of this Section C. Repair damages to existing work to be protected as approved by the Owner’s Representative. Remove all damaged components and replace in-kind as determined by the Owner’s Representative. D. No on-site burning will be permitted. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 10 00 - PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 117, Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Defective Areas: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Exposed Concrete: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318 to provide concrete finishes specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. When high-range water reducer (superplasticizer) is used in concrete mix, form design shall account for increased hydrostatic pressures. C. Joints in forms shall be watertight. D. Limit panel deflection to 1/360th of each component span to achieve tolerances specified. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Form release agent. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 10 00 - PAGE 2 OF 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials: Plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, or steel in “new and undamaged” condition, of sufficient strength and surface smoothness to produce specified finish. 2. Where steel forms are used, treat steel surfaces to prevent rusting using products approved for use on steel forms. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Form Release Agent: 1. Material: a. Shall not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces. b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces when applied to forms. c. Ready-to-use water based material formulated to reduce or eliminate surface imperfections. d. Contain no mineral oil or organic solvents. 2. Manufacturers and Products: Not for surfaces exposed to potable water. a. BASF, Shakopee, MN; MBT MasterFinish RL 211. b. Cresset Chemical Company; Crete-Lease 20-VOC-Xtra. B. Rustication Grooves and Beveled Edge Corner Strips: Nonabsorbent material, compatible with form surface, fully sealed on all sides prohibiting loss of paste or water between the two surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORM SURFACE PREPARATION A. Prior to coating surface, thoroughly clean form surfaces that will be in contact with concrete or that have been in contact with previously cast concrete, dirt, and other surface contaminants. B. Exposed Wood Forms in Contact with Concrete: Apply form release agent as recommended by manufacturer. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 10 00 - PAGE 3 OF 3 C. Steel Forms: Apply form release agent as soon as they are cleaned to prevent discoloration of concrete from rust. 3.02 ERECTION A. General: In accordance with ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. B. Curb, Sidewalk, and Driveway Forms: 1. Provide standard steel or wood forms. 2. Set forms to true lines and grades, and securely stake in position. C. Form Tolerances: Provide forms in accordance with ACI 117 and ACI 318, and the following tolerances for finishes specified. 3.03 FORM REMOVAL A. Nonsupporting forms, sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of Work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours from time of concrete placement if: 1. Concrete is sufficiently hard so as not to sustain damage by form removal operations. 2. Curing and protection operations are maintained. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 15 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 15 00 - PAGE 1 OF 2 SECTION 03 15 00 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A615/A615M, Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Construction Joints: Layout and location. Include joints locations shown on Drawings, additional required joint locations and any proposed alternate locations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Steel Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Commence concrete placement after joint preparation is complete. B. Time Between Concrete Pours: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 15 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 15 00 - PAGE 2 OF 2 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Construction Joints: Prior to placement of abutting concrete, clean contact surface. 1. Remove laitance and spillage from steel reinforcement and dowels. 2. Roughen surface to minimum of 1/4-inch amplitude: a. Sandblast after concrete has fully cured. b. Water blast after concrete has partially cured. c. Green cut fresh concrete with high-pressure water and hand tools. d. Finish per plans. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 21 00 - PAGE 1 OF 4 SECTION 03 21 00 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. b. SP-66, Detailing Manual. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): a. Placing Reinforcing Bars. b. Manual of Standard Practice. 4. International Code Council (ICC): Evaluation Services Report. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings prepared in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice and ACI SP-66: a. Bending lists. b. Placing drawings. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Lab test reports for steel reinforcement showing stress-strain curves and ultimate strengths. 2. Test results of field testing. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Unload, store, and handle bars in accordance with CRSI publication “Placing Reinforcing Bars.” SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 21 00 - PAGE 2 OF 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: 1. Includes stirrups, ties, and spirals. 2. ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tie Wire: 1. Black, soft-annealed 16-gauge wire. 2. Nylon-, epoxy-, or plastic-coated wire. B. Bar Supports and Spacers: 1. Use precast concrete bar supports and side form spacers, unless noted otherwise. Do not use other types of supports or spacers. 2. Bar supports shall have sufficient strength and stiffness to carry loads without failure, displacement, or significant deformation. Space bar supports so minimum concrete cover is maintained for reinforcing between supports. 3. Use only precast concrete bar supports where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, earth, water, chloride intrusion, or corrosive chemicals. Bar supports shall be nonconductive and have geometry and bond characteristics that deter movement of moisture from the surface to the reinforcement. 4. Precast concrete supports shall have same minimum strength and shall be made from same materials as that of the concrete in which they are to be embedded. Precast concrete supports shall be cast and properly cured for at least 7 days before use and shall have a wire or other device cast into each block for the purpose of attaching them securely to steel reinforcement. 5. Design and fabricate special bar supports for top reinforcing bars in slabs where standard bar supports do not possess necessary geometry, strength, or stiffness. 6. Precast Concrete Supports: a. Total bond precast, high-performance concrete bar supports as supplied by: 1) Con Sys Inc., Pinawa, MB, Canada. 2) Dayton Superior, Miamisburg, OH, Dobies. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 21 00 - PAGE 3 OF 4 2.03 FABRICATION A. Follow CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Bend bars cold. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notify Owner`s Representative when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient time for inspection prior to placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcing bars of loose mill scale, oil, earth, and other contaminants. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Bundle or space bars, instead of field bending where construction access through reinforcing is necessary. B. Spacing and Positioning: Conform to ACI 318. C. Location Tolerances: In accordance with CRSI publication, “Placing Reinforcing Bars”. D. Splicing: 1. Follow ACI 318. 2. Use lap splices, unless otherwise shown or permitted in writing by Owner`s Representative. 3. Stagger splices in adjacent bars where indicated. E. Tying Reinforcing Bars: 1. Tie every other intersection on mats made up of Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 bars to hold them firmly at required spacing. 2. Bend tie wire away from concrete surface to provide clearance of 1 inch from surface of concrete to tie wire. F. Reinforcement Around Openings: On each side and above and below pipe or opening, place an equivalent area of steel bars to replace steel bars cut for opening. Extend steel reinforcing a standard lap length beyond opening at each end. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 21 00 - PAGE 4 OF 4 G. Straightening and Rebending: Field bending of steel reinforcement bars is not permitted. H. Unless permitted by Owner`s Representative, do not cut reinforcing bars in field. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner-Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in the Statement of Special Inspections Plan on Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. B. Contractor-Furnished Quality Control: Inspection and testing as required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 1 OF 19 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 117, Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. c. 305.1, Specification for Hot Weather Concreting. d. 306.1, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. e. CP-1, Technical Workbook for ACI Certification of Concrete Field Testing Technician – Grade 1. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. b. C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. c. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. e. C109/C109M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens). f. C143/C143M, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic- Cement Concrete. g. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. h. C157/C157M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete. i. C227, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method). j. C231/C231M, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. k. C260/C260M, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. l. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. m. C595/C595M, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 2 OF 19 n. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. o. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. p. C989, Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars. q. C1012/C1012M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution. r. C1017/C1017M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. s. C1074, Standard Practice for Estimating Concrete Strength by the Maturity Method. t. C1077, Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation. u. C1218/C1218M, Standard Test Method for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. v. C1260, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method). w. C1293, Standard Test Method for Determination of Length Change of Concrete Due to Alkali-Silica Reaction. x. C1567, Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method). y. C1582/C1582M, Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride-Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete. z. C1602/C1602M, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. aa. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Special Inspection, or Testing Materials Used in Construction. bb. E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers. 3. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Contractor’s Licensed Design Engineer: Individual representing Contractor who is licensed to practice engineering as defined by statutory requirements of professional licensing laws in state or jurisdiction in which Project is to be constructed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 3 OF 19 B. Defective Area: Surface defects that include honeycomb, rock pockets, indentations, and surface voids greater than 3/16-inch deep, surface voids greater than 3/4 inch in diameter, cracks in liquid containment structures and below grade habitable spaces that are 0.005-inch wide and wider, and cracks in other structures that are 0.010-inch wide and wider, spalls, chips, embedded debris, sand streaks, mortar leakage from form joints, deviations in formed surface that exceed specified tolerances and include but are not limited to fins, form pop-outs, and other projections. At exposed concrete, defective areas also include texture irregularities, stains, and other color variations that cannot be removed by cleaning. C. Exposed Concrete: Concrete surface that can be seen inside or outside of structure regardless of whether concrete is above water, dry at all times, or can be seen when structure is drained. D. Hot Weather: As defined in ACI 305.1. E. New Concrete: Less than 60 days old. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Mix Designs: a. Contain proportions of materials and admixtures to be used on Project, signed by mix designer. b. Documentation of average strength for each proposed mix design in accordance with ACI 301. c. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance, for the following: 1) Portland cement. 2) Fly ash. 3) Slag cement. 4) Aggregates, including specified class designation for coarse aggregate. 5) Admixtures. 6) Concrete producer has verified compatibility of constituent materials in design mix. d. Test Reports: 1) Supplementary Cementitious Materials: Chemical analysis report and report of other specified test analyses. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 4 OF 19 2) Water-Soluble Chloride-Ion Content in Hardened Concrete: Unless otherwise permitted, in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. e. Aggregates: 1) Coarse Aggregate Gradation: List gradings and percent passing through each sieve. 2) Fine Aggregate Gradation: List gradings and percent passing through each sieve. 3) Percent of fine aggregate weight to total aggregate weight. 4) Deleterious substances in fine aggregate per ASTM C33/C33M, Table 2. 5) Deleterious substances in coarse aggregate per ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4. 6) Test Reports: a) Alkali Aggregate Reactivity: Aggregate shall be classified as nonpotentially reactive in accordance with Article Concrete Mix Design. Include documentation of test results per applicable standards. f. Admixtures: Manufacturer’s catalog cut sheets and product data sheets for each admixture used in proposed mix designs. 2. Product Data: Specified ancillary materials. 3. Detailed plan for hot weather placements including curing and protection for concrete placed in ambient temperatures over 80 degrees F. Plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Procedures for measuring, and recording temperatures of reinforcement and other embedded items prior to concrete placement. b. Use of retarding admixture. c. Methods for controlling temperature of reinforcement and other embedded items and concrete materials before and during placement. d. Types of shading and wind protection to be provided. e. Curing methods, including use of evaporation retardant. f. Procedures for measuring and recording concrete temperatures. g. Procedures for preventing drying during dry, windy conditions. 4. Concrete repair techniques. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance to specified standards: Repair materials. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 5 OF 19 2. Statement of Qualification: a. Batch Plant: Certification as specified herein. b. Mix designer. c. Installer. d. Testing agency. 3. Field test reports. 4. Concrete Delivery Tickets: a. For each batch of concrete before unloading at Site. b. In accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, including requirements 14.2.1. through 14.2.10. c. Indicate amount of mixing water withheld and maximum amount that may be permitted to be added at Site. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete construction shall conform to requirements of ACI 117 and ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Qualifications: 1. Batch Plant: NRMCA Program for Certification of Ready-Mixed Concrete Production Facilities or approved equivalent program. 2. Mix Designer: Person responsible for developing concrete mixture proportions certified as NRMCA Concrete Technologist Level 2 or DOT certified mix designer in jurisdiction of the Work. Requirement may be waived if individual is Contractor’s Licensed Design Engineer. 3. Testing Agency: Unless otherwise permitted, an independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated. a. Where field testing is required of Contractor, personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. b. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 6 OF 19 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Cement: a. Portland Cement: Unless otherwise specified, conform to requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. b. Blended Hydraulic Cement: 1) Unless otherwise specified, conform to requirements of ASTM C595/C595M. 2) Portland cement used in blended hydraulic cement, conform to requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. c. Furnish from one source. 2. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM): a. Fly Ash (Pozzolan): Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618, except as modified herein: 1) ASTM C618, Table 1, Loss on Ignition: Unless permitted otherwise, maximum 3 percent. b. Slag Cement: In accordance with ASTM C989, Grade 100 or Grade 120. B. Aggregates: Furnish from one source for each aggregate type used in a mix design. 1. Normal-Weight Aggregates: a. In accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, except as modified herein. 1) Class Designation: 4S unless otherwise specified. b. Free of materials and aggregate types causing popouts, discoloration, staining, or other defects on surface of concrete. c. Alkali Silica Reactivity: See Article Concrete Mix Design. 2. Fine Aggregates: a. Clean, sharp, natural sand. b. ASTM C33/C33M. c. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 2 and as follows: 1) Limit material finer than 75-μm (No. 200) sieve to 5 percent mass of total sample. 2) Limit coal and lignite to 0.5 percent. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 7 OF 19 3. Coarse Aggregate: a. Natural gravels, combination of gravels and crushed gravels, crushed stone, or combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent flat or elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). b. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4 for specified class designation. C. Admixtures: Unless otherwise permitted, furnish from one manufacturer. 1. Characteristics: a. Compatible with other constituents in mix. b. Contain at most, only trace amount chlorides in solution. c. Furnish type of admixture as recommended by manufacturer for anticipated temperature ranges. 2. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A or Type D. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) BASF Admixtures Inc., Shakopee, MN; Pozzolith Series or PolyHeed Series. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucon Series. 3) W. R. Grace & Co., Cambridge, MA; Daracem Series or Mira Series. 3. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 4. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type F or Type G. 6. Do not use calcium chloride as an admixture. 7. Admixtures with no standard, ASTM or other, designation may be used where permitted. D. Water and Ice: Mixing water for concrete and water used to make ice shall be potable water, unless alternative sources of water are permitted. 1. Water from alternative sources shall comply with requirements of ASTM C1602/C1602M, and concentration of chemicals in combined mixing water shall be less than: a. Chloride Content: 1,000 ppm. b. Sulfate Content as SO4: 3,000 ppm. c. Alkalis as (Na2O + 0.658 K2O): 600 ppm. d. Total Solids by Mass: Less than 50,000 ppm. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 8 OF 19 2.02 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: 1. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with the following: a. ASTM C881/C881M, Type V. b. Two-component, moisture insensitive, 100 percent solids epoxy. c. Consult manufacturer for surface finish, pot life, set time, vertical or horizontal application, and forming restrictions. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) BASF Building Systems Inc., Shakopee, MN; Concresive Standard LVI. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Euco # 352 Epoxy System LV. 3) Prime Resins, Conyers, GA; Prime Bond 3000 to 3900 Series. 4) Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod. B. Repair Material: 1. Contain only trace amounts of chlorides and other chemicals that can potentially cause steel to oxidize. 2. Where repairs of exposed concrete are required, prepare mockup using proposed repair materials and methods, for confirmation of appearance compatibility prior to use. 3. Obtain Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance that products selected are appropriate for specific applications. 4. Repair mortar shall be site mixed. 5. Prepare concrete substrate and mix, place, and cure repair material in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Building Systems Inc., Shakopee, MN; EMACO S-Series products. b. Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaTop-Series. 2.03 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. General: 1. See Supplement at the end of this section for mix design requirements for each class of concrete used on Project. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 9 OF 19 2. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, selecting and proportioning ingredients in accordance with requirements of ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. 3. Selection of constituent materials and products in mix design are optional, unless specified otherwise. 4. Unless otherwise permitted, use water-reducing admixture or water-reducing admixture and high-range, water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, in concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 5. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range, water-reducing admixture to achieve fresh properties that facilitate handling, placing, and consolidating of concrete, and specified hardened properties. 6. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when anticipated high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions can adversely affect fresh properties of concrete. 7. Unless otherwise specified, desired fresh properties of concrete shall be determined by Contractor, and coordinated with concrete producer. Fresh properties of concrete shall remain stable to satisfaction of Contractor, for duration of placement and consolidation, and shall remain in conformance with requirements of Contract Documents. 8. Contractor is encouraged to consider using environmentally sustainable concrete mix design technologies such as use of supplementary cementitious materials and aggregate packing. B. Potential alkali-aggregate reactivity of concrete: 1. Do not use aggregates known to be susceptible to alkali-carbonate reaction (ACR). 2. Aggregates shall have been tested to determine potential alkali- aggregate reactivity in concrete in accordance with ASTM C1260 or ASTM C1567. a. Aggregates that indicate expansion greater than 0.10 percent at 16 days after casting shall not be used unless they have been shown to be nondeleteriously reactive in accordance with ASTM C227 or ASTM C1293, with less than 0.04 percent expansion at 1 year for cement-aggregate combinations or less than 0.04 percent expansion at 2 years for combinations with pozzolan or slag. b. Alkali content of cement used in proposed concrete mixture shall not be greater than alkali content of cement used in test for potential alkali-aggregate reactivity. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 10 OF 19 c. Use low-alkali cement or incorporate pozzolans into concrete mixture as necessary to satisfy testing for potential alkali reactivity. C. Proportions: 1. Design mix to meet aesthetic, durability, and strength requirements. 2. Where fly ash is included in mix, minimum fly ash content shall be a minimum of 15 percent of weight of total cementitious materials. D. Slump Range at Site: 1. Prior to submitting mix design, consult with concrete producer and select a target slump value at point of delivery, for each application of each design mix. Unless otherwise permitted, target slump value will then be enforced for duration of Project. Unless otherwise permitted, target slump value is 4 inches at point of delivery, for concrete without high-range, water reducing admixture. 2. Design mixes that include a high-range, water-reducing admixture shall have a minimum slump of 2 inches prior to addition of admixture. Unless otherwise permitted, slump shall be 8 inches maximum at point of delivery, for concrete with a high-range, water-reducing admixture. 3. Slump tolerance shall meet requirements of ACI 117. E. Combined Aggregate: 1. Combined Gradation Limits: Fine aggregate shall be in range of 36 percent to 40 percent of total aggregate weight. 2.04 CONCRETE MIXING A. General: In accordance with ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Truck Mixers: 1. For every truck, test slump of samples taken per ASTM C94/C94M, paragraph 12.5.1. 2. Where specified slump is more than 4 inches, and if slump tests differ by more than 2 inches, discontinue use of truck mixer, unless causing condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump tests. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 11 OF 19 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Source Quality Control Inspection: Owner`s Representative shall have access to and have right to inspect batch plants, cement mills, and supply facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, and Subcontractors, providing products included in this section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING CONCRETE A. Preparation: Meet requirements ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Inspection: Notify Owner`s Representative and Special Inspector at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete. C. Placement into Formwork: 1. Reinforcement: Secure in position before placing concrete. 2. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer, without segregation or loss of ingredients, without splashing forms or steel above, and in layers not over 1.5 feet deep, except for slabs which shall be placed full depth. Place and consolidate successive layers prior to initial set of first layer to prevent cold joints. 3. Placement frequency shall be such that lift lines will not be visible in exposed concrete finishes. 4. Use placement devices, for example chutes, pouring spouts, and pumps as required to prevent segregation. 5. Do not use aluminum conveying devices. 6. Provide sufficient illumination in the interior of forms so concrete deposition is visible, permitting confirmation of consolidation quality. 7. Trowel and round off top exposed edges of walls with 1/4-inch radius steel edging tool. 8. Cure concrete as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. D. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: 1. Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates, and other points of concrete discharge throughout conveying, hoisting, and placing system for concrete to pass without becoming segregated. 2. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. 3. Minimum Slopes of Chutes: Angled to allow concrete to readily flow without segregation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 12 OF 19 4. Conveyor Belts: a. Approved by Owner`s Representative. b. Wipe clean with device that does not allow mortar to adhere to belt. c. Cover conveyor belts and chutes. E. Retempering: Not permitted for concrete where cement has partially hydrated. F. Pumping of Concrete: 1. Provide standby pump, conveyor system, crane and concrete bucket, or other system onsite during pumping, for adequate redundancy to ensure completion of concrete placement without cold joints in case of primary placing equipment breakdown. 2. Minimum Pump Hose (Conduit) Diameter: 4 inches. 3. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that are not functioning properly. G. Maximum Size of Concrete Placements: 1. Limit size of each placement to allow for strength gain and volume change as a result of shrinkage. 2. Construction Joints: a. Unless otherwise shown or permitted, locate construction joints as follows: 1) Locate construction joints as shown on Drawings or where approved in joint location submittal required in Section 03 15 00, Concrete Joints and Accessories. H. Minimum Time between Adjacent Placements: 1. Construction or Control Joints: 7 days unless otherwise specified. I. Consolidation and Visual Observation: 1. Consolidation Equipment and Methods: ACI 301. 2. Provide at least one standby vibrator in operable condition at Site prior to placing concrete. 3. Vibrate concrete in vicinity of joints to obtain impervious concrete. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 13 OF 19 J. Hot Weather: 1. Prepare ingredients, mix, place, cure, and protect in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 305.1, and as follows: a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees F at time of placement, or furnish test data or other proof that admixtures and mix ingredients do not produce flash set plastic shrinkage, or cracking as a result of heat of hydration. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain fresh concrete temperatures as specified or less. b. Provide for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ice, wet cover, or other means as necessary to maintain concrete at or below specified temperature. 2. Concrete Curing: As specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. 3.02 CONCRETE BONDING A. Construction Joints in New Concrete Members: Prepare surface of construction joint as specified in Section 03 15 00, Concrete Joints and Accessories. 3.03 REPAIRING CONCRETE A. General: 1. Repair defective areas of concrete. 2. Repair concrete surfaces using specified materials. Select system, submit for review, and obtain approval from Owner`s Representative prior to use. 3. Develop repair techniques with material manufacturer on surface that will not be visible in final construction prior to starting actual repair work and show how finish color will blend with adjacent surfaces. Obtain approval from Owner`s Representative. 4. Obtain quantities of repair material and manufacturer’s detailed instructions for use to provide repair with finish to match adjacent surface or apply sufficient repair material adjacent to repair to blend finish appearance. 5. Repair of concrete shall provide structurally sound surface finish, uniform in appearance or upgrade finish by other means until acceptable to Owner`s Representative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 14 OF 19 B. Exposed Metal Objects: 1. Remove metal objects not intended to be exposed in as-built condition of structure including wire, nails, and bolts, by chipping back concrete to depth of 1 inch and then cutting or removing metal object. 2. Repair area of chipped-out concrete as specified for defective areas. C. Penetrations: Where shown install in accordance with requirements of Drawings. 3.04 CONCRETE WALL FINISHES A. Type W-1 (Ordinary Wall Finish): 1. Patch tie holes. 2. Knock off projections. 3. Repair defective areas. 3.05 CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES A. General: 1. Use manual screeds, vibrating screeds, or roller compacting screeds to place concrete level and smooth. 2. Do not use “jitterbugs” or other special tools designed for purpose of forcing coarse aggregate away from surface and allowing layer of mortar, which will be weak and cause surface cracks or delamination, to accumulate. 3. Finish slab in accordance with specified slab finish. 4. Do not dust surfaces with dry materials nor add water to surfaces. 5. Cure concrete as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. B. Type S-1 (Steel Troweled Finish): 1. Finish by screeding and floating with straightedges to bring surfaces to required finish elevation. 2. Wood float to true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. 3. Use sufficient pressure on wood floats to bring moisture to surface. 4. After surface moisture has disappeared, hand steel trowel concrete to produce smooth, smooth dense surface, free from trowel marks. 5. Provide light steel-troweled finish (two trowelings) at air-entrained slabs. Provide hard steel-troweled finish (ringing sound from the trowel) for nonair-entrained slabs. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 15 OF 19 6. Do not use dry cement or additional water during troweling, nor will excessive troweling be permitted. 7. Power Finishing: a. Approved power machine may be used in lieu of or in addition to hand finishing in accordance with directions of machine manufacturer. b. Do not use power machine when concrete has not attained necessary set to allow finishing without introducing high and low spots in slab. c. Do first steel troweling for slab S-1 finish by hand. C. Type S-2 (Wood Float Finish): 1. Finish slab to receive fill and mortar setting bed by screeding with straightedges to bring surface to required finish plane. 2. Wood float finish to compact and seal surface. 3. Remove laitance and leave surface clean. 4. Coordinate with other finish procedures. D. Concrete Curbs: 1. Float top surface of curb smooth, and finish all discontinuous edges with steel edger. 2. After concrete has taken its initial set, remove front form and give exposed vertical surface an ordinary wall finish, Type W-1. 3.06 CONCRETE SLAB TOLERANCES 1. Slab Flatness and Levelness: a. Floor finish tolerances shall meet requirements specified herein, and as measured in accordance with ASTM E1155. b. Levelness tolerance, FL, shall not apply to slabs placed on unshored form surfaces or shored form surfaces after removal of shores. c. Levelness tolerances, FL, shall not apply to cambered or inclined surfaces, and shall be measured within 24 hours after slab concrete placement. Slab Type S-A Minimum Overall F Numbers Minimum Local F Numbers Flatness, FF Levelness, FL Flatness, FF Levelness, FL 35 25 24 17 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 16 OF 19 B. Slab Elevation and Thickness: 1. Finish Slab Elevation: Slope slabs to floor drains and gutter. Slabs shall adequately drain regardless of tolerances. 2. Thickness: Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from thickness shown. Where thickness tolerance will not affect slope, drainage, or slab elevation, thickness tolerance may exceed 1/2 inch plus. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Provide adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test specimens onsite for first 24 hours, and for additional time as may be required before transporting to test lab. 2. Unless otherwise specified, sample concrete for testing for making test specimens, from point of delivery. 3. When concrete is pumped, sample and test air content at point of delivery and at point of placement. a. For Each Concrete Mixture: Provided results of air content tests for first load of the day are within specified limits, testing need only be performed at point of delivery for subsequent loads of that concrete mixture except that testing should be performed at point of placement every 4 hours. 4. Evaluation will be in accordance with ACI 301 and Specifications. 5. Test specimens shall be made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M and ASTM C39/C39M. 6. Frequency of testing may be changed at discretion of Owner`s Representative. 7. Pumped Concrete: Take concrete samples for slump, ASTM C143/C143M, and test specimens, ASTM C31/C31M and ASTM C39/C39M. 8. If measured air content at delivery is greater than specified limit, check test of air content will be performed immediately on a new sample from delivery unit. If check test fails, concrete has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents. If measured air content is less than lower specified limit, adjustments will be permitted in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, unless otherwise specified. If check test of adjusted mixture fails, concrete has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents. Concrete that has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents shall be rejected. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 17 OF 19 B. Concrete Strength Test: 1. Unless otherwise specified, one specimen at age of 7 days for information, and two 6-inch diameter or when permitted three 4-inch diameter test specimens at age of 28 days for acceptance. 2. If result of 7-day concrete strength test is less than 50 percent of specified 28-day strength, extend period of moist curing specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, by 7 additional days. 3. Provide a minimum of one spare test specimen per sample. Test spare cylinder as directed by Owner`s Representative. C. High-Range, Water-Reducer (Superplasticizer) Admixture Segregation Test: Test each truck prior to use on Project. 1. Segregation Test Objective: Concrete with 4-inch to 8-inch slump shall stay together when slumped. Segregation is assumed to cause mortar to flow out of mix even though aggregate may stay piled enough to meet slump test. 2. Test Procedure: Make slump test and check for excessive slump and observe to see if mortar or moisture flows from slumped concrete. 3. Reject concrete if mortar or moisture separates and flows out of mix. D. Tolerances: 1. Slab Finish Tolerances and Slope Tolerances: a. Slab Flatness and Levelness: Make measurements within 24 hours of concrete placement. 1) Flatness measurements are not applicable to unshored form surfaces or shored form surfaces after removal of shores. 2) Levelness measurements are not applicable to cambered or sloped surfaces. b. Slab flatness and levelness shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E1155. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 18 OF 19 3.08 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES A. Provide representative at Site for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of proper installation for concrete ingredients, mix design, mixing, and placement. 1. Concrete Producer Representative: a. Assist with concrete mix design, performance, placement, weather problems, and problems as may occur with concrete mix throughout Project, including instructions for redosing. b. Establish control limits on concrete mix designs. c. Provide equipment for control of concrete redosing for air entrainment or high-range, water-reducing admixture, superplasticizers, at Site to maintain proper slump and air content if needed. 2. Admixture Manufacturer’s Representative: Available for consultations as required to ensure proper installation and performance of specified products. 3. Bonding Agent Manufacturer’s Representative: Available for consultations as required to ensure proper installation and performance of specified products. 3.09 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. After curing as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, and after applying final floor finish, cover slabs with plywood or particle board or plastic sheeting or other material to keep floor clean and protect it from material and damage as a result of other construction work. B. Repair areas damaged by construction, using specified repair materials and approved repair methods. 3.10 SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE FINISHES A. Form Tolerances: As specified in Section 03 10 00, Concrete Forming and Accessories. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 - PAGE 19 OF 19 B. Provide concrete finishes as scheduled: Area Type of Finish Required Form Tolerances Exterior Slabs Top of footing S-2 S-A Interior Slabs Building S-1 S-A 3.11 SUPPLEMENTS A. Requirements of concrete mix designs following “End of Section,” are a part of this Specification and supplement requirements of Part 1 through Part 3 of this section: 1. Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F2S1P1C1. 2. Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F3S1P1C2. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 5 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, CLASS 4500F2S1P1C1 A. Mix Locations: Where specified in Contract Documents. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F2S1P1C1. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.45. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f’c) shall be 4,000 psi at 28 days and 4,500 psi at 56 days. a. Designed to conform to shrinkage limits. b. Air-entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content shall not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: 1) Slabs to receive a hard-troweled finish. 2) Slabs to receive a dry shake floor hardener. c. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 1-1/2 5.5 2§5.0 3§4.5 ‡See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. *Tolerance of air content is +1-1/2 percent. §Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1-1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 2 OF 5 Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on sieved fraction passing 1-1/2-inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231M. 3. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C150/C150M Type II; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C150/C150M types other than Type II, plus supplementary cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. 2) Provide documentation of test results in accordance with ASTM C1012/C1012M, for combinations of cementitious materials providing sulfate resistance with expansion less than 0.10 percent at 6 months. 3) ASTM C595/C595M Type IP or Type IS (less than 70), tested to comply with moderate sulfate resistance option (MS). 4. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.30 percent, unless otherwise specified. a. Limits are stated in terms of chloride ions in percent by weight of cement. b. Unless otherwise permitted, provide documentation from concrete tested in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 3 OF 5 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, CLASS 4500F3S1P1C2 A. Mix Locations: Concrete curbs. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F3S1P1C2. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.42. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f’c) shall be 3,500 psi at 28 days and 4,500 psi at 56 days. 3. Air-entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content shall not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive hard-troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive dry shake floor hardener. 4. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 1-1/2 5.5 2§5.0 3§4.5 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 4 OF 5 Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* ‡See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. *Tolerance of air content is +1-1/2 percent. §Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1-1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on the sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on the sieved fraction passing the 1-1/2-inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231M. 5. Limit supplementary cementitious materials measured as a percent of weight of total cementitious materials in a mix design, as follows: a. Fly Ash and other Pozzolans: 25 percent. b. Slag Cement: 50 percent. c. Combined Fly Ash and other Pozzolans and Slag Cement: 50 percent, with fly ash and other pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent. d. Total cementitious materials include ASTM C150/C150M and ASTM C595/C595M cement. 1) Fly ash and other pozzolans in Type IP, blended cement, ASTM C595/C595M. 2) Slag used in the manufacture of an IS blended cement, ASTM C595/C595M. 6. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C150/C150M Type II. b. ASTM C150/C150M types other than Type II, plus supplementary cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. 2) Provide documentation of test results in accordance with ASTM C1012/C1012M, for combinations of cementitious materials providing sulfate resistance with expansion less than 0.10 percent at 6 months. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 5 OF 5 c. ASTM C595/C595M Type IP or Type IS (less than 70), tested to comply with moderate sulfate resistance option (MS). 1) Provide documentation of test results in accordance with ASTM C1012/C1012M, for combinations of cementitious materials providing sulfate resistance with expansion less than 0.10 percent at 6 months. 7. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent, unless otherwise specified. a. Limits are stated in terms of chloride ions in percent by weight of cement. b. Unless otherwise permitted, provide documentation from concrete tested in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 39 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE CURING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 39 00 - PAGE 1 OF 2 SECTION 03 39 00 CONCRETE CURING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. b. C1315, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Manufacturers’ data indicating compliance with the requirements specified herein for the following products: Evaporation retardant. 2. Curing methods proposed for each type of element such as slab in each facility. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retardant: 1. Optional: Fluorescent fugitive dye color tint that disappears completely upon drying. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Master Builders Co., Cleveland, OH; Confilm. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucobar. B. Water: Clean and potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 39 00 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE CURING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 39 00 - PAGE 2 OF 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE CURING A. General: 1. Where surfaces are to receive coatings, painting, cementitious material, or other similar finishes, use only water curing procedures. Refer to Interior Finish Schedule for surfaces to receive coatings. 2. Water curing as described below or special methods using moisture shall be agreed upon by Owner`s Representative prior to placing concrete. 3. As required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete, if result of 7-day concrete strength test is less than 50 percent of specified 28-day strength, extend period of moist curing specified below, by 7 additional days. B. Use one of the following methods as approved by Owner`s Representative: 1. Slabs: a. Method 1: Protect surface by water ponding for 7 days. b. Method 2: Cover with burlap or cotton mats and keep continuously wet for 7 days. c. Method 3: Cover with 1-inch layer of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet for 7 days. d. Method 4: Continuously sprinkle exposed surface for 7 days. 3.02 EVAPORATION RETARDANT APPLICATION A. Use on flatwork when environmental conditions are anticipated to cause rapid drying of the concrete surface. B. Spray onto surface of fresh flatwork concrete immediately after screeding to react with surface moisture. C. Reapply as needed to ensure a continuous moist surface until final finishing is completed. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 - PAGE 1 OF 4 SECTION 03 62 00 GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C1107/C1107M, Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). b. D4263, Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product data of grouts. 2. Proposed method for keeping existing concrete surfaces wet prior to placing nonshrink grout. 3. Curing method for grout. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s Written Instructions: Mixing of grout. 2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for the following: a. Grout free from chlorides and other corrosion-causing chemicals. b. Nonshrink grout properties of Category II, verifying expansion at 3 days or 14 days will not exceed the 28-day expansion and nonshrink properties are not based on gas or gypsum expansion. 3. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation. 4. Test Reports: Test report for 24-hour evaluation of nonshrink grout. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. For grout suppliers not listed herein, provide completed 24-hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form, attached at the end of this section. Provide Independent testing laboratory test results for testing conducted within last 18 months. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 - PAGE 2 OF 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NONSHRINK GROUT SCHEDULE A. Furnish nonshrink grout (Category I and II) for applications as indicated in the following schedule: Temperature Range Max. Placing Time Application 40 deg F to 100 deg F 20 Min. Greater Than 20 Min. Column baseplates single-story I or II II 2.02 NONSHRINK GROUT A. Category I: 1. Nonmetallic and nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. 3. Test in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M: a. Grout shall have flowable consistency. b. Flowable for 15 minutes. 4. Grout shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 5. Minimum strength of flowable grout, 3,000 psi at 3 days, 5,000 psi at 7 days, and 7,000 psi at 28 days. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Building System, Inc., Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 100. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; NS Grout. c. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; 1107 Advantage Grout. d. US MIX Co., Denver, CO; US Spec MP Grout. e. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; Five Star Grout. B. Category II: 1. Nonmetallic, nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 - PAGE 3 OF 4 3. Aggregate shall show no segregation or settlement at fluid consistency at specified times or temperatures. 4. Test in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M: a. Fluid consistency 20 seconds to 30 seconds in accordance with ASTM C939. b. Temperatures of 40 degrees F, 80 degrees F, and 100 degrees F. 5. 1 hour after mixing, pass fluid grout through flow cone with continuous flow. 6. Minimum strength of fluid grout, 3,500 psi at 1 day, 4,500 psi at 3 days, and 7,500 psi at 28 days. 7. Maintain fluid consistency when mixed in 1-yard to 9-yard loads in ready-mix truck. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Building Systems, Inc., Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 928. b. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; Five Star Fluid Grout 100. c. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Hi Flow Grout. d. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; Sure Grip High Performance Grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUT A. General: Mix, place, and cure grout in accordance with grout manufacturer’s representative’s training instructions. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Evaluation and Acceptance of Nonshrink Grout: 1. Consistency: As specified in Article Nonshrink Grout. Grout with consistencies outside range requirements shall be rejected. 2. Segregation: As specified in Article Nonshrink Grout. Grout when aggregate separates shall be rejected. 3. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 - PAGE 4 OF 4 3.03 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplement listed below, following “End of Section,” is part of this Specification. 1. 24-hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form and Grout Testing Procedures. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 4 SUPPLEMENT 1 (Test Lab Name) (Address) (Phone No.) 24-HOUR EVALUATION OF NONSHRINK GROUT TEST FORM OBJECTIVE: Define standard set of test procedures for an independent testing laboratory to perform and complete within a 24-hour period. SCOPE: Utilize test procedures providing 24-hour results to duplicate field grouting demands. Intent of evaluation is to establish grout manufacturer’s qualifications. PRIOR TO TEST: Obtain three bags of each type of grout. 1. From intended grout supplier for Project. 2. Three bags of grout shall be of same lot number. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS FOR GROUT BEING TESTED FROM LITERATURE, DATA, AND PRINTING ON BAG: A. Product data and warranty information contained in company literature and data?Yes_____ No_____ B. Literature and bag information meet specified requirements? Yes_____ No_____ C. Manufacturer guarantees grout as specified in Article Guarantee?Yes_____ No_____ D. Guarantee extends beyond grout replacement value and allows participation with Contractor in replacing and repairing defective areas? Yes_____ No_____ E. Water demands and limits printed on bag? Yes_____ No_____ F. Mixing information printed on the bag? Yes_____ No_____ G. Temperature restrictions printed on bag? Yes_____ No_____ *Rejection of a grout will occur if one or more answers are noted NO. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 2 OF 4 GROUT TESTING PROCEDURES A. Bagged Material: 1. List lot numbers. 2. List expiration date. 3. Weigh bags and record weight. Owner’s Representative will disqualify grout if bag weights have misstated measure plus or minus 2 pounds by more than one out of three bags. (Accuracy of weights is required to regulate amount of water used in mixing since this will affect properties.) B. Mixing and Consistency Determination: 1. Mix full bag of grout in 10 gallon pail. 2. Use electric drill with a paddle device to mix grout (jiffy or jiffler type paddle). 3. Use maximum water allowed per water requirements listed in bag instructions. 4. Mix grout to maximum time listed on bag instructions. 5. In accordance with ASTM C939 (flow cone) determine time of mixed grout through the flow cone. ________ seconds. 6. Add water to attain 20 to 30 second flow in accordance with ASTM C939. 7. Record time of grout through cone at new water demand. ________ seconds 8. Record total water needed to attain 20 to 30 second flow. ________ pounds 9. Record percent of water. ________ percent C. When fluid grout is specified and additional water is required beyond grout manufacturer’s listed maximum water, ASTM C1107/C1107M will be run at new water per grout ratio to determine whether grout passes using actual water requirements to be fluid. Use new water per grout ratio on remaining tests. D. Bleed Test: 1. Fill two gallon cans half full of freshly mixed grout at ambient temperatures for each category and at required consistency for each. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 3 OF 4 2. Place one can of grout in tub of ice water and leave one can at ambient temperature. 3. Cover top of both cans with glass or plastic plate preventing evaporation. 4. Maintain 38 degrees F to 42 degrees F temperature with grout placed in ice and maintain ambient temperature for second container for 1 hour. 5. Visually check for bleeding of water at 15-minute intervals for 2 hours. 6. Perform final observation at 24 hours. If grout bleeds a small amount at temperatures specified, grout will be rejected. E. Extended Flow Time and Segregation Test (for Category II and Category III): 1. Divide the remaining grout into two 3 gallon cans. Place the cans into the 40-degree F and 100-degree F containers and leave for 20, 40, and 60 minutes. Every 20 minutes remove and check for segregation or settlement of aggregate. Use a gloved hand to reach to the bottom of the can, if more than 1/4-inch of aggregate has settled to the bottom or aggregate has segregated into clumps reject the grout. 2. Right after the settlement test mix the grout with the drill mixer for 10 seconds. Take ASTM C939 flow cone test of grout and record flow time. Maintain this process for 1 hour at ambient temperatures of 40 degrees F and 100 degrees F. a. 20 min ________, sec. @ 40 degrees F. b. 40 min ________, sec. @ 40 degrees F. c. 60 min ________, sec. @ 40 degrees F. d. 20 min ________, sec. @ 100 degrees F. e. 40 min ________, sec. @ 100 degrees F. f. 60 min ________, sec. @ 100 degrees F. All Category II and Category III grout that will not go through the flow cone with continuous flow after 60 minutes will be disqualified. ____________ ____________ Qualified Disqualified SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 03 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 GROUT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 4 OF 4 F. 24-hour Strength Test: 1. Using grout left in mixing cans in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M for mixing and consistency determination test and for extended time flow test, make minimum of nine cube samples. 2. Store cubes at 70 degrees F for 24 hours. 3. Record average compressive strength of nine cubes at 24 hours. Grout will be disqualified if 24-hour compressive strengths are less than 2,500 psi for grouts claiming fluid placement capabilities. Grouts that have not been disqualified after these tests are qualified for use on the Project for the application indicated in Nonshrink Grout Schedule. Signature of Independent Testing Laboratory Date Test Conducted SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 05 23 19 APRIL 2017 WELDING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 05 23 - PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 05 05 23 WELDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. BPVC SEC IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 2. American Society of Nondestructive Testing (ASNT): SNT-TC-1A, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products. 4. American Welding Society (AWS): a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination. b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. c. D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code - Steel. d. D1.8/D1.8M, Structural Welding Code - Seismic Supplement. e. QC1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. CJP: Complete Joint Penetration. B. CWI: Certified Welding Inspector. 1. Contractor’s Welding Inspection: Contractor’s CWI acts for, and on behalf of, the Contractor on all inspection and quality matters within the scope of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to provide a welding inspector to oversee welding operations and be responsible for visual inspection and necessary correction of all deficiencies in materials and workmanship required to meet referenced welding codes. This type of Quality Control Inspection is not classified as Special Inspection. 2. Verification Inspector: CWI who acts on behalf of the Owner. This type of independent inspection and testing is the prerogative of the Owner, who may perform this function, or waive independent verification inspection if it is not required by the building official and building code. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 05 23 19 APRIL 2017 WELDING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 05 23 - PAGE 2 OF 5 C. MT: Magnetic Particle Testing. D. NDE: Nondestructive Examination. E. NDT: Nondestructive Testing. F. PJP: Partial Joint Penetration. G. PQR: Procedure Qualification Record. H. PT: Liquid Penetrant Testing. I. Special Inspection: Non-destructive examination, other than Contractor’s CWI Visual Inspection. Special inspection includes MT, PT, UT, RT, and Verification Inspection. Special Inspection personnel report to, and are retained by Owner. See additional requirements in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. J. RT: Radiographic Testing. K. UT: Ultrasonic Testing. L. VT: Visual Testing. M. WPQ: Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification. N. WPS: Welding Procedure Specification. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop and field WPSs and PQRs. 2. Welding Data (Shop and Field): Submit welding data together with Shop Drawings as a complete package. a. Show on Shop Drawings, or on a weld map, complete information regarding base metal specification designation, location, type, size, and extent of welds with reference called out for WPS and NDE numbers in tails of combined welding and NDE symbols as indicated in AWS A2.4. b. Clearly distinguish between shop and field welds. c. Indicate, by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints and preparation of base metal. Provide complete joint welding details showing bevels, groove angles, and root openings for welds. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 05 23 19 APRIL 2017 WELDING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 05 23 - PAGE 3 OF 5 d. Welding and NDE Symbols: In accordance with AWS A2.4. e. Welding Terms and Definitions: In accordance with AWS A3.0. B. Informational Submittals: 1. WPQs. 2. CWI credentials. 3. Testing agency personnel credentials. 4. CWI visual inspection (VT) reports. 5. Welding Documentation: Submit on forms in referenced welding codes. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. WPSs: In accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M (Annex N Forms) for shop or field welding; or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Forms QW-482 and QW-483) for shop welding only. B. WPQs: In accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M (Annex N Forms); or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Form QW-484). C. CWI: Certified in accordance with AWS QC1, and having prior experience with specified welding codes. Alternate welding inspector qualifications require approval by Owner`s Representative. D. Testing Agency: Personnel performing tests shall be NDT Level II certified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Unless otherwise specified, Submittals required in this section shall be submitted and approved prior to commencement of welding operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Fabricator’s CWI shall be present whenever shop welding is performed. CWI shall perform inspection, at suitable intervals, prior to assembly, during assembly, during welding, and after welding. CWI shall perform inspections as required in AWS D1.1/D1.1M or referenced welding code and as follows: 1. Verifying conformance of specified job material and proper storage. 2. Monitoring conformance with approved WPS. 3. Monitoring conformance of WPQ. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 05 23 19 APRIL 2017 WELDING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 05 23 - PAGE 4 OF 5 4. Inspecting weld joint fit-up and performing in-process inspection. 5. Providing 100 percent visual inspection of welds. 6. Supervising nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results. 7. Maintaining records and preparing report confirming that the results of inspection and testing comply with the Work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Welding and Fabrication by Welding: Conform to governing welding codes referenced in attached Welding and Nondestructive Testing Table. 3.02 NONDESTRUCTIVE WELD TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Weld Inspection Criteria: 1. Selection of welds to be tested, unless 100 percent NDT is specified herein, shall be as agreed upon between Owner`s Representative and Contractor. 2. Unless otherwise specified, perform NDT of welds at a frequency as shown below and in the attached Table in accordance with referenced welding codes as follows. Perform UT on CJP groove welds that cannot be readily radiographed. In case there is a conflict, higher frequency level of NDT shall apply. a. CJP Groove, Butt Welds: 10 percent random RT. b. All Other CJP Groove Welds: 10 percent random UT. c. Fillet Welds and PJP Groove Welds: 10 percent random PT or MT. d. All Welds: 100 percent VT. 3. Weld Acceptance: a. VT: 1) All Other Structural Steel: AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Paragraph 6.9, Visual Inspection, Statically Loaded Nontubular Connections. b. UT: Perform on CJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Paragraph 6.13.3, Class R Indications. c. RT: Perform on CJP butt joint welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Paragraph 6.12.1. d. PT or MT: 1) Perform on fillet and PJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Paragraph 6.10. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 05 23 19 APRIL 2017 WELDING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 05 23 - PAGE 5 OF 5 2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified above. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor’s CWI shall be present whenever field welding is performed. CWI shall perform inspection, at suitable intervals, prior to assembly, during assembly, during welding, and after welding. CWI shall perform inspections as required in AWS D1.1/D1.1M or referenced welding code and as follows: 1. Verify conformance of specified job material and proper storage. 2. Monitor conformance with approved WPS. 3. Monitor conformance of WPQ. 4. Inspect weld joint fit-up and perform in-process inspection. 5. Provide 100 percent visual inspection of all welds. 6. Supervise nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results. 7. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of inspection and testing comply with the Work. 3.04 WELD DEFECT REPAIR A. Repair and retest rejectable weld defects until sound weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes. 3.05 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplement listed below, following “End of Section,” is a part of this specification. 1. Welding and Nondestructive Testing Table. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 05 23 19 APRIL 2017 WELDING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 05 23 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 1 Welding and Nondestructive Testing Specification Section Governing Welding Codes or Standards Submit WPS Submit WPQ Onsite CWI Req’d Submit Written NDT Procedure Specifications NDT Requirements 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing AWS D1.1/D1. 1M, Structural Welding Code - Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 10% UT or RT of all groove-and-butt joint welds; 10% MT of all fillet welds; also see Section 05 12 00 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing AWS D1.1/D1. 1M, Structural Welding Code - Steel or AWS D1.3/1.3 M, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% VT; also see Section 05 41 00 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications AWS D1.1/D1. 1M, Structural Welding Code–Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% VT; also see Section 05 50 00 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 1 OF 11 SECTION 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Galvanizers Association (AGA): Quality Assurance Manual. 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): a. 201, Certification Program for Structural Steel Fabricators. b. 206, Certification Program for Structural Steel Erectors— Standard for Structural Steel Erectors. c. 303, Code of Standard Practices for Steel Buildings and Bridges. d. 325, Steel Construction Manual. e. 326, Detailing for Steel Construction. f. 341, Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings. g. 360, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. h. 420, Certification Standard for Shop Application of Complex Protective Coating Systems. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code—Steel. b. D1.8/D1.8M, Structural Welding Code—Seismic Supplement. 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A6/A6M, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling. b. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. c. A325, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. d. A490, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. e. A563, Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts. f. A992/A992M, Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. g. A1085/A1085M, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded Carbon Steel Hollow Structural Sections (HSS). h. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 6. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC): Specification for Structural Joints using High-Strength Bolts. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 2 OF 11 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Provide Shop Drawing details showing: a. Members, including piece numbers, sizes, grades, dimensions, cambers, and connection details. b. Anchor bolt layouts. c. Hardened washer details. d.Connection material specifications. e. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts. f. Joint details for complete penetration welds. g. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 2. Product specifications, including primer and other coatings. 3. Designation of the members and connections that are part of the seismic force resisting system (SFRS). 4. Locations of Class A, or higher, faying surfaces. 5. Weld access hole dimensions, surface profile, and finish requirements. 6. Location of demand critical shop welds. 7. Locations and dimensions of protected zones. 8. Welding requirements as specified in AISC 341 Appendix W, Section W2.2. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Name and address of manufacturer(s). 2. Mill Certificates of tests made in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M. 3. Manufacturers’ testing procedures and standards. 4. Preparation and installation or application instructions, as appropriate. 5. Proposed method to resolve misalignment between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members. 6. High-Strength Bolts: a. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance that products meet specified chemical and mechanical requirements. b. Manufacturer’s inspection test report results for production lot(s) furnished to include: 1) Tensile strength. 2) Yield strength. 3) Reduction of area. 4) Elongation and hardness. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 3 OF 11 c. Certified Mill Test Reports for Bolts and Nuts: 1) Name and address of manufacturer. 2) Bolts correctly marked. 3) Marked bolts and nuts used in required mill tests and manufacturer’s inspection tests. 7. Welding Procedures, Qualifications, and Inspection Reports: As specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 8. Nondestructive Testing (NDT) report. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Welding qualifications as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. B. Certifications: Mill identification marks, heat number, size of section, and length in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Load structural members in such a manner that they will be transported and unloaded without damage to coatings and without being excessively stressed, deformed, or otherwise damaged. B. Storage: 1. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Store in a dry area and keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. a. Do not store materials in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials as directed. 2. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer’s labels intact. a. Fasteners may be repackaged provided testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and sealing of containers. b. Clean and lubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 4 OF 11 c. Comply with manufacturer’s written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. C. Handle materials to avoid distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than the following: 1. W-Shapes: 60 percent. 2. Channels, Angles, S-Shapes: 60 percent. 3. Plate and Bar: 25 percent. 4. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: 25 percent. 5. All Other Steel Materials: 25 percent. B. Rolled Plates, Shapes except W-Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M, unless indicated otherwise. C. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. D. Square and Rectangular Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B (Fy equals 46 ksi). 2.02 FASTENERS A. Anchor Bolts: As specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. B. Post-Installed Anchors: As specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. C. High-Strength Bolts: 1. ASTM A325, Type 1, plain uncoated. 2. Bolt Length and Thread Length: As required for connection type shown, with hardened washers as required. D. Nuts: ASTM A563, type to match bolt type and finish. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 5 OF 11 E. Hardened Steel Flat and Beveled Washers: ASTM F436, type to match bolt finish. F. Stud Shear Connectors: As specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 2.03 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Surface Preparation and Primer: As specified in Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating. B. Grout: As specified in Section 03 62 00, Grout. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate as shown and in accordance with AISC 360 and AISC 303. 2. Columns: Full-length members without splices, unless shown otherwise or approved by Owner`s Representative. 3. Mark and match mark materials for field assembly. 4. Complete assembly, including bolting and welding of units, before start of finishing operations. 5. Fabricate to agree with field measurements. 6. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 7. Fillet re-entrant cuts and corners to radius of not less than 1/2 inch. 8. Sheared and flame-cut edges shall be free from rough corners and projections. B. Connections: 1. Shop Connections: Weld or bolt as shown on Drawings. 2. Meet requirements of AISC 325 for bolted double-angle shear connections, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Meet OSHA requirements for one independent bolt at beams framing in to column web connections. 4. Provide oversized holes for anchor bolts in column baseplate in accordance with AISC 325, unless indicated otherwise. C. Welded Construction: 1. As specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 2. Groove and Butt Joint Welds: Complete penetration, unless otherwise indicated. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 6 OF 11 D. Interface with Other Work: 1. Holes: a. As necessary or as indicated for securing other Work to structural steel framing, and for passage of other Work through steel framing members shall be approved by Owner`s Representative. b. No flame-cut holes are permitted without prior approval of Owner`s Representative. 2. Weld threaded nuts to framing members, and other specialty items to receive other Work. E. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS): Fabricate in accordance with AISC 303, Section 10. 2.05 FINISHES A. Shop Paint Primer: 1. Surface Preparation and painting as specified in Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 2. Do not shop prime the following surfaces, unless indicated otherwise: a. Within 2 inches of field-welded connections. b. Steel members to be completely encased in reinforced concrete or coated with cementitious fireproofing. c. Faying surfaces of slip critical bolted connections and bolted connections in Seismic Force Resisting Systems. B. Bolted Joints as Part of Seismic Force Resisting System (SFRS): 1. Coated Faying Surfaces: Faying surfaces of bolted connections that are part of Seismic Force Resisting System specified or shown with a paint primer shall be coated with a coating that is qualified as a Class A or Class B coating in accordance with the RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts. Protect against overspray by use of masking. Remove inadvertent overspray from the faying surfaces. 2. Exclude threads from shear plane, unless approved by Owner`s Representative. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Welding: 1. Contractor’s Certified Welding Inspector (CWI): Inspect and test fabrication welds as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 7 OF 11 2. Visually inspect fabrication welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 6 and Table 6.1, Visual Inspection Acceptance Criteria. 3. An independent testing agency will be retained by Owner to perform the inspection and testing of fabrication welds as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 4. Repair and retest defective welds as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. General: 1. Meet requirements of AISC 360 and AISC 303, with exceptions as specified. 2. Install Contractor-designed temporary construction bracing to provide necessary support until components are in place and construction is complete. 3. Provide additional field connection material as required by AISC 303. 4. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on Shop Drawings. 5. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS): Erect in accordance with AISC 303, Section 10. B. Field Assembly: 1. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact before assembly. 2. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations shown. 3. Align and adjust various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. 4. Level and plumb individual members of structure within tolerances shown in AISC 303. 5. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be completed and in service. 6. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for minor discrepancies in elevations and alignment. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 8 OF 11 C. Setting Baseplates: 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. 2. Clean bottom surface of baseplates. 3. Set loose and attached baseplates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, leveling nuts, or other adjustable devices. Use leveling plates where indicated. 4. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to placing grout. Weld plate washer to baseplate where indicated. 5. Grout Under Baseplate: As specified in Section 03 62 00, Grout, prior to placing loads on structure. D. Anchor Bolts: 1. Coordinate installation of anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to in-place work. 2. Provide templates and other devices for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. 3. Projection of anchor bolts beyond face of concrete and threaded length shall be adequate to allow for full engagement of threads of hold-down nuts, adjustment of leveling nuts, washer thicknesses, and construction tolerances, unless indicated otherwise. 4. Placement Tolerances: a. As required by AISC 303, unless indicated otherwise. b. Embedded anchor bolts shall not vary from dimensions shown on Drawings by more than the following: 1) Center-to-Center of Any Two Bolts Within an Anchor Group: 1/8 inch. 2) Center-to-Center of Adjacent Anchor Bolt Groups: 1/4 inch. 3) Variation from Perpendicular to Theoretical Bearing Surface: 1:50. E. Connections: 1. High-Strength Bolted: a. Tighten in accordance with RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts. b. Pretension all bolts unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 9 OF 11 c. Hardened Washers: 1) Provide at locations required by Washer Requirements section of RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High Strength Bolts, to include pretensioned and slip critical connections using slotted or oversized holes or ASTM A490 bolts. 2) Use beveled style and extra thickness where required by RCSC Specification. 3) Use square or rectangular beveled washers at inner flange surfaces of American Standard beams and channels. 4) Do not substitute DTIs for hardened flat washers required at slotted and oversize holes. d. For snug-tightened connections (N, X), tighten to snug tight condition. Use hardened washer over slotted or oversize holes in outer plies. 2. Welded: a. As specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. b. Groove and Butt Joint Welds: Complete penetration, unless otherwise indicated. 3.02 MISFITS A. At Bolted Connections: 1. Immediately notify Owner`s Representative for approval of one of the following methods of correction: a. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts and use oversized bolts. b. Plug weld misaligned holes and redrill holes to admit standard size bolts. c. Drill additional holes in connection, conforming to AISC for bolt spacing and end and edge distances, and add additional bolts. d. Reject member containing misfit, incorrect sized, or misaligned holes and fabricate new member to ensure proper fit. 2. Do not enlarge incorrectly sized or misaligned holes in members by burning or by use of drift pins. B. At Anchor Bolts: 1. Resolve misalignments between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members in accordance with approved Shop Drawing. 2. Do not flame cut to enlarge holes without prior approval of Owner`s Representative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 10 OF 11 C. Gas Cutting: 1. Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in structural framing. 2. Secondary members not under stress and concealed in finished structure may be corrected by gas cutting torches, if approved by Owner`s Representative. 3. Finish flame-cut sections equivalent to sheared and punched appearance. 3.03 REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Clean shop primer from field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas immediately after erection. B. Remove and grind smooth tack welds, fit-up-lugs, and weld runoff tabs. C. Remove weld back-up bars and grind smooth where indicated on Drawings. D. Apply touchup paint primer by brush or spray of same thickness and material as that used in shop application and as specified in Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating. 3.04 FIELD FINISH A. Field finish in accordance with Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner-Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in Statement of Special Inspections Plan on Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. B. Contractor-Furnished Quality Control: Inspect and test as required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. C. High-Strength Bolted Connections: 1. An independent testing agency will be retained by Owner to perform the following inspection and testing in accordance with the RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts: a. Marking identification and conformance to ASTM standards. b. Alignment of bolt holes. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 12 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 12 00 - PAGE 11 OF 11 c. Placement, type, and thickness of hardened washers. d. Tightening of bolts. 2. Preinstallation Test: a. Conduct test in accordance with Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 bolts prior to using bolt tension measuring device. b. Select representative sample of not less than three bolts of each diameter, length, and grade. c. Include DTIs and flat hardened washers as required to match actual connection assembly. 3. Nondestructive Testing (NDT): Inspect bolted connections and perform corrections as required to meet code acceptance criteria per RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts. 4. Defective Connections: Correct and reinspect defective and improperly tightened high-strength bolted connections. Retest pretensioned bolts as necessary to demonstrate compliance of completed work. D. Welding: 1. Contractor’s Certified Welding Inspector (CWI): Inspect and test field welds as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 2. Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 6 and Table 6.1, Visual Inspection Acceptance Criteria. 3. An independent testing agency will be retained by Owner to perform inspection and testing of field welds as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 4. Repair and retest defective welds as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. E. Special inspection will be provided by Owner as indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 05 41 00 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): a. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. b. Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual. c. Design Guide for Cold-Formed Steel Trusses. d. Fasteners for Residential Steel Framing. 2. American Welding Society, Inc. (AWS): a. C1.1, Recommended Practices for Resistance Welding. b. C1.3, Recommended Practices for Resistance Welding Coated Low Carbon Steels. c. D1.3, Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products. b. A500, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. c. A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. d. A780, Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. e. C954, Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness. f. C955, Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases. 4. Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures (CCFSS): Technical Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 1, February 1993, Screw Connections. 5. International Code Council (ICC): Evaluation Reports for Cold-Formed Steel Framing and Fasteners. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 2 OF 7 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Plan and elevation views of all metal framing systems, including location and framing of all openings. 2. Material specifications, member sizes, and properties. 3. Details of track, web stiffeners, stud bracing, blocking, bridging, and other members as required to provide a complete installation. 4. Details of connections including welding, mechanical fasteners, and accessory items. 5. Installation and erection instructions, including sequence of operations and requirements for temporary bracing and bridging. 6. Complete design calculations for structural metal stud framing systems, including, but not limited to, member stresses, and connections. Design must be stamped by a registered professional engineer, valid in the State of Washington. Include calculations for anchorage connections to resist wind lateral loads. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s installation requirements. 2. Welding Procedures, Qualifications, and Inspection Report: As specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 3. Operation manuals for mechanical fastener installation tools. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: For member section properties, meet requirements of AISI, Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. B. Qualifications for Welding: As specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver to Site in bundles marked with name of manufacturer, section type, thickness, grade of material, and length. B. Store bundles on wood blocking, flat and off ground, to keep clean and to prevent any damage or permanent distortion. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 3 OF 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide size and type of members as indicated on Drawings. B. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G-60 galvanized coating. C. Cold-Formed Members and Accessories: ASTM C955. D. Dimensions and Properties: Calculate section properties in accordance with AISI Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual. 2.02 STUDS AND JOISTS A. Material: 1. ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS) Grade 33, or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel (HSLAS), Type A or B, Grade 50. 2. Section: Type, size, and thickness as indicated on Drawings. 3. Flanges: Stiffened with return lip. 4. Webs: a. Studs: Punched. b. Joists: Unpunched, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. B. Accessories: 1. Track: Size as required to fit over studs, same thickness as stud material, unpunched. 2. Blocking, Bridging, and Fire Stops: Same depth as studs or joists, 0.0566-inch minimum design thickness, unpunched. 3. Bracing Straps, Angle Bracing, Clip Angles: Size and thickness as indicated on Drawings. 4. Mounting Plates: 0.0566-inch minimum design thickness by 8 inches by 18 inches. 5. Accessories shall be from same manufacturer as studs and joists. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. AMS, Los Angeles, CA; Angeles Metal Systems. 2. Clark Steel, Middleton, OH; Steel Framing Systems. 3. Dale Industries; Dearborn, MI; Dale/Incor Steel Framing. 4. Dietrich Industries, Pittsburgh, PA; Lightgauge Metal Framing Products. 5. Knorr Steel Framing Systems, Salem, OR; Light Gauge Steel Framing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 4 OF 7 6. Marino/Ware, South Plainfield, NJ; Stud-Rite Lightweight Steel Framing Systems. 7. Unimast Incorporated, Schiller Park, IL; Steel Framing Systems. 2.03 MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. Self-Drilling Screws: 1. Self-drilling, self-tapping screws with hexagonal washer head and corrosion-resistant finish. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. ITW Buildex, Itasca, IL; ICH Traxx Self-Drilling Fasteners with Climaseal Coating and Autotraxx Standup Installation Tool. b. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; Kwik-Pro HWH Self-Drilling Screws with Kwik-Cote Treatment and Kwik-Tapper Screwdriver. B. Powder-Driven Fasteners: 1. Knurled shank, minimum 1/2-inch diameter steel washer, corrosion- resistant coating. 2. Pin diameter and length to suit deck type and flange thickness of steel support member. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. ITW Buildex, Itasca, IL; Buildex BX14 pins with yellow dichromate galvanizing and BX900 Installation Tool. b. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; ENP-series fasteners with electroplated zinc coating and DX-750 Installation Tool. 2.04 CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Drilled anchors, size and type as shown on Drawings and as specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 2.05 PREFABRICATION A. Structural wall framing panels may be prefabricated prior to erection. B. Prefabricated assemblies shall be not more than 1/8 inch out of square within length of assembly and shall be braced against racking. Use jig templates for layout and fabrication. C. Protect prefabricated panels from damage during handling. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 5 OF 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all prefabricated assemblies and repair any damage. B. Examine bearing support surfaces for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of metal framing systems. C. Provide smooth level bearing surfaces for bottom track of load-bearing walls. D. Clean all member and bearing surfaces that will be in contact after assembly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install framing systems as indicated on Drawings, complete and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Provide temporary bracing for support of all construction loads until framing system is installed complete with sheathing or decking. 3. Install framing in true line, plumb, level, and in proper alignment. 4. Cut ends of framing members with saw or shear to bear uniformly against abutting members. Flame cutting is not permitted. 5. All structural framing members shall be full-length without splices, unless indicated otherwise. 6. Fasten members together in accordance with AISI, Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual, Part IV, Connections. Wire tying is not permitted. B. Stud Bearing Walls: 1. Secure bottom track to floor slab with concrete anchors as indicated on Drawings. 2. Seat studs squarely and firmly within track before securing with fasteners. Gap between end of stud and track shall be less than 1/16 inch. 3. Install studs with spacing as shown and not more than 2 inches from abutting walls. 4. Provide double studs at jambs of openings wider than stud spacing. 5. Provide triple studs at corners and at jambs of openings wider than 48 inches, unless indicated otherwise. 6. Track shall be continuous. Center splices between studs and splice with stud section full length between studs. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 6 OF 7 7. Frame wall penetrations for pipes and ducts larger than stud spacing to avoid cutting structural members. 8. Fire stop stud walls and partitions with unpunched blocking full width of stud at midpoint or where required for nailers, in conformance with applicable building code. 9. Provide blocking for support of mechanical items. 10. Do not remove the web knockouts within 10 inches of either end of load-bearing studs. 11. Provide bracing straps with gusset plates and anchor holddown assemblies where indicated on Drawings. 12. Tolerances: a. Stud Plumbness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. b. Stud Spacing: Plus or minus 1/8 inch. 3.03 FASTENERS A. Self-Drilling Screws: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and with special installation tool. 2. Screw type, diameter, and length shall be in accordance with AISI, Fasteners for Residential Steel Framing, minimum two screws per connection unless indicated otherwise. 3. Use clamp to hold members together. Drive screw from lighter to heavier gauge, to allow plies to be pulled together without stripping metal. Do not over torque. A minimum of three exposed threads shall extend through steel. 4. Minimum screw spacing, end distance, and edge distance shall be 3 diameters. B. Powder-Driven Fasteners: 1. Use only for connecting cold-formed steel to structural steel members, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and with special installation tool. C. Welded Connections: 1. Welding shall not be used for material thinner than 0.0451 inch. 2. Weld framing members and accessories in accordance with AWS D1.3. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 41 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 41 00 - PAGE 7 OF 7 3. Resistance welding for prefabricated framing shall be in accordance with AWS C1.1 and AWS C1.3. 4. Repair galvanized surfaces damaged by welding with zinc-rich spray paint in accordance with ASTM A780. D. Concrete Anchors: Install in accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will be retained by Owner to perform following inspections. 1. Welded Connections: Visually inspect in accordance with AWS D1.3, Section 7, and as specified in Section 05 05 23, Welding. 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Visually inspect, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, for each type of fastener. B. Repair or replace defective welds and fasteners. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 1 OF 11 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Welding Society (AWS): a. D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code - Steel. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A108, Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished. c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. d. A325, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. e. A500/A500M, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. f. A501, Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. g. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. h. A992/A992M, Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. i. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. j. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. k. F468, Standard Specification for Nonferrous Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for General Use. l. F844, Standard Specification for Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use. m. F1554, Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 4. International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES): a. AC70, Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power-driven into Concrete, Steel and Masonry Elements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 2 OF 11 b. AC193, Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements. c. AC308, Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Anchor Bolt: Cast-in-place anchor; concrete or masonry. B. Concrete Anchor: Post-installed concrete anchors listed in this specification. C. Exterior Area: Location not protected from weather by building or other enclosed structure. D. Interior Dry Area: Location inside building or structure where floor is not subject to liquid spills or washdown, nor where wall or roof slab is common to a water-holding or earth-retaining structure. E. Interior Wet Area: Location inside building or structure where floor is sloped to floor drains or gutters and is subject to liquid spills or washdown, or where wall, floor, or roof slab is common to a water-holding or earth-retaining structure. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Metal fabrications, including welding and fastener information. b. Specific instructions for concrete anchor installation, including drilled hole size, preparation, placement, procedures, and instructions for safe handling of anchoring systems. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Concrete and Masonry Post-Installed Anchors: a. Manufacturer’s product description and printed installation instructions. b. Current ICC-ES Report for each type of post-installed anchor to be used. c. Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 3 OF 11 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Adhesive Anchor Installer: Trained to install adhesive anchors in accordance with manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Insofar as practical, factory assemble specified items. Assemblies, because of necessity, have to be shipped unassembled shall be packaged and tagged in manner that will protect materials from damage and will facilitate identification and field assembly. B. Protect painted coatings from damage as a result of metal banding and rough handling. Use padded slings and straps. C. Store fabricated items in dry area, not in direct contact with ground. D. Store adhesives anchors at service temperature ranges recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise indicated, meet the following requirements: Item ASTM Reference Steel Wide Flange Shapes A992/992M Other Steel Shapes and Plates A36/A36M Hollow Structural Sections (HSS)A500/A500M, Grade B Steel Bolts and Nuts: Carbon Steel A307 bolts, with A563 nuts High-Strength A325, Type 1 bolts, with A563 nuts Anchor Bolts and Rods F1554, Grade 36, with weldability supplement S1. Threaded Rods A36/A36M Flat Washers (Unhardened)F844 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 4 OF 11 Item ASTM Reference Flat and Beveled Washers (Hardened) F436 Welded Anchor Studs A108, Grades C 1010 through C 1020 B. Bolts, Washers, and Nuts: Use stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized steel, zinc- plated steel, and aluminum material types as indicated in Fastener Schedule at end of this section. 2.02 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Cast-In-Place Anchor Bolts: 1. Headed type, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Material type and protective coating as shown in Fastener Schedule at end of this section. 2.03 POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS A. General: 1. AISI Type 316 stainless, hot-dip galvanized, or zinc-plated steel, as shown in Fastener Schedule at end of this section. 2. Current ICC-ES Report indicating acceptance per IBC 2006 and IBC 2009 for anchors at structural applications in cracked concrete. 3. Anchors shall be suitable for long-term loads, as well as for wind and seismic loads. B. Adhesive Anchors (Epoxy Anchors): 1. Threaded Rod: a. ASTM F593 stainless steel threaded rod, diameter as shown on Drawings. b. Length as required, to provide minimum depth of embedment. c. Clean and free of grease, oil, or other deleterious material. d. For hollow-unit masonry, provide galvanized or stainless steel wire cloth screen tube to fit threaded rod. 2. Adhesive: a. Two-component, insensitive to moisture, designed to be used in adverse freeze/thaw environments. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 5 OF 11 b. Cure Temperature, Pot Life, and Workability: Compatible for intended use and anticipated environmental conditions. c. Mixed Adhesive: Nonsag light paste consistency with ability to remain in 1-inch diameter overhead drilled hole without runout. d. Meet requirements of ASTM C881/C881M. 3. Packaging and Storage: a. Disposable, self-contained cartridge system capable of dispensing both components in proper mixing ratio and fitting into manually or pneumatically operated caulking gun. b. Store adhesive cartridges on pallets or shelving in covered storage area. c. Container Markings: Include manufacturer’s name, product name, batch number, product expiration date, ANSI hazard classification, and appropriate ANSI handling precautions. d. Dispose of when: 1) Shelf life has expired. 2) Stored other than in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; HIT Doweling Anchor System, HIT RE 500 SD (ESR-2322). b. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA; SET-XP Epoxy Adhesive Anchors(ESR-2508). c. Powers Fasteners, Brewster NY, PE1000+ Adhesive anchoring system (ESR-2583). C. Adhesive Threaded Inserts: 1. Stainless steel, internally threaded inserts. 2. Manufacturer and Product: Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; HIS-RN Insert with HIT-HY 150 adhesive. 2.04 STUD SHEAR CONNECTORS A. Headed anchor studs (HAS), or threaded anchor studs (TAS), or stud shear connectors, as indicated on Drawings. 1. Carbon Steel: ASTM A108, Standard Quality Grades 1010 through 1020, inclusive either semikilled or killed aluminum or silicon dioxidation, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM F593, AISI Type 316, Condition CW, where indicated. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 6 OF 11 B. Manufacturers: 1. Nelson Stud Welding, FabriSteel Co., Elyria, OH. 2. Stud Welding Associates, Inc., Elyria, OH. 2.05 PIPE SLEEVES A. As specified in Section 33 05 01, Conveyance Piping – General. 2.06 FLOOR PLATE A. Material: 1. Galvanized Steel: Carbon steel, ASTM A786/A786M, commercial grade, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. B. Minimum Thickness: 1. Steel: 1/4 inch, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. C. Surface shall be raised-lug pattern or diamond tread, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. D. Slip Resistant Surface: 1. Provide where indicated on Drawings. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. IKG/Borden, Clark, NJ; MEBAC 2. b. W.S. Molnar Co., Detroit, MI; SLIPNOT Grade 2–Medium. 2.07 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, sharp, and to well-defined lines. 2. Furnish necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets so work can be assembled in neat, substantial manner. 3. Conceal fastenings where practical; where exposed, flush countersink. 4. Drill metalwork and countersink holes as required for attaching hardware or other materials. 5. Grind cut edges smooth and straight. Round sharp edges to small uniform radius. Grind burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects smooth. 6. Fit and assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to Site. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 7 OF 11 B. Materials: Use steel shapes, unless otherwise noted. C. Welding: 1. Weld connections and grind exposed welds smooth. When required to be watertight, make welds continuous. 2. Welded fabrications shall be free from twisting or distortion caused by improper welding techniques. 3. Steel: Meet fabrication requirements of AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 5. 4. Welded Anchor Studs: Prepare surface to be welded and weld with stud welding gun in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 7, and manufacturer’s instructions. 5. Complete welding before applying finish. D. Painting: 1. Shop prime with rust-inhibitive primer as specified in Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Coat surfaces of galvanized steel and aluminum fabricated items to be in direct contact with concrete, grout, masonry, or dissimilar metals, as specified in Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Do not apply protective coating to galvanized steel anchor bolts or galvanized steel welded anchor studs, unless indicated otherwise. E. Fitting: Where movement of fabrications is required or shown, cut, fit, and align items for smooth operation. Make corners square and opposite sides parallel. F. Accessories: Furnish as required for a complete installation. Fasten by welding or with stainless steel bolts or screws. 2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Visually inspect all fabrication welds and correct deficiencies. 1. Steel: AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 6 and Table 6.1, Visual Inspection Acceptance Criteria. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 8 OF 11 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF METAL FABRICATIONS A. General: 1. Install metal fabrications plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. 2. Install rigid, substantial, and neat in appearance. 3. Install manufactured products in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. Obtain Owner`s Representative`s approval prior to field cutting steel members or making adjustments not scheduled. 3.02 CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS A. Locate and hold anchor bolts in place with templates at time concrete is placed. B. Use anchor bolt sleeves for location adjustment and provide two nuts and one washer per bolt of same material as bolt. C. Minimum Bolt Size: 1/2-inch diameter by 12 inches long, unless otherwise shown. 3.03 CONCRETE POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS A. Begin installation only after concrete to receive anchors has attained design strength. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. C. Provide minimum embedment, edge distance, and spacing as follows, unless indicated otherwise by anchor manufacturer’s instructions or shown otherwise on Drawings: Anchor Type Minimum Embedment (Bolt Diameters) Minimum Edge Distance (Bolt Diameters) Minimum Spacing (Bolt Diameters) Adhesive 9 9 13.5 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 9 OF 11 D. Use only drill type and bit type and diameter recommended by anchor manufacturer. Clean hole of debris and dust with brush and compressed air per manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. E. When embedded steel or rebar is encountered in drill path, slant drill to clear obstruction. If drill must be slanted more than 10 degrees to clear obstruction, notify Owner`s Representative for direction on how to proceed. F. Adhesive Anchors: 1. Do not install adhesive anchors when temperature of concrete is below 40 degrees F or above 100 degrees F, unless cold temperature adhesives, compliant with ACI 308 are used. Refer to the respective ICC-ES report and manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. 2. Remove water from hole with oil-free compressed air. Damp or water filled holes may be allowed only if approved in manufacturer’s printed installation instructions and ICC-ES report. 3. For hollow-unit masonry, install screen tube in accordance with manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. 4. Do not disturb anchor during recommended curing time. 5. Do not exceed maximum torque as specified in manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. 3.04 PAINTING A. Field Painting of Shop Primed Surfaces: Prepare surfaces and field finish in accordance with Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner-Furnished Quality Assurance: 1. In accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in the Statement of Special Inspections Plan on Drawings. 2. Contractor responsibilities and related information on special inspection, observation, and testing are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 10 OF 11 B. Contractor-Furnished Quality Control: 1. Inspection and testing required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. 2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for test results, or calculations, or drawings that ensure material and equipment design and design criteria meet project document requirements and Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing. C. Stud Shear Connectors: 1. At start of each production period, conduct the following test to determine proper generator, control unit, and stud welding gun settings, in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Chapter 7: a. Weld two test studs and visually inspect for full 360-degree flash. b. Bend test studs 30 degrees from vertical for headed anchor studs (HAS). Torque test threaded anchor studs (TAS) studs per AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 7.6.6.2. c. Test studs will be acceptable if there is no failure of welds. d. If weld fails, repeat test until two consecutive test studs test to be satisfactory. 2. During production, if visual inspection reveals weld does not exhibit full 360-degree flash or that stud has been repaired by welding, conduct the following test in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Chapter 7: a. Bend HAS studs or stud shear connectors approximately 15 degrees from vertical, away from missing portion of flash. For TAS studs, torque test per AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 7.6.6.2. b. Studs meeting this test without exhibiting cracks in weld will be considered acceptable and left in bent position. c. Replace studs failing test. 3. Special inspection shall be provided by Owner where indicated on Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 05 50 00 19 APRIL 2017 METAL FABRICATIONS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 05 50 00 - PAGE 11 OF 11 3.06 FASTENER SCHEDULE A. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, provide fasteners as follows: Service Use and Location Product Remarks 1. Anchor Bolts Cast Into Concrete for Structural Steel, Metal Fabrications and Castings Exterior and Interior Wet Areas Hot-dip galvanized steel headed anchor bolts 2. Connections for Structural Steel Framing Exterior and Interior Wet and Dry Areas High-strength steel bolted connections Use hot-dipped galvanized high- strength bolted connections for galvanized steel framing members. 3. Connections for Steel Fabrications and Wood Components Exterior and Interior Wet and Dry Areas Hot-dip galvanized carbon steel bolted connections 4. All Others Exterior and Interior Wet and Dry Areas Stainless steel fasteners B. Antiseizing Lubricant: Use on stainless steel threads. C. Do not use adhesive anchors to support fire-resistive construction or where ambient temperature will exceed 120 degrees F. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA): 2, National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 2. American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC): 112, Standard for Tongue-and-Groove Heavy Timber Roof Decking. 3. American Lumber Standards Committee’s Board of Review (ALSC). 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A153/A153M, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. b. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. c. A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. d. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. e. F1667, Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples. 5. International Code Council (ICC): a. ESR-1539, Power-Driven Staples and Nails. b. International Building Code (IBC). 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB): 1003, Grading Rules. 8. Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 723, Standard for Safety Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 9. U.S. Department of Commerce—Voluntary Product Standard (DOC): a. PS 1, Structural Plywood. b. PS 20, American Softwood Lumber Standard. 10. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA): G5, Western Lumber Grading Rules. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 2 OF 7 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Indicate component materials and dimensions, and include construction and application details for the following: a. Sheathing. b. Metal framing anchors. c. Construction panel thickness where not shown. B. Informational Submittals: 1. ICC Evaluation Service Reports, including the following as a minimum: a. Connections and Fasteners. b. Nails. 2. Material Certificates: Showing species and grade selected for dimension lumber for each use. a. Material certificates for dimensional lumber in compliance with allowable unit stresses. Show species and grade selected for each use as well as design values approved by the ALSC’s Board of Review. 3. Material test reports from testing laboratory showing and interpreting test results in accordance with test methods UL 723, NFPA 255, and ASTM E84, relative to fire-retardant treated wood products. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Upon delivery to Site, immediately place materials in area protected from weather. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp areas. B. Protect sheet materials from breaking corners and damaging surfaces while unloading. C. Store materials a minimum of 6 inches above ground on framework or blocking and cover with waterproof covering, providing for adequate air circulation and ventilation. Store sheet materials flat, not on edge. D. Protect fire-retardant materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. E. Store materials for which maximum moisture content is specified in areas where humidity can be controlled. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 3 OF 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Lumber Standards: 1. In accordance with DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules and wood species certified by ALSC. 2. Design values for wood members equal to those published in supplement to AF&PA 2. 3. Stamp or brand each unexposed piece of lumber with grade, species, and moisture content at time of mill surfacing. 4. Furnish exposed lumber pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece. If completely exposed, and permitted by local building jurisdiction, omit grade stamps entirely. B. Lumber sizes shown on Drawings are nominal, unless shown otherwise. Provide actual sizes as required by DOC PS 20 for use. C. Dressed lumber S4S, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. D. Moisture content of lumber not to exceed 19 percent, unless otherwise specified and marked “DRY”. E. Each plywood panel identified with designated grade trademark of APA. F. Exposed Exterior and Interior Framing Indicated to Receive Stained or Natural Finish: Provide material hand-selected for uniformity of appearance and freedom from characteristics, on exposed surfaces and edges, that would impair finish appearance, including decay, honeycomb, knot holes, shake, torn grain, and wane. 2.02 LUMBER A. Framing lumber shall be Douglas Fir-Larch, No. 1 or better unless indicated otherwise below: Usage Minimum Grade Blocking and nailers Douglas Fir-Larch No. 1 or Better, Hemlock, Southern Pine Stud grade, nondense B. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, grade stamp to be sanded off after structural inspections are completed SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 4 OF 7 2.03 WOOD DECKING A. Commercial softwood species, commercial decking grade, 2 inches to 4 inches thick by 4 inches to 12 inches wide, 15 percent maximum moisture content, MC-15 or KD on grade stamp, single tongue-and-groove edges for 2 inches thick, and double tongue-and-groove for greater than 2 inches thick. 1. Wood decking shall be Douglas Fir-Larch, No. 1 or better unless indicated otherwise. 2. Surface and Edge Pattern: Smooth surface, Vee grooved. 2.04 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Plywood: 1. General: a. Where construction panels are shown on Drawings for the following concealed types of applications, provide APA Performance-Rated Panels complying with requirements designated under each application for grade designation, span rating, exposure durability classification, edge detail, and thickness. b. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with DOC PS 1 for plywood construction panels and for products not manufactured under DOC PS 1 provisions, in accordance with APA PRP-108 and APA Form B445. c. Trademark: Each construction panel factory-marked with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. 2. Wall Sheathing: APA rated Plywood sheathing. a. Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR. b. Span Rating: 12/0, 16/0, 20/0 for stud spacing of 16 inches or less, 32/16 for stud spacing of 24 inches or less. 3. Roof Sheathing: APA rated Plywood Structural I sheathing. a. Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR. b. Span Rating: 32/16. B. Plywood Backing Panel: Mounting electrical, telephone, and like equipment; provide fire-retardant treated plywood panel with grade designation, APA C-D Plugged Exposure 1, in thickness shown on Drawings, or, if not shown on Drawings, not less than 24/32 inch. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 5 OF 7 2.05 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD A. Pressure treat lumber and plywood with fire-retardant chemicals in accordance with applicable AWPA U1 and AWPA M4 standard for species, product, preservative and end use to ensure flame-spread rating not higher than 25 with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when tested for 30 minutes duration under UL 723 and ASTM E84. B. Treated lumber and plywood labeled and tested by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. shall show performance rating. 2.06 HARDWARE A. Conform to ASTM F1667. B. Nails: 1. Conform to ASTM F1667. 2. Steel common nails or alternatives listed in rough carpentry section of General Structural Notes found on Drawings. 3. Use hot-dipped zinc-coated nails wherever exposed. 4. Use deformed shank nails for fastening underlayment. C. Power Driven Fasteners: Conform to ICC ESR-1539. D. Bolts and Screws: Conform to ASTM A307, galvanized where exposed. E. Structural Framing Connectors: 1. Manufacturers: a. Simpson Strong-Tie Co, Inc. Pleasanton, CA; hot-dip galvanized. b. United Steel Products Company; hot-dip galvanized. F. Ply Clips: Extruded 6063-T6 aluminum alloy. G. Bar or Strap Anchors: ASTM A653/A653M, zinc-coated steel, 18 gauge minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces to receive rough carpentry materials are prepared to exact grades and dimensions. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 6 OF 7 3.02 GENERAL A. Lay out, cut, fit, and install rough carpentry items. Anchor sufficiently to ensure rigidity and permanence. B. Install items accurate to dimension, true to line, level, and square unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Provide for installation and support of other Work. C. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. D. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. E. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. F. Holes shall be 1/16 inch larger than nominal bolt diameter, except holes for cast-in-place anchor bolts shall be 3/16 inch larger than nominal bolt diameter. Tight holes requiring forcible driving of bolts shall be enlarged by reaming. G. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts bearing on wood. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Roof Sheathing: 1. Install plywood panels with face grain perpendicular to supports, using panel continuous over two or more spans, with end joints staggered between panels and locate over supports. 2. Allow minimum space of 1/16 inch between end joints and 1/8 inch at edge joints for expansion and contraction of panels. 3. Support edge joints by use of ply clips, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 4. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, minimum nailing shall be 6 inches on center along panel edges and 12 inches on center at intermediate supports. 5. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, use 8d common nails for panels 3/4-inch thick and less, and 10d nails for greater thickness. See rough carpentry section of General Structural Notes found on Drawings for alternate fastener and spacing options. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 06 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 ROUGH CARPENTRY PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 06 10 00 - PAGE 7 OF 7 B. Wall Sheathing: 1. Allow minimum 1/16 inch space at end joints and 1/8 inch at edge joints, doubling these spacings in wet or humid conditions. 2. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, minimum nailing shall be 6 inches on center along panel edges and 12 inches on center at intermediate supports. 3. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, use 6d common nails for panels and 1/2-inch thick and less, and 8d nails for greater thickness. See rough carpentry section of General Structural Notes found on Drawings for alternate fastener and spacing options. 4. Place an air infiltration barrier horizontally over wall sheathing, weather lap edges, and ends. 3.04 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD A. Provide fire-retardant treated lumber and plywood for backing panels at electrical, telephones, and like equipment, and where indicated on Drawings. B. Use FR-S rated wood on interior only. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Foam-plastic board insulation. 2. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 3. Vapor retarders. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 075423 "Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing" for insulation specified as part of roofing construction. 2. Section 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. B. Spray Foam Insulation: 1. Manufacturing Qualifications: Manufacturer with a minimum of ten years experience manufacturing spray foam insulation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 2 OF 8 2. Installer Qualifications: shall be installed by a single organization with at least 5 years experience successfully installing spray foam insulation on projects of similar type or scope. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect foam-plastic board insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight except to necessary extent for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam-plastic board materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Quickly complete installation and concealment of foam-plastic board insulation in each area of construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, of type and minimum compressive strength indicated below, with maximum flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Type IV, 25 psi (173 kPa). 2. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates. C. Protection Cover: Provide protection cover for insulation exposed at grade. 1. Basis of Design: NUDO GroundBreak, or approved equal 2. Material: Acrylic modified fiberglass-reinforced plastic. 3. Thickness: 0.06 inch 4. Color: Pebble Gray SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 3 OF 8 2.02 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Kraft-Faced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type II (non-reflective faced), Class C (faced surface not rated for flame propagation); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier). B. Sustainability Requirements: Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation as follows: 1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. 2. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit less than 0.05-ppm formaldehyde. 2.03 SPRAY FOAM INSULATION A. Insulation: Medium-density Closed Cell Spray Urethane Foam Insulation 1. Physical and Mechanical Properties: a. Nominal Density: 2.0 lb/cu ft, ASTM D1622 b. Thermal Resistance (initial and aged): Minimum 6.4/inch when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. c. Compressive Strength: Minimum 90% when tested in accordance with ASTM D1621 d. Closed-cell Content: Minimum 90% when tested in Accordance with ASTM D2842 e. Water Absorption: 0.02 (gm/cc) when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842. f. Water Vapor Transmission: 1.3 perm/inch when tested in accordance with ASTM E96. g. Air Infiltration: 0.013 when tested in accordance with ASTM D283 at 1 inch thickness, L/s/m2. h. Fungi Resistance: Pass, with no growth when tested in accordance with ASTM C1338. 2. Fire Performance: a. Flame Spread: less than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. b. Smoke Development: Less than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Thermal Performance: (aged) when tested in accordance with ASTM C518 and/or ASTM C177: a. Thickness: 1inches (25 mm), R-Value 6.4 (h-ft2-degrees F) Btu (1.0(m2- dgrees C)W). b. Thickness: 5 inches (140 mm), R-Value 35.2 (h-ft2-degrees-degrees F) Btu 6.2(m2-degrees C)W). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 4 OF 8 2.04 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, [6 mils (0.15 mm)] [10 mils (0.25 mm)] thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). B. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. C. Vapor-Retarder Fasteners: Pancake-head, self-tapping steel drill screws; with fender washers. D. Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type I, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT related to exposure, and Use O related to vapor-barrier-related substrates. 2.05 WATER-RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE SELF-ADHERED AIR BARRIER (WRB) A. Basis of Design: RevealShield RS rainscreen water-resistive vapor permeable air barrier sheet membrane by VaproShield, or approved equal. 1. Color: Black UV Stable, 180 days 100% exposure prior to coverage with an open joint cladding. 2. Breaking Strength and Elogation to ASTM D 5034: 119 lbf (529 N), machine direction; 96 lbf (427 N0, cross-machine direction. 3. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E 96 Method B, ASTM E 398 Methid B: Minimum of 60 perms (3433 ng/Pa.s.m2), minimum of 60 perms (3422 ng/Pa.s.m2) 4. Air Leakage: < 0.0002 cfm/sq ft @ 1.57 psf (< 0.0001L/sqm @ 75 Pa) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 and <0.01 psf (<0.01 L/sm @ 75 Pa) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357. Meets Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) requirements for “Adhesive Backed Commercial Building Wraps”. 5. Water Resistance tested to AATCC 127,550 mm hydrostatic head for 5 hours; No leakage. 6. Application Temperature: Ambient temperature must be aboce 20 degrees F (minus 6.7 C) 7. Surface Buring Characteristics tested to ASTM E 84: Class A, Flame-spread index of less than 0, Smoke-developed index of less than 75. 2.06 WATER-RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE TRANSITION AND FLASHING MEMBRANE. A. Basis of Design: RevealFlashing SA Self-Adhered by VaproShield SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 5 OF 8 1. Air Leakage: < 0.00002 cfm/sq ft @ 1.57 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 and < 0.01 cfm/sq ft @ 1.57 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357. 2. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E96 Method B, ASTM E398: minimum 60 perms. 3. Water Resistance tested to AATCC 127,5500 mm hydrostatic head for 5 hours: No leakage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BELOW-GRADE INSULATION AND FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. On vertical surfaces, set insulation units using manufacturer's recommended adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below exterior grade line. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 6 OF 8 2. Apply protection cover over board insulation exposed to view and below grade. B. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) in from exterior walls. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Glass-Fiber Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. 5. Vapor-Retarder-Faced Blankets: Tape joints and ruptures in vapor-retarder facings, and seal each continuous area of insulation to ensure airtight installation. a. Exterior Walls: Set units with facing placed toward interior of construction. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SPRAY FOAM INSULATION A. Install in accordance with manufacture’s instructions, Product must be installed according to local code, and must be applied by a qualified applicator. B. Apply insulation by spray method to a uniform monolithic density without voids. C. Apply to minimum thickness indicated on the Drawings, but in no case less than 1 inch. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 7 OF 8 D. Do not install spray foam insulation in areas where it will be in contact with equipment or materials with operating temperatures of 1,800 degrees F (82 degrees C) or greater. E. Patch damaged areas. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR CONCRETE SUBSTRATES A. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type insulation anchors as follows: 1. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive according to anchor manufacturer's written instructions. Space anchors according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type, thickness, and application indicated. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. Place vapor retarders on side of construction indicated on Drawings. Extend vapor retarders to extremities of areas to protect from vapor transmission. Secure vapor retarders in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarders to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation. B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping no fewer than two studs. 1. Firmly attach vapor retarders to metal framing and solid substrates with vapor- retarder fasteners as recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer. C. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarders. D. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarders. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 21 00 19 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 8 OF 8 3.09 INSTALLATION OF WATER-RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE SELF-ADHERED AIR BARRIER AND FLASHING A. Summary 1. Self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheets may be installed vertically or horizontally over the outside face of exterior sheathing or other approved substrates. 2. Complete detail work at: wall openings, building transitions and penetrations prior to field application. 3. Install fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet over the outside face of exterior sheathing board, measure and pre-cut into manageable sized sheets to suit the application conditions. 4. Install fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet complete and continuous to substrate in a sequential minimal 3 inch (76 mm) overlapping weatherboard. 5. Stagger all end lap seams 6. Roll installed membrane with roller to ensure positive contact and adhesion with substrate immediately. 7. Install flashing at window and door openings per manufacturer’s instructions. END OF SECTION 072100 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 07 42 13 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes sheet metal wall panels and accessories. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment assembly, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 2. Accessories: Include details of the flashing, trim, and anchorage. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Sheet Metal Panels: 12 inches (305 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 2 OF 7 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.06 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 21 00 – Thermal Insulation B. Section 07 46 46 – Fiber Cement Siding C. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a secure installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 3 OF 7 components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.02 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS A. Sheet Metal Wall Panels: Provide sheet metal wall panels fabricated from single sheets of metal formed into profile for installation method indicated. Include attachment assembly components, and accessories required. 1. A606-04 Type 4 2. 16 Gauge B. Attachment Assembly: Rainscreen-principle system. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold-formed, metallic- coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275 hot-dip galvanized) coating designation or ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) aluminum-zinc-alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system. B. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels. C. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws designed to withstand design loads. D. Siding Vents: Basis of Design – Cor-A-Vent SV5, or approved equal: Extruded Polypropylene Plastic, heat-resistant, crush-resistant, color – black, installed at the top and bottom of wall. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 4 OF 7 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal wall panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.05 FINISHES A. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 5 OF 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Examine wall framing to verify that girts, angles, channels, studs, and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2. Examine wall sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. a. Verify that air- or water-resistive barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 6 OF 7 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds. 6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws. 8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. C. Attachment Assembly, General: Install attachment assembly required to support metal plate wall panels and to provide a complete weathertight wall system, including subgirts, perimeter extrusions, tracks, drainage channels, panel clips, and anchor channels. 1. Include attachment to supports, panel-to-panel joinery, panel-to-dissimilar- material joinery, and panel-system joint seals. D. Installation: Attach metal plate wall panels to supports at locations, spacings, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer to achieve performance requirements specified. 1. Rainscreen Systems: Do not apply sealants to joints unless otherwise indicated. E. Rainscreen-Principle Installation: Install using manufacturer's standard assembly with vertical channel that provides support and secondary drainage assembly, draining at base of wall. Notch vertical channel to receive support pins. Install vertical channels supported by channel brackets or adjuster angles and at locations, spacings, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Attach metal plate wall panels by inserting horizontal support pins into notches in vertical channels and into flanges of panels. Leave horizontal and vertical joints with open reveal. 1. Install sheet metal wall panels to allow individual panels to be installed and removed without disturbing adjacent panels. 2. Do not apply sealants to joints unless otherwise indicated. F. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 42 13 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13 – PAGE 7 OF 7 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. G. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (605 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal plate wall panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), non-accumulative, on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated, and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After metal panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. B. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 074213.16 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 46 46 19 APRIL 2017 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 074646 – PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 07 46 46 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes rainscreen cement panel system and accessories. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 21 00 – Thermal Insulation B. Section 07 42 13 – Metal Plate Wall Panels C. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate siding installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencing. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawing of panel installation, material, panel layout, and accessories for review. B. Submit 8” x 10” panel sample in proposed colors for approval. C. Submit manufacturer’s data sheets including care and recommended maintenance procedures for incorporation into maintenance manuals. D. Submit copies of manufacturer’s warranties. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 46 46 19 APRIL 2017 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 074646 – PAGE 2 OF 5 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with labels intact until time of use. B. Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. 1.07 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. All penetrations through the panel for the work of other trades shall be made watertight. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace products that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Structural failures including cracking and deforming. 2) Deterioration of materials beyond normal weathering. b. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain products, including related accessories, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING A. General: Basis of Design material is Swisspearl Cement Composite, “Linearis”, cement, silicon-calcium strengthened with a combination of polyvinyl fibers without asbestos, fiberglass or formaldehyde. B. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 5/16 inch (8 mm). C. Horizontal Pattern: Boards 5.79 inches (147 mm) wide. 1. Texture: Smooth. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 46 46 19 APRIL 2017 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 074646 – PAGE 3 OF 5 D. Must be installed by a certified Dealer/Installer. E. Fastening: Galvanized/stainless, size and type as recommended by the panel manufacturer for applicable substrate. F. Factory-applied surface treatment to provide complete water repellent properties on all six sides. Only use coatings that do not contain any solvents. G. Tested to IBC Class 1, NFPA Class A. H. Color: 1. Field color (90%) to be a 50/50 mixture of “Agate 7219” and “Black Opal 2021” 2. Accent color (10%) to be “Topaz 7073” 3. Less than 2 Delta E unit color change ASTM G155-00 after 2,000 hours exposure. I. At least 40-year documented panel life expectancy. J. Efflorescence is not acceptable. K. Homogenous smooth semi-matte surface finish. L. Tested UV-resistance = Delta E-value < 3 after 2,000 hours (Xenon Arc Light acc. Weather Test according to ASTM G 155-00 [ATI Report]). Product must have the 2,000- hour Xenon-Arc test in accordance with ASTM G 155-00 with a color resistance E-value of 2-3 on the CIELAB scale. M. Temperature resistance guaranteed up to +80° C and down to -40° C (176° F to -40° F). N. Tensile bending strength corresponds to highest class 5 according to EN 12467. O. Water absorption capacity between 8 M.-% and 12 M.-% ° P. High quality reinforcement fibers, the panel must be comprised of <6% of cellulose fibers. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Siding Accessories, General: Provide starter strips, edge trim, outside and inside corner caps, and other items as recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 46 46 19 APRIL 2017 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 074646 – PAGE 4 OF 5 1. Provide accessories matching color and texture of adjacent siding unless otherwise indicated. B. Decorative Accessories: Provide the following fiber-cement decorative accessories as indicated: 1. Door and window casings. 2. Moldings and trim. C. Flashing: Provide sheet metal flashing complying with Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" at window and door heads and where indicated. D. Fasteners: 1. For fastening fiber cement, use stainless-steel fasteners. E. Siding Vents: Basis of Design – Cor-A-Vent SV5, or approved equal: Extruded Polypropylene Plastic, heat-resistant, crush-resistant, color – black, installed at the top and bottom of wall. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of fiber-cement siding and related accessories. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify site dimensions prior to commencement of work. B. Verify that flashings are in place, wall are prepared and covered with either building paper or membrane, C. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 46 46 19 APRIL 2017 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 074646 – PAGE 5 OF 5 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Do not install damaged components. C. Secure panels with fasteners and equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Install panels with joints in line with stud work behind, leave a minimum 5/16” joint between panels. E. Keep a minimum distance to corners and edges as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Install panels true to line and level with clean cut edges and joints. G. Any penetrations of the panel system must be properly sealed with a sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 and manufacturer’s installation guide. H. Finished installation shall be properly secured, free of rattles, distortions, efflorescence, damage, or chipped components. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective materials and replace with new materials complying with specified requirements. B. Clean finished surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION 074646 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 1 OF 10 SECTION 075423 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Insulation; fully adhered membrane roofing, base flashing, accessories, components, and counterflashings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry 2. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM C79 – Specification for Gypsum Sheathing Board. 2. ASTM C1289 – Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. 3. ASTM D471 – Standard Test Method for Rubbery Property – Effect of Liquids. 4. ASTM D751 – Standard Test Method for Coated Fabrics. 5. ASMT D1876 – Standard Test Method for Peel Resistance of Adhesives (T-Peel Test). 6. ASTM D2137 – Standard Test Methods for Rubbery Property – Brittleness Point of Flexible Polymers and Coated Fabrics. 7. ASTM E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ASTM E96 – Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 9. ASTM E108 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Test of Roof Coverings. B. 2015 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 2 OF 10 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint and termination detail conditions, conditions of interface with other materials, fasteners, seaming materials, flashing material, insulation and certifications. C. Submit draft of proposed special custom roofing warranties for Architect/Owner review and comment. D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Submit special precautions required for seaming membrane. E. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures. F. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Include Preventative Maintenance Guidelines. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: System, assembly, and components, under single roofing manufacturer responsibility, for complete and watertight system. B. Perform Work in accordance with manufacturer’s directions, instructions, and recommendations. C. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section. Provide membrane with formula manufactured for minimum 5 years. 2. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience on projects of this scale and approved by manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 3 OF 10 C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures: Requirements for warranties. B. Special Warranty: 1. Provide a warranty covering materials and installation of the project roofing stating that the roofing system is watertight and leak-free at Final Acceptance by the Owner and shall remain so, or shall be repaired within six months as required to restore it to leak-free status, during the life of the warranties, The warranties shall only be completed after the manufacturer has completed a full and comprehensive field inspection of the roofing installation with the roofing contractor. The warranties shall state that, based on careful inspections and person observation, to the best of the manufacturer’s knowledge and belief, all components of the roofing system have been installed as specified and the workmanship is satisfactory. Initial warranties shall be for a period of 25 years on materials and 15 years for installation and workmanship from the date of Final Acceptance by the Owner. 2. The warranties shall include the membrane, roof insulation, crickets, reglets, flashings, copings, all fasteners and plates, termination bars, blocking, nailers, adhesives, coatings, and anything else furnished and/or installed by the roofing contractor. 3. The warranties shall cover failure of any or all of the items listed in 2 above, both from product (manufacturing) defect or failure and inadequate, incorrect or incomplete installation of any of the named roofing product(s), for the entire life of the warranties. 4. The warranties shall not be limited by cost (“no dollar limit”) and shall not be subject to conditions imposed on the Owner after the bid, such as a requirement SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 4 OF 10 for periodic inspections or annual expenditure and/or documentation of minimum amounts of money for roofing maintenance. Roofing maintenance by the Owner may be a requirement of the warranty, but no specific program or dollar figure will be accepted. 5. A written warranty shall be provided by both the roofing manufacturer and the roofing contractor(s) if, for any reason it is no longer able to provide the repairs required by the warranty, the roofing manufacturer shall be responsible to ensure that a replacement contractor is authorized and obligated to perform required warranty repair work. 6. The warranties shall identify a reasonable period of time after the date of notification in which: a. The manufacturer/contractor will investigate a report of a problem or failure by the Owner. b. Respond with a determination and recommended course of action. c. If repair is determined to be necessary, accomplish the required repair work. 7. The maximum time frame for each of these events shall be as follows: a. 2 weeks. b. 1 month c. 6 months 8. The Owner shall be authorized to make emergency repairs, if necessary, immediately after the determination has been make that warranty repairs are necessary, cost of the repair to be charged to the manufacturer/contractor providing the warranties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Insulated Roofing System Over Plywood/T&G Deck: 1. TPO membrane roofing, mechanically fastened. 2. Rigid insulation board, mechanically fastened. 3. Vapor barrier sheeting, taped and sealed. 4. Plywood sheathing/T&G decking 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Carlise SynTec System; “Sure-Weld TPO” SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 5 OF 10 B. Substitutions: Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 2.03 ROOFING MATERIALS A. Membrane: Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO); reinforced 60 mil thick, 10 or 12 feet wide, gray color, conforming to the following criteria: Properties Test Results Breaking Strength, min, lbf ASTM D751 250 min, 360 typ Elongation at Break of Fabric ASTM D751 25% typ Puncture Resistance FTM 101 C, Method 2031 300 lbf min, 350 lbf typ Tear Strength (8”x8”) sample ASTM D751 55 lbf min, 130 lbf typ Water Absorption ASTM D471 3.0 max, 2.0 typ Moisture Vapor Perms ASTM E96 0.10 max, 0.05 typ Field Seam Strength ASTM D1876 25 lbf/in min, 60 lbf/in typ Brittleness Point ASTM D2137 -40 F min, -50 F typ B. TPO Membrane Flashing: Same material and thickness as roof membrane. Include manufacturer’s standard prefabricated membrane configurations for flashing pipe penetrations, inside and outside corners, and other such conditions. Match color of roofing membrane. C. TPO Membrane Clad Metal Flashing: Manufacturer’s minimum 35 mil non-reinforced TPO membrane laminated to 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal. Match color of roofing. 2.04 INSULATION A. Provide polyisocyanurate rigid insulation acceptable to the roofing manufacturer’s requirements to comply with requirements of Washington State Energy Code and as shown on drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 6 OF 10 2.05 VAPOR BARRIER A. 40 mil thick composite consisting of 35 mil self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane laminated to a 5 mil UV resistant poly film with an anti-skid surface which is fully compatible with manufacturer recommended adhesive. Primer and low VOC adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives and sealants that are not on the exterior side of weather barrier shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Fasteners: 1. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by system manufacturer, length required for thickness of material and substrate thickness; “blowout” or dimpling of exposed underside of T&G not acceptable. 2. Membrane Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roofing to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer C. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 7 OF 10 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 3.03 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.04 SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 3.05 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor Retarder: Prime substrate if required by manufacturer. Install self-adhering-sheet vapor retarder over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 3-1/2 inches (90 mm) and 6 inches (150 mm), respectively. Seal laps by rolling. B. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 8 OF 10 3.06 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches (68 mm) or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. D. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. E. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. 3.07 ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Mechanically Attached Membrane Roofing: Mechanically fasten with specified fasteners in accordance with manufacturer’s Guide Specifications and with layout for FM I-90 wind uplift. 1. Hold disks 1 inch minimum back from edge of membrane. 2. Install in approved pattern with 6 inch minimum overlaps. B. Roll out membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Place sheet in place without stretching. C. Overlap edges and ends and seal by heat welding, minimum 3 inches. Seal permanently waterproof. Apply uniform bead of sealant to joint edge. D. Shingle joints on sloped substrate in direction of drainage. E. Seal membrane around roof penetrations as recommended by roofing manufacturer. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 9 OF 10 3.08 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. B. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 075423 19 APRIL 2017 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 – PAGE 10 OF 10 END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured through-wall flashing with snaplock receiver with counterflashing. 2. Manufactured reglets with counterflashing. 3. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 4. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. 5. Formed equipment support flashing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 00 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 07 42 13 “Sheet Metal Wall Panels” for sheet metal flashing and trim integral with metal wall panels. 3. Section 07 46 46 Fiber Cement Siding 4. Section 07 54 23 “Thermoplastic Polyolefin Roofing” for installation of sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A606, Type 4 – Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High- Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance. 2. ASTM A755 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot- Dip Process and Pre-painted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 2 OF 7 B. Federal Specification Unit: 1. FS TT-C-494 – Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type, Acid Resistant. C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA – Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Sheet Metal Flashings: Conform to the criteria of SMACNA “ Architectural Sheet Metal Manual”. B. Gutter and Downspout Components: Conform to SMACNA Manual for sizing components for rainfall intensity determined by storm occurrence of 1 in 10 years. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation where corrosion is unintended. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures: submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing detail, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Submit data on manufactured components metal types, finishes, and characteristics. D. Samples: 1. Submit two samples 3 x 3 inches in size for each material finish and color. 1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 3 OF 7 B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in sheet metal work with minimum three years documented experience. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Pre-Finished Steel Sheet and Coil Coating Warranty: 1. Manufacturer’s 20 year warranty against fading, color change, chalking, peeling, cracking or delaminating. 2. Manufacturer’s warranty that metal will not fail structurally, perforate, rupture or leak due to corrosion for a period of 25 years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A755; structural steel sheet, G90 zinc coating; 0.024 inch thick core steel, shop pre-coated with PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride) coating, color to match TMEMEC “Dark Bronze” 86BR. 1. To be used at roof and adjacent to Fiber Cement siding B. Weathering Steel: ASTM A606, Type 4, 22 gauge. 1. To be used adjacent to Weathering Steel wall panels SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 4 OF 7 2.02 PVC A. PVC Downspout: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. 1. PVC Elbows: 15 degree angle and as necessary to complete installations. 2. PVC Pipe Sleeves: Fabricated as necessary to complete installations. 3. PVC Cleanouts: Schedule 40, tee cleanout with threaded plug. Locate at bottom of each downspout. 4. Finish: Paint 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Stainless steel B. Underlayment: W. R. Grace Ice and Water Shield or approved equal. C. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper. D. Primer: Zinc molybdate, galvanized iron, or iron oxide linseed oil to suit metal type. E. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd. F. Sealant: Butyl sealant specified in Section 07 92 00. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Form sections shape indicated on Drawings, accurate in size, shape, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet metal, interlocking with sheet. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside ½ inch; miter and seam corners. E. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams. F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. G. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward ¼ inch and hemmed to form drip. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 5 OF 7 H. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing. Return and brake edges. I. Fabricate gutters to profile and size indicated. J. Fabricate downspouts to profile and size indicated. K. Fabricate accessories in profile and size as detailed to suit gutters and downspouts. 1. Anchorage Devices. 2. Gutter Supports. 3. Downspout Supports. L. Seal metal joints. 2.05 FACTORY FINISHING A. Fluoropolymer Coating: Multiple coat as specified for sheet metal system, thermally cured, conforming to AAMA 2604. B. Washcoat: Finish concealed side of metal sheets with washcoat compatible with finish system, as recommended by finish system manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 6 OF 7 B. Install surface mounted reglets to lines and levels indicated on Drawings. Seal tope of reglets with sealants. C. Paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to minimum dry film thickness of 15 mils. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit. Secure in place with plastic wedges, Seal flashings into reglets with sealant. B. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. C. Secure gutters and downspouts in place using concealed fasteners. D. Slope gutters minimum ¼ inch per foot or as detailed. E. Connect downspouts to downspout boots. F. Seal metal joints watertight. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. Roof Edge Trim 1. Material: Prefinished Galvanized Steel Sheet. 2. Thickness: 24 gauge 3. Detail: As Shown 4. Color: To match Tnemec 49GR “Briquet” B. Gutter 1. Material: Prefinished Galvanized Steel Sheet. 2. Thickness: 24 gauge 3. Detail: As Shown 4. Color: To match Tnemec 49GR “Briquet” C. Downspout 1. Material: Schedule 40 PVC 2. Size: 3. Detail: As shown 4. Color: Painted. To be selected by Architect D. Flashing Adjacent to Sheet Metal Wall Panels SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 07 62 00 19 APRIL 2017 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 – PAGE 7 OF 7 1. Material: Weathering Steel. 2. Thickness: 22 gauge 3. Detail: As Shown E. Flashing Adjacent to Fiber Cement Siding 1. Material: Weathering Steel. 2. Thickness: 24 gauge 3. Detail: As Shown 4. Color: To match Tnemec 49GR “Briquet” END OF SECTION 076200 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 1 OF 10 SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior storefront framing. 2. Exterior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame units. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants: System perimeter sealant and backup materials. 2. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware: Mortised hardware reinforcement requirements affecting framing members, and door hardware items. 3. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing 1.03 REFERENCES A. The Aluminum Association: 1. AA DAF-45 – Designation Systems for Aluminum Finishes. 2. AA ADM – Aluminum Design Manual: Specifications and Guidelines for Aluminum Structures. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA 501.1 – Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure. 2. AAMA 502 – Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration Products. 3. AAMA 611 – Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 2 OF 10 4. AAMA 1503 – Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed Wall Sections. 5. AAMA SFM-1 – Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Manual. C. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM A36 – Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A123 – Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings o n Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A653 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM B209 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 5. ASTM B221 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 6. ASTM E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burring Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. ASTM E283 – Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Window, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 8. ASTM E330 – Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 9. ASTM E331 – Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 10. ASTM E1105 – Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Window, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference. D. National Fenestration Rating Council Incorporated: 1. NFRC 100 – Procedures for Determining Fenestration Produce U-Factors. E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 – Standard Method of Test of Surface Burring Characteristics of Building Materials. F. The Society for Protective Coatings 1. SSPC Paint 20 – Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I – Inorganic and Type II – Organic). 2. SSPC Paint 25 – Red Iron Oxide, Zinc Oxide, Raw Linseed Oile, and Alkyd Primer. G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 3 OF 10 1. UL 723 – Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit component dimensions; describe components with assembly, anchorage and fasteners and glass and infill. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work and expansion and contraction joint location and details. D. Samples for Verification: Submit two samples 12 x 12 inches in size illustrating finished aluminum surface, glass and glazing materials. E. Design Data: Indicate framing member structural and physical characteristics, calculations, dimensional limitations. F. Manufacture’s Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures: Submit maintenance data and include maintenance manuals. H. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Submit list of substances harmful to component materials. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AAMA MCWM-1 – Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front Entrances – Guide Specifications Manual B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing systems with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. 2. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of the Work and licensed at Project location. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 4 OF 10 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Handle Products of this section in accordance with AAMA MCWM-1 – Curtain Wall Manual #10. C. Protect finished aluminum surfaces. Do not use adhesive papers or spray coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.07 EMVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. B. Do not install sealants or glazing materials when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F during and 48 hours after installation. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate the Work with installation of air and moisture barrier components or materials. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for glazed units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS A. Manufacturer: 1. Basis of Design: a. Kawneer Co. Inc., Trifab VG 451T center set. b. Local Rep: Adrienne Jaspers, 253.229.4542. c. Website: http://www.kawneer.com SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 5 OF 10 d. Substitutions: Section 01 25 00 – Product Substitutions. B. Thermally broken aluminum-framed exterior storefront systems includes tubular aluminum sections with supplementary internal support framing, shop fabricated, factory finished, glass and glazing, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. Separate exterior aluminum from interior aluminum by a rigid, structural thermal barrier. 1. Face Width: 2” 2. Back Member Depth: 4 ½” 3. Glazing Infill: 1” 4. Mullions: Profile of extruded sheet aluminum with internal reinforcement of aluminum or shaped steel structural section. 5. Doors 350, aluminum framed doors; 1 ¾” inches deep, 5” inch vertical stiles, 5” inch top rail, and 6 ½”” inch bottom rail; square stops. a. Entrance Doors: Maximum U-value of 0.60 6. Related flashings, anchors and attachment devices. C. System Assemble: Site assembled. D. Conform to Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code for shading coefficients and U-Factors. E. Performance Requirements: 1. System Design: Design and size of components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure action normal to plane of wall, including building corners, in accordance with ASTM E330 and IBC version indicated on Structural Drawings. 2. Deflection: Limit mullion deflection to 1/175 for spans under 13’-6” and 1/240 plus ¼ inch for spans over 13’-6”; with full recovery of glazing materials. 3. System Assembly: Accommodate without damage to components of deterioration of seals, movement within system, movement between system and peripheral construction, dynamic loading and release of loads, deflection of structural support framing. 4. Air Infiltration: Limit air leakage through assembly to 0.06 cfm/min/sq ft of wall area, measured at reference differential pressure across assembly of 1.57 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. 5. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing compound. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 6 OF 10 6. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E331 with test pressure difference of 20 percent of design pressure, with minimum differential of 2.86 lbf/sq ft. 7. Thermal Transmittance of Assembly (Excluding Entrances): Maximum U-Value of 0.40 Btu/sq ft per hour per deg F when measured in accordance with AAMA 1503. 8. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature rand of 170 degrees F over 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components and anchorage. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221; 6063 alloy, T5 temper typical, 6061 alloy, T6 temper for extruded structural members. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209, 5005 alloy, H15 or H34 temper. C. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653; galvanized to a minimum G90. D. Steel Sections: ASTM A36; shaped to suit mullion sections, galvanized. E. Glass: Specified in Section 08 80 00 – Glazing. F. Glazing Material: Storefront manufacturer’s standard types to suit application and to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltration requirements. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Sill Subframe: Aluminum with upturned leg at interior side and extended leg to form sloped sill with drip edge beyond face of wall. Make provision for watertight sealant and backer rod installation. B. Head Receptor with Reinforcement Clip: Aluminum compensation channel, designed to minimize head deflection and drain water to exterior of system. Make provision for watertight joint sealant and backer rod installation. C. Filler Plates: Manufacturer’s standard aluminum and vinyl filler plates to close off back side of frame at jambs and head. D. Hardware: See also Section 087100 Door Hardware: 1. Threshold: ½” x 6 ¾” Aluminum mill finish. 2. Provide pair of manufacturer’s standard flush bolts for inactive leaf. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 7 OF 10 E. Flashings and Cover Plates: Minimum thickness to match mullion sections and finish where exposed. F. Weathering: 1. Dense, bulb polymeric material, which remains resilient ant retains its weathering ability under temperature extremes. 2. Door Bottom Sweep G. Sealant and Backing Materials: 1. Sealant Used within System (Not Used for Glazing): Manufacturer’s standard materials to achieve weather, moister, and air infiltration requirements. 2. Perimeter Sealant: Specified in Section 07 92 00 – Joint Selants. H. Fasteners: Stainless steel. I. Laminated Metal-Faced Panels for Doors: 1. Basis of Design: Mapes R-Panels as manufactured by Mapes Industries, or approved equal. 2. Finish a. Exterior – Custom Kynar b. Interior – Custom Kynar c. Color as selected by Architect. 3. Panel Fabrication: a. Exterior substrate: Cement Board b. Core: 1.7 lb density isocyanurate c. Tolerances: -.8% of panels dimension length and width – (+/-) 1/16 th inch thickness. d. Overall Panel Thickness: 1 inch e. R-Value: 5.81 f. U-Value: 0.17 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. B. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 8 OF 10 D. Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view. E. Reinforce interior horizontal head rail to receive blind track brackets and attachments. F. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. G. Reinforce framing members for imposed loads. 2.05 FACTORY FINISHING A. Aluminum Surfaces: AAMA 2605, Fluoropolymer Coating 1. Color as selected by Architect. B. Concealed Steel Items: Galvanized to ASTM A123; minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft coating thickness; galvanized after fabrication. C. Apply bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar metals. D. Shop and Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Steel Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20 zinc rich. E. Extent of Finish: 1. Apply factory coating to surfaces exposed at completed assemblies. 2. Apply finish to surfaces cut during fabrication so no natural aluminum is visible in completed assembly, including joint edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are sealed together and ready to receive Work of this Section. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 9 OF 10 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with AAMA MCWM-1 – Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Storefront and Entrances – Guide Specification Manual. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances and aligning with adjacent Work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. F. Install sill flashing per storefront manufacturer’s details. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent Work to form watertight dam. G. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor retarder materials. H. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. I. Install integral flashings and integral joint sealers. J. Set threshold in bed of mastic and secure. K. Install hardware using templates provided. Refer to Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware, for installation requirements. L. Coordinate installation of glass with Section 08 80 00 – Glazing; separate glass fro metal surfaces. M. Coordinate installation of perimeter sealants with Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inch every 3 ft non-cumulative or 1/16 inch per 10 ft, whichever is less. C. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members in Plane: 1/32 inch. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 100% SUBMITTAL SECTION 08 41 13 MARCH 2017 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 10 OF 10 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements and Section 01 70 00 – Execution: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspection to monitor quality of installation and glazing. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution: Testing, adjusting,, and balancing. B. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 – Closeout Procedures: Final cleaning. B. Remove protective material from pre-finished aluminum surfaces. C. Wash down surfaces with solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. D. Remove excess sealant by method acceptable to sealant manufacturer. 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution: Protecting installed construction. B. Protect finished Work from damage. C. Remove protections at substantial completion. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 1 of 12 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. 2. Electrified door hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 084113 "Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts" for installation of entrance door hardware, except including cylinders. 2. Section 281300 "Access Control" for access control devices installed at door openings and provided as part of a security system. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction and installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following: 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring and including the following: a. Details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and security systems. b. Schematic diagram of systems that interface with electrified door hardware. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 2 of 12 c. Point-to-point wiring. d. Risers. e. Elevations doors controlled by electrified door hardware. 2. Operation Narrative: Describe the operation of doors controlled by electrified door hardware. C. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as installation procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. a. Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. b. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the Contract Documents. c. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each door and frame. 2) Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor plans and to door and frame schedule. 3) Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style, function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product. 4) Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and interfaces with other building control systems. 5) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 6) Mounting locations for door hardware. 7) List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and frame. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations that are coordinated with the Contract Documents. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 3 of 12 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. Include final hardware and keying schedule. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. Warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity. 2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from a single manufacturer. 1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. C. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. D. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines] [CC/ANSI A117.1. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf (22.2 N). 2. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf (22.2 N) applied perpendicular to door. 3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 4 of 12 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with the final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor-recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. C. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with Owner's security consultant. D. Electrical System Roughing-In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 5 of 12 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide door hardware for each door as scheduled in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article to comply with requirements in this Section. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products complying with BHMA designations referenced. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article. 2. References to BHMA Designations: Provide products complying with these designations and requirements for description, quality, and function. 2.2 HINGES A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allegion plc. b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation. c. Hager Companies. d. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 6 of 12 e. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions. 2.3 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) latchbolt throw. 2. Deadbolts: Minimum 1.25-inch (32-mm) bolt throw. C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. D. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch. 1. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. E. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Security Grade 1; stamped steel case with steel or brass parts; Series 1000. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allegion plc. b. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY. c. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. 2.4 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS A. Electromechanical Locks: BHMA A156.25; Grade 1 motor or solenoid driven; mortise deadlocking latchbolt; with strike that suits frame. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allegion plc. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 7 of 12 2.5 MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS A. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) throw; designed for mortising into door edge. 1. See Section 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts 2.6 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. B. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5; Grade [1] [1A] [2]; permanent cores that are removable; face finished to match lockset. C. Construction Cores: Owner to provide construction cores. 2.7 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference. 1. Existing System: a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. b. Re-key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system. B. Keys: Brass. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: Information to be furnished by Owner. 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. c. Grand Master Keys: Five. d. Great-Grand Master Keys: Five. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 8 of 12 2.8 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS A. Astragals: BHMA A156.22. 2.9 CONCEALED CLOSERS A. Concealed Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allegion plc. 2.10 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16; cast aluminum base metal. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allegion plc. 2.11 THRESHOLDS A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Pemko Manufacturing Co. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 9 of 12 2.12 FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire- rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect. 1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal indicated, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors. 3. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors." 4. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 2.13 FINISHES A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 10 of 12 of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6. B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI WDHS.5 "Recommended Hardware Reinforcement Locations for Mineral Core Wood Flush Doors." 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 11 of 12 C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided. D. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner. E. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, [above accessible ceilings] [in equipment room]. Verify location with Architect. 1. Configuration: Provide [one power supply for each door opening] [least number of power supplies required to adequately serve doors] with electrified door hardware. F. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." G. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. H. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. I. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. J. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt. 2. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 71 00 19 APRIL 2017 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - Page 12 of 12 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.6 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Door Hardware Set No. HW-1 Door No. 001, 004 No.Item Description Manufacturer Finish 3 pr Hinges 5BB1_4.5x4NRP(round corners)Ives 630 1 pr Flush Bolts Supplied by door mfr 1 ea Mortise Lockset LV 9480 BD 06 N Schlage 630 1 ea Threshold Supplied by door mfr Door Hardware Set No. HW-2 Door No. 002, 003 No.Item Description Manufacturer Finish 2 ea Hinges 5BB1_4.5x4 NRP(round corners)Ives 630 1 ea Hinges 5BB1_4.5x4 TW4(round corners)Ives 630 1 ea Mortise Lockset LV9080 EU BD 06 N Schlage 630 1 ea Threshold Supplied by door mfr END OF SECTION 087100 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 1 OF 11 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Glass for storefront framing. 2. Glazing sealants and accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 08 41 13 - Aluminum-Framed Storefronts and Entrances 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z97.1 – Safety Glazing Materials Used in Building Safety. B. American Society of Civil Engineers: 1. ASCE 7 – Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures. C. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C864 – Standard Specifications for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks and Spacers. 2. ASTM C920 – Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 3. ASTM C1036 – Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 4. ASTM C1048 – Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 5. ASTM C1172 – Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass. 6. ASTM C1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 7. ASTM E330 – Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors By Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 2 OF 11 8. ASTM E546 – Standard Test Method for Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units in the Vertical Position. 9. ASTM E1300 – Standard Practice for Determining the Minimum Thickness of Annealed Glass to Resist a Specific Load. 10. ASTM E2188 – Standard Test Method for Insulating Glass Unit Performance. 11. ASTM E2189 – Standard Test Method for Testing Resistance to Fogging in Insulating Glass Units. 12. ASTM E2190 – Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation. D. Consumer Product Safety Commission: 1. CPSC 16 CFR 1201 – Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material. E. Glass Association of North America: 1. GANA – Sealant Manual 2. GANA – Glazing Material. F. International Building Code: 1. IBC 2406 – Safety Glazing. G. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. H. IBC: International Building Code. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Glass: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. 2. Glazing Sealants, Compounds and Accessories: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors where exposed. C. Samples: 1. Glass: Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size, illustrating each glass unit, coloration and design. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 3 OF 11 2. Glazing Materials: Submit 6 inch long bead of glazing sealant and gaskets, color as selected. D. Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual, GANA Sealant Manual, and GANA Laminated Glass Reference Manual for glazing installation methods. B. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites. C. Safety Glazing Products: Comply with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201. Subject to compliance with requirements, obtain safety glazing products permanently marked with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Lites more than 9 square feet in area are required to be Category II materials. 2. Where glazing units, including Kind FT glass and laminated glass, are specified in Part 2 articles for glazing units, more than 9 sf in area, provide glazing products that comply with Category II materials, and for lites 9 sf or less in area, provide glazing products that comply with Category I or II materials. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualifications 1. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of the section with minimum five years documented experience. 2. Insulating Glass Manufacturer: A qualified insulating glass manufacturer whose specific production location for this project is certified by the coated glass manufacturer. B. Mockup 1. Provide under Quality Assurance provision of Section 01 40 00. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. B. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 4 OF 11 C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Float Glass and Coated Glass: 1. Guardian SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 5 OF 11 2. Viracon 3. PPG B. Insulating Units: 1. Basis of Design: Hartung Glass – Seattle, WA 2. Garibaldi Glass – Burnaby, BC 3. Northwest Industries – Seattle, WA 4. Oldcastle Glass – Langley, BC 5. Vitrum Industries – Langley, BC C. Substitutions: Section 01 25 00 – Product Substitutions. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide glass and glazing materials for continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier: 1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07 26 00, 07 27 00, and 07 92 00. 2. To utilize inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for continuity of air barrier and vapor retarder seal. 3. To maintain continuous water/air barrier and vapor retarder throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass as calculated in accordance with applicable code, to design pressure as measured in accordance with ASTM E330, as calculated in accordance with ASCE 7 – Calculation of Wind Loads. C. Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ASTM E1300 by qualified professional engineer. D. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center-of-glass deflection at design wind pressure to the smallest of the following: 1. The displacement associated with the structural capacity of the glazing unit. 2. L/100, where L is the shortest side dimension of the unit measured in inches. 3. ¾” 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Float Glass Products: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 6 OF 11 1. Float Glass: Comply with ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, q3, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Heat Treated Float Glass: Comply with ASTM C1048, Type 1. Class 1, q3 unless otherwise indicated, of Kind and Condition indicated. 3. Laminated Float Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1172 and testing requirements indicated. B. Low Emission Coating (Low E): Low-emissivity coated glass produced by sputter coating technology applied in a vacuum chamber. Coating shall be applied to the #2 surface unless noted otherwise. Low-E coated glass shall meet the following performance values; values listed have been based on Guardian SN628 on clear. Approved equals also accepted. Substitutions refer to Section 01 25 00 1. SN 68 on Clear a. Visible light transmittance: 68% minimum b. U-Value: Winter – 0.29 maximum c. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 38 maximum d. Shading Coefficient: 43 maximum C. Stainless Steel or clear anodized spacer bars, mitered and spigoted corners. Conforming to IGMA recommendations. 2.04 MONOLITHIC UNITS A. (GL-1) Clear Heat Strengthened Glass: ¼”, Quality Q3, Kind HS heat strengthened. B. (GL-2) Clear Tempered, Kind FT Condition A; ¼ inch: where safety glazing is required, unless otherwise indicated. Provide safety glazing label. 2.05 LAMINATED UNITS A. (GL-3) Clear Heat Strengthened Laminated Glass: ¼” Kind HS; two 1/8 inch layers with 0.03 inch translucent interplay layer, “diffused white” 62% VLT. 2.06 INSULATED UNITS A. Double Panel Insulating Units: ASTM E2190, with glass elastomer edge seal. 1. (IG-1) Heat Strengthened/Heat Strengthened. 2. Total Thickness: 1 inch nominal. 3. Exterior Pane: (GL-1 Heat Strengthened or GL-2 Tempered) with low e coating applied to the #2 surface. 4. Space: ½ inch, 90% argon/10% air fill; with stainless steel warm edge designed spacer. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 7 OF 11 5. Interior Pane: (GL-3) Laminated 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Materials: Select glazing sealants, tapes, stainless steel spacers, gaskets and additional glazing materials of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Silicone Glazing Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated; single component; chemical solvent curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non-bleeding, non-staining, cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25 and as specified Section 07 92 00 1. Structural Silicone Sealant: Conform to ASTM C1184 and provision of Section 07 92 00. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s complete range. C. Setting Blocks: Silicone compatible EPDM or silicone, 80 to 90 Shore A Durometer hardness, length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing of minimum 4 inch by width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch by height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. D. Spacer Shims: Silicone compatible EPDM or silicone, 50 to 60 Shore A Durometer hardness, minimum 3 inch long by ½ the height of the glazing stop by thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. E. Glazing Gaskets: ASTM C864 Option II, resilient silicone compatible EPDM or silicone, extruded shapes to suit glazing channel retaining slot, 50 to 60 Shore A Durometer hardness, one piece with molded corners, black color. F. Glazing Tapes: 1. Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device, 10 to 15 Shore A Durometer hardness, coiled on release paper, size and thickness as required for conditions of installation, black color. 2. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Conform to AAMA 800. 3. Space Tape in Continuous Contact with Silicone: Tested for compatibility and approved for intended purpose by sealant manufacturer. G. Temporary Glazing Clips: Manufacture’s standard type. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 8 OF 11 2.08 GLASS FABRICATION A. Insulating Glass Units: Comply with ASTM E2190; Class CBA per ASTM E773 and E774 through IGCC Program. 1. Roll Wave: Orient roll wave in horizontal position whenever possible and ensure that all lites in an insulating unit are position with the same orientation. a. Limit roll wave to a maximum of 0.005 inch from top to bottom of wave as measured by calibrated industry accepted equipment. 2. Sealing System: Dual seal with polyisobutylene (butyl) primary seal and silicone seals as appropriate for glazing application. Use silicone at structural silicone glazed systems as secondary seal. 3. Air Space: For 1 inch insulated units, provide ½ inch air space. 4. Space Bar: Stainless steel; roll formed design filled with desiccant on two sides minimum. 2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Provide shop inspection and testing for safety and insulated glass. B. Test samples in accordance with ANSI Z97.1, ASTM E773, ASTM E546, and ASTM E576. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep systems. 3. Minimum required face and edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 9 OF 11 B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that leave visible marks in the completed Work. 3.03 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance. C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. F. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm). 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch (3-mm) minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. I. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 10 OF 11 3.04 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs, then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. 3.05 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.06 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 08 80 00 19 APRIL 2017 GLAZING 08 80 00 – PAGE 11 OF 11 Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings. C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. D. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 3.08 SCHEDULE A. See window types on drawings END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Fiber Reinforced Panels (FRP) B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 093013 "Ceramic Tiling" for gypsum backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. Provide all components of each wall assembly from a single manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 2 OF 7 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. USG, Chicago, IL, 312.436.4000. Local representative: Scott L. Finlinson, 425.468.9355. 2. Georgia Pacific, Local representative: Jeff Herrmann. 3. Certainteed. Local representative: Frank Demarinis, 206.612.0019. 4. Substitutions: As specified in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. B. Gypsum Board (GWB): USG Sheetrock; Georgia-Pacific ToughRock; Certainteed ProRoc Gypsum Board or approved equal: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, tapered edge, 5/8 inch thick; furnish boards in maximum lengths available to minimize end to end joints; 48 inches wide. 2.03 TILE BACKING PANELS 1. See Section 09 30 13 Ceramic Tiling for material and requirements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 3 OF 7 2.04 FIBER REINFORCED PANELS (FRP) A. Fiber Reinforced Plastic Paneling, complying with ASTM 5319 1. Flexural Strength: 10,000 psi, ASTM D790. 2. Tensile Strength: 10,000 psi, ASTM D638. 3. Impact Strength (IZOD): 72 ft-lb ASTM D256 4. Water Absorption: 0.72% per ASTM D570 5. Barcol Hardness: 35 per ASTM D2583 6. Finish: Pebbled surface 7. Color: White B. Accessories 1. Trim: Manufacturer’s standard PVC Trim, color to match panels 2. Adhesive: Recommended by manufacturer. 2.05 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Paper-faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. b. Z-Bead: Z-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. e. Expansion (control) joint. 2.06 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials as herein specified, complying with ASTM C 475/C 475M; use only compatible compounds from one manufacturer. 1. Joint Tape for Drywall: Manufacturer’s standard high-strength fiber paper tape with feather (sanded) edges or 2” Fiberglass Mesh Tape and setting compound. 2. Joint Treatment for Standard Gypsum Wallboard Panels: a. Joint compound for embedding paper tape and for first fill coat over metal trim and fasteners: Manufacturer’s standard, except as otherwise indicated. Lightweight all-purpose types are acceptable for overhead and ceiling applications. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 4 OF 7 b. Joint compound for second and third coats: Manufacturer’s standard. 3. Joint Treatment for Tile Backer Board: Use exterior rated tape and setting-type taping compound and setting-type, sandable topping compound as recommended by the cement board manufacturer. With glass mat gypsum tile backer, bed self adhesive 2 inch wide fiberglass mesh tape in all corners in a bed of flexible sealant. Bed tape on all joints and corners with material used to set tiles. Joint compound should not be used in wet areas. 2.07 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation." D. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation." PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 5 OF 7 B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. (0.7 sq. m) in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- (6.4- to 9.5-mm-) wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 3.03 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Wallboard Type: As indicated on Drawings. B. Single-Layer Application: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 6 OF 7 1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing)] unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. 2. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3.04 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 3.05 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 4: In storage room locations. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 2. Level 5: In restroom locations. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 29 00 19 APRIL 2017 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 – PAGE 7 OF 7 a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIBER REINFORCED PANELS 1. Comply with manufacturer’s recommended procedures and installation sequence. 2. Cut sheets to meet supports allowing 1/8” clearance for every 8 feet of panel. 3. Apply panels to board substrate, above base, vertically oriented with seams plumb. 4. Apply panel moldings to all panel edges using silicone sealant providing required clearances. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092900 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Porcelain tile. 2. Metal edge strips. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 2 OF 8 B. Samples for Verification: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 2. Metal edge strips in 6-inch (150-mm) lengths. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Installer Qualifications: 1. Tile: Minimum 5 years experience in manufacture of tile products. 2. Setting Materials: Minimum 5 years experience in manufacture of setting and grout materials specified. 3. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in tile work having minimum 5 years successful documented experience with work comparable to that required for this project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Statements, www.statementstile.com 1. Local contact, Jill Reid: jillr@statementtile.com, 206.250.2415 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 3 OF 8 B. Substitutions: As specified in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 2.02 PORCELAIN TILE A. Tiles: 1. Apollo a. Color, Finish and Size: Crema, natural, 12 inches x 23.75 inches b. Joint Width: 1/8 inch c. Installation: Thin set with polymer modified dry set mortar. d. Installation Pattern: Refer to drawings. e. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 2. Metalwood a. Color and Size: Iridio, 12 inches x 24 inches b. Joint Width: 1/8 inch c. Installation: Thin set with polymer modified dry set mortar 2.03 TILE BACKER GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. USG Fiberock Aqua Tough Tile Backerboard, Georgia Pacific DensShield Tile Backer, Certainteed Diamondback Glasroc or approved equal. ASTM C1178, square edged, ½ inch thick; furnish boards in maximum lengths available to minimize end to end joints; 48 inches wide 2.04 SETTING MATERIALS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Custom Building Produces, Prolite Tile & Stone Mortar 2. Laticrete, 254 Platinum 3. Mapei Corp. Ultraflex 3 4. Approved equal. B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4 1. Single component, factory prepared; polymer fortified, high bond strength, nonsagging. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 4 OF 8 2.05 GROUT MATERIALS A. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Laticrete International, Inc. b. MAPEI Corporations. c. Or approved equal. 2.06 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. General: Provide sealants, primers, backer rods, and other sealant accessories that comply with the following requirements and with the applicable requirements in Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants”. B. One-Part, Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corp; Dow Corning 786 b. GE Silicones, a division of GE Specialty Materials; Sanitary 1700. c. Tremco Inc; Tremsil 600 White. d. Or approved equal. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal; stainless-stee, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. 1. Use at top of tile wainscot. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 5 OF 8 C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. 2.08 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. B. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 6 OF 8 taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.03 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Interior wall tiles B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built- in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Porcelain Tile: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). F. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 7 OF 8 G. Metal Edge Strips: Install [at locations indicated] [where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile] [where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated]. H. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.04 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 30 13 19 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 093013 – PAGE 8 OF 8 3.07 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: 1. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W245 or TCNA W248; thinset mortar on glass- mat, water-resistant gypsum backer board. a. Thinset Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar. b. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout. END OF SECTION 093013 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 1 OF 14 SECTION 09 90 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 3. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC): Specification for Structural Joints using High-Strength Bolts. 4. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): a. PA 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. b. PA 10, Guide to Safety and Health Requirements for Industrial Painting Projects. c. SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. d. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning. e. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. f. SP 5, White Metal Blast Cleaning. g. SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. h. SP 7, Joint Surface Preparation Standard Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. i. SP 10, Near-White Blast Cleaning. j. SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. k. SP 16, Brush-Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non-Ferrous Metals. l. Guide 15, Field Methods for Retrieval and Analysis of Soluble Salts on Steel and Other Nonporous Substrates. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Terms used in this section: 1. Coverage: Total minimum dry film thickness in mils or square feet per gallon. 2. MDFT: Minimum Dry Film Thickness, mils. 3. MDFTPC: Minimum Dry Film Thickness per Coat, mils. 4. Mil: Thousandth of an inch. 5. PDS: Product Data Sheet. 6. PSDS: Paint System Data Sheet. 7. SFPG: Square Feet per Gallon. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 2 OF 14 8. SFPGPC: Square Feet per Gallon per Coat. 9. SP: Surface Preparation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Data Sheets: 1) For each product, furnish a Product Data Sheet (PDS), the manufacturer’s technical data sheets, and paint colors available (where applicable). The PDS form is appended to the end of this section. 2) For each paint system, furnish a Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS). The PSDS form is appended to the end of this section. 3) Technical and performance information that demonstrates compliance with specification. 4) Furnish copies of paint system submittals to the coating applicator. 5) Indiscriminate submittal of only manufacturer’s literature is not acceptable. b. Detailed chemical and gradation analysis for each proposed abrasive material. 2. Samples: a. Proposed Abrasive Materials: Minimum 0.5-pound sample for each type. b. Reference Panel: 1) Surface Preparation: a) Prior to start of surface preparation, furnish a 4-inch by 4-inch steel panel for each grade of sandblast specified herein, prepared to specified requirements. b) Provide panel representative of the steel used; prevent deterioration of surface quality. c) Panel to be reference source for inspection upon approval by Owner`s Representative. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Applicator’s Qualification: List of references substantiating experience. 2. Factory Applied Coatings: Manufacturer’s certification stating factory applied coating system meets or exceeds requirements specified. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 3 OF 14 3. Manufacturer’s written verification that submitted material is suitable for the intended use. 4. Coating for Faying Surfaces: Manufacturer’s test results that show the proposed coating meets the slip resistance requirements of the AISC Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 bolts. 5. If the manufacturer of finish coating differs from that of shop primer, provide finish coating manufacturer’s written confirmation that materials are compatible. 6. Manufacturer’s written instructions and special details for applying each type of paint. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Minimum 5 years’ experience in application of specified products. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Meet federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds. 2. Perform surface preparation and painting in accordance with recommendations of the following: a. Paint manufacturer’s instructions. b. SSPC PA 10. c. Federal, state, and local agencies having jurisdiction. C. Mockup: 1. Before proceeding with Work under this section, finish one complete space or item of each color scheme required showing selected colors, finish texture, materials, quality of work, and special details. 2. After Owner`s Representative approval, sample spaces or items shall serve as a standard for similar work throughout the Project. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Shipping: 1. Where precoated items are to be shipped to the Site, protect coating from damage. Batten coated items to prevent abrasion. 2. Protect shop painted surfaces during shipment and handling by suitable provisions including padding, blocking, and use of canvas or nylon slings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 4 OF 14 B. Storage: 1. Store products in a protected area that is heated or cooled to maintain temperatures within the range recommended by paint manufacturer. 2. Primed surfaces shall not be exposed to weather for more than 2 months before being topcoated, or less time if recommended by coating manufacturer. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not apply paint in temperatures or moisture conditions outside of manufacturer’s recommended maximum or minimum allowable. 2. Do not perform final abrasive blast cleaning whenever relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or whenever surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point of ambient air. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Nationally recognized manufacturers of paints and protective coatings who are regularly engaged in the production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions. B. Minimum of 5 years’ verifiable experience in manufacture of specified product. C. Each of the following manufacturers is capable of supplying most of the products specified herein: 1. Carboline. 2. International (Including Devoe). 3. PPG (Ameron). 4. Sherwin Williams. 5. Tnemec. 2.02 ABRASIVE MATERIALS A. Select abrasive type and size to produce surface profile that meets coating manufacturer’s recommendations for specific primer and coating system to be applied. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 5 OF 14 2.03 PAINT MATERIALS A. General: 1. Manufacturer’s highest quality products suitable for intended service. 2. Compatibility: Only compatible materials from a single manufacturer shall be used in the Work. Particular attention shall be directed to compatibility of primers and finish coats. 3. Thinners, Cleaners, Driers, and Other Additives: As recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Products: Product Definition Zinc Rich Primer— Ferrous Metal Moisture cured urethane or converted epoxy zinc rich primer, Tnemec Series 94H20 Hydro-Zinc, or approved equal. High Build Epoxy High solids, two component polyamide or polyamidoamine cured epoxy, Tnemec Series 27 F.C. Typoxy, or approved equal. Finish Modified polycarbamide, semi-gloss finish, Tnemec Series 750 UVX, or approved equal. Organic Zinc Rich Primer Epoxy or moisture cured urethane with 85-percent zinc content in the dry film, meeting the requirements of RCSC Specification for Structural Joints using High Strength Bolts, Class A or Class B, as required. 2.04 MIXING A. Multiple-Component Coatings: 1. Prepare using each component as packaged by paint manufacturer. 2. No partial batches will be permitted. 3. Do not use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. 4. Furnish small quantity kits for touchup painting and for painting other small areas. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 6 OF 14 5. Mix only components specified and furnished by paint manufacturer. 6. Do not intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating. B. Colors: Formulate paints with colorants free of lead, lead compounds. 2.05 SHOP FINISHES A. Shop Blast Cleaning: Reference Paragraph, Shop Coating Requirements. B. Surface Preparation: Provide Owner`s Representative minimum 7 days’ advance notice to start of shop surface preparation work and coating application work. C. Shop Coating Requirements: 1. When required by equipment specifications, such equipment shall be primed and finish coated in shop by manufacturer and touched up in field with identical material after installation. 2. Where manufacturer’s standard coating is not suitable for intended service condition, Owner`s Representative may approve use of a tie- coat to be used between manufacturer’s standard coating and specified field finish. In such cases, tie-coat shall be surface tolerant epoxy as recommended by manufacturer of specified field finish coat. Coordinate details of equipment manufacturer’s standard coating with field coating manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide Owner`s Representative minimum 7 days’ advance notice to start of field surface preparation work and coating application work. B. Perform the Work only in presence of Owner`s Representative, unless Owner`s Representative grants prior approval to perform the Work in Owner`s Representative’s absence. C. Schedule inspection of cleaned surfaces and all coats prior to succeeding coat in advance with Owner`s Representative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 7 OF 14 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Factory Finished Items: 1. Schedule inspection with Owner`s Representative before repairing damaged factory-finished items delivered to Site. 2. Repair abraded or otherwise damaged areas on factory-finished items as recommended by coating manufacturer. Carefully blend repaired areas into original finish. If required to match colors, provide full finish coat in field. B. Surface Preparation Verification: Inspect and provide substrate surfaces prepared in accordance with these Specifications and printed directions and recommendations of paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. The more stringent requirements shall apply. 3.03 PROTECTION OF ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not specified elsewhere to be painted. B. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. C. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. D. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering. E. Protect surfaces adjacent to or downwind of Work area from overspray. 3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Field Abrasive Blasting: 1. Perform blasting for items and equipment where specified and as required to restore damaged surfaces previously shop or field blasted and primed or coated. 2. Refer to coating systems for degree of abrasive blasting required. 3. Where the specified degree of surface preparation differs from manufacturer’s recommendations, the more stringent shall apply. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 8 OF 14 B. Surface Contamination Testing: 1. A surface contamination analysis test shall be performed every 500 square feet by means of a Chlor Test CSN Salts or approved equivalent. 2. Surface with chloride levels exceeding 3 µg/square centimeter for submerged surfaces and 5 µg/square centimeter for exposed surfaces shall be treated with a liquid soluble salt remover equivalent to CHLOR*RID (CHLOR*RID International, Chandler, AZ). 3. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations and procedures for the use of this product to remove the surface contamination. C. Metal Surface Preparation: 1. Where indicated, meet requirements of SSPC Specifications summarized below: a. SP 1, Solvent Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminants by cleaning with solvent. b. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning: Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, using nonpower hand tools. c. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning: Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, using power-assisted hand tools. d. SP 5, White Metal Blast Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coatings, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter by blast cleaning. e. SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coatings, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except for random staining limited to no more than 33 percent of each unit area of surface which may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor discolorations caused by stains of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of previously applied coatings. f. SP 7, Brush-Off Blast Cleaning: Removal of visible rust, oil, grease, soil, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose coatings. Tightly adherent mill scale, rust, and coating may remain on surface. g. SP 10, Near-White Blast Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coatings, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except for random staining limited to no more than 5 percent of each unit area of surface which may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor discolorations SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 9 OF 14 caused by stains of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of previously applied coatings. h. SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal: Removal of visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxide, corrosion products, and other foreign matter using power-assisted hand tools capable of producing suitable surface profile. Slight residues of rust and paint may be left in lower portion of pits if original surface is pitted. i. SP-16, Brush Blasting of Non-Ferrous Metals: A brush-off blast cleaned non-ferrous metal surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, metal oxides (corrosion products), and other foreign matter. Intact, tightly adherent coating is permitted to remain. A coating is considered tightly adherent if it cannot be removed by lifting with a dull putty knife. Bare metal substrates shall have a minimum profile of 19 micrometers (0.75 mil). 2. The words “solvent cleaning”, “hand tool cleaning”, “wire brushing”, and “blast cleaning”, or similar words of equal intent in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer’s specification refer to the applicable SSPC Specification. 3. Where OSHA or EPA regulations preclude standard abrasive blast cleaning, wet or vacu-blast methods may be required. Coating manufacturers’ recommendations for wet blast additives and first coat application shall apply. 4. Hand tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power tool cleaning. 5. Round or chamfer sharp edges and grind smooth burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects. 6. Welds and Adjacent Areas: a. Prepare such that there is: 1) No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead. 2) No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or any area to be painted. 3) No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead. b. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead. 7. Preblast Cleaning Requirements: a. Remove oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants prior to blast cleaning. b. Cleaning Methods: Steam, open flame, hot water, or cold water with appropriate detergent additives followed with clean water rinsing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 10 OF 14 c. Clean small isolated areas as above or solvent clean with suitable solvent and clean cloth. 8. Blast Cleaning Requirements: a. Type of Equipment and Speed of Travel: Design to obtain specified degree of cleanliness. Minimum surface preparation is as specified herein and takes precedence over coating manufacturer’s recommendations. b. Select type and size of abrasive to produce surface profile that meets coating manufacturer’s recommendations for particular primer to be used. c. Use only dry blast cleaning methods. d. Do not reuse abrasive, except for designed recyclable systems. e. Meet applicable federal, state, and local air pollution and environmental control regulations for blast cleaning, confined space entry (if required), and disposition of spent aggregate and debris. 9. Post-Blast Cleaning and Other Cleaning Requirements: a. Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles from cleaning operations by dry (no oil or water vapor) air blast cleaning or other method prior to painting. Vacuum clean enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem and wipe with a tack cloth. b. Paint surfaces the same day they are blasted. Reblast surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted. 3.05 SURFACE CLEANING A. Solvent Cleaning: 1. Consists of removal of foreign matter such as oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and any other surface contaminants by using solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning, or similar materials and methods that involve a solvent or cleaning action. 2. Meet requirements of SSPC SP 1. 3.06 APPLICATION A. General: 1. The intention of these Specifications is for new, metal, surfaces to be painted, whether specifically mentioned or not, except as specified otherwise. Do not paint exterior concrete surfaces, unless specifically indicated. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 11 OF 14 2. Apply coatings in accordance with these Specifications and paint manufacturers’ printed recommendations and special details. The more stringent requirements shall apply. Allow sufficient time between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint. 3. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat. 4. Coat units or surfaces to be bolted together or joined closely to structures or to one another prior to assembly or installation. 5. Keep paint materials sealed when not in use. 6. Where more than one coat is applied within a given system, alternate colors to provide a visual reference showing required number of coats have been applied. B. Film Thickness and Coverage: 1. Number of Coats: a. Minimum required without regard to coating thickness. b. Additional coats may be required to obtain minimum required paint thickness, depending on method of application, differences in manufacturers’ products, and atmospheric conditions. 2. Application Thickness: a. Do not exceed coating manufacturer’s recommendations. b. Measure using a wet film thickness gauge to ensure proper coating thickness during application. 3. Film Thickness Measurements and Electrical Inspection of Coated Surfaces: a. Perform with properly calibrated instruments. b. Recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with specification. c. Coats are subject to inspection by Owner`s Representative and coating manufacturer’s representative. 4. Give particular attention to edges, angles, flanges, and other similar areas, where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present, and ensure proper millage in these areas. 5. Apply additional coats as required to achieve complete hiding of underlying coats. Hiding shall be so complete that additional coats would not increase the hiding. 3.07 PROTECTIVE COATINGS SYSTEMS AND APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Unless otherwise shown or specified, paint surfaces in accordance with the following application schedule. In the event of discrepancies or omissions in the following, request clarification from Owner`s Representative before starting work in question. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 12 OF 14 B. System No. 5 Exposed Metal—Mildly Corrosive: Surface Prep.Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Zinc Rich Primer— Ferrous Metal 1 coat, 2.5 MDFT High Build Epoxy 1 coat, 3 MDFT SP 10, Near-White Blast Cleaning Finish 1 coat, 3 MDFT 1. Total minimum thickness: a. Non-stripe coated areas: 8.5 MDFT. b. Stripe coated area: 11.5 MDFT. 2. Use on the following items or areas: a. All metal surfaces of structural steel components associated with the restroom and pergola structures, including fasteners, but excluding faying surfaces: 1) Stripe coat all fasteners and field welds. Stripe coat shall consist of one coat of high build epoxy, brush applied, 3 MDFT. C. System No. 11 Faying Surfaces of Slip Critical Bolted Connections: Surface Prep.Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover SP 10, Near-White Blast Cleaning Organic Zinc Rich Primer 1 coat, 3 MDFT 1. Use on faying surfaces of slip critical joints as specified and as shown on Drawings. 2. Provide primer in accordance with RCSC Specification for Structural Joints using High-Strength Bolts. 3.08 COLORS A. Finished color: Tnemec Briquet 49GR. B. Proprietary identification of colors is for identification only. Selected manufacturer may supply matches. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Equipment: Provide calibrated electronic type dry film thickness gauge to test coating thickness specified in mils. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 13 OF 14 B. Testing: 1. Thickness and Continuity Testing: a. Measure coating thickness specified in mils with a magnetic type, dry film thickness gauge, in accordance with SSPC PA 2. Check each coat for correct millage. Do not make measurement before a minimum of 8 hours after application of coating. b. After repaired and recoated areas have dried sufficiently, retest each repaired area. Final tests may also be conducted by Owner`s Representative. C. Inspection: Leave staging and lighting in place until Owner`s Representative has inspected surface or coating. Replace staging removed prior to approval by Owner`s Representative. Provide additional staging and lighting as requested by Owner`s Representative. D. Unsatisfactory Application: 1. If item has an improper finish color or insufficient film thickness, clean surface and topcoat with specified paint material to obtain specified color and coverage. Obtain specific surface preparation information from coating manufacturer. 2. Evidence of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections is cause for rejection. 3. Repair defects in accordance with written recommendations of coating manufacturer. E. Damaged Coatings, Pinholes, and Holidays: 1. Hand or power sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, and feather edges. Follow with primer and finish coat. Depending on extent of repair and appearance, a finish sanding and topcoat may be required. 2. Remove rust and contaminants from metal surface. Provide surface cleanliness and profile in accordance with surface preparation requirements for specified paint system. 3. Feather edges and repair in accordance with recommendations of paint manufacturer. 4. Apply finish coats, including touchup and damage-repair coats in a manner that will present a uniform texture and color-matched appearance. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 - PAGE 14 OF 14 3.10 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES A. In accordance with the following: 1. On first day of application of any coating system. 2. A minimum of two additional Site inspection visits, each for a minimum of 4 hours, in order to provide Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. As required to resolve field problems attributable to or associated with manufacturer’s product. 4. To verify full cure of coating prior to coated surfaces being placed into immersion service. 3.11 CLEANUP A. Place cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers or destroy at end of each day. B. Upon completion of the Work, remove staging, scaffolding, and containers from Site or destroy in a legal manner. C. Remove paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors and leave entire job clean. 3.12 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following “End of Section,” are a part of this specification: 1. Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS). 2. Product Data Sheet (PDS). END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 1 PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET Complete this PSDS for each coating system, include all components of the system (surface preparation, primer, intermediate coats, and finish coats). Include all components of a given coating system on a single PSDS. Paint System Number (from Spec.): Paint System Title (from Spec.): Coating Supplier: Representative: Surface Preparation: Paint Material (Generic) Product Name/Number (Proprietary)Min. Coats, Coverage SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 09 90 00 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 1 PAINT PRODUCT DATA SHEET Product_________________________________________________________________ Complete and attach manufacturer’s Technical Data Sheet to this PDS for each product submitted. Provide manufacturer’s recommendations for the following parameters at temperature (F)/relative humidity: Temperature/RH 50/50 70/30 90/25 Induction Time Pot Life Shelf Life Drying Time Curing Time Min. Recoat Time Max. Recoat Time Provide manufacturer’s recommendations for the following: Mixing Ratio: Maximum Permissible Thinning: Ambient Temperature Limitations: min.: max.: Surface Temperature Limitations: min.: max.: Surface Profile Requirements: min.: max.: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 09 91 13 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following substrates: 1. Wood. 2. Gypsum board. 3. PVC pipe. 4. Concrete. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099000 "Steel Coatings" for painting of structural components associated with restroom and pergola structure. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 2 OF 8 F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 3. VOC content. 1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this project with a record of successful in-service performance. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 3 OF 8 B. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished Work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, runs, sags, holidays, blistering, checking, cracking, scratches and other signs of poor workmanship. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore, Local representative: Randy Tessman, 800.642.5678. 2. PPG Architectural Coatings, Local representative: Terry Decker, 206.354.0179 3. Miller Paints, Local representative: Mike Murphy, 206.261.1958 4. Rodda/Cloverdale Paint Company, Local representative: Jeff McIntyre, 206.396.7074 5. Substitution Requests: Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures. 2.02 PAINT, GENERAL A. Only materials (primers, paints, coatings, varnishes, stains, lacquers, fillers, etc.) listing in the latest edition of the MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual, Approved Product List (APL) are acceptable for use on this project. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 4 OF 8 B. Other materials such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners, solvents, etc. shall be the highest quality product of an MPI listed manufacturer and shall be compatible with paint materials being used as required. C. Sealant products for interior and exterior use are specified in 07900 Joint Sealants. D. Spackle, putty and glazing materials shall be of a quality equal to DAP or Synkaloyd, each suitable for interior or exterior application. E. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. F. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 5 OF 8 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. F. Wood Substrates for Transparent Finishes: Clean surfaces to remove all foreign materials and substances, Sand surfaces to make smooth and dust off. G. PVC and Plastic: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP-1. Scuff and sand to uniformly dull gloss. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 6 OF 8 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to view to public: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 7 OF 8 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.06 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Traffic Surfaces: 1. Clear Sealer System: a. Coat 1: Concrete Floor Sealer, solvent based, for concrete floors, MPI #104. b. Coat 2: Concrete Floor Sealer, solvent based, for concrete floors, MPI #104. B. Wood Substrates: 1. Varnish System: a. Coat 1: Semi Transparent Stain, MPI #13 b. Coat 2: Varnish, MPI #28 c. Coat 3: Varnish, MPI #28 C. Gypsum Wallboard 1. Alkyd System: a. Primer: Latex Primer Sealer, MPI #50 b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #51 c. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #51 D. Plastic Substrates: 1. Prime Coat: Bonding Primer, MPI #17 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 09 91 13 19 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 099113 – PAGE 8 OF 8 2. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #8 3. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #8 E. Galvanized Metal: 1. Primer: Cementitious Primer, MPI #26 2. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #8 3. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #8 END OF SECTION 099113 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 10 21 13.19 19 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10211319 – PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 10 21 13.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-plastic toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for blocking. 2. Section 102800 "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories" for toilet tissue dispensers, grab bars, purse shelves, and similar accessories mounted on toilet compartments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for toilet compartments. B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details. 2. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. 3. Show locations of floor drains. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes unless otherwise indicated: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 10 21 13.19 19 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10211319 – PAGE 2 OF 6 1. Each type of material, color, and finish required for toilet compartments, prepared on 6-inch- (152-mm-) square Samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work. D. Product Schedule: For toilet compartments, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing location and selected colors for toilet compartment material. E. Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment. F. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: [25] [75] [200] or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities] [and] [ICC A117.1] for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 2.02 SOLID-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Overhead braced. B. Urinal-Screen Style: Overhead braced. C. Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, seamless, with eased edges, and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 10 21 13.19 19 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10211319 – PAGE 3 OF 6 1. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges. 2. Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum or stainless-steel strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid-plastic components to hinder malicious combustion. 3. Color and Pattern: One color and pattern in each room as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. E. Urinal-Screen Post: Manufacturer's standard post design of material matching the thickness and construction of pilasters with shoe and sleeve (cap) matching that on the pilaster. F. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. 2.03 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.062-inch- (1.59-mm-) thick stainless-steel continuous, cam type that swings to a closed or partially open position allowing emergency access by lifting door. Mount with through-bolts. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty surface-mounted cast-stainless- steel latch unit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy-duty combination cast-stainless-steel hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Mount with through-bolts. 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty rubber-tipped cast-stainless-steel bumper at out-swinging doors. Mount with through-bolts. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy-duty cast-stainless-steel pull at out-swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts. B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 10 21 13.19 19 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10211319 – PAGE 4 OF 6 C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless-steel, hot-dip galvanized-steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with related materials. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. D. Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M. E. Zamac: ASTM B 86, commercial zinc-alloy die castings. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. C. Urinal-Screen Posts: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at bottoms of posts. Provide shoes at posts to conceal anchorage. D. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- (610-mm-) wide, in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide, out- swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- (813-mm-) wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 10 21 13.19 19 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10211319 – PAGE 5 OF 6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm). b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full-height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Overhead-Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. C. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 10 21 13.19 19 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10211319 – PAGE 6 OF 6 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 102113.19 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 102800 19 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 – PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 2. Warm-air dryers. 3. Custodial accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 093013 "Ceramic Tiling" for ceramic toilet and bath accessories. 2. Section 102113 Plastic Toilet Compartments 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Samples: Full size, for each accessory item to verify design, operation, and finish requirements. 1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 102800 19 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 – PAGE 2 OF 6 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated. 2. Identify products using designations indicated. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same Part 2 articles, obtain products from single source from single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 102800 19 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 – PAGE 3 OF 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.031-inch (0.8-mm) minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B 19, flat products; ASTM B 16/B 16M, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036-inch (0.9-mm) minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 (Z180) hot-dip zinc coating. E. Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-and-theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). H. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. I. ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin formulation. 2.01 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Tissue (Jumbo-Roll) Dispenser: 1. Manufacturer: a. Bobrick B2890 Jumbo-roll 2. Description: One-roll unit 3. Mounting: Surface mounted. 4. Capacity: Up to 10 inch (255 mm) diameter with a 1-5/8 inch (40 mm) core roll; convertible for 3 inch (75 mm) diameter core rolls 5. Material and Finish: Type 304, 22 gauge (0.8 mm) stainless steel with satin finish. 6. Lockset: Tumbler type. 7. Refill Indicator: Pierced slots at front. B. Liquid-Soap Dispenser: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 102800 19 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 – PAGE 4 OF 6 1. Manufacturer: Brighton Professional (OFCI) 2. Description: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid or lotion form. 3. Mounting: Surface mounted. C. Grab Bar: 1. Manufacturer: a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. b. Bradley Corp. c. Or approved equal 2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners. 3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) thick. a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip-resistant texture in grip area. 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). 5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings. D. Mirror Unit : 1. Basis of Design: Willoughby Industries, FMR-1, framed security mirror, rea mounted. 2. Material: 16 GA, Type 304 stainless steel, polished to a #8 non-directional mirror finish. Reinforced with ½” fiberboard backing. 3. Anchors: 6-point system; threaded rods, nuts and washers for through-wall mounting. 4. Size: 12 inches x 30 inches 2.02 WARM-AIR DRYERS A. Warm-Air Dryer 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Excel Dryer Inc., Model XL-W, or approved equal 2. Mounting: Surface mounted 3. Operation: Optical sensor, activated with timed power cut-off switch. a. Operation Time: 30 seconds. 4. Cover Material and Finish: Zinc die-cast, white SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 102800 19 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 – PAGE 5 OF 6 2.03 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A. Diaper-Changing Station: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Koala Kare Products, or approved equal 2. Description: Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with child-protection strap. a. Engineered to support a minimum of 250-lb (113-kg) static load when opened. 3. Mounting: Surface mounted, with unit projecting not more than 4 inches (100 mm) from wall when closed. 4. Operation: By pneumatic shock-absorbing mechanism. 5. Material and Finish: HDPE in manufacturer's standard color 6. Liner Dispenser: Built in. 2.04 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. Underlavatory Guard (all public lavatories): 1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings. 2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white. 2.05 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. Utility Shelf and Mop Holder (in Pump Room 001): 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc, Shelf with Mop and Broom Holders and Rag Hooks, model B-224-36. 2. Description: With exposed edges turned down not less than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) and supported by two triangular brackets welded to shelf underside, with 4 spring-loaded rubber cams with anti-slip coating. 3. Size: 36inches (406 mm) long by 8 inches (203 mm) deep. 4. Material and Finish: Not less than 18 gauge (1.2-mm-) thick Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 102800 19 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 – PAGE 6 OF 6 2.06 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion-resistant backing plates. B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of 6 keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to ASTM F 446. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 102800 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 1 OF 13 SECTION 12 93 00 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor, and related items necessary to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and/or Contract Specifications. The items of work to be performed shall include but are not limited to: 1. Radius Benches 2. Plaza Benches 3. Trash Receptacles 4. Removable Bollards 5. Planter Containers 6. Bicycle Racks 7. Free Library 8. Parks Rules Sign – Concrete Footing & Installation 9. Park Entry Monument Sign B. All related site furnishing items required to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified in the Contract Specifications. 1.02 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Contract Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 2. Section 32 11 23 Aggregate Base Course 3. Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Adhere to manufacturer's instructions for product handling, assembly, installation, and maintenance. B. Manufacturer’s original factory finish must be intact for the installation of the furnishing to be considered satisfactory. C. Standard Contract Specifications Reference Standards 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), Latest Edition. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 2 OF 13 2. All standards shall include the latest additions and amendments as of the date of advertisement for bids. 3. Comply with environmental agencies, building codes and other local requirements that are more stringent than the above. D. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall inspect the site, carefully check all grades, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner’s Representative of any discrepancy on line and level. E. Site Furnishing work shall be performed by a company with experience in work of similar scope and quality. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. For each product specified and prior to delivery, submit the manufacturer’s product data including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Manufacturer’s written installation instructions. 4. Samples of all finishes and materials as specified. 5. A copy of Manufacturer’s warranty on the product. B. For fabricated Site Furnishings and Site Furnishings modified from standard manufacturer details, provide shop drawings for review and approval prior to fabrication. Shop drawings shall be scaled drawings and shall show all proposed construction including materials, sizes, dimensions, fastenings, connections, and installation hardware. Shop drawings required for 1. Radius Bench with arms, legs, and modified back at pergola. 2. Radius Bench with arms and legs (backless) at viewpoint. 3. Free Library including vinyl labels. C. List of anticipated submittals: 1. Plaza Bench 2. Trash Receptacle 3. Removable Bollard 4. Planter Containers 5. Bicycle Racks 6. Radius Bench with arms, legs, and modified back at pergola 7. Radius Bench with arms and legs (backless) at viewpoint 8. Free Library including vinyl labels 9. Park Entry Monument Sign Materials 10. Park Entry Monument Sign Mock-up 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 3 OF 13 A. Deliver and store site furnishings items in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. B. Handle all site furnishings with sufficient care to prevent scratches and other damage to finishes and materials. C. Deliver products in good condition. D. Store products to prevent corrosion, deterioration, and damage. E. Bent, dented, scratched, chipped, or otherwise damaged items are not acceptable and must be replaced by items and components in new condition. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install site furnishings during heavy rain, freezing temperature, or snowfall. 1.08 PROTECTION A. Protect new work and work-in-progress from vandalism and damage that might be incurred by construction traffic, equipment, property, and persons. B. Replace damaged products before substantial completion as directed by Owner’s Representative. 1.09 PERMITS, CODES, AND REGULATIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations, which in any way affect the conduct of the work. C. Comply with environmental agencies, building codes and other local requirements that are more stringent than included in Contract Specifications. 1.10 CONDUCT OF WORK A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under control. Subcontractors shall not be recognized, and all persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of the Contractor. Their work shall be subject to the provisions of the Contract, Contract Drawings, and Contract Specifications. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 4 OF 13 C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. 1.11 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee work of this Contract Specification section for one (1) year against all defects of materials and workmanship. The guarantee period begins after the date of final acceptance. B. Repair any damage caused by the settlement and defects at no cost to the Owner. C. Provide all manufacturer warranties on site furnishings specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. As required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. 2.02 BASE COURSE AGGREGATE A. Provide thickness as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Base course aggregate shall be as specified in Aggregate Base Course, section 32 11 23, as required to construct the project. 2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Include concrete footings, thickened concrete, and other items as specified in Section 03 30 00 Cast-In Place Concrete or Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving as required to construct the project. 2.04 REINFORCING BARS A. All reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, number four (4) bar or otherwise indicated, unpainted, uncoated, free from rust, dirt and other defects as specified in Steel Reinforcement, Section 03 21 00, as requested to construct the project. 2.05 SURFACE TREATMENTS A. Surface treatment for manufactured products shall conform to manufacturer’s standard finish specifications. B. Provide no treatments that void the warranty on manufacturer’s products. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 5 OF 13 2.06 HARDWARE A. Where the manufacturer does not provide a specification for anchoring, use only approved metal hardware including bolts, deformed bars for connections, threaded rods, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers. All metal hardware shall be Stainless Steel Type 304 unless otherwise noted. All bolts shall have standard cut stainless steel washers respective size, unless otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings. All stainless steel bolts to have stainless steel washers each end, stainless steel bolts, etc. shall have stainless steel washers and nuts. Hardware not noted by size shall be sufficient to draw and hold members securely. 2.07 RADIUS BENCH A. Radius bench to be Maglin Ogden Series bench with HDPC seat and back, steel legs, and arm rests; Surface Mount. 1. Bench Seat: Model # OGM1900-SCR8-FB; HDPC Slats – Sandstone. 2. Bench Legs: Model #OGM1900-MS1, Square Leg, steel. 3. Bench Arm Rest: OGM1900-CA1 Center Arm, steel. 4. Bench Back: customized back mounting as detailed and modified by manufacturer. Shop drawing for back attachment required with Radius Bench submittal. 5. Finish: All steel components shall be protected with E-Coat Rust Proofing/Powder coating per the manufacturer. Color to be “Finetex Slate”. 6. Hardware for bench assembly is supplied by the manufacturer. Hardware for surface mounting to be per the Contract Drawings and supplied by the contractor. 7. Provide Radius Bench at radius indicated on plans for viewpoint area and pergola area. B. Radius Bench available from: Maglin Site Furniture 999 18th St, Suite 3000 Denver, CO 80202 Tel: (800) 716-5506 Email: sales@maglin.com www.maglin.com C. Or approved equal. 2.08 PLAZA BENCH A. Plaza bench to be Maglin MLB870 Series bench with HDPC seat and back, with solid cast aluminum ends for legs and arm rests, and for the center arm; Surface Mount. 1. Bench Seat: Model # MLB870-PC, HDPC Slats – Sandstone. 2. Bench Legs: standard end piece, solid cast aluminum. 3. Bench Arm Rests: standard end piece, solid cast aluminum. 4. Bench Center Arm: standard center piece, solid cast aluminum. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 6 OF 13 5. All steel components shall be protected with E-Coat Rust Proofing/Powder coating per the manufacturer. Color to be “Finetex Slate”. 6. Hardware for surface mounting to be per the Contract Drawings and supplied by the contractor. B. Plaza Bench available from: Maglin Site Furniture 999 18th St, Suite 3000 Denver, CO 80202 Tel: (800) 716-5506 Email: sales@maglin.com www.maglin.com C. Or approved equal. 2.09 TRASH RECEPTACLE A. Trash Receptacles shall be City of Renton standard Wabash Plastisol Receptacle LR300R by Wabash Valley Manufacturing, Inc. 32-gallon ribbed receptacle with side opening and dome lid. 1. Receptacle Model #: LR300R, Rib pattern. 2. Lid: Model # DT100, Dome Top Lid. 3. Receptacle Liner: Model # LR310, 32-gallon receptacle liner. 4. Surface mount package, Model # LR105. 5. Finish: All metal components shall receive powder coating per manufacturer’s specifications. Color to be black. 6. Hardware for surface mounting to be per the Contract Drawings and supplied by the contractor. B. Trash Receptacles available from: Wabash Valley Manufacturing, Inc. PO Box 5, 505 East Main Street Silver Lake, Indiana 46982 Tel: (260) 352-2102 Fax: (260) 352-2160 Email: wvmsales@wabashvalley.com C. Or approved equal. 2.10 REMOVABLE BOLLARDS A. Bollards shall be Ironsmith, Inc., Metro Removable Bollard with receiver, cast aluminum with powder coat finish. Color shall be black. 1. Removable Bollard With Lock Tab: Model # 9020RM, cast aluminum. 2. Bollard Receiver: Model # 9020R, cast aluminum. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 7 OF 13 3. Finish: All metal components shall receive powder coating per manufacturer’s specifications unless otherwise noted. Color to be black. 4. Provide one (1) extra receiver with cap per each bollard, as shown on Contract Drawings. B. Bollards available from: Ironsmith, Inc. 41701 Corporate Way #3 Palm Desert, CA 92260 Tel: (800) 338-4766 Email: sales@ironsmith.biz C. Or approved equal. 2.11 PLANTER CONTAINERS A. Planter Container shall be Cascade Square planter by Quick Crete Products Corp. 1. Container Model #: QS-CE3627P, 36” Square 2. Finish: Texture shall be Craftsman’s Etch, color to be “French Grey” 3. Anti-Graffiti coating: All planter containers shall receive Permashield Premium graffiti control system application with matte finish. B. Planter Containers available from: Quick Crete Products Corp. P.O. Box 639 731 Parkridge Ave. Norco, CA 92860 Tel: (866) 703-3434 Fax: (951) 737-7032 Email: sales@quickcrete.com C. Or approved equal 2.12 BICYCLE RACKS A. Bicycle racks shall be Welle Circular Bicycle rack by Palmer Group, LLC. Schedule 40 round pipe hoop with hot dipped galvanized finish. 1. Bicycle Rack Model #: WCR02-SF 2. Hoop: Schedule 40 round pipe, steel 3. Finish: Hot Dipped Galvanized 4. Surface Mount per Manufacturer’s recommendations 5. Hardware for surface mounting to be supplied by the contractor B. Bicycle Racks available from: Palmer Group, LLC 1728 Ocean Ave, #132 San Francisco, CA 94112 Tel: (415) 335-0626 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 8 OF 13 Tel: (888) 764-2453 Email: info@Bicycleparking.com C. Or approved equal. 2.13 FREE LIBRARY A. Free Library enclosure to be on a welded steel frame with a steel top and bottom. Each side shall have clear panels made of Lexan polycarbonate, Front has doors opening on either side as indicated on details in Contract Drawings. 1. Finish: All steel components shall receive powder coating per manufacturer’s specifications. Color to be manufacturer’s standard color “Gunmetal Gloss”. 2. Lexsan polycarboante: Lexan 9034 uncoated polycarbonate clear sheet shall be used for transparent windows. 3. Vinyl Graphic Labels: Use exterior grade vinyl. (a) Wording to be in Arial font: (i) “Take a Book” (Font Size: 1 ¼ inch; 90 pt) (ii) “Leave a Book” (Font Size: 1 ¼ inch; 90 pt) (iii) “THE LITTLE FREE LIBRARY” (Font Size: 11/16 inch; 50 pt) (iv) “CELEBRATING NEIGHBORS” (Font Size: 11/16 inch; 50 pt) (v) “Your attention to the following is appreciated: Please return King County Library Books to the King County Library. The Little Free Libraries are for neighborly book exchanges only and cared for by the community and the City of Renton. Thank you for participating!” (Font Size: 5/8 inch; 45 pt) (vi) City of Renton logo. (b) Text color to be white. (c) Logo to be true color per City of Renton logo. (d) Location as shown on drawings. 4. Tamper proof bolts shall be used for mounting onto the radius bench. For tamper proof bolt removal, the Contractor shall provide two (2) tamper proof anchor tools (Maglin product code: Anchor TP Tool) to the Owner. B. Basis of design provided by: Maglin Site Furniture Maglin Corporation 999 18th Street, Suite 3000 Denver, CO 80202 Tel: (800) 716-5506 Fax: (877) 260-9393 Email: sales@maglin.com C. Shop drawings of the Free Library is required for review and approval by Owner’s Representative prior to fabrication. Shop drawing shall include method of mounting attachment to the radius bench. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 9 OF 13 2.14 PARKS RULES SIGN A. Owner will provide the rules and regulation sign. B. Contractor shall provide the concrete pad and footing per details in Contract Drawings. 2.15 PARK ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN A. Park Entry Monument Sign shall be custom designed per details in Contract Drawings. 1. Cast-In-Place Concrete: See Cast-In-Place Concrete, section 03 30 00. (a) All concrete work on the Entry Monument Sign to maintain consistent finish. (b) Vertical concrete wall, pad, and foundation to be Davis integral color “Graphite 8084”. Submit color sample and product info for review and approval. (c) Provide a light sandblast finish on all exposed concrete work for the entry sign. 2. Reinforcing steel: See Steel Reinforcement, section 03 21 00. 3. Lights: Embedded - see Electrical, Section 26, 05 01. 4. Richlite Panel: Custom layered design with Black Diamond color and Maple Valley color layers. Use center balanced triple-layer setup per manufacturer’s recommendations: Maple Valley – Black Diamond – Maple Valley. See details in Contract Drawings. (a) Finish: Mill Finish on all sides. (b) Text: Text and logo to be C&C routered out of the top ‘Maple Valley’ layer revealing the middle ‘Black Diamond’ layer underneath. Routering shall use 1/16 inch bit for smallest work (logo). (c) Chamfer: per details in Contract Drawings. 5. Metal Fin: Shall be ASTM A606-4 (AKA Corten) Steel. 6. Electrical boxes and enclosures: Nema 4X boxes. 7. Internal Conduits: PVC Schedule 40. 8. Silicone epoxy for LED Strip: 3M 1099. Apply a light coat into concrete channel and wait till it dries. Then add the full adhesive thickness to the LED strip light and adhere it to the sealed concrete. 9. Strap for LED Strip: See details in Contract Drawings. 10. Anti-Graffiti coating: All exposed concrete shall receive Permashield Premium graffiti control system application with matte finish. B. Mock-Up Submittal 1. Provide minimum one (1) foot x 3 foot section of the entry sign as a sample installation for on-site review and approval. 2. Construct mock-up at least 6 weeks prior to building the sign to allow concrete to cure before observation. 3. Mock-up to be provided at a site on park property where directed by Owner’s Representative. 4. Mock-up shall include section of flat and vertical concrete work, metal accent fin with channel, Richlite panel with routered graphic, sample of light housing embedded in flat SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 10 OF 13 work and small section of LED strip lighting with mounting clip. Mock-up shall show finishes, attachments and embed techniques to be used on final sign work. 5. Provide up to a total of 2 additional mock-ups for review and approval. Should a mock-up not be approved by the third review, Owner’s Representative reserves the right to procure an alternate subcontractor to build the entry sign at Contractor’s expense. 6. Remove mock-ups that are not accepted completely from the park site. 7. Approved mock-up will be used as the minimum standard for acceptance for the Park Entry Monument Sign and shall not be demolished or removed from the site until the construction of the final sign is complete and approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Examination: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Mark alignment and locations of all site furnishings in the field for review and approval by Owner’s Representative prior to installation. Incorrectly located work shall be removed and/or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Install rigid, plumb and true to lines and levels shown. Verify that all elements called for in this Section "fit" according to the Contract Drawings and all site features. D. Welded pieces shall be free of burrs, slag, or other waste material prior to galvanizing. All welds to be continuous without gaps. E. Assemble (if required) and install all equipment specified by name and/or manufacturer as per approved manufacturer's written instructions and/or recommendations. 3.02 BASE COURSE AGGREGATE A. Provide thickness as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in Aggregate Base Course, Section 32 11 23. 3.03 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Provide and size concrete footing, pads, and foundations for site elements per Contract Drawings, or as specified herein. B. Conform to requirements of the Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 of these Contract Specifications. Layout and finishes as shown on Contract Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 11 OF 13 3.04 RADIUS BENCH A. Surface mount radius bench in locations shown on Contract Drawings. B. Install plumb and level as detailed on Contract Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. C. Assemble bench per manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3.05 PLAZA BENCHES A. Surface mount plaza benches in locations shown on Contract Drawings. B. Install plumb and level as detailed in locations shown on Contract Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. C. Assemble benches per manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3.06 TRASH RECEPTACLES A. Surface mount trash receptacles in locations shown on Contract Drawings. B. Install plumb and level as detailed in locations as shown in Contract Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. C. Assemble trash receptacles per manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3.07 REMOVABLE BOLLARDS A. Embed receivers in concrete as shown in Contract Drawings. B. Install plumb and level as detailed in locations as shown in Contract Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3.08 PLANTER CONTAINERS A. Install per manufacturer’s direction centered over valve box (drainage sump) as shown in contract drawings. Ensure container drain hole is sized to fit irrigation conduit and provides positive drainage. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 12 OF 13 3.09 BICYCLE RACKS A. Surface mount Bicycle racks in locations shown on Contract Drawings. B. Install plumb and level as detailed in locations shown on Contract Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3.10 FREE LIBRARY A. Install and attach to radius bench per approved shop drawings. 3.11 PARKS RULES SIGN A. Locate as shown on plans in Contract Drawings. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative regarding scheduling of sign and delivery to the site with concrete and installation work. B. Install sign posts into concrete pad, footing and foundation per details in Contract Drawings. 3.12 PARK ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN A. Construct and install as detailed in Contract Drawings and as specified. B. Sign to meet minimum standard of acceptance per approved mock-up. 3.13 ADDITIONAL PRODUCT SUPPLY A. Provide additional 4 Lexan panels of each size specified in a clearly labeled box with bolts and hardware and place in the storage room. B. Provide one (1) can of anti-graffiti coating with graffiti removal agent in clearly labeled box and place in the storage room. C. Provide one (1) bottle per finish specified of touch-up and repair agent from each manufacturer in a clearly labeled box and place in the storage room. D. Provide extra vinyl graphic labels – 2 copies of each label in a clearly labeled box and place in the storage room. E. Provide two (2) tamper proof anchor tools (Maglin product code: Anchor TP Tool) in a clearly labeled box and place in the storage room. F. Provide 8 extra HDPC bench seat slats and 8 extra HDPC bench back slats for the radius bench with connection hardware in clearly labeled box and place in the storage room. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 12 93 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00 – PAGE 13 OF 13 G. Provide touchup or repair product from each manufacturer specified. Each to be clearly labeled with written instructions and placed in the storage room. 3.14 SURFACE INSTALLATIONS: A. Surface installations shall be made only upon approved concrete surfaces. B. Use only approved anchoring devices and hardware. C. Where the manufacturer does not provide a specification for anchoring, use only approved stainless steel wedge anchors as follows: 1. Do not proceed with anchor installation until concrete pavement has had a minimum of 14 days cure time under normal conditions. Where weather conditions are beyond the range of normal, do not proceed with anchor installation without the approval of the Owner’s Representative. 2. Size to the largest standard diameter that the manufacturer’s pre-made hole will accommodate without force. 3. Size for embedment of ¾ of the actual depth of concrete to support the installation, in no case less than 2½”. Allow for depth of nut plus 3-5 threads protrusion into cap nut. 4. Do not over drill beyond 1/8” the depth necessary to accommodate an anchor. 5. Torque to 80-85% of the anchor manufacturers recommended maximum. 6. Provide at least one anchor for every bolt location hole for any site furnishing. 3.15 CLEAN-UP A. Remove all metal, wood, and concrete debris, protective wrappings and coverings, and shipping materials from the project site. B. Repair minor damages to finish in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as approved by the Owner’s Representative. Remove and replace all damaged components as determined by the Owner’s Representative. C. Clean site furnishings promptly after installation in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Do not use harsh or abrasive cleaning materials or methods that could damage the finishes. D. Fully restore all areas of the site that were impacted by the installation activities. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 07 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 07 00 - PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 22 07 00 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air-Conditioning Engineers Inc. (ASHRAE): 90.1, Energy-Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. B209, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. b. C533, Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. c. C534, Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. d. C547, Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Product description, include list of materials, thickness for each service scheduled, and locations. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Proof of compliance for test of products for fire rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials furnished under this Specification shall be standard, cataloged products, new and commercially available, suitable for service requiring high performance and reliability with low maintenance, and free from all defects. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 07 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 07 00 - PAGE 2 OF 6 B. Provide materials by firms engaged in the manufacture of insulation products of the types and characteristics specified herein, whose products have been in use for not less than 5 years. C. UL Listing or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory is required to indicate fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer’s Stamp or Label: 1. Every package or standard container of insulation, jackets, cements, adhesives and coatings delivered to Site shall have manufacturer’s stamp or label attached, giving name of manufacturer, brand, and description of material. 2. Insulation packages and containers shall be marked “asbestos-free.” PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Insulation exterior shall be cleanable, grease-resistant, nonflaking, and nonpeeling. B. Insulation shall conform to referenced publications and specified temperature ranges and densities in pounds per cubic foot. C. Insulation for fittings, flanges, and valves shall be premolded, precut, or job- fabricated insulation of same thickness and conductivity as used on adjacent piping. D. Fire Resistance: 1. Insulation, adhesives, vapor barrier materials and other accessories, except as specified herein, shall be noncombustible. 2. Use no fugitive or corrosive treatments to impart flame resistance. 3. Flame proofing treatments subject to deterioration due to effects of moisture or high humidity are not acceptable. 4. Materials including facings, mastics, and adhesives, shall have fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread without evidence of continued progressive combustion, and 50 for smoke, developed as per tests conducted in accordance with NFPA 255 methods. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 07 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 07 00 - PAGE 3 OF 6 5. Materials exempt from fire-resistant rating: a. Nylon anchors. b. Treated wood inserts. 6. Materials exempt from fire-resistant rating when installed in outside locations, buried, or encased in concrete: a. Polyurethane insulation. b. PVC casing. c. Fiberglass-reinforced plastic casing. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Type P3—Elastomeric (ASTM C534, Minus 40 Degrees F to 220 Degrees F): 1. Flexible, closed cell elastomeric. 2. Nominal 6 PCF density, K factor 0.27 maximum at 75 degrees F mean. 3. Water Vapor Transmission: 0.1 perm-inch, or less. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Armacell; AP Armaflex. b. Nomaco; K-Flex LS. c. Rubatex; R-180-FS. 2.03 DUCT INSULATION A. Type D2—Board: 1. Fiberglass, minimum 2.75 pcf density board, K factor 0.23 maximum at 75 degrees F mean, with factory-applied FSK (foil-scrim-kraft) vapor barrier jacket, for temperatures from 0 degree F to 450 degrees F. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. CertainTeed; CertaPro Commercial Board. b. Knauf; Duct Slab. c. Owens/Corning Fiberglass; TIW. d. Johns Manville. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. Apply insulation over clean, finish painted, and dry surfaces. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 07 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 07 00 - PAGE 4 OF 6 C. Install insulation after piping system has been pressure tested and leaks corrected. D. Use insulating cements, lagging adhesives, and weatherproof mastics recommended by insulation manufacturer. E. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation, with a single cut piece to complete the run. Do not use cut pieces of scraps abutting each other. F. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure a complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. G. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on pipe insulation, and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. Seal open ends of insulation with mastic. Sectionally seal butt ends of chilled water and condensate drain piping insulation at fittings with white vapor barrier coating. H. Cover valves, flanges, fittings, and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or job-fabricated units. Finish cold pipe fittings with white vapor barrier coating and hot piping with white vinyl acrylic mastic, both reinforced with glass cloth. I. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors, and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. J. Install protective metal shields and foamglass inserts where pipe hangers bear on outside of insulation. K. Insulation on piping that is to be heat traced shall be installed after installation of heat tape. L. Insulate valve bodies, flanges, and pipe couplings. M. Insulate and vapor seal hangers, supports, anchors, and other piping appurtenances that are secured directly to cold surfaces. N. Do not insulate flexible pipe couplings and expansion joints. O. Do not allow insulation to cover nameplates or code inspection stamps. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 07 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 07 00 - PAGE 5 OF 6 P. Install removable insulation sections on devices that require access for maintenance of equipment or removal, such as unions and strainer end plates. Q. Connection to Existing Piping: Cut back existing insulation to remove portion damaged by piping revisions. Install new insulation. R. Cold Surfaces: Provide continuous vapor seal on insulation on cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used. S. Placement: 1. Slip insulation on pipe or tubing before assembly, when practical, to avoid longitudinal seams. 2. Insulate valves and fittings with sleeved or cut pieces of same material. 3. Seal and tape joints. T. Insulation at Hangers and Supports: Install under piping, centered at each hanger or support. U. Vapor Barrier: 1. Provide continuous vapor barrier at joints. 2. Install vapor barrier jackets with pipe hangers and supports outside jacket. 3. Do not use staples and screws to secure vapor sealed system components. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS A. Use a continuous friction type joint to hold jacket in-place, providing positive weatherproof seal over entire length of jacket. B. Secure circumferential joints with preformed snap straps containing weatherproof sealant. C. On exterior piping, apply coating over insulation and vapor barrier to prevent damage when aluminum fitting covers are installed. D. Do not use screws or rivets to fasten the fitting covers. E. Install removable prefabricated aluminum covers on exterior flanges and unions. F. Caulk and seal exterior joints to make watertight. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 07 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 07 00 - PAGE 6 OF 6 3.03 PIPE INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Potable Water (All): 1. Type P3, elastomeric. 2. 1-inch thickness for all pipe sizes. B. Pipe Hangers: 1. Type P3, Elastomeric: Rigid insulation section with 9-inch-long, 16-gauge galvanized steel saddle. 3.04 DUCTWORK INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Supply and Return Air, and Outside Air (Exposed to View): 1. Type D2, board for rectangular ductwork OR preformed insulation for round ductwork. 2. 1-1/2-inch thickness. 3.05 INSULATION FINISH APPLICATIONS A. Piping Insulation: Factory finish. B. Apply coating of insulating cement where needed to obtain smooth and continuous appearance. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test factory-applied materials assembled. Field-applied materials may be tested individually. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 1 OF 18 SECTION 22 10 01 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Public Works Association (APWA): Uniform Color Code. 3. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE): a. 1010, Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters. b. 1050, Performance Requirements for Stack Air Admittance Valves for Sanitary Drainage Systems. 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A47/A47M, Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. b. A53/A53M, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. c. A74, Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. d. A105/A105M, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications. e. A126, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. f. A179/A179M, Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes. g. A181/A181M, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping. h. A193/A193M, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. i. A194/A194M, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. j. A197/A197M, Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. k. A234/A234M, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. l. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 2 OF 18 m. A351/A351M, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts. n. A518/A518M, Standard Specification for Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings. o. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. p. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. q. A861, Standard Specification for High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings. r. A888, Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. s. B32, Standard Specification for Solder Metal. t. B61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. u. B62, Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. v. B75/B75M, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. w. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. x. B98/B98M, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. y. B127, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. z. B139/B139M, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes. aa. B164, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire. bb. B194, Standard Specification for Copper-Beryllium Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar. cc. B306, Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). dd. C564, Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. ee. C1277, Standard Specification for Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. ff. C1460, Standard Specification for Shielded Transition Couplings for use with Dissimilar DWV Pipe and Fittings Above Ground. gg. C1540, Standard Specification for Heavy Duty Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. hh. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. ii. D1785, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 3 OF 18 jj. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. kk. D2239, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. ll. D2466, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. mm. D2513, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. nn. D2564, Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. oo. D2683, Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing. pp. D2855, Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. qq. D3035, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. rr. D3261, Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. ss. D3350, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. tt. E438, Standard Specification for Glasses in Laboratory Apparatus. uu. F656, Standard Specification for Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. vv. F714, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. ww. F1412, Standard Specification for Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems. xx. F1924, Standard Specification for Plastic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Gas Distribution Pipe and Tubing. yy. F1973, Standard Specification for Factory Assembled Anodeless Risers and Transition Fittings in Polyethylene (PE) and Polyamide 11 (PA11) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) Fuel Gas Distribution Systems. 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C104/A21.4, Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. b. C110/A21.10, Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 4 OF 18 c. C111/A21.11, Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. d. C115/A21.15, Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. e. C151/A21.51, Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. f. C203, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines, Enamel and Tape, Hot-Applied. g. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). h. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. i. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 6. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI): a. 301, Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. b. 310, Specification for Couplings for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Strom Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 7. NSF International (NSF): a. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. b. NSF/ANSI 372, Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content. 8. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI): WH 201, Water Hammer Arresters Standard. 1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Where pipe diameter, thickness, pressure class, pressure rating, or thrust restraint is not shown or specified, design piping system in accordance with the following: 1. ICC International Plumbing Code and Local plumbing code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product data sheets. 2. Shop Drawings: Show Contractor recommended changes in location of fixtures or equipment. 3. Isometric riser diagrams. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 5 OF 18 B. Informational Submittals: 1. Changes in location of equipment or piping that affect connecting or adjacent work, before proceeding with the work. 2. Complete list of products proposed for installation. 3. Test records produced during testing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Components and Materials in Contact with Water for Human Consumption: Comply with the requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act and other applicable federal, state, and local requirements. Provide certification by manufacturer or an accredited certification organization recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction that components and materials comply with the maximum lead content standard in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 and NSF/ANSI 372. 1. Use or reuse of components and materials without a traceable certification is prohibited. 2.02 PIPING A. Piping Schedule: Refer to Article Supplements. B. Piping Material: Refer to Piping Data Sheet(s), Article Supplements. 2.03 HOSE VALVES AND HYDRANTS A. Wall Hydrant: 1. Refer to Drawings for description. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. J. R. Smith; Figure 5609. b. Josam; 71050 Series. 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers: 1. Clevis Type: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 1 or 6. a. Anvil; Figure 104 or 260, sizes 1/2 inch through 30 inches. b. B-Line; Figure B3198H or B3100, sizes 3/8 inch through 30 inches. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 6 OF 18 2. Hinged Split-Ring Pipe Clamp: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 6 or 12. a. Anvil; Figure 104, sizes 3/4 inch through 8 inches. b. B-Line; Figure B3198H, sizes 3/8 inch through 3 inches. 3. Hanger Rods, Clevises, Nuts, Sockets, and Turnbuckles: In accordance with MSS SP 58. 4. Attachments: a. I-Beam Clamp: Concentric loading type, MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 21, 28, 29, or 30, which engage both sides of flange. b. Concrete Insert: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 18, continuous channel insert with load rating not less than that of hanger rod it supports. B. Saddle Supports: 1. Pedestal Type: Schedule 40 pipe stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange. a. Nonadjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 37 with U-bolt. 1) Anvil; Figure 259, sizes 4 inches through 36 inches. 2) B-Line; Figure B3090, sizes 2-1/2 inches through 36 inches. b. Adjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 38 without clamp. 1) Anvil; Figure 264, sizes 2-1/2 inches through 36 inches. 2) B-Line; Figure B3093, sizes 2-1/2 inches through 36 inches. C. Wall Brackets: 1. Welded Steel Bracket: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 33 (heavy-duty). a. Anvil; Figure 199, 3,000-pound rating. b. B-Line; Figure B3067, 3,000-pound rating. 2. One-Hole Clamp: Anvil; Figure 126, sizes 3/8 inch through 4 inches. 3. Channel Type: a. Unistrut. b. Anvil; Power-Strut. c. B-Line; Strut System. d. Aickinstrut (FRP). D. Pipe Clamps: 1. Riser Clamp: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 8. a. Anvil; Figure 261, sizes 3/4 inch through 24 inches. b. B-Line; Figure B3373, sizes 1/2 inch through 30 inches. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 7 OF 18 E. Channel Type Support Systems: 1. Channel Size: 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch wide minimum steel, 1-1/2-inch wide, minimum FRP. 2. Members and Connections: Design for all loads with safety factor of 5. 3. Manufacturers: a. B-Line; Strut System. b. Unistrut. c. Anvil; Power-Strut. d. Aickinstrut (FRP System). F. Accessories: 1. Insulation Shields: a. Type: Galvanized steel or stainless steel, MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 40. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Anvil; Figure 167, sizes 1/2 inch through 24 inches. 2) B-Line; Figure B3151, sizes 1/2 inch through 24 inches. 2. Welding Insulation Saddles: a. Type: MSS SP 58 and SP 69, Type 39. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Anvil; Figure Series 160, sizes 1 inch through 36 inches. 2) B-Line; Figure Series B3160, sizes 1/2 inch through 24 inches. G. Galvanize hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, and hanger accessories. H. Trapeze Hangers: 1. Assembly consisting of structure attachments with rod size dependent upon total weight supported, and spacing of assemblies determined by minimum pipe size included in group supported. 2. Trapeze Horizontal: Structural angle or channel section of sufficient size to prevent measurable sag between rods. 3. Manufacturers: a. Unistrut. b. B-Line; Strut System. c. Anvil; Power-Strut. d. Aickinstrut (FRP System). 2.05 INSULATION A. As specified in Section 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping Insulation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 8 OF 18 2.06 VALVES A. General: 1. Furnish complete with necessary operating hand wheels, chain wheels, extension stems, floor stands, worm and gear operators, operating nuts, chains, and wrenches. 2. Renewable Parts Including Discs, Packing, and Seats: Types as recommended by valve manufacturer for intended service. 3. Units shall have name of manufacturer and size of valve cast on body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate in raised letters. B. Design Features: 1. Brass and bronze components, including appurtenances in contact with water. 2. Alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum. 3. Alloys are of the following ASTM designations: a. B61, B62, B98/B98M (Alloy A, B, or D), B139 (Alloy A), B164, B194, and B127. b. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze as an option with approval of Owner`s Representative. 4. Gland Bolts on Iron Body Valves: Bronze, fitted with brass nuts. C. Ball Valves: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller for General Water and Air Service: a. Three-piece body type, bronze body and end pieces, hard- chrome plated bronze or brass ball, full bore port, RTFE seats and packing, blowout-proof stem, zinc-plated steel hand lever operator with vinyl grip. b. Rated 600-pound WOG, 150-psi SWP. c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Threaded Ends: a) Milwaukee; BA-300. b) Nibco; T-595-Y. c) Conbraco Apollo; 82-100. 2) Soldered Ends: a) Milwaukee; BA-350. b) Nibco; S-595-Y. c) Conbraco Apollo; 82-200. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 9 OF 18 D. Check Valves 3 Inches and Smaller: 1. Bronze body, wye pattern, threaded ends and cap, regrinding seat, and swing type disc. 2. Rated 125-pound SWP, 200-pound WOG. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Crane; No. 37. b. Walworth Co.; Figure 406. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Strainers for Water Service: 1. Iron body, Y-pattern, 125-pound rated, with screwed bronze cap. 2. Screen: Heavy-gauge stainless steel or monel, 30 mesh. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Crane; No. 988-1/2. b. Mueller; No. 758. B. Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Materials: ASSE 1010 certified, Type L copper tube, HHPP piston with two lubricated EPDM O-rings, FDA approved lubricant, rolled piston stop, wrought copper male thread adapter. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Sioux Chief Mfg. Co., Inc.; Series 650 and 660. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. C. Insulating Dielectric Unions and Flanges: 1. Galvanically compatible with piping to which attached and pressure ratings suitable for system working pressures. 2. Unions 2 Inches and Smaller: Screwed or solder-joint type. 3. Unions 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Flanged type, complete with bolt insulators, dielectric gasket, bolts, and nuts. 4. Manufacturers: a. Epco Sales, Inc., Cleveland, OH. b. Capitol Insulation Unions. D. Joint Solder: 95-5 wire solder, ASTM B32, Grade 95 TA. Do not use cored solder. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 10 OF 18 E. Pipe Joint Sealer: Compound insoluble in water or Teflon tape; approved by NFS for use in potable water. F. Rubber Gaskets: ASTM C564. 2.08 MEASURING DEVICES A. Pressure Gauges: 1. Construction: 3-1/2-inch gauge size, 0 to 690 kPa, 0 to 160 psi range, steel case, glass crystal, brass movement, and 1/4-inch NPT lower connection. 2. Furnish with 1/4-inch brass gauge cock. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ashcroft; Type 1008. b. Marsh; J80. c. Marshalltown. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install plumbing systems to meet applicable plumbing code. B. Field Obstructions: 1. Drawings do not attempt to show exact details of piping. Provide offsets around obstructions. 2. Do not modify structural components, unless approved by Owner`s Representative. C. Sleeves: 1. Pipe sizes shown are nominal sizes, unless shown or specified otherwise. 2. Provide piping passing through walls, floors, or ceilings with standard- weight pipe sleeves. 3. Provide pipes passing through finished walls with chrome-plated canopy flanges. 4. Dry pack sleeves in existing work in-place and provide finished appearance. 5. Pack holes left by removal of existing piping with grout and finish to match adjacent surface. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 11 OF 18 D. Provide unions in piping systems at connections to equipment. E. Provide shielded transition couplings, insulating dielectric unions and flanges between ferrous and nonferrous piping and where otherwise required for electrically insulated connection. F. Pipe air release valves, water-lubricated bearings, and other appurtenances having water effluent with copper tubing to nearest drain. G. Provide isolation valves and strainers at pressure regulators. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Copper Tubing: 1. Cut tubing square and remove burrs. 2. Clean both inside of fittings and outside of tubing with steel wool and hydrochloric acid before soldering. 3. Prevent annealing of fittings and hard-drawn tubing when making connections. 4. Do not use mitered joints for elbows or notching of straight runs of pipe for tees. B. Water System Balancing: Provide a qualified registered engineer or firm specializing in testing and balancing to adjust domestic water system. Balance system for required water flows at each plumbing fixture, terminal device, and recirculating hot water loop. C. Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Install in piping systems where shown on Drawings and adjacent to pieces of equipment where quick closing valves are installed. 2. Install at all emergency safety showers and eyewashes. 3. Size and install in accordance with PDI-WH201. 4. Shock arresters to have access panels or to be otherwise accessible. D. Valves: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. E. Miscellaneous Piping Specialties: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. F. Measuring Devices: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 12 OF 18 3.03 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAINS AND VENTS PIPING A. Installation: 1. Set piping above floor slab true and plumb. 2. Set exposed risers as close to walls as possible. 3. Slope drain lines at minimum 2 percent slope, unless otherwise noted. Vent lines shall be installed level or sloped, with no low spots. 4. Where vent stacks pass through roof slab, fit with flashing sleeve secured to roof. 5. Extend vents minimum 1 foot above roof. 6. Provide cleanouts where shown and where required by code. 3.04 WATER SUPPLY PIPING A. Water supply piping includes potable water and hot water (HW), systems. B. Flush water piping systems clean of internal debris, clean faucet aerators, and adjust plumbing fixture valves for manufacturer’s recommended flow. C. Do not run water piping through electrical rooms, stairwells, or immediately over or within a 3-foot horizontal clearance of electrical panels, motor starters, or environmental control panels. D. Provide exterior water piping with minimum 3 feet of cover or install below frost line, whichever is greater. E. Hose Valves and Hydrants: Attach handle with setscrew and provide manufacturer’s recommended gravel fill around drain hole of post hydrants. F. Provide valve operators with position indicators, where indicated, to show position of valve disc or plug. G. Provide bypass with globe valve for emergency throttling around each reducing valve. H. Protect buried copper and steel pipe and fittings with a single wrap of coal- tar saturated felt in accordance with AWWA C203. I. Vacuum Breakers 2 Inches and Smaller: Install minimum 6 inches above flood line of equipment they serve. J. Provide manual air vents at high points in domestic hot water system. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 13 OF 18 3.05 INSULATION A. As specified in Section 22 07 00, Plumbing Piping Insulation. 3.06 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install pre-engineered support equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Hanger Rod Sizing and Spacing for: 1. Copper Pipe: a. Rod Size: Same as for steel pipe. b. Spacing: 2 feet less per size than for steel pipe, except pipe 1-1/4 inches and smaller shall be supported every 6 feet. 2. Cast Iron Pipe: a. Rod Size: Same as for steel pipe. b. Spacing: Locate hanger rods at each pipe joint and change of direction, 10-foot maximum spacing. C. Attach Support Rods for Horizontal Piping: 1. To steel beams with I-clamps. 2. To concrete with inserts or with flanges fastened with flush shells. 3. To wood with thickness of 2-1/2 inches or more with bolts or angle clips. D. Trapeze Hangers: 1. Trapeze hangers may be used in lieu of individual hangers where horizontal piping is arranged with two or more parallel lines. 2. Attach lines to horizontal with U-bolts or one-hole clamps. E. Vertical Piping: 1. Support by channel type support system and pipe clamps on 10-foot maximum centers. 2. Copper, and Plastic Piping: Isolate from channels and pipe clamps with pipe isolators. F. Insulated Piping: Furnish galvanized protection shield and oversized hangers under insulated piping. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 14 OF 18 3.07 INTERIM CLEANING A. Prevent accumulation of weld rod, weld spatter, pipe cuttings and filings, gravel, cleaning rags, and other foreign material within piping during fabrication and assembly. B. Examine piping to assure removal of foreign objects prior to assembly. C. Shop cleaning may employ conventional commercial cleaning method if it does not corrode, deform, swell, or otherwise alter physical properties of material being cleaned. 3.08 TESTING A. General: 1. Conduct pressure and leakage tests on newly installed pipelines. 2. Provide necessary equipment and material, and make taps in pipe, as required. 3. Owner`s Representative will monitor tests. Provide 24-hour advance notice of start of testing. 4. Test Pressures: As specified herein and in Piping Schedule. 5. Test Records: Make records of each piping system installation during test to document the following: a. Date of test. b. Description and identification of piping tested. c. Test fluid. d. Test pressure. e. Remarks, including: 1) Leaks (type, location). 2) Repairs made on leaks. f. Certification by Contractor and signed acknowledgment by Owner`s Representative that tests have been satisfactorily completed. B. Testing New Pipe Connected to Existing Pipe: Isolate new pipe with grooved end pipe caps, spectacle blinds, or blind flanges. C. Preparation and Execution: 1. Buried Pressure Piping: a. An initial service leak test may be conducted with a partially backfilled trench and the joints left open for inspection, if field conditions permit, as determined by Owner`s Representative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 15 OF 18 b. Expose joints for the acceptance test on buried pressure piping to be pneumatically tested or subjected to an initial service leak test. c. Conduct final hydrostatic acceptance tests after trench has been completely backfilled. 2. Exposed Piping: Conduct tests after piping has been completely installed including supports, hangers, and anchors, but prior to insulation. D. Hydrostatic Leak Tests: 1. Equipment: a. Provide the following: Amount Description 2 Graduated containers 2 Pressure gauges 1 Hydraulic force pump Suitable hose and suction pipe as required 2. Procedure: a. Use water as the hydrostatic test fluid. b. Provide clean test water of such quality as to minimize corrosion of the materials in the piping system. c. Open vents at high points of the piping system to purge air pockets while the piping system is filling. d. Venting during filling of system may also be provided by loosening flanges with a minimum of four bolts or by the use of equipment vents. e. Test piping systems at test pressure specified in Piping Schedule. f. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 30 minutes minimum and for such additional time as necessary to conduct examinations for leakage. g. Examine joints and connections for leakage. h. Piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing, shall show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking. i. Correct visible leakage and retest to satisfaction of Owner`s Representative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 16 OF 18 3.09 CLEANING AND DISINFECTION A. Prior to final acceptance, following assembly and testing, flush pipelines with water, except for plant process air lines and instrument air lines, and remove accumulated construction debris and other foreign matter. B. Minimum Flushing Velocity: 2.5 feet per second. C. Insert cone strainers in the connections to attached equipment and leave until cleaning has been accomplished. D. Remove accumulated debris through drains 2 inches and larger or by dropping spools and valves. E. Immediately following drainage of flushed lines, dry piping with compressed air. F. Plant process air and instrument air piping shall be blown clean of loose debris with compressed air. G. Disinfect pipelines intended to carry potable water before placing in service: 1. Meet the requirements of AWWA C651, unless otherwise specified. 2. Disinfecting Mixture: a. A chlorine-water solution having a free chlorine residual of 40 ppm to 50 ppm. b. Prepare by injecting one of the following: 1) Liquid chlorine gas-water mixture. 2) Dry chlorine gas. 3) Calcium or sodium hypochlorite and water mixture. c. Inject mixture into pipeline at a measured rate while freshwater is allowed to flow through the pipeline at a measured rate so the combined mixture of freshwater and chlorine solution or gas is of the specified strength. d. Apply liquid chlorine gas-water mixture by means of a chlorinating device. e. Feed dry chlorine gas through proper devices for regulating the rate of flow and providing effective diffusion of gas into water within pipe being treated. f. Chlorinating devices for feeding solutions of chlorine gas or gas itself must prevent backflow of water into chlorine cylinder. g. Calcium Hypochlorite: If this procedure is used, first mix dry powder with water to make a thick paste, then thin to approximately a 1 percent solution (10,000 ppm chlorine). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 17 OF 18 h. Sodium Hypochlorite: If this procedure is used, dilute liquid with water to obtain a 1 percent solution. i. The following proportions of hypochlorite to water will be required: Product Quantity Water Calcium Hypochlorite1 (65 - 70 percent C1) 1 lb 7.5 gal Sodium Hypochlorite2 (5.25 percent C1) 1 gal 4.25 gal 1Comparable to commercial products known as HTH, Perchloron, and Pittchlor. 2 Known as liquid laundry bleach, Clorox, and Purex. H. Point of Application: 1. Inject chlorine mixture into pipeline to be treated at the beginning of the line through a corporation stop or suitable tap in the top of pipeline. 2. Control clean water from existing system or another source so it flows slowly into newly installed piping during chlorine application. 3. Manipulate valves so the strong chlorine solution in the line being treated will not flow back into line supplying the water. Use check valves, if necessary. I. Retention Period: 1. Retain treated water in pipeline for a minimum of 24 hours or long enough to destroy nonspore-forming bacteria. 2. At the end of the retention period, the disinfecting mixture shall have strength of at least 10 ppm of chlorine. 3. Operate valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances during disinfection to assure disinfecting mixture is dispersed into all parts of the pipeline including dead ends, new services, and similar areas that otherwise may not receive the disinfecting solution. 4. Do not place concentrated quantities of commercial disinfectants in pipeline before filling with water. 5. After chlorination, flush water from permanent source of supply until water through pipeline is equal chemically and bacteriologically to permanent source of supply. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01 - PAGE 18 OF 18 J. Disposal of Disinfecting Water: 1. Dispose of disinfecting water in an acceptable manner that will protect the public and receiving waters from harmful or toxic concentrations of chlorine. 2. Do not allow disinfecting water to flow into a waterway without adequate dilution or other satisfactory method of reducing chlorine concentrations to a safe level. 3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protective Covers: 1. Provide over floor and shower drains during construction, to prevent damage to drain strainers and keep foreign material from entering drainage system. 2. Cover roof drains and emergency overflow drains during roofing process so roofing material and gravel do not enter drain piping. 3. Remove at time of Substantial Completion. 3.11 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following “End of Section,” are part of this section. 1. Section 22 10 01.01, Plumbing Piping Schedule. 2. Plumbing Piping Data Sheet. Section Number Title 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe (CISP) and Fittings 22 10 01.04 Copper Tube And Fittings—Potable Water Service END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01.01 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING PIPING SCHEDULE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01.01 SUPPLEMENT - PAGE 1 OF 1 SECTION 22 10 01.01 PLUMBING PIPING SCHEDULE Legend Service Size(s) (in.)Exposure Piping Material Specification Section Operating Pressure (psig) Test Type Test Pressure (psig) Pipe Labels Notes D Sanitary Drain All EXP/BUR CISP 22 10 01.03 NA H 5 BLACK/ YELLOW HW Hot Water, Potable All EXP/BUR COP 22 10 01.04 80 H 125 GREEN/ WHITE TP Trap Primer 1/2 - 3/4 EXP/BUR COP 22 10 01.04 NA H 25 GREEN/ WHITE V, VTR Sanitary Vent All EXP CISP 22 10 01.03 NA H 5 BLACK/ YELLOW W1 Cold Water, Potable All EXP/BUR COP 22 10 01.04 80 H 125 GREEN/ WHITE Note:1. Insulate as specified in Section 22 07 00, Plumbing Piping Insulation. Legend Exposure Pressure Test Material BUR Buried H Hydrostatic CISP Cast Iron Soil Pipe EXP Exposed I In Service COP Copper SUB Submerged P Pneumatic NA Not Applicable END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01.03 19 APRIL 2017 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE (CISP) AND FITTINGS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01.03 DATA SHEET - PAGE 1 OF 1 SECTION 22 10 01.03 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE (CISP) AND FITTINGS Item Size Description Pipe 6” and smaller Hubless, CISPI 301, service weight, no-hub ends. 8” and larger Hub and spigot, ASTM A74, service weight, single hub and spigot. Joints 6” and smaller Coupling: Conform to ASTM C564, ASTM C1277, and CISPI 310. Compression: Neoprene sealing sleeve with 24-gauge Type 304 stainless steel shield and clamp assembly. Joints to dissimilar material shall comply with ASTM C1460. Fittings 6” and smaller Conform to ASTM A888 and CISPI 301 Coating All Bituminous-coated inside and out; marked with manufacturer’s name or trademark and CISPI symbol. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 10 01.04 19 APRIL 2017 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS—POTABLE WATER SERVICE PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 10 01.04 DATA SHEET - PAGE 1 OF 1 SECTION 22 10 01.04 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS— POTABLE WATER SERVICE Item Size Description General All Maximum Pressure: 200 psi. Not for steam or steam condensate service. 2” and less Maximum Temperature: 250 Degrees F. Tube 2” and less Type L copper, seamless, conforming to ASTM B88, hard drawn. Fittings All Wrought copper, solder joint, conforming to ASME B16.22. Joints All Soldered: In accordance with AWS, Soldering Handbook or CDA, Copper Tube Handbook. Brazed: In accordance with AWS, Brazing Handbook. 2”and smaller Unions: At valves and equipment, as required. Unions 2”and smaller Unions: Wrought copper, solder joint, conforming to ASME B16.22. Flanges All Wrought copper, socket joint, faced and drilled 150-pound ASME B16.24. Branch Connections All Fittings (in accordance with this table). Mechanically Formed Tee Connections: Not allowed. Bolting All ASTM A307, carbon steel, Grade A hex head bolts, and ASTM A563 Grade A hex head nuts. Gaskets All 1/16” thick nonasbestos compression type, full face; manufactured by Cranite or John Manville. Filler Metals All Solder: Lead free with 95-5 tin antimony, 96-4 tin silver, or 94-6 tin silver in accordance with ASTM B32. Flux conforming to ASTM B813. Do not use cored solder. Brazing: Classification BAg-1 (silver), conforming to AWS A5.8/A5.8M END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 30 00 - PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 22 30 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineer’s (ASME). 3. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE): a. 1013, Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Backflow Preventers. b. 1015, Performance Requirements for Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Backflow Fire Protection Assemblies. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C510, Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly. b. C511, Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly. c. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 5. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A48/A48M, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. 6. Canadian Standards Association (CSA): a. B64.4, Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle Type (RP). b. B64.5, Backflow Preventers, Double Check Valve Type (DCVA). 7. FM Global (FM). 8. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 9. Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at University of Southern California (FCCHR): Manual of Cross-Connection Control. 10. International Code Council (ICC): International Plumbing Code (IPC). 11. National Electrical Code (NEC). 12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association, (NEMA): MG 1, Motors and Generators. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 30 00 - PAGE 2 OF 3 13. NSF International (NSF): a. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. b. NSF/ANSI 372, Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content. 14. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Manufacturer’s product data. 1.03 SPECIAL GUARANTEE A. Where note below, provide manufacturer’s extended guarantee in writing with Owner named as beneficiary. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of the Owner, removal and replacement of products found defective during the stated period after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Components and Materials in Contact with Water for Human Consumption: Comply with the requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act and other applicable federal, state, and local requirements. Provide certification by manufacturer or an accredited certification organization recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction that components and materials comply with the maximum lead content standard in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 and NSF/ANSI 372. 1. Use or reuse of components and materials without a traceable certification is prohibited. 2.02 WATER HEATERS A. Point of Use Electric Water Heater: 1. Description: UL listed, tank type with wall mounting bracket, replaceable heating element, immersion-type thermostat and relief valve. 2. Capacity: See plumbing schedule on design Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 30 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 30 00 - PAGE 3 OF 3 3. Manufacturers: a. AO Smith. b. State. c. Rheem. 2.03 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced-Pressure Backflow Preventers (3/4 Inch Through 2 Inches): 1. Description: a. Regulatory Compliance: AWWA C511, CSA B64.4, FCCHR of USC Section 10, ASSE 1013, ICC (IPC). b. Lead free. c. Valve Body: Bronze. d. End Connections: Threaded, NPT. e. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (350 psi test). f. Temperature Range: 32 degrees F to 140 degrees F. g. Shutoff Valve: Full port, resilient seated, bronze ball valve with bronze ball valve test cock. h. Accessories: Drainline air gap fitting. 2. Sizes: See data sheet at end of section. 3. Manufacturers and Products: Watts; Model LF009. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install, arrange, and connect equipment as shown on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Startup: 1. Piping Systems: Verify that flushing, cleaning, and testing has been completed prior to startup. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 40 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING FIXTURES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 40 00 - PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 2. American Gas Association (AGA). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 4. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE): 1010, Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters. 5. ASTM International (ASTM): D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. 6. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 7. NSF International (NSF): a. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. b. NSF/ANSI 372, Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content. 8. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI): a. Code Guide 302 and Glossary of Industry Terms. b. WH-201, Water Hammer Arrester Standard. 9. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Catalog information and rough-in dimensions for plumbing fixtures, products, and specialties. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), and local and state requirements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 40 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING FIXTURES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 40 00 - PAGE 2 OF 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Components and Materials in Contact with Water for Human Consumption: Comply with the requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act and other applicable federal, state, and local requirements. Provide certification by manufacturer or an accredited certification organization recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction that components and materials comply with the maximum lead content standard in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 and NSF/ANSI 372. 1. Use or reuse of components and materials without a traceable certification is prohibited. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Fixture Trim: 1. Supply Stops and Traps: a. McGuire. b. American Standard. c. Kohler. 2. Flush Valves: Sloan. 3. Water Closet Seats: a. Bemis. b. Church. c. Olsonite. 4. Lavatory Supply, Tailpiece, and Trap Insulation: a. McGuire. b. Trap Wrap. c. Truebro. B. Plumbing Fixtures: 1. Water Closets, Lavatories, and Urinals: a. Acorn. b. American Standard. c. Kohler. d. Eljer. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 40 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING FIXTURES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 40 00 - PAGE 3 OF 6 2. Faucet Fittings: a. Lavatories: 1) Acorn. 2) Chicago. 3) Symmons. C. Drainage Products: 1. General: a. Watts. b. Smith. c. Wade. d. Zurn. D. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Trap Primers: a. Precision Plumbing Products. b. Smith. c. Wade. 2. Pressure/Temperature Relief Valves: a. Cash-Acme. b. Kunkle Valve. c. Watts. 3. Pressure Gauges: a. Ashcroft. b. Marsh. c. Marshalltown. 2.03 GENERAL A. Fixture Trim: Provide plumbing fixture trim where applicable on fixtures. B. Plumbing Fixtures: Indicated by fixture number as shown on Drawings. C. Drainage Products: Indicated by fixture number as shown on Drawings. D. Plumbing Specialties: Indicated by fixture number as shown on Drawings. E. Exposed fixture connections and piping shall be polished chrome-plated. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 40 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING FIXTURES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 40 00 - PAGE 4 OF 6 2.04 MATERIALS A. Fixture Trim: 1. Supply Stop: a. Flexible supply with heavy cast brass, loose key, 1/2-inch IPS by 3/8-inch outside diameter tubing angle stop to wall with escutcheon plate; chrome-plated finish. b. Provide stop with stuffing box. c. Manufacturer: McGuire Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. Trap: a. Chrome-plated, 17-gauge, semicast P-trap with compression ring cast brass waste and vent connection and cleanout. b. 1-1/2 inches for lavatories and drinking fountains. c. 1-1/2 inches for sinks. d. Manufacturer: McGuire Manufacturing Company, Inc. 3. Water Closet and Urinal Flush Valves: Sloan Valve Co., Royal Continental, low flush, quiet action with screwdriver stop and vacuum breaker. B. Plumbing Fixtures: See schedule on design drawings for fixture information. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Drawings do not attempt to show exact details of fixtures. Changes in locations of fixtures, advisable in opinion of Contractor, shall be submitted to Owner`s Representative for review before proceeding with the Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Fixture Trim: Install fixture trim where applicable on fixtures. B. Plumbing Fixtures, Mounting Heights: 1. Standard rough-in catalogued heights, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Caulk fixtures in contact with finished walls with waterproof, white, nonhardening sealant which will not crack, shrink, or change color with age. C. Exact fixture location and mounting arrangement shall be as indicated on toilet room elevations and details as shown on Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 40 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING FIXTURES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 40 00 - PAGE 5 OF 6 D. Unless noted otherwise and as a minimum, fixtures shall be supported as indicated in PDI Code Guide 302. E. Drainage Products: 1. Floor Drains: Set top flush with floor. Provide membrane clamps where required. 2. Cleanouts: Install where shown or required for purposes intended. Set cover flush with finished floor. 3. Hub Drains: Set top of hub 2 inches above finished floor. F. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Shock Arresters: a. Install PDI-certified and rated shock arresters, sized and located in accordance with PDI WH-201 and as shown on Drawings. b. Install adjacent to equipment wherein quick closing valves are installed. c. Install at each emergency safety shower. d. Shock arresters to have access panels or to be otherwise accessible. 2. Drain P-Trap Priming: a. Pipe: Type K, soft copper. b. Trap and prime floor drains and hub drains, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. No attempt has been made to show trap primer valve locations or trap primer pipe routing. c. Field route trap primer piping during installation of floor drains and hub drains, and install trap primer valves in mechanical rooms, janitor rooms, or other locations acceptable to Owner`s Representative. d. Priming System: Complete with connection to serving cold water system. 3. Trap Priming Valves: a. Floor drain traps primed with priming valves, 1/2-inch copper to floor drain. b. Two traps maximum primed from one priming valve or as recommended by manufacturer. Locate in mechanical spaces or janitor’s rooms and as indicated on Drawings. c. Provide shutoff valve ahead of priming valves. 4. Thermometers and Pressure Gauges: a. Arrange devices to facilitate use and observation. b. Install in orientation that will allow clear observation from ground level. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 22 40 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLUMBING FIXTURES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 22 40 00 - PAGE 6 OF 6 c. Provide pressure gauges with block valves. d. Install thermometers in thermowells. G. Adjust water flows in domestic water systems for reasonable water flows at each plumbing fixture, terminal device, and recirculation loop. Flush valve fixtures shall be adjusted for proper flush cycle time and water quantity. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform visual inspection for physical damage, blocked access, cleanliness, and missing items. B. Notify Owner and Owner`s Representative 48 hours prior to shower testing. Owner and Owner`s Representative reserve the right to witness all tempered water and safety shower testing. C. Verify alarm operation both locally and system-wide. Notify security prior to test if alarm is connected system-wide. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 1 OF 20 SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): 500, Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Handbook. 3. Association of the Nonwoven Fabrics Industry (INDA): IST 80.6, Water Resistance (Hydrostatic Pressure). 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A90/A90M, Standard Test Method for Weight (Mass) of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings. c. A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. d. A176, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. e. A480/A480M, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. f. A568/A568M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold- Rolled, General Requirements for. g. A653/A653M, Standard Specifications for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. h. A700, Standard Practices for Packaging, Marking, and Loading Methods for Steel Products for Shipment. i. A924/A924M, Specification for General Requirements for Sheet Steel, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. j. A1008/A1008M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold- Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High- Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 2 OF 20 k. A1011/A1011M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy, High- Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. l. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. m. E96/E96M, Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 5. National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): General Specifications for the Cleaning of Commercial Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Systems. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. b. 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air- Conditioning Systems. c. 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. d. 259, Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials. e. 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films. 7. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA): a. Duct Construction Standards. b. Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems. 8. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): a. 181, Standard for Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. b. 214, Standard for Tests for Flame-Propagation of Fabrics and Films. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. The following is a list of abbreviations which may be used in this section: 1. CFM: cubic feet per minute. 2. FPM: feet per minute. 3. PCF: pounds per cubic foot. 4. WC: water column. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 3 OF 20 B. Sealing Requirements: 1. For the purpose of duct systems sealing requirements specified in this section, the following definitions apply: a. Seams: Joining of two longitudinally (in direction of airflow) oriented edges of duct surface material occurring between two joints. All other duct surface connections made on perimeter are deemed to be joints. b. Joints, duct surface connections including: 1) Girth joints. 2) Branch and subbranch intersections. 3) Duct collar tap-ins. 4) Fitting subsections. 5) Louver and air terminal connections to ducts. 6) Access door, and access panel frames and jambs. 7) Duct, plenum, and casing abutments to building structures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Rigid Round Ductwork: 1) Schedules of duct systems, materials, joints, sealing, gage and reinforcement. 2) Seam and joint construction details. 3) Hangers and supports, including methods for building attachment, vibration isolation, and duct attachment. 4) Sheet metal fasteners. 5) Sealing materials. b. Energy Recovery Unit: 1) Identification as referenced in Contract Documents. 2) Manufacturer’s name and model number. 3) Descriptive specifications, literature, and drawings. 4) Dimensions and weights. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Record Drawings: Include duct systems routing, fittings details, and installed accessories and devices. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions and operation and maintenance data. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 4 OF 20 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Industry Standards: 1. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, sheet metal ductwork shall be constructed and installed in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards relevant to ductwork system being provided. These standards are herein referenced as the SMACNA Manual, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Comply with ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. 3. NFPA Compliance: NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. B. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of ductwork products of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been satisfactorily used in similar service for not less than 5 years. C. Suppliers of duct and fitting components shall provide on request the following information: 1. Laboratory performance data for duct, including leakage rate, bursting strength, collapse strength, seam strength, and pressure loss. 2. Laboratory performance data for fittings, including zero-length dynamic losses. D. Installer shall be a firm with at least 3 years’ experience of successful installation on ductwork systems similar to that required for this Project. E. Changes or alterations to layout or configuration of duct system shall be: 1. Specifically approved in writing by Owner`s Representative. 2. Proposed layout shall provide original design results, without increasing system total pressure. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 5 OF 20 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and storage the following spare parts, special tools, and materials: Item Quantity Filters One complete set Special tools required to maintain or dismantle One complete set B. Delivery: In accordance with project requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect ductwork from dirt, water, and debris. During storage on Job Site, keep ends of ductwork covered to prevent foreign objects and water from entering ductwork. B. Deliver sealant materials to Site in original unopened containers labeled with manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. C. Store and handle sealant materials in compliance with manufacturers’ recommendations to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULES A. Refer to Drawings. 2.02 GENERAL A. Specified components of this ductwork system, including facings, mastics, and adhesives, shall have fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread without evidence of continued progressive combustion, and 50 for smoke developed, as per test conducted in accordance with ASTM E84 and NFPA 255 methods. B. Ductwork thinner than 26-gauge will not be allowed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 6 OF 20 C. Ductwork Interior Surfaces: 1. Smooth. 2. No sheet metal parts, tabs, angles, or other items may project into air ducts, unless otherwise specified. 3. Seams and joints shall be external. 4. For ductwork that is required to be reinforced, use only external reinforcing. 2.03 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Construct metal duct systems from galvanized steel. B. Where no specific ductwork materials are indicated in Specifications or on Drawings, galvanized steel sheet metal shall be basis of Contract. C. Galvanized Steel Ductwork: 1. Comply with ASTM A653/A653M and ASTM A924/924M. 2. Product Name: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized Steel). 3. Sheet Designation: CS Type B. 4. Applicable Specification: ASTM A653/A653M. 5. (Zinc) Coating Designation: G90. 6. Coating designation in accordance with Test Method A, ASTM A90/A90M. and ASTM A924/A924M. 7. Provide mill-phosphatized finish for ducts exposed to view and for ducts scheduled to be painted. 8. Provide sheet metal packaged and marked as specified in ASTM A700. D. Exposed Ductwork: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, oil canning, stains, discoloration, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Unless otherwise indicated, provide reinforcements of same material as ductwork. 2.04 DUCT SEALING MATERIALS A. General: The term sealant used here is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature, but also includes tapes and combinations of open weave fabric strips and mastics. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 7 OF 20 B. Adhesives, Cements, Sealant, and Installation Accessories: As recommended by duct manufacturer for application. C. Water-Based Sealants: 1. Listed by manufacturer as nonflammable in wet and dry state. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Foster; Series 32. b. Childers; CP-145A, 146. c. Rectorseal; Airlok 181. 2.05 DUCT INSULATION A. Refer to Section 22 07 00, Plumbing Piping Insulation. 2.06 DUCTWORK FASTENERS A. General: 1. Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. 2. Ductwork fasteners shall be same metal as duct being supported, unless otherwise noted. B. Self-Drilling Screws: 1. Galvanized Steel Ductwork System: Sheet metal screws shall be hex washer head (HWH) TEKS® self-drilling type, formed from heat-treated carbon steel with zinc electroplated finish. 2.07 DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASS A. Construct duct systems to 2-inch WC pressure classification. 2.08 RIGID ROUND DUCTWORK A. Construct rigid round ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible, unless specified otherwise. B. Basic Round Diameter: As used in this Article, is inside diameter of size of round duct. C. Where space limitations prevent use of round duct or where shown on Drawings, provide ductwork of flat oval construction hydraulically equivalent to round ductwork. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 8 OF 20 D. Fabricate round ducts with spiral seam construction, except where diameters exceed 72 inches. Fabricate ducts having diameters greater than 72 inches with longitudinal butt-welded seams. E. Ductwork seams of Snaplock type shall not be used. 2.09 RIGID ROUND DUCTWORK FITTINGS A. Construct rigid round ductwork fittings in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible, unless otherwise specified. B. Elbows: 1. Fabricate in stamped (die-formed), pleated, or segmented (gored) construction 1.5 times elbow diameter. Two piece segment elbows are not allowed, except with turning vanes. 2. Segmented Elbows: Fabricate with welded construction. 3. Round Elbows 8 Inches and Smaller: a. Stamped elbows for 45-degree and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees configuration. b. Fabricate nonstandard bend angle configurations or nonstandard sized (for example, 3-1/2 inches and 4-1/2 inches) elbows with segmented construction. 2.10 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: 1. Attachments, hangers, and supports for ductwork shall be in accordance with SMACNA Manual referenced for type of duct system being installed. 2. Duct hanging system shall be composed of three elements; upper attachment to building, hanger itself, and lower attachment to duct. 3. Wire hangers are not acceptable. 4. Hanger Spacing: 10 feet, maximum. B. Construction Materials: 1. Supporting devices including, but not limited to, angles used for support and bracing, baseplates, rods, hangers, straps, screws, bolts shall be as follows: a. Galvanized Steel Ductwork: 1) Indoors: Carbon steel, zinc electroplated. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 9 OF 20 2) Outdoors: Carbon steel, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. C. Building Attachments: 1. Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. 2. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 3. Upper Attachment (Concrete): a. Drive pin fastener and expansion nail anchor may be used for ducts up to 18-inch maximum dimension. b. Threaded stud fastener may be used for ducts up to 36-inch maximum dimension. c. Concrete attachments shall be made of steel. D. Duct Fasteners: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials and conforming to requirements of Article Ductwork Fasteners. E. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes conforming to ASTM A36/A36M, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. 2.11 DUCTWORK FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. General: 1. Factory fabricated metal-edged fabric flexible connectors for commercial or industrial applications. 2. Sheet metal permanently secured to fabric with double fabric fold, double metal crimp. 3. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B requirements. 4. Airtight and waterproof. B. Materials: 1. Flame-retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. 2. Metal Edges: Construct from same material as ductwork, unless otherwise noted. 3. Fabric: a. Comply with NFPA 701 or UL 214 (except Teflon coated). b. Woven polyester or nylon for most applications. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 10 OF 20 c. Woven fiberglass for high temperature applications. d. Coating: Vinyl or neoprene. C. Construction: 1. Fold and crimp metal edge strips onto fabric as illustrated in SMACNA Manual. 2. Standard Metal Edged Connectors: Strip of fabric 3 inches wide attached to two strips of 3-inch-wide sheet metal. D. Manufacturers: 1. Ductmate; PROflex, Commercial. 2. Ventfabrics. 3. Duro-Dyne. 2.12 MANUAL DAMPERS A. Butterfly Manual Dampers: 1. Fabricate from two gauges heavier than duct in which installed, of same material as ductwork. 2. Align operating handle with damper blade. 3. Provide 2-inch standoff bracket for insulated duct systems. 4. Damper Manufacturers: a. Ruskin. b. American Warming and Ventilating. 5. Operator Manufacturers: a. Accessible Ductwork: Ventlok; Type 620 or Type 639. 2.13 ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT (ERU-1 AND ERU-2) A. Packaged unit providing supply and exhaust airflow and enthalpy transfer. Refer to Equipment Schedule on Drawings for capacity and performance requirements. B. Energy recovery core shall be certified under AHRI Standard 1060 for effectiveness, airflow and temperature performance, OA/EA crossflow, and static pressure. C. Core assembly shall be UL 723-certified to meet requirements of NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B, with maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of 50. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 11 OF 20 D. Listed under UL 1812 and UL 89S5. E. ERV core shall perform without condensing or frosting with outside temperature of negative 10 degrees F and inside relative humidity of 40 percent. F. Unit shall have the capacity to operate continuously without the need for bypass, recirculation, pre-heaters, or defrost cycles with outside temperature of negative 10 degrees F or higher and inside relative humidity of 40 percent or lower. G. Construction: 1. Fixed-plate, cross-flow energy recovery core with no moving parts. 2. Unit case of G90 galvanized 24-gauge steel, with lapped corners and zinc-plated fasteners. 3. Access doors shall provide access to blowers, ERV core, and filters. Doors shall incorporate airtight compression seal with closed-cell foam gaskets. 4. Provide with pressure taps with captive plugs for differential pressure measurement across the core. 5. Cabinet shall be insulated with 1-inch thickness, 4 pound density, foil/scrim faced fiberglass board insulation. R-4.3, minimum. 6. Provide MERV 8, 2-inch nominal thickness pleated disposable filters in each airstream upstream of ERV core. 7. Provide with factory backdraft dampers. 8. Provide control options allowing unit control by occupancy sensor or light switch. Coordinate selection with work of Division 26. H. Blowers: 1. Blower motor shall be Premium Efficiency, EISA-compliant with factory- installed starters and integral thermal protection. Refer to Equipment Schedule on Drawings for motor horsepower requirements. 2. Blowers shall be quiet-running, forward-curved type, direct- or belt- drive per manufacturer’s standard. Belt-drive motors shall be provided with adjustable pulleys and motor mounts. I. Electrical: 1. Provide single-point power connection with factory-installed, non- fused disconnect and 24V ac, Class II transformer/relay package. a. Refer to Equipment Schedule on Drawings for OA/EA airflow and control requirements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 12 OF 20 J. Vibration Isolation: Provide rubber or spring-type isolators sized by manufacturer for corner weights of the supplied unit. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Auxiliary Drain Pans: 1. Dimensions: Minimum 6 inches larger in both dimensions than equipment it is serving and 2 inches high, minimum. 2. Construction: 16-gauge stainless steel with welded joints. Pans shall be watertight and have hemmed edges. 3. Drain Connection: a. Minimum 1-inch IPS or as shown on Drawings. b. Locate at lowest point of drain pan. c. In lieu of drain connection, float switch may be installed. Float switch shall shut down air handling equipment upon sensing water. B. Accessories Hardware: 1. Flexible Duct Clamps: a. Stainless steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with worm-gear action. b. Provide in sizes from 3 inches to 18 inches to suit duct size. 2. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof and resistant to gasoline, and grease. 2.15 PAINTING OF DUCTWORK A. Refer to Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Miscellaneous: 1. Install sheet metal ductwork and flexible ductwork in accordance with SMACNA Manual, NFPA 90A, and NFPA 90B. 2. Install ductwork using manufacturer’s recommended adhesives, cement, sealant, and insulation accessories. 3. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8-inch misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 13 OF 20 B. Ductwork Location: 1. Locate ductwork runs vertically and horizontally, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. 3. Run ductwork in shortest route that does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and equipment. 4. In general, install as close to bottom of structure as possible. 5. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. 6. Ductwork that must transition and drop below piping or other ductwork shall be transitioned back to bottom of structure immediately adjacent to obstruction. C. Penetrations: 1. Provide duct sleeves or prepared openings for ducts passing through roofs, walls and ceilings. 2. Closure Collars: a. Minimum 4 inches wide on each side of walls or floors where sleeves or prepared openings are installed. b. Fit collars snugly around ducts and insulation. c. Same gauge and material as duct. d. Grind edges of collar smooth to preclude tearing or puncturing insulation covering or vapor barrier. e. Use fasteners with maximum 6-inch centers on collars. 3. Packing: Mineral fiber in spaces between sleeve or opening and duct or duct insulation. D. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Coordinate duct installation with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls, and other associated work of ductwork system. 2. Ductwork shall be configured, positioned, and installed to permit installation of light fixtures as indicated on Drawings. 3. Coordinate ductwork layout with lighting and similar finished work. 4. Electrical Equipment: Do not run ductwork through dedicated or working space as defined in NFPA 70. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 14 OF 20 E. Install ERU level and plumb. F. Service Access: Locate units to provide access spaces required for motor, drive, bearing servicing, and fan shaft removal. G. Connections: 1. Isolate duct connections to equipment. 2. Install ductwork adjacent to equipment to allow proper service and maintenance. 3.02 RIGID ROUND OR OVAL DUCTWORK A. General: Except where interrupted by fittings, install round ducts in lengths as long as possible to minimize joints. B. Rigid Round or Oval Ductwork Joints: 1. Rigid round ductwork joints shall be in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible, unless otherwise specified. 2. Supply and Exhaust System Joints: Slip coupling. 3.03 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install ductwork with support systems in accordance with SMACNA Manual, unless otherwise noted. B. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers, and anchors of type, which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent buckling. C. Install additional bracing on ductwork as required, to prevent ballooning or breathing. D. Support horizontal ducts within 2 feet of each elbow and within 4 feet of each branch intersection. E. Support vertical ducts at maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor. F. Upper attachments to structures shall have allowable load not exceeding 1/4 of failure (proof test) load, but are not limited to specific methods indicated. G. In new construction, install concrete insert prior to placing concrete. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 15 OF 20 H. Install seismic restraints on ductwork systems and sway bracing as described in SMACNA Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems. 3.04 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Flexible Collars and Connections: 1. Use between ERU and ducts. 2. For round ducts, securely fasten flexible connections by zinc-coated steel clinch-type draw bands. 3.05 DAMPERS A. General: 1. Inspection: a. Inspect areas to receive dampers. b. Notify Owner`s Representative of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent utilization of dampers. c. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 2. Install dampers in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. 3. Install square and level. 4. Handle damper using sleeve or frame. Do not lift damper using blades or jack-shaft. 5. Damper blades and hardware shall operate freely without obstruction. 6. Damper blades and hardware that bind within frame or obstructed by adjacent construction will not be acceptable. 7. When installed, damper frames shall be gasketed or caulked to eliminate leakage between duct and damper frames. 8. Head and sill shall have stops. 9. Suitable for installation in ductwork provided. 10. Do not compress or stretch damper frame into duct or opening. B. Manual Dampers: Add or remove balancing dampers as necessary for control of air. C. Back Draft Dampers: 1. Refer to Manufacturer’s instructions. Install dampers square and free from racking with blades running horizontally. 2. Install bracing for multiple section assemblies to support assembly weight and to hold against system pressure. Install bracing as needed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 16 OF 20 3.06 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Auxiliary Drain Pans: 1. Route drain lines to nearest floor or hub drain independent of any other drain. 2. Slope drain pans toward drain connection to promote drainage. B. Inspection Plates and Test Holes: 1. Where required in ductwork for balance measurements. 2. Test holes shall be airtight and noncorrosive with screw cap and gasket. 3. Extend cap through insulation. 3.07 DUCT SEALING A. Seal duct seams and joints as follows: 1. In accordance with SMACNA requirements. 2. Provide Seal Class B, transverse joints and longitudinal seams. B. If no specific duct sealing requirements are specified, requirements of SMACNA manual shall govern. C. Seal externally insulated ducts prior to insulation installation. D. Seal all audible leaks. 3.08 PAINTING OF DUCTWORK A. Refer to Section 09 90 00, Structural Steel Coating. 3.09 BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS A. Air Balancing and Test Agency Qualifications: 1. Certification by AABC of NEBB for testing, adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems. 2. Corporately and financially independent organization functioning as an unbiased testing authority. 3. Professionally independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of HVAC equipment being tested. 4. Have a proven record of at least five similar projects. 5. Employer of engineers and technicians regularly engaged in testing, adjusting and balancing of HVAC equipment and systems. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 17 OF 20 B. Preparation: 1. Prior to beginning the Work, perform the following activities: a. Review shop drawings and installed system for adequate and accessible balancing devices and test points. b. Recommend to Owner`s Representative dampers that need to be added or replaced in order to obtain proper air control. c. Verify proper startup procedures have been completed on the system. d. Verify controls installation is complete and system is in stable operation under automatic control. e. Verify test instruments have been calibrated to a recognized standard and are within manufacturer’s recommended calibration interval before beginning the Work. C. General: 1. When adjustments are made to a portion of a fan system, reread other portions of that same system to determine effects imposed by adjustments. Readjust as necessary. 2. Lock and mark final positions of balancing dampers with permanent felt pen. D. Equipment Data: 1. Collect the following data and include in final report: a. Type of unit. b. Equipment identification number. c. Equipment nameplate data (including manufacturer, model, size, type, and serial number). d. Motor data (frame, hp, volts, FLA rpm, and service factor). e. Sheave manufacturer, size, and bore. f. Belt size and number. g. Sheave centerline distance and adjustment limits. h. Starter and motor overload protection data. i. Include changes made during course of system balancing. E. Fan Systems: 1. Measure fan system performance in accordance with AMCA 203. 2. In each system at least one airpath from fan to final branch duct termination shall have dampers fully open. Achieve final air quantities by adjusting fan speed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 18 OF 20 3. Adjust Fan Air Volumes: a. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives for required equipment air volumes, with allowable variation of plus 10 percent minus 0 percent. b. After final adjustments, do not operate fan above maximum rated speed. c. Provide and make drive and belt changes on motors or fans as required to adjust equipment to specified conditions. Drives shall be able to deliver 150 percent of motor horsepower. 4. Adjust outside air dampers, return air dampers, relief air dampers, exhaust air dampers, and motorized louvers for maximum and minimum air requirements. 5. Read and record static pressures at unit inlet and discharge, each filter set, coils, dampers, plenums, and mixing dual-duct or adjustable- volume boxes, on every supply, return, and exhaust fan for each test condition. 6. Read and record motor amperage on all phases for each test condition. F. Air Outlets and Inlets: 1. In each system at least one air path from fan to final branch duct termination shall have dampers fully open. 2. Adjust air volumes on supply diffusers and grilles, and on return and exhaust grilles, to the quantity shown, with allowable variation of plus or minus 10 percent. 3. Adjust diffusers and grilles for proper deflection, throw, and coverage. Eliminate drafts and noise where possible. 4. After final adjustments are made secure dampers to prevent movement and mark final positions with permanent felt pen. G. Balancing Log Report Requirements: 1. Include narrative description for each system explaining TAB methodology and assumptions used. Clearly identify test conditions for tests performed. Include control setpoint. 2. Log and record operational information from every test for each system, as necessary to accomplish services described. 3. Include equipment data for units tested. 4. Include reduced set of HVAC Drawings or system schematic diagrams with each element uniquely identified and indexed to balance log. 5. Indicate recorded site values, and velocity and mass correction factors used to provide equivalent standard air quantities. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 19 OF 20 6. Include separate section in log, if necessary, describing operating difficulties in air or water systems that could not be eliminated by specified procedures. Identify these problems by system and location within building; include outline or summary of condition and its effect on building, and describe corrective actions attempted and recommended. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Functional Tests: 1. Verify blocking and bracing used during shipping are removed. 2. Verify ERU is secure on mountings and supporting devices, and connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. 3. Verify proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 4. Verify cleaning and adjusting are complete. 5. Disconnect fan drive from motor; verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. 6. Reconnect fan drive system; align and adjust belts and install belt guards. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify manual volume control in connected ductwork is in fully open position. B. Performance Tests: 1. Starting Procedures: a. Energize motor and adjust fan to indicated revolutions per minute. b. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 2. Operational Test: a. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. b. Repair or replace malfunctioning units; retest as specified after repairs or replacement is made. c. Test and adjust control safeties. d. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 23 31 13 19 APRIL 2017 METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 23 31 13 - PAGE 20 OF 20 3.11 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Open ends of installed ductwork systems shall be covered to prevent dust, foreign objects and water from entering ductwork. B. Ductwork systems shall not be used for air conveyance until adequate air filtration devices are installed in air handling equipment, to prevent ingress of construction dust. 3.12 CLEANING A. Ductwork shall be cleaned of rust, dust, and debris, both internally and externally, before placing in operation. B. If duct systems are found to contain construction debris at time of construction completion Contractor shall provide complete ductwork system cleaning in accordance with NADCA Standards. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 1 OF 20 SECTION 26 05 01 ELECTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A1011/A1011M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High- Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. b. B8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 3. Electronic Industries Association (EIA/TIA): 569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 4. Federal Specifications (FS): a. W-C-596, Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for. 5. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA): ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 6. National Electrical Contractor’s Association, Inc. (NECA): 1, Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting. 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated. b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). c. ICS 1, Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements. d. TC 2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. e. TC 3, PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. f. WC 70, Standard for Non-Shielded Power Cables Rated 2000 V or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy. g. WD 1, General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices. 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 9. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. 44, Thermoset Insulated Wires and Cables. b. 62, Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire. c. 360, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 2 OF 20 d. 486A, Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. e. 486C, Splicing Wire Connectors. f. 510, Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape. g. 514B, Fittings for Cable and Conduit. h. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 PVC Conduit. i. 943, Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters. 10. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications and Plans. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Event area power pedestal, PP-1. 2. For all electrical materials used on this project. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Factory test reports. 2. Field test reports. 3. Signed permits indicating Work is acceptable to regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: a. Provide for all equipment, as well as each device having features that can require adjustment, configuration, or maintenance. b. Minimum information shall include manufacturer’s preprinted instruction manual, one copy of the approved submittal information for the item, tabulation of any settings, and copies of any test reports. 1.04 APPROVAL BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION A. Provide the Work in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), material and equipment shall be labeled or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or other organization acceptable to the AHJ, in order to provide a basis for approval under the NEC. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 3 OF 20 B. Materials and equipment manufactured within the scope of standards published by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall conform to those standards and shall have an applied UL listing mark or label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Products shall comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA 70. B. Like Items of Equipment: End products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer’s service. C. Equipment and Devices Installed Outdoors or in Unheated Enclosures: Capable of continuous operation within ambient temperature range of 0 degrees F to 104 degrees F. D. Equipment Finish: Manufacturer’s standard finish color, except where specific color is indicated. 2.02 POWER PEDESTAL PP-1 A. See Drawings. B. Two door enclosure with separately lockable compartments. C. One compartment with a 100 A, 120/240 V, single-phase, 22,000 AIC, main breaker panelboard. D. One Compartment With Event Receptacles: 4- 20 A, 120 V; 1- 30 A 120/240 V; 1- 50 A 120/240 V. E. Vandal resistant design fabricated from 12-gauge pre-galvanized steel sheet with open bottom framed with 2-inch angle. F. Side cable access to receptacles with padlock hasp. G. UL listed assembly. H. Finish and Color: Polyester powder coat with color approved by City of Renton prior to purchase. I. Nominal size 48 inches high by 36 inches wide by 16 inches deep. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 4 OF 20 J. As manufactured by Skyline Electric & Manufacturing, 3619 7th Avenue South, Seattle, WA. Contact Tom Provo, 206-682-4422. 2.03 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Cast Metal: 1. Box: Cast ferrous metal. 2. Cover: Gasketed, weatherproof, and cast ferrous metal with stainless steel screws. 3. Hubs: Threaded. 4. Lugs: Cast Mounting. 5. Manufacturers and Products, Nonhazardous Locations: a. Crouse-Hinds; Type FS or FD. b. Appleton; Type FS or FD. 2.04 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Outlet Boxes Used as Junction or Pull Box: As specified under Article Outlet and Device Boxes. B. Conduit Bodies Used as Junction Boxes: As specified under Article Conduit and Fittings. C. Large Cast Metal Box: 1. NEMA 250, Type 4. 2. Box: Cast ferrous metal, electrogalvanized finished, with drilled and tapped conduit entrances and exterior mounting lugs. 3. Suitable for embedment in concrete. 4. Cover: Nonhinged with screws. 5. Gasket: Neoprene. 6. Hardware and Machine Screws: ASTM A167, Type 316 stainless steel. 7. Manufacturers and Products, Recessed Type: a. Crouse-Hinds; Type WJBF. b. O-Z/Gedney; Series YR. D. Large Stainless Steel Box: 1. NEMA 250, Type 4X. 2. Box: 14-gauge, ASTM A240, Type 304 stainless steel, with white enamel painted interior mounting panel. 3. Cover: Hinged with clamps. 4. Hardware and Machine Screws: ASTM A167, Type 316 stainless steel. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 5 OF 20 5. Manufacturers: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Robroy Industries. 2.05 PRECAST HANDHOLES A. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Type 1. B. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Type 2. 2.06 WIRING DEVICES A. Receptacle, Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter: 1. Duplex, listed Class A to UL Standard 943, tripping at 5 mA. 2. Color: Ivory. 3. Rating: 125 volts, NEMA WD 1, Configuration 5-20R, 20 amps. 4. Size: For 2-inch by 4-inch outlet boxes. 5. Standard Model: NEMA WD 1, with screw terminals and provisions for testing. 6. Feed-Through Model: NEMA WD 1, with feed-through screw terminals and provisions for testing. 7. Impact resistant nylon face. 8. Manufacturers: a. Bryant. b. Hubbell. c. Leviton. 2.07 DEVICE PLATES A. Cast Metal: 1. Material: Malleable ferrous metal, with gaskets. 2. Screw: Oval-head stainless steel. B. Weatherproof: 1. For Receptacles, Wet Locations: a. Impact-resistant, nonmetallic, single-gang, horizontal or vertical mounting, providing, while in-use, NEMA 3R rating. b. Stainless steel mounting and hinge hardware. c. Lockable, paintable. d. Color: Gray. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 6 OF 20 e. Manufacturers: 1) Carlon. 2) Leviton. 2.08 SUPPORT AND FRAMING CHANNELS A. Stainless Steel Framing Channel: Rolled, ASTM A167, Type 316 stainless steel, 12 gauge. B. Manufacturers: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Unistrut Corp. 2.09 NAMEPLATES A. Material: Laminated plastic. B. Attachment: Adhesive. C. Color: Black, engraved to a white core, or as shown. D. Engraving: 1. Devices and Equipment: Name or tag shown, or as required. 2. Panelboards: a. Designation. b. Service voltage. c. Phases. 3. Minimum Requirement: Label metering and power distribution equipment, local control panels, junction boxes, motor controls, and transformers. E. Letter Height: 1. Pushbuttons, Selector Switches, and Other Devices: 1/8 inch. 2. Equipment and Panelboards: 1/2 inch. 2.10 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS): 1. Meet requirements of NEMA C80.1 and UL 6. 2. Material: Hot-dip galvanized, with chromated protective layer. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 7 OF 20 B. PVC Schedule 40 and 80 Conduit: 1. Meet requirements of NEMA TC 2 and UL 651. 2. UL listed for concrete encasement, underground direct burial, concealed, or direct sunlight exposure, and 90 degrees C insulated conductors. C. Flexible Metal, Liquid-Tight Conduit: 1. UL 360 listed for 105 degrees C insulated conductors. 2. Material: Galvanized steel, with an extruded PVC jacket. D. Fittings: 1. Provide bushings, grounding bushings, conduit hubs, conduit bodies, couplings, unions, conduit sealing fittings, drain seals, drain/breather fittings, expansion fittings, and cable sealing fittings, as applicable. 2. Rigid Galvanized Steel Metal Conduit: a. Meet requirements of UL 514B. b. Type: Threaded, galvanized. 3. PVC Conduit: a. Meet requirements of NEMA TC 3. b. Type: PVC, slip-on. 2.11 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES A. Duct Bank Spacers: 1. Type: Nonmetallic, interlocking, for multiple conduit sizes. 2. Suitable for all types of conduit. 3. Manufacturers: a. Underground Device, Inc. b. Carlon. B. Identification Devices: 1. Raceway Tags: a. Material: Permanent, nylon. b. Shape: Round. c. Raceway Designation: Pressure stamped, embossed, or engraved. d. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers not permitted. 2. Warning Tape: a. Material: Polyethylene, 4-mil gauge with detectable strip. b. Color: Red. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 8 OF 20 c. Width: Minimum 6 inches. d. Designation: Warning on tape that electric circuit is located below tape. e. Identifying Letters: Minimum 1-inch high permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. C. Raceway Band: 1. Slip-on Type: a. Provide heat-shrinkable, black, medium-wall polyolefin tubing with factory-applied adhesive/sealant. Select product size based upon raceway outside diameter. b. Manufacturer and Product: 3M; Type IMCSN, medium wall cable sleeve. 2. Wrap-around Type: a. Provide 4-inch width, 20-mil thickness, nonprinted black PVC corrosion protection tape with primer. b. Manufacturer and Product: 3M; Type Scotchrap 51 with Scotchrap Pipe Primer. 2.12 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conductors 600 Volts and Below: 1. Conform to applicable requirements of NEMA WC 71, WC 72, and WC 74. 2. Conductor Type: a. 120- and 277-Volt Lighting, No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid or stranded copper. b. 120-Volt Receptacle Circuits, No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid or stranded copper. c. All Other Circuits: Stranded copper. 3. Insulation: Type XHHW-2 insulation. 4. Direct Burial and Aerial Conductors and Cables: a. Type USE/RHH/RHW insulation, UL 854 listed or Type RHW-2/USE-2. b. Conform to physical and minimum thickness requirements of NEMA WC 70. 5. Flexible Cords and Cables: a. Type SOW-A/50 with ethylene propylene rubber insulation in accordance with UL 62. b. Conform to physical and minimum thickness requirements of NEMA WC 70. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 9 OF 20 B. Accessories: 1. Tape: a. General Purpose, Flame Retardant: 7 mils, vinyl plastic, Scotch Brand 33, rated for 90 degrees C minimum, meeting requirements of UL 510. b. Flame Retardant, Cold and Weather Resistant: 8.5 mils, vinyl plastic, Scotch Brand 88. 2. Identification Devices: a. Sleeve-type, permanent, PVC, yellow or white, with legible machine-printed black markings. b. Manufacturer and Products: Raychem; Type D-SCE or ZH-SCE. 3. Connectors and Terminations: a. Nylon, Self-Insulated Crimp Connectors: 1) Manufacturers and Products: a) Thomas & Betts; Sta-Kon. b) Burndy; Insulug. c) ILSCO. 4. Cable Lugs: a. In accordance with NEMA CC 1. b. Rated 600 volts of same material as conductor metal. c. Uninsulated Crimp Connectors and Terminators: 1) Suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full NFPA 70, 75 degrees C ampacity. 2) Manufacturers and Products: a) Thomas & Betts; Color-Keyed. b) Burndy; Hydent. c) ILSCO. d. Uninsulated, Bolted, Two-Way Connectors and Terminators: 1) Manufacturers and Products: a) Thomas & Betts; Locktite. b) Burndy; Quiklug. c) ILSCO. 5. Cable Ties: a. Nylon, adjustable, self-locking, and reusable. b. Manufacturer and Product: Thomas & Betts; TY-RAP. 6. Heat Shrinkable Insulation: a. Thermally stabilized, crosslinked polyolefin. b. Manufacturer and Product: Thomas & Betts; SHRINK-KON. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 10 OF 20 2.13 GROUNDING A. Ground Rods: 1. Material: Copper-clad. 2. Diameter: Minimum 5/8 inch. 3. Length: 8 feet. B. Ground Conductors: Bare solid copper except #4 and larger shall be stranded. C. Connectors: 1. Compression Type: a. Compress-deforming type; wrought copper extrusion material. b. Single indentation for conductors 6 AWG and smaller. c. Double indentation with extended barrel for conductors 4 AWG and larger. d. Single barrels prefilled with oxide-inhibiting and antiseizing compound. e. Manufacturers: 1) Burndy Corp. 2) Thomas and Betts Co. 3) ILSCO. 2. Mechanical Type: a. Split-bolt, saddle, or cone screw type; copper alloy material. b. Manufacturers: 1) Burndy Corp. 2) Thomas and Betts Co. 2.14 LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES A. Specific requirements relating to fixture type, lamp type, and mounting hardware are provided in the Luminaire Schedule on Drawings. B. Pedestrian luminaires, poles, and foundations are shown or referenced on the Drawings. See Sunset Lane NE contract documents, available from the Owner for additional information. C. CCTV: Pedestrian luminaire poles supporting cameras have special wireway connectors per amended pole detail also noted on Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 11 OF 20 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. B. Work shall comply with all applicable provisions of NECA 1. C. Electrical Drawings show general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. 3.02 PROTECTION FOLLOWING INSTALLATION A. Protect materials and equipment from corrosion, physical damage, and effects of moisture on insulation. B. Cap conduit runs during construction with manufactured seals. C. Close openings in boxes or equipment during construction. 3.03 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Install suitable for conditions encountered at each outlet or device in wiring or raceway system, sized to meet NFPA 70 requirements. 3.04 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Install where shown and where necessary to terminate, tap-off, or redirect multiple conduit runs. B. Install pull boxes where necessary in raceway system to facilitate conductor installation. C. At or Below grade: 1. Install boxes for below grade conduit flush with finished grade in paved areas or walkways. Coordinate locations with Project Representative prior to installation. 2. If adjacent structure is available, box may be mounted on structure surface just above finished grade in accessible but unobtrusive location. Coordinate with Project Representative. 3. Use boxes and covers suitable to support anticipated weights. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 12 OF 20 D. Mounting Hardware: 1. Outdoor or Noncorrosive Indoor Wet Areas: Stainless steel. 3.05 PRECAST HANDHOLES A. Excavate, backfill, and final grade in accordance with Section 31 23 16, Excavation, and Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. B. Do not install until final raceway grading has been determined. C. Receptacles: 1. Weatherproof Receptacles: a. Install in cast metal box. b. Install such that hinge for protective cover is above receptacle opening. 2. Ground Fault Interrupter: Install feed-through model at locations where ground fault protection is specified for “downstream” conventional receptacles. 3.06 DEVICE PLATES A. Securely fasten to wiring device; ensure a tight fit to box. B. Surface Mounted: Plate shall not extend beyond sides of box, unless plates have no sharp corners or edges. C. Install with alignment tolerance to box of 1/16 inch. D. Types (Unless Otherwise Shown): 1. Outdoor: Weatherproof. 3.07 SUPPORT AND FRAMING CHANNELS A. Install where required for mounting and supporting electrical equipment and raceway systems. 3.08 NAMEPLATES A. Provide identifying nameplate on all equipment. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 13 OF 20 3.09 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. Crushed or deformed raceways not permitted. 2. Maintain raceway entirely free of obstructions and moisture. 3. Immediately after installation, plug or cap raceway ends with watertight and dust-tight seals until time for pulling in conductors. 4. Avoid moisture traps where possible. When unavoidable in exposed conduit runs, provide junction box and drain fitting at conduit low point. 5. Group raceways installed in same area. 6. Install watertight fittings in outdoor, underground, or wet locations. 7. Paint threads and cut ends, before assembly of fittings, galvanized conduit installed in exposed or damp locations with zinc-rich paint or liquid galvanizing compound. 8. Metal conduit to be reamed, burrs removed, and cleaned before installation of conductors, wires, or cables. 9. Install concealed, embedded, and buried raceways so that they emerge at right angles to surface and have no curved portion exposed. 10. Install conduits for fiber optic cables, telemetry cables, and Category 6 data cables in strict conformance with the requirements of EIA/TIA 569. B. Conduit Application: 1. Diameter: a. Exterior Minimum: 3/4 inch. 2. Direct Buried: 2 inch PVC Schedule 80 unless otherwise shown on Drawings. C. Connections: 1. Outdoor areas, process areas exposed to moisture, and areas required to be oiltight and dust-tight: Flexible metal, liquid-tight conduit. 2. Exterior Light Pole Foundations: PVC Schedule 40 conduit. D. Penetrations: 1. Buried Junction Boxes: a. Nonmetallic Raceways: Provide bell ends flush with wall. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 14 OF 20 E. Bends: 1. Make bends and offsets of longest practical radius. Bends in conduits and ducts being installed for fiber optic cables shall be not less than 20 times cable diameter, 15 inches minimum. 2. Install with symmetrical bends. 3. Avoid field-made bends and offsets, but where necessary, make with bending machine. 4. PVC Conduit: a. Bends 30 Degrees and Larger: Provide factory-made elbows. b. Use manufacturer’s recommended method for forming smaller bends. 5. Flexible Conduit: Do not make bends that exceed allowable conductor bending radius of cable to be installed or that significantly restricts conduit flexibility. F. PVC Conduit: 1. Solvent Welding: a. Provide manufacturer recommended solvent; apply to all joints. b. Install such that joint is watertight. 2. Adapters: a. PVC to Metallic Fittings: PVC terminal type. b. PVC to Rigid Metal Conduit or IMC: PVC female adapter. 3. Belled-End Conduit: Bevel the unbelled end of the joint prior to joining. G. Termination at Enclosures: 1. Cast metal and Nonmetallic, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Terminate conduit in threaded conduit hubs, maintaining enclosure integrity. a. PVC Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 Conduit: Provide PVC terminal adapter with locknut. 2. Free-Standing Enclosures: Terminate PVC conduit entering bottom with bell end fittings. H. Underground Raceways: 1. Grade: Maintain minimum grade of 4 inches in 100 feet, either from one manhole, handhole, or pull box to the next, or from a high point between them, depending on surface contour. 2. Cover: Maintain minimum 2-foot cover above conduit, unless otherwise shown. 3. Make routing changes as necessary to avoid obstructions or conflicts. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 15 OF 20 4. Couplings: In multiple conduit runs, stagger so couplings in adjacent runs are not in same transverse line. 5. Union type fittings not permitted. 6. Spacers: a. Provide preformed, nonmetallic spacers, designed for such purpose, to secure and separate parallel conduit runs in a trench. b. Install at intervals not greater than that specified in NFPA 70 for support of the type conduit used, but in no case greater than 10 feet. 7. Support conduit so as to prevent bending or displacement during backfilling. 8. Installation with Other Piping Systems: a. Crossings: Maintain minimum 12-inch vertical separation. b. Parallel Runs: Maintain minimum 12-inch separation. c. Installation over valves or couplings not permitted. 9. Backfill: As specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. I. Empty Raceways: 1. Provide permanent, removable cap over each end. 2. Provide PVC plug with pull tab for underground raceways with end bells. 3. Provide nylon pull cord. 4. Identify, as specified in Article Identification Devices, with waterproof tags attached to pull cord at each end, and at intermediate pull point. J. Identification Devices: 1. Raceway Tags: a. Install at each terminus, near midpoint, and at minimum intervals of every 50 feet of exposed raceway, whether in ceiling space or surface mounted. b. Provide nylon strap for attachment. 2. Warning Tape: Install approximately 12 inches above underground or concrete-encased raceways. Align parallel to, and within 12 inches of, centerline of runs. K. Raceway Band: 1. Install wherever metallic conduit emerges from concrete slabs. Not required with PVC-coated RGS conduit. Center band at slab surface and install according to manufacturer’s instructions. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 16 OF 20 a. Slip-on Type: Clean conduit surface at installation location. Cut tubing to 6-inch minimum lengths and slip onto raceway prior to slab placement and termination of conduit. Heat-shrink onto conduit. b. Wrap-around Type: Use where slip-on access to conduit is not possible. Clean conduit surface at installation location. Apply primer. Apply wraps to provide two layers of tape. Neatly finish tape end to prevent unraveling. 3.10 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conductor storage, handling, and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. C. Conduit system shall be complete prior to drawing conductors. Lubricate prior to pulling into conduit. Lubrication type shall be as approved by conductor manufacturer. D. Terminate all conductors and cables, unless otherwise shown. E. Do not splice conductors, unless specifically indicated or approved by Owner`s Representative. F. Bundling: Where single conductors and cables in manholes, handholes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means, bundle conductors from each conduit throughout their exposed length with cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches. G. Wiring within Equipment and Local Control Panels: Remove surplus wire, dress, bundle, and secure. H. Power Conductor Color Coding: 1. No. 6 AWG and Larger: Apply general purpose, flame retardant tape at each end, and at accessible locations wrapped at least six full overlapping turns, covering an area 1-1/2 to 2 inches wide. 2. No. 8 AWG and Smaller: Provide colored conductors. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 17 OF 20 3. Colors: a. Neutral Wire: White. b. Live Wires, 120/240-Volt, Single-Phase System: Black, red. c. Ground Wire: Green. I. Circuit Identification: 1. Circuits Appearing in Circuit Schedules: Identify power, instrumentation, and control conductor circuits, using circuit schedule designations, at each termination and in accessible locations such as manholes, handholes/junction boxes, panels, switchboards, motor control centers, pull boxes, and terminal boxes. 2. Circuits Not Appearing in Circuit Schedules: Assign circuit name based on device or equipment at load end of circuit. Where this would result in same name being assigned to more than one circuit, add number or letter to each otherwise identical circuit name to make it unique. 3. Method: Identify with sleeves. Taped-on markers or tags relying on adhesives not permitted. J. Connections and Terminations: 1. Install nylon self-insulated crimp connectors and terminators for instrumentation and control circuit conductors. 2. Tape insulate all uninsulated connections. 3. Install crimp connectors and compression lugs with tools approved by connector manufacturer. 4. Use waterproof connectors on all conductors in handholes. 3.11 GROUNDING A. Grounding shall be in compliance with NFPA 70 and as shown. B. Shielded Instrumentation Cables: 1. Ground shield to ground bus at power supply for analog signal. 2. Expose shield minimum 1 inch at termination to field instrument and apply heat shrink tube. 3. Do not ground instrumentation cable shield at more than one point. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Provide in all conduits containing power conductors and control circuits above 50 volts. D. Ground Rods: Install full length with conductor connection at upper end. Install one ground rod in each handhole. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 18 OF 20 3.12 LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Pole Mounted Fixtures: See referenced installation instruction in Products section. 3.13 LIGHTING CONTROL A. As shown on the Drawings. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Test equipment shall have an operating accuracy equal to, or greater than, requirements established by NETA ATS. 2. Test instrument calibration shall be in accordance with NETA ATS. 3. Perform inspection and electrical tests after equipment has been installed. 4. Perform tests with apparatus de-energized whenever feasible. 5. Inspection and electrical tests on energized equipment are to be: a. Scheduled with Project Representative prior to de-energization. b. Minimized to avoid extended period of interruption to the operating plant equipment. B. Tests and inspection shall establish that: 1. Electrical equipment is operational within industry and manufacturer’s tolerances. 2. Installation operates properly. 3. Equipment is suitable for energization. 4. Installation conforms to requirements of Contract Documents and NFPA 70. C. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NETA ATS, industry standards, and manufacturer’s recommendations. D. Adjust mechanisms and moving parts for free mechanical movement. E. Adjust adjustable relays and sensors to correspond to operating conditions, or as recommended by manufacturer. F. Verify nameplate data for conformance to Contract Documents. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 19 OF 20 G. Realign equipment not properly aligned and correct unlevelness. H. Properly anchor electrical equipment found to be inadequately anchored. I. Tighten accessible bolted connections, including wiring connections, with calibrated torque wrench to manufacturer’s recommendations, or as otherwise specified. J. Clean contaminated surfaces with cleaning solvents as recommended by manufacturer. K. Provide proper lubrication of applicable moving parts. L. Investigate and repair or replace: 1. Electrical items that fail tests. 2. Active components not operating in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Damaged electrical equipment. M. Electrical Enclosures: 1. Remove foreign material and moisture from enclosure interior. 2. Vacuum and wipe clean enclosure interior. 3. Remove corrosion found on metal surfaces. 4. Repair or replace, as determined by Owner`s Representative, door and panel sections having damaged surfaces. 5. Replace missing or damaged hardware. N. Provide certified test report(s) documenting the successful completion of specified testing. Include field test measurement data. O. Test the following equipment and materials: 1. Conductors: Insulation resistance, No. 4 and larger only. 2. Panelboards, switches, and circuit breakers. 3. Grounding electrodes. P. Voltage Testing: 1. When installation is complete and facility is in operation, check voltage at point of termination of electric utility supply system to Project. 2. Check voltage amplitude and balance between phases for loaded and unloaded conditions. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 26 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 ELECTRICAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 26 05 01 – PAGE 20 OF 20 3. If unbalance exceeds 1 percent, or if voltage varies throughout the day and from loaded to unloaded conditions more than plus or minus 4 percent of nominal, make written request to electric utility to correct condition. 4. If corrections are not made, obtain written statement from a responsible electric utility official that voltage variations and/or unbalance are within their normal standards. Q. Equipment Line Current: 1. Check line current in each phase for each circuit. 2. If electric utility makes adjustments to supply voltage magnitude or balance, make line current check after adjustments are made. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE PREPARATION 31 10 00 – PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 31 10 00 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and related items required to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. The items of work shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Removal and disposal of unwanted vegetation. 2. Removal and disposal of miscellaneous debris, rubbish, and garbage. 3. The installation, maintenance and removal of Temporary Erosion Sedimentation Control (TESCO) facilities. 4. Protect from harm all items to remain. Install and maintain protection fencing. 5. Providing staging and stockpile areas. 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Contract Specifications include but is not limited to: 1. Section 01 57 13 Temporary Sediment and Erosion Control 2. Section 02 41 00 Demolition 3. Section 12 93 00 Site Furnishings 4. Section 31 23 16 Excavation 5. Section 32 90 00 Planting 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Site Survey documenting previously existing site conditions has been provided in Contract Drawings. B. Geotechnical and Soils Reports are available by request from Owner’s Representative. C. Construction documents for the surrounding Sunset Lane project are available by request from Owner’s Presentative. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE PREPARATION 31 10 00 – PAGE 2 OF 6 D. It is understood that there will be interfering utilities, service laterals, and other underground pipes, drains or structures encountered that are not shown, or areas shown incorrectly on the plans, or have not been previously discovered in the field. Contractor agrees this is a normal and usual occurrence in the construction of underground improvements. Furthermore, Contractor understands and agrees that work in some cases must be done in close proximity to said utilities and underground pipes, drains and structures not shown or shown incorrectly on the plans, which may require a change in operations and may cause sloughing of the trench, additional traffic control, additional pavement and backfill costs and time. The Contractor agrees that these occurrences are usual and ordinary, and are reflected in the bid and plan of operation. E. Contractor agrees to provide for these conflicts and interferences and agrees to provide for a reasonable amount of time for design changes and/or utility relocations due to said interferences. F. Repair and or replacement of damaged facilities to the Engineer’s satisfaction, will be accomplished at the Contractor's expense 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review and acceptance a complete site access, staging, and stockpiling plan using a copy of the basic site layout. Identify all areas to be used for access, staging, and stockpiling throughout the various stages of the construction. B. The Contractor shall submit written certification that disposal site complies with all governmental regulations. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Visit site prior to bidding to determine nature of existing site materials, materials and other conditions that may affect work. B. Contact respective utility maintenance agencies to verify location of active utilities prior to excavation. Keep active utilities intact and in continuous operation. C. Protect neighboring property, occupants of said property, customers, visitors, passers- by from injury and discomfort caused by dust or debris. D. Remove no utilities unless shown on the Contract Drawings or as specified in the Contract Specifications. If unexpected conditions arise, stop work and immediately SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE PREPARATION 31 10 00 – PAGE 3 OF 6 notify Owner’s Representative. Damage caused by Contractor to any existing utilities shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Safety, Monitoring, & Response Products and Equipment: The Contractor shall provide barricades, safety guards, temporary fencing, signage and/or other methods to secure trenches, open excavations, and other unsafe conditions resulting from this construction. Undertake work in full compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements. 1.07 MONUMENTS A. Carefully maintain all benchmarks, monuments and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at the Contractor's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. As required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. 2.02 TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCE A. Prefabricated portable galvanized chain link fence panels including fabric, posts, top and bottom rails, and driven posts with rolled fabric and wire ties for area of uneven terrain. B. Prefabricated portable fence panels shall be a minimum of six (6) feet high by a maximum twelve (12) feet wide. Post bases shall be minimum sixteen (16) inches by eight (8) inches high concrete pier with sleeve for post, or as approved. Posts shall be minimum one and one half (1-1/2) inch out-side-diameter (OD) Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Fabric shall be minimum eleven (11) gauge galvanized two (2) inch diamond mesh steel wire interwoven. Knuckled or twisted selvage is acceptable. Wire ties shall be minimum nine (9) gauge aluminum wire. C. Provide additional panels or outriggers as necessary to provide a rigid, stable run of fence. D. Gates shall be twenty (20) feet wide, two (2) prefabricated panels with double padlocks to allow Contractor and Owner entry. Hinged sides or each operating panel shall include double bracketing. Owner will provide one (1) lock keyed for personnel for each entry. Contractor shall provide a lock keyed for Owner and Subcontractor entry. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE PREPARATION 31 10 00 – PAGE 4 OF 6 E. Provide warning signage every thirty (30) feet of running fence line. Signage shall be a minimum of eighteen (18) inches square, brightly colored with contracting lettering as follows: WARNING CONSTRUCTION KEEP OUT Or as accepted by the Owner’s Representative. F. Barbed and/or razor wire are not allowed. 2.03 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ACCESS A. Construction entrance shall be per City of Renton Standard Plan 215.10. 2.04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide a temporary enclosed workspace (“Job Shack” or Trailer) suitable for storage of Project Documentation and use as meeting space, minimum interior space shall be six (6) feet by twenty (20) feet. Furnish the interior with a working surface sufficient to accommodate the Contract Documents, minimum three (3) feet by four (4) feet. Provide a minimum of four (4) chairs and a table of sufficient size to conduct weekly Project Meetings. B. Contractor shall engage the services of a licensed, commercial provider of portable temporary sanitary facilities. Provide sufficient capacity and maintenance for no less than one hundred twenty-five (125) percent of the anticipated peak workforce. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DOCUMENTATION OF UTILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Maintain a separate Contract Drawing, to be stored on-site, for identifying key utilities and controls. Identify and apply color-coded markings identifying shut-offs for domestic water, irrigation water, power, and gas. Identify sanitary sewerage, stormwater discharge, gas, fiber optics, and telephone (all as appropriate) lines, which are to be maintained in service during the work. B. Color-code emergency contact information for each of the above utilities directly on the Contract Drawing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE PREPARATION 31 10 00 – PAGE 5 OF 6 3.02 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Secure the project site from trespass or unintentional entrance by unauthorized personnel. B. All disturbed ground stockpiles, staging and on-site transport routes shall be fully enclosed by a perimeter security fence. Areas either under construction or completed but not specifically accepted by the Owner’s Representative shall be completed enclosed. C. Temporary chain link fence panels shall be connected mechanically by means of pre- fabricated, bolted bracket manufactured specifically for the purpose. Fencing shall not be wired together. Where long straight runs result in an unstable condition, sufficient out-rigging shall be incorporated to maintain fencing upright. Use only pre- manufactured outriggers or additional fence panels. Out-riggers shall be placed on the interior side of the fence unless accepted by the Owner’s Representative. 3.03 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (TESC) A. See Contract Drawings and TESC Specification herein. 3.04 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ACCESS / SEE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit layout and design of stabilized construction entrances for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative. The entrances shall be installed at the beginning of construction and maintained to meet applicable standards for the duration of the project. Additional measures may be required to ensure that all paved areas are kept clean for the duration of the project. 3.05 REMOVAL A. All materials and debris associated with this work shall be removed at the appropriate time. 1. Removal and restoration of Temporary Access Pads shall be undertaken as quickly as possible following the conclusion of transport of bulk materials and demobilization of heavy equipment. 2. Removal of Trailer and Sanitary Facilities shall not be undertaken until the Owner’s Representative has established that the project work is acceptable. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 10 00 19 APRIL 2017 SITE PREPARATION 31 10 00 – PAGE 6 OF 6 3. Removal of temporary siltation control fencing shall in no case be prior to project acceptance. The Owner reserves the right to take ownership and control of temporary siltation control facilities. 4. Prior to project acceptance, the Contractor shall remove accumulated sediment from all manholes, catch basins, and inlets. 3.06 CLEARING AND GRUBBING OF IMPERISHABLE DEBRIS A. Remove all imperishable debris that would be unsuitable for bearing including, but not limited to rocks, concrete pipe, abandoned pipes, and existing construction debris. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect bench marks and existing work from damage or displacement. B. Maintain designated site access for vehicle and pedestrian traffic. 3.08 CLEAN-UP A. All work areas shall be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Dispose of all surplus, waste materials and rubbish off-site in accordance with all governmental laws, regulations, and ordinances. B. Provide certification from disposal site operator stating the disposal site complies with all governmental regulations. C. All effort shall be made to recycle materials whenever possible. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 13 19 APRIL 2017 SUBGRADE PREPARATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 13 - PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 31 23 13 SUBGRADE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Optimum Moisture Content: As defined in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. B. Prepared Ground Surface: Ground surface after completion of clearing and grubbing, scalping of sod, stripping of topsoil, excavation to grade, and scarification and compaction of subgrade. C. Maximum Density: As defined in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. D. Subgrade: Layer of existing soil after completion of clearing, grubbing, scalping of topsoil prior to placement of fill, roadway structure or base for floor slab. E. Proof-Rolling: Testing of subgrade by compactive effort to identify areas that will not support the future loading without excessive settlement. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Complete applicable Work specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation, prior to subgrade preparation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notify Owner`s Representative when subgrade is ready for compaction or proof-rolling or whenever compaction or proof-rolling is resumed after a period of extended inactivity. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 13 19 APRIL 2017 SUBGRADE PREPARATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 13 - PAGE 2 OF 3 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare subgrade when unfrozen and free of ice and snow. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 2-06.3 of the Standard Specifications. B. Keep subgrade free of water, debris, and foreign matter during compaction or proof-rolling. C. Bring subgrade to proper grade and cross-section and uniformly compact surface. D. Do not use sections of prepared ground surface as haul roads. Protect prepared subgrade from traffic. E. Maintain prepared ground surface in finished condition until next course is placed. 3.02 COMPACTION A. Under Earthfill: Compact upper 6 inches to minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density in accordance with Section 2-06.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. Planting areas to be compacted to 85 percent of the maximum density. B. Under Pavement Structure, Floor Slabs On Grade, or Granular Fill Under Structures: Compact the upper 6 inches to minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density in accordance with Sections 2-06.3(1) and 5-05.3(6) of the Standard Specifications. 3.03 MOISTURE CONDITIONING A. Dry Subgrade: Add water, then mix to make moisture content uniform throughout. B. Wet Subgrade: Aerate material by blading, discing, harrowing, or other methods, to hasten drying process. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 13 19 APRIL 2017 SUBGRADE PREPARATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 13 - PAGE 3 OF 3 3.04 TESTING A. Proof-roll subgrade with equipment specified in Article Compaction to detect soft or loose subgrade or unsuitable material, as determined by Owner`s Representative. 3.05 CORRECTION A. Soft or Loose Subgrade: In accordance with Section 2-06.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. B. Unsuitable Material: 1. Over excavate as specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation, and replace with suitable material from the excavation, as specified in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. 2. In accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)C of the Standard Specifications for unstable base material underneath a structure. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 16 19 APRIL 2017 EXCAVATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 16 - PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 31 23 16 EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Excavation Plan, Detailing: a. Methods and sequencing of excavation. b. Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated material. c. Proposed onsite and offsite spoil disposal sites. d. Numbers, types, and sizes of equipment proposed to perform excavations. e. Anticipated difficulties and proposed resolutions. f. Reclamation of onsite spoil disposal areas. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide adequate survey control to avoid unauthorized overexcavation. 1.04 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Material excavated when frozen or when air temperature is less than 32 degrees F shall not be used as fill or backfill until material completely thaws. B. Material excavated during inclement weather shall not be used as fill or backfill until after material drains and dries sufficiently for proper compaction. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 16 19 APRIL 2017 EXCAVATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 16 - PAGE 2 OF 5 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Excavation Support: Install and maintain shoring as necessary to support sides of excavations and prevent detrimental settlement and lateral movement of existing facilities, adjacent property, and completed Work. 1.06 NOTIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall contact the Puget Sound Energy inspector for the City of Renton regarding an issues with the gas line on-site. 1. Duane Ainsworth – (253) 261-6456 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 2-03.3 of the Standard Specifications for roadway excavation, as defined in referenced section and supplemented by adding the following: 1. Roadway excavation shall include the removal of all materials excavated from within the limits shown on the plans including but not limited to maintenance pathways and walkways. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankments, while surplus excavated material or unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. 2. Any excavation or embankment beyond the limits indicated in the Plans, unless ordered by the Owner`s Representative, shall not be paid for. All work and material required to return these areas to their original conditions, as directed by the Owner`s Representative, shall be provided by the Contractor at his sole expense. 3. All areas shall be excavated, filled, and/or backfilled as necessary to comply with the grades shown on the Plans. In filled and backfilled areas, fine grading shall begin during the placement and the compaction of the final layer. In cut sections, fine grading shall begin within the final six (6) inches of cut. Final grading shall produce a surface which is smooth and even, without abrupt changes in grade. 4. Following removal of topsoil or excavation to grade and before placement of fills or base course, the subgrade under the pathways shall be proof-rolled to identify any soft or loose areas which may warrant additional compaction or excavation and replacement. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 16 19 APRIL 2017 EXCAVATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 16 - PAGE 3 OF 5 5. The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage or protection to keep the subgrade free from standing water. 6. Acceptable excavated native soils shall be used for fill in the area requiring fills. Care shall be taken to place excavated material at the optimum moisture content to achieve the specified compaction. Any native material used for fill shall be free of organics and debris and have a maximum particle size of 6 inches. 7. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent the native materials from becoming saturated with water. The measures may include sloping to drain, covering with plastic, compacting the native materials, and diverting runoff away from the materials. If the Contractor fails to take such preventative measures, any costs or delay related to drying the materials shall be at his own expense. 8. If the native materials become saturated, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to dry the materials, to the optimum moisture content. If sufficient acceptable native soils are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow shall be used. B. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1) of the Standard Specifications for pipe trenching. C. Excavate to lines, grades, and dimensions shown and as necessary to accomplish Work. Excavate to within tolerance of plus or minus 0.1 foot, except where dimensions or grades are shown or specified as maximum or minimum. Allow for forms, working space, granular base, topsoil, and similar items, wherever applicable. Trim to neat lines where concrete is to be deposited against earth. D. Do not overexcavate without written authorization of Owner`s Representative. 3.02 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION A. Excavation is unclassified. Complete all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 16 19 APRIL 2017 EXCAVATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 16 - PAGE 4 OF 5 3.03 TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum Width of Trenches: 1. Single Pipes, Conduits, Direct-Buried Cables, and Duct Banks: a. Less than 4-inch Outside Diameter or Width: 18 inches. b. Greater than 4-inch Outside Diameter or Width: 18 inches greater than outside diameter or width of pipe, conduit, direct- buried cable, or duct bank. 2. Multiple Pipes, Conduits, Cables, or Duct Banks in Single Trench: 18 inches greater than aggregate width of pipes, conduits, cables, duct banks, plus space between. 3. Increase trench widths by thicknesses of sheeting. B. Maximum Trench Width: Unlimited, unless otherwise shown or specified, or unless excess width will cause damage to existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. 3.04 PIPE BEDDING GROOVES FOR NONPERFORATED DRAIN LINES A. Semicircular, trapezoidal, or 90-degree-V. B. Excavated or plowed into trench bottom. Forming groove by compaction will not be acceptable. 3.05 EMBANKMENT AND CUT SLOPES A. Shape, trim, and finish cut slopes to conform with lines, grades, and cross- sections shown, with proper allowance for topsoil or slope protection, where shown. B. Remove stones and rock that exceed 3-inch diameter and that are loose and may roll down slope. Remove exposed roots from cut slopes. C. Round tops of cut slopes in soil to not less than a 6-foot radius, provided such rounding does not extend offsite or outside easements and rights-of-way, or adversely impacts existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. 3.06 STOCKPILING EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Stockpile excavated material that is suitable for use as fill or backfill until material is needed. Cover with plastic and/or protect from excess moisture as required to maintain optimum moisture content. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 16 19 APRIL 2017 EXCAVATION PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 16 - PAGE 5 OF 5 B. Post signs indicating proposed use of material stockpiled. Post signs that are readable from all directions of approach to each stockpile. Signs should be clearly worded and readable by equipment operators from their normal seated position. C. Confine stockpiles to within project site and approved work areas. Do not obstruct roads or streets. D. Do not stockpile excavated material adjacent to trenches and other excavations, unless excavation side slopes and excavation support systems are designed, constructed, and maintained for stockpile loads. E. Do not stockpile excavated materials near or over existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work, if weight of stockpiled material could induce excessive settlement. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL A. Dispose of excavated materials, which are unsuitable or exceed quantity needed for fill or backfill, offsite END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 31 23 23 FILL AND BACKFILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Maximum Density: 1. Determined in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications. Apply corrections for oversize material to either as- compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by Project Representative. B. Optimum Moisture Content: 1. Determined in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications 2. Determine field moisture content on basis of fraction passing 3/4-inch sieve. C. Prepared Ground Surface: Ground surface after completion of required, clearing and grubbing, scalping of sod, stripping of topsoil, excavation to grade, and subgrade preparation. D. Completed Course: A course or layer that is ready for next layer or next phase of Work. E. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. F. Geosynthetics: Geotextiles, geogrids, or geomembranes. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 2 OF 7 G. Well-Graded: 1. A mixture of particle sizes with no specific concentration or lack thereof of one or more sizes. 2. Does not define numerical value that must be placed on coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of curvature, or other specific grain size distribution parameters. 3. Used to define material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. H. Influence Area: Area within planes sloped downward and outward at 60-degree angle from horizontal measured from: 1. 1 foot outside outermost edge at base of foundations or slabs. 2. 1 foot outside outermost edge at surface of roadways or shoulder. 3. 0.5 foot outside exterior at spring line of pipes or culverts. I. Borrow Material: Material from required excavations. J. Selected Backfill Material: Materials available onsite that Project Representative determines to be suitable for specific use. K. Imported Material: Materials obtained from sources offsite, suitable for specified use. L. Structural Fill: Fill materials as required under structures, pavements, and other facilities. M. Embankment Material: Fill materials required to raise existing grade in areas other than under structures. N. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s data sheets for compaction equipment. 2. Certified test results from independent testing agency. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 3 OF 7 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notify Project Representative when: 1. Structure is ready for backfilling, and whenever backfilling operations are resumed after a period of inactivity. 2. Soft or loose subgrade materials are encountered wherever embankment or site fill is to be placed. 3. Fill material appears to be deviating from Specifications. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Complete applicable Work specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation, and Section 31 23 13, Subgrade Preparation, prior to placing fill or backfill. B. Backfill against concrete structures in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. Obtain Project Representative’s acceptance of concrete work and attained strength prior to placing backfill. C. Do not place granular base, subbase, or surfacing until after subgrade has been prepared as specified in Section 31 23 13, Subgrade Preparation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EARTHFILL A. Excavated material from required excavations and designated borrow sites, free from rocks larger than 3 inches, from roots and other organic matter, ashes, cinders, trash, debris, and other deleterious materials. B. Provide imported material of equivalent quality in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications if required to accomplish Work. 2.02 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL OR CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL A. In accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications.SAND A. Free from clay, organic matter, or other deleterious material. B. Gradation in accordance with Section 9-03.13 of the Standard Specifications. 2.04 GRANULAR DRAIN MATERIAL A. In accordance with Section 9-03.12(4) of the Standard Specifications. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 4 OF 7 2.05 WATER FOR MOISTURE CONDITIONING A. Free of hazardous or toxic contaminates, or contaminants deleterious to proper compaction. 2.06 BASE COURSE ROCK A. As specified in Section 32 11 23, Aggregate Base Courses. 2.07 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION ROCK A. Crushed rock or pit run rock. B. Uniformly graded from coarse to fine. C. Free from excessive dirt and other organic material. D. Maximum 2-1/2-inch particle size. 2.08 MINERAL AGGREGRATE TYPE 26 A. Mineral aggregate type 26 shall conform to the following grading: Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/4”100 No. 4 28-56 No. 8 20-50 No. 50 3-12 No. 200 0-1 B. L.A. abrasion 35 percent max. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Keep placement surfaces free of water, debris, and foreign material during placement and compaction of fill and backfill materials. B. Place and spread fill and backfill materials in horizontal lifts of uniform thickness, in a manner that avoids segregation, and compact each lift to specified densities prior to placing succeeding lifts. Slope lifts only where necessary to conform to final grades or as necessary to keep placement surfaces drained of water. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 5 OF 7 C. During filling and backfilling, keep level of fill and backfill around each structure even. D. Do not place fill or backfill, if fill or backfill material is frozen, or if surface upon which fill or backfill is to be placed is frozen. E. If pipe, conduit, duct bank, or cable is to be laid within fill or backfill: 1. Fill or backfill to an elevation 2 feet above top of item to be laid. 2. Excavate trench for installation of item. 3. Install bedding, if applicable, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 4. Install item. 5. Backfill envelope zone and remaining trench, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill, before resuming filling or backfilling specified in this section. F. Tolerances: 1. Final Lines and Grades: Within a tolerance of 0.1 foot unless dimensions or grades are shown or specified otherwise. 2. Grade to establish and maintain slopes and drainage as shown. Reverse slopes are not permitted. G. Settlement: Correct and repair any subsequent damage to structures, pavements, curbs, slabs, piping, and other facilities, caused by settlement of fill or backfill material. 3.02 BACKFILL UNDER AND AROUND STRUCTURES A. Within area of influenced, in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. B. Levelling Course: Minimum 4 inches of Crushed Surfacing Top Course material in accordance with Section 9-03.9(3) should be placed beneath structural slabs, foundations, pervious pavement, and sidewalks and compacted in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C Method C of the Standard Specifications. 3.03 FILL A. Outside Influence Areas beneath Structures, Pavements, Curbs, Slabs, Piping, and Other Facilities: in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 6 OF 7 1. Dress completed embankment with allowance for topsoil, crest surfacing, and slope protection, where applicable. 3.04 SAND BLANKET OVER VAPOR RETARDER A. Place sand in manner that avoids damage to underlying vapor retarder. B. Moisten sand and thoroughly compact it with a vibratory plate compactor. 3.05 GRANULAR BASE, SUBBASE, AND SURFACING A. Place and Compact in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications or as shown on the Contract Drawings. 3.06 REPLACING OVEREXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Replace excavation carried below grade lines shown or established by Project Representative as follows: 1. Beneath Footings: Granular fill in accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. 2. Beneath Fill or Backfill: Same material as specified for overlying fill or backfill. 3. Beneath Slabs-On-Grade: Granular fill in accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. 4. Trenches: a. Unauthorized Overexcavation: Either trench stabilization material or granular pipe base material, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. b. Authorized Overexcavation: Trench stabilization material, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 5. Permanent Cut Slopes (Where Overlying Area is Not to Receive Fill or Backfill): a. Flat to Moderate Steep Slopes (3:1, Horizontal Run: Vertical Rise or Flatter): Earthfill. b. Steep Slopes (Steeper than 3:1): 1) Correct overexcavation by transitioning between overcut areas and designed slope adjoining areas, provided such cutting does not extend offsite or outside easements and right-of-ways, or adversely impacts existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. 2) Backfilling overexcavated areas is prohibited, unless in Project Representative’s opinion, backfill will remain stable, SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23 19 APRIL 2017 FILL AND BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23 - PAGE 7 OF 7 and overexcavated material is replaced as compacted earthfill. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 1 OF 9 SECTION 31 23 23.15 TRENCH BACKFILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Public Works Association (APWA): Uniform Color Code. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. c. C117, Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 Micrometer (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. d. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. e. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. f. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. g. C1012/C1012M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution. h. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). i. D1140, Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than No. 200 (75 micrometer) Sieve. j. D1557, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)). k. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). l. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. m. D4254, Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. n. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. o. D4832, Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 2 OF 9 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): Z535.1, Safety Colors. 4. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Base Rock: Granular material upon which manhole bases and other structures are placed. B. Bedding Material: Granular material upon which pipes, conduits, cables, or duct banks are placed. C. Imported Material: Material obtained by Contractor from source(s) offsite. D. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. E. Pipe Zone: Backfill zone that includes full trench width and extends from prepared trench bottom to an upper limit above top outside surface of pipe, conduit, cable or duct bank. F. Prepared Trench Bottom: Graded trench bottom after excavation and installation of stabilization material, if required, but before installation of bedding material. G. Relative Compaction: The ratio, in percent, of the as-compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either as- compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by Owner`s Representative. H. Relative Density: As defined by ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254. I. Selected Backfill Material: Material available onsite that Owner`s Representative determines to be suitable for a specific use. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 3 OF 9 J. Well-Graded: A mixture of particle sizes that has no specific concentration or lack thereof of one or more sizes producing a material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. Satisfying both of the following requirements, as defined in ASTM D2487: 1. Coefficient of Curvature: Greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 3. 2. Coefficient of Uniformity: Greater than or equal to 4 for materials classified as gravel, and greater than or equal to 6 for materials classified as sand. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer’s descriptive literature for marking tapes. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certified Gradation Analysis: Submit not less than 30 days prior to delivery for imported materials or anticipated use for excavated materials, except for trench stabilization material that will be submitted prior to material delivery to Site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MARKING TAPE A. Nondetectable: 1. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil. 2. Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 3. Width: As recommended by manufacturer for depth of installation. 4. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape. b. Mutual Industries; Non-detectable Tape. c. Presco; Non-detectable Tape. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 4 OF 9 B. Detectable: 1. In accordance with Section 9-15.18 of the Standard Specifications. 2. Solid aluminum foil, visible on unprinted side, encased in protective high visibility, inert polyethylene plastic jacket. 3. Foil Thickness: Minimum 0.35 mils. 4. Laminate Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 5. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 6. Joining Clips: Tin or nickel-coated furnished by tape manufacturer. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape, Sentry Line Detectable. b. Mutual Industries; Detectable Tape. c. Presco; Detectable Tape. 2.02 TRACER WIRE A. Material: Minimum 12-gauge solid copper or copper jacket with a steel core, with high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or high-molecular weight polyethylene (HMWPE) insulation suitable for direct bury. B. Splices: Use wire nut or lug suitable for direct burial as recommended by tracer wire manufacturer. C. Manufacturers: 1. Copperhead Industries, LLC. 2. Performance Wire & Cable Inc. 3. Pro-line Safety Products Company. 2.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Gravel backfill, in accordance with Section 9-03.12 of the Standard Specifications. 2.04 BEDDING MATERIAL AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. In accordance with Sections 7-08.3(3) and 9-03.12(3) of the Standard Specifications, with the following amendments: 1. Section 7-08.3(3) is supplemented with the following: a. Initial backfilling shall be performed only after inspection and approval of the installed pipe. Backfill shall be accomplished in SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 5 OF 9 such a manner that the pipe shall not be damaged by impact or overloading. b. All backfill for pipe trenches shall be mechanically compacted by a power operated mechanical tamper(s) as specified in Sections 7-08.3(3) of the Standard Specifications or other mechanical compaction device approved by the Owner`s Representative. c. If there is an excess of acceptable backfill material obtained from trench excavation at one location on the project, it shall be used at other locations on the project as directed by the Owner`s Representative. The cost of transporting the excess backfill material shall be considered incidental to the pipe or structure backfilled. 2. Section 7-08.3(2)E is supplemented as follows: a. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 2.05 GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS A. In accordance with Section 9-03.12(4) of the Standard Specifications. 2.06 EARTH BACKFILL A. In accordance with Section 9-03.15 of the Standard Specifications. B. Soil, loam, or other excavated material suitable for use as backfill. 2.07 LAWN AREA SOIL AND PLANTING SOIL A. In accordance with Section 32 90 00, Planting. 2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform gradation analysis in accordance with ASTM C136 for: 1. Earth backfill, including specified class. 2. Trench stabilization material. 3. Bedding and pipe zone material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCH PREPARATION A. Water Control: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 6 OF 9 1. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)A of the Standard Specifications. 2. Promptly remove and dispose of water entering trench as necessary to grade trench bottom and to compact backfill and install manholes, pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank. Do not place concrete, lay pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank in water. 3. Remove water in a manner that minimizes soil erosion from trench sides and bottom. 4. Provide continuous water control until trench backfill is complete. B. Remove foreign material and backfill contaminated with foreign material that falls into trench. 3.02 TRENCH BOTTOM A. Firm Subgrade: Grade with hand tools, remove loose and disturbed material, and trim off high areas and ridges left by excavating bucket teeth. Allow space for bedding material if shown or specified. B. Soft Subgrade: If subgrade is encountered that may require removal to prevent pipe settlement, notify Owner`s Representative in accordance with Sections 7-08.3(1)A and 7-09.3(8) of the Standard Specifications. Owner`s Representative will determine depth of overexcavation, if any required. 3.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)A of the Standard Specifications. B. Rebuild trench bottom with trench stabilization material. C. Place material over full width of trench in 6-inch lifts to required grade, providing allowance for bedding thickness. D. Compact each lift so as to provide a firm, unyielding support for the bedding material prior to placing succeeding lifts. 3.04 BEDDING A. Furnish imported bedding material where, in the opinion of Owner`s Representative, excavated material is unsuitable for bedding or insufficient in quantity. B. In accordance with Sections 7-08.3(1)C and 7-09.3(9) of the Standard Specifications. C. Hand grade and compact each lift to provide a firm, unyielding surface. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 7 OF 9 D. Check grade and correct irregularities in bedding material. Loosen top 1 inch to 2 inches of compacted bedding material with a rake or by other means to provide a cushion before laying each section of pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank. E. Install to form continuous and uniform support except at bell holes, if applicable, or minor disturbances resulting from removal of lifting tackle. F. Bell or Coupling Holes: Excavate in bedding at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of joint and to provide uniform bearing along barrel of pipe or conduit. 3.05 BACKFILL PIPE ZONE A. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)C of the Standard Specifications. B. Upper limit of pipe zone shall not be less than following: 1. Pipe: 12 inches, unless shown otherwise. 2. Conduit: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. 3. Direct-Buried Cable: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. 4. Duct Bank: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. C. Restrain pipe, conduit, cables, and duct banks as necessary to prevent their movement during backfill operations. D. Thoroughly tamp each lift, including area under haunches, with handheld tamping bars supplemented by “walking in” and slicing material under haunches with a shovel to ensure voids are completely filled before placing each succeeding lift. E. Do not use power-driven impact compactors to compact pipe zone material. After full depth of pipe zone material has been placed as specified, compact material by a minimum of three passes with a vibratory plate compactor or motive sheepsfoot roller only over area between sides of pipe and trench walls. Take care to avoid damaging pipe and pipe coating. 3.06 MARKING TAPE INSTALLATION A. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of buried piping, at depth of 1 foot. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 8 OF 9 1. Detectable Marking Tape: Install with nonmetallic piping and waterlines in accordance with Section 7-09.3(20) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Nondetectable Marking Tape: Install with metallic piping. 3.07 BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE A. General: 1. In accordance with Section 7-09.3(10), and compacted in accordance with Section 7-09.3(11) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Process excavated material to meet specified gradation requirements. 3. Adjust moisture content as necessary to obtain specified compaction. 4. Do not allow backfill to free fall into trench or allow heavy, sharp pieces of material to be placed as backfill until after at least 2 feet of backfill has been provided over top of pipe. 5. Do not use power driven impact type compactors for compaction until at least 4 feet of backfill is placed over top of pipe. 6. Backfill to grade with proper allowances for topsoil, crushed rock surfacing, and pavement thicknesses, wherever applicable. 7. Backfill around structures with same class backfill as specified for adjacent trench, unless otherwise shown or specified. 3.08 REPLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL A. Replace topsoil in top 12 inches of backfilled trench. See Section 32 90 00, Planting, for soil. B. Maintain finished grade of topsoil even with adjacent area and grade as necessary to restore drainage. 3.09 MAINTENANCE OF TRENCH BACKFILL A. After each section of trench is backfilled, maintain surface of backfilled trench even with adjacent ground surface until final surface restoration is completed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 31 23 23.15 19 APRIL 2017 TRENCH BACKFILL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 31 23 23.15 - PAGE 9 OF 9 B. Gravel Surfacing Rock: Add gravel surfacing rock where applicable and as necessary to keep surface of backfilled trench even with adjacent ground surface, and grade and compact as necessary to keep surface of backfilled trenches smooth, free from ruts and potholes, and suitable for normal traffic flow. C. Topsoil: Add topsoil where applicable and as necessary to maintain surface of backfilled trench level with adjacent ground surface. D. Concrete Pavement: Replace settled slabs as specified in Section 32 13 13, Concrete Paving. E. Other Areas: Add excavated material where applicable and keep surface of backfilled trench level with adjacent ground surface. 3.10 SETTLEMENT OF BACKFILL A. Settlement of trench backfill, or of fill, or facilities constructed over trench backfill will be considered a result of defective compaction of trench backfill. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 11 23 19 APRIL 2017 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 11 23 - PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. T11, Standard Method of Test for Materials Finer Than 75m (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. b. T27, Standard Method of Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. c. T89, Standard Specification for Determining the Liquid Limit of Soils. d. T90, Standard Specification for Determining the Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. e. T96, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. f. T99, Standard Specification for the Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5 kg (5.5 pound) Rammer and a 305 mm (12 in) Drop. g. T180, Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457 mm (18-in) Drop. h. T190, Standard Specification for Resistance R-Value and Expansion Pressure of Compacted Soils. i. T265, Standard Method of Test for Laboratory Determination of Moisture Content of Soils. j. T310, Standard Specification for In-Place Density and Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C88, Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. b. D1883, Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory Compacted Soils. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 11 23 19 APRIL 2017 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 11 23 - PAGE 2 OF 5 c. D2419, Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate. d. D4791, Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate. 3. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Completed Course: Compacted, unyielding, free from irregularities, with smooth, tight, even surface, true to grade, line, and cross-section. B. Completed Lift: Compacted with uniform cross-section thickness. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Certified Test Results on Source Materials: Submit copies from commercial testing laboratory 20 days prior to delivery of materials to Project showing materials meeting the physical qualities specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASE COURSE A. In accordance with Section 9-03.9(1) of the Standard Specifications. 2.02 CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE A. In accordance with Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. 2.03 AGGREGATE BASE FOR PERVIOUS CONCRETE A. Aggregate base for permeable concrete shall be AASHTO Grading No. 57. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests necessary to locate acceptable source of materials meeting specified requirements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 11 23 19 APRIL 2017 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 11 23 - PAGE 3 OF 5 B. Final approval of aggregate material will be based on test results of installed materials. C. Should separation of coarse from fine materials occur during processing or stockpiling, immediately change methods of handling materials to correct uniformity in grading. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 4-04.3 of the Standard Specifications. 3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. As specified in Section 31 23 13, Subgrade Preparation. B. Obtain Owner`s Representative’s acceptance of subgrade before placing base course or surfacing material. C. Do not place base course or surfacing materials in snow or on soft, muddy, or frozen subgrade. 3.03 EQUIPMENT A. In accordance with Section 4-04.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. B. Compaction Equipment: Adequate in design and number to provide compaction and to obtain specified density for each layer. 3.04 HAULING AND SPREADING A. In accordance with Sections 4-04.3(4) and 4-04.3(9) of the Standard Specifications. B. Hauling Materials: 1. Do not haul over surfacing in process of construction. 2. Loads: Of uniform capacity. 3. Maintain consistent gradation of material delivered; loads of widely varying gradations will be cause for rejection. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 11 23 19 APRIL 2017 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 11 23 - PAGE 4 OF 5 C. Spreading Materials: 1. Distribute material to provide required density, depth, grade, and dimensions with allowance for subsequent lifts. 2. Produce even distribution of material upon roadway or prepared surface without segregation. 3. Should segregation of coarse from fine materials occur during placing, immediately change methods of handling materials to correct uniformity in grading. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION OF COURSES A. Construction of Courses: In accordance with Sections 4-04.3(4) and 4-04.3(5) of the Standard Specifications. B. Add keystone to achieve compaction if shown in Drawings and as required when aggregate does not compact readily due to lack of fines or natural cementing properties, in accordance with Section 4-04.3(6) of the Standard Specifications. 3.06 ROLLING AND COMPACTION A. In accordance with Section 4-04.3(5) of the Standard Specifications. 3.07 SURFACE TOLERANCES A. Blade or otherwise work surfacing as necessary to maintain grade and cross- section at all times, and to keep surface smooth and thoroughly compacted. B. Finished Surface of Untreated Aggregate Base and Leveling Course: Within plus or minus 0.04 foot of grade shown at any individual point. C. Gravel Surfacing: Within 0.04 foot from lower edge of 10-foot straightedge placed on finished surface, parallel to centerline. D. Overall Average: Within plus or minus 0.01 foot from crown and grade specified. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 11 23 19 APRIL 2017 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 11 23 - PAGE 5 OF 5 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In-Place Density Tests: 1. Determine via Nuclear gauge, in accordance with Section 4-04.3(5) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Show proof that areas meet specified requirements before identifying density test locations. 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove excess material from the Work area. Clean stockpile and staging areas of all excess aggregate. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 1 OF 23 SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). a. M6, Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. b. M80, Standard Specification for Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. c. M157, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. M213, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). e. M227/M227M, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, Mechanical Properties. 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportion for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. b. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. c. 308, Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. d. 318/318R, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. e. 325.9R, Guide for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Concrete Bases. f. 522.1-13, Specification for Pervious Concrete Pavement. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A615/A615M, Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. b. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. c. C33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. d. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. e. C78, Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 2 OF 23 f. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. g. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. h. C143/C143M, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. i. C150, Specification for Portland Cement. j. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. k. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. l. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. m. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. n. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. o. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. p. C803/C803M, Test Method for Penetration Resistance of Hardened Concrete. q. C1330, Specification for Cylindrical Seal Backing for Use With Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. r. C805, Test Method for Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete. s. D920, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Seals. t. D994, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). u. D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). v. D2628, Specification for Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete. w. D3406, Specification for Joint Sealant, Hot-Applied, Elastomeric- Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. x. D5249, Specification for Backer Material for Use With Cold- and Hot-Applied Joint Sealants in Portland Cement Concrete and Asphalt Joints. y. E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. 4. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). 5. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 3 OF 23 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide as required in Section 5-05.3(1) of the Standard Specifications for concrete pavement and pervious cement concrete sidewalk. B. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Admixtures. 2. Design Data: a. Concrete mix design signed by concrete mix designer. b. Minimum Information: 1) Name of ready-mix plant. 2) Project. 3) Engineer. 4) Contractor. 5) Mix design number. 6) Specified concrete strength. 7) Water-cement-fly ash ratio. 8) Maximum aggregate size. 9) Cement content. 10) Fly ash content. 11) Water content. 12) Type, name, and amount of admixtures. 13) Unit weight. 14) Slump. 15) Ingredient proportions corrected for average moisture content for particular times of year. 3. Jointing Drawings: See construction Drawing. 4. Gradation for coarse and fine aggregates, and combined gradation. List percent passing each sieve size. 5. Detailed plans for hot weather placements, including curing and protection. 6. Mock-up panel of concrete paving. a. Provide a mock-up of concrete paving showing medium broom finish, score joints, and expansion joints minimum 6 feet by 6 feet square. Provide up to 2 additional mock-up panels at no additional cost, for review in the case that the quality of the first and subsequent mock-panels are rejected. b. Concrete mock-up panel shall be provided for the Owner’s Representative’s review a minimum of 2 weeks in advance of concrete delivery. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 4 OF 23 c. Construct mock-up panel using processes, technique, methods, and materials proposed for use on permanent work, including curing procedures, joints, and finishes. d. Mock-up panel(s) shall be produced by the same personnel who will perform the work for the project. The accepted mock-up panel shall serve as a minimum standard of appearance for the final work. e. Upon acceptance, maintain accepted mock-up panel on site in a secure location as the approved minimum standard of acceptance. Accepted mock-up panel shall not be demolished or removed from the site until the work has been completed and approved. f. Remove and replace mock-up panels that are not accepted. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturers’ Certificate of Compliance: a. Portland cement. b. Admixtures. c. Fly ash. d. Aggregates. 2. Statements of Qualifications: a. Mix designer. b. Batch plant. c. Testing laboratory. 3. Test Reports: a. Admixtures: Chemical ingredients and percentage of chloride in each admixture and fly ash. b. Fly Ash: Source test analysis and amount used in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, Section 16. c. Mix Design: For each trial, signed by qualified mix designer. d. Laboratory Mixes: Cylinder test results. 4. Concrete Delivery Tickets: a. For each batch of concrete before unloading at Site. b. Minimum Delivery Ticket Information: 1) Name of ready-mix plant. 2) Serial number of ticket. 3) Date and truck number. 4) Name of Contractor. 5) Job name and location. 6) Mix design number. 7) Amount of concrete (cubic yards). 8) Type and amount of admixtures. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 5 OF 23 9) Amount of water added at batch plant. 10) Time of loading, arriving at Site, and unloading. 11) Volume of water added by receiver of concrete and their initials. c. Record of drum revolution counter, type, and brand. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide as required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Hot Weather Concreting: Conform to ACI 305R. C. The following are requirements for pervious concrete walkway. 1. Test Panel. The Contractor shall construct a test panel and perform test as listed in Article Test Panel for Pervious Concrete prior construction of the rest of the pervious concrete sidewalk. 2. The Contractor shall be NRMCA certified for pervious concrete installer. 3. Pervious Concrete Mix: Pervious concrete shall be batched and centrally mixed at a semi-automatic or automatic batching plant with a current (within 2 years) certification from the NRMCA. Pervious concrete shall not be shrink mixed or transit mixed. 4. Acceptance of Pervious Cement Concrete walkway will be based on the following criteria: a. Grade: Pervious concrete sidewalk shall be true to planned grades plus or minus 1/2 inch and shall not deviate from grade more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. Where abutting existing facilities such as sidewalks, walkway, curbs, driveways or other pavements, the pervious concrete sidewalk will be flush and provide a transition that will not deviate in more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. b. Line: Pervious concrete sidewalk margins shall be true to planned lines plus or minus 1/2 inch at any point. c. Slope: Pervious concrete sidewalk shall be sloped as shown on the Drawings. Slope shall be consistent to within 1/4 inch in 10 feet. d. Conformance to Job Mix Formula (JMF): The pervious concrete used shall conform to the JMF within the limits as set forth in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete, and as determined from the accepted test panel. e. Thickness (test panel only or when determined by the Owner`s Representative): Three (3) core samples of 4 inches in diameter SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 6 OF 23 may be taken from each test panel or lot for acceptance in accordance with ASTM C42. The Contractor shall provide measures to collect slurry and debris during coring operation in order to avoid sealing adjacent pavement. Each core sample shall be equal to the minimum section depth or more as specified in the Drawings (minimum 5 inches). After core’s length and diameter is measured, trim cores to uniform depth as specified in Article Void Content of the Mix, Lab Test for Pervious Concrete for determining the weight. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with concrete meeting the JMF and shall match adjacent pavement texture and grade. f. Unit Weight (test panel only or when determined by the Owner`s Representative): The unit weight of each core sample taken for acceptance will be determined using the method described in Article Void Content of the Mix, Lab Test for Pervious Concrete. The unit weight of the core sample for each lot shall be within eight (8) pounds per cubic foot of the unit weight as accepted in the JMF. g. Infiltration Rate: The infiltration rate of each lot will be tested at four (4) random locations within the lot as described in Article Test Panel for Pervious Concrete. The average of all four (4) tests shall be greater than 100 inches per hour. h. Fresh Density: The fresh density will be measured using the jigging procedure outlined in ASTM C29 at the point of placement shall be within or equal to five (5) pounds per cubic foot of the fresh density indicated by the JMF. i. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance: Each load of pervious concrete transported to the location of placement shall have an original Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance as specified in Section 6-02.3(5)B delivered with the load. Photo copies, carbon copies or facsimiles are not acceptable. j. Appearance: Each lot of finished pervious concrete sidewalk will be inspected for appearance by the Owner`s Representative. The pervious concrete sidewalk shall have a consistent surface texture, shall have no more than five (5) percent of the surface area within each panel (joint to joint) filled with paste, shall not be raveled, shall be free of ridges or other surface imperfections, and shall be free of cracks. k. Clean: The finished pervious concrete sidewalk will be cleaned by vacuum from dust, fine sediments, debris, and removal of vegetation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 7 OF 23 5. Test: Pressure washing shall be provided and completed by using portable washer equipment working at a minimum of 3,000 psi at 1.0 gpm. The nozzle shall be held a maximum of three (3) inches off the concrete surface. The Contractor shall pressure test three (3) locations per lot or as determined by the Owner`s Representative. Any sections of pervious concrete that breaks up, ravels, or does not infiltrate shall be removed and replaced with acceptable pervious concrete to the nearest joints. The Owner`s Representative will determine the acceptability of the concrete after pressure washing. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Transporting of ready-mix concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Furnish cement for Project from one source. 2. Provide as required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. In accordance with ASTM C150. 4. Pozzolan: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Aggregates: 1. General: a. As specified in Section 9-03 of the Standard Specifications. b. Aggregate for portland cement concrete mixture shall be 1-1/2-inch maximum size stone meeting requirements of Section 9-03.1 of the Standard Specification. c. Material: Natural aggregates, free from deleterious coatings. d. Aggregates shall not be potentially reactive as defined in ASTM C33. e. Aggregates not in compliance with soundness and durability requirements of ASTM C33 may be used with prior approval of Owner`s Representative; provided it can be shown by special testing or record of past performance that these aggregates produce concrete of adequate strength and durability. Aggregate soundness testing for fine and coarse aggregates shall be in accordance with ASTM C33 and ASTM C88. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 8 OF 23 2. Fine Aggregates: Grading Class 1 meeting requirements of Section 9-03.1(2) of the Standard Specifications. 3. Coarse Aggregate: Grading meeting requirements of Section 9-03.1(4) of the Standard Specifications. C. Water: ASTM C94/C94M. D. Admixtures: 1. Add admixtures to mix at batch plant. 2. Air Entraining: ASTM C260. 3. Water Reducing: a. ASTM C494/C494M, Type A, normal, or Type D, retarding type, containing no chlorides and compatible with air-entraining admixtures. b. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or antifreeze agents. E. Coarse Aggregate for Pervious Concrete: 1. Aggregate for pervious concrete shall conform to one of the following gradations: % - Total percent passing by weight Aggregate Gradation AASHTO No. 8 size aggregate gradation Sieve Size Min.Max. 1/2” Square 100%--- 3/8” Square 85%100% U.S. No. 4 10%30% U.S. No. 8 0%10% U.S. No. 16 0%5% U.S. No. 50 -------- U.S. No. 200 0%0.5% 2. In individual tests, a variation of four (4) percent under the minimum percentages or over the maximum percentages will be allowed on sieves size No. 16 and larger. For sieves smaller than No. 16, the maximum percentage passing shall not exceed the limits shown for any single test. The average of three successive tests shall be within the percentages stated above. Coarse aggregate shall contain no pieces SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 9 OF 23 larger than two (2) times the maximum sieve size for the specified grading measured along the line of greatest dimension. 3. Acceptance of grading and quality of the aggregate will be based on samples taken from stockpiles at the concrete plant. The exact point of acceptance will be determined in the field by the Owner`s Representative. 4. When the Owner`s Representative accepts, the pervious concrete aggregate may be blended from other sizes if: a. The resulting aggregate meets all requirements for the specified grading; b. Each size used makes up at least five (5) percent of the blend. c. The Contractor supplies the Owner`s Representative with the gradation for the proposed sizes, along with their proper proportions before producing the aggregate. If the aggregate comes from commercial sources, the Contractor shall supply this information and have it accepted before proportioning and mixing the concrete. 2.02 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Tie Bars: Grade 40 deformed steel bars conforming to Section 03 21 00, Reinforcing Steel. B. Dowels: Conform to requirements of AASHTO M227/M227M, Grade 70. C. Joint Filler: 1. Preformed expansion joint filler conforming to AASHTO M153 or AASHTO M213. 2. Fillers furnished under AASHTO M213 shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D1751. D. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 2, suitable for spray application. E. Curing Membranes: 1. White polyethylene sheeting. 2. Waterproof paper. 3. Cotton or jute mats. F. Evaporation Retardant: Confilm as manufactured by Master Builders Company. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 10 OF 23 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Ready-Mix Concrete Batch Plants: Certified by NRMCA. B. Batch Plants: Conform to requirements of Section 5-05.3(3)A of the Standard Specifications. C. Ready-Mix Concrete Trucks: As specified in Section 5-05.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. D. Hauling Equipment: As specified in Section 5-04.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. E. Paving Equipment: As specified in Section 5-04.3(3)C of the Standard Specifications. F. Smoothness Testing Equipment: Supply two 12-foot straightedges for determining smoothness. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Compressive strength of 4,000 psi minimum and flexural strength of 650 psi minimum, both at 28 days. 1. If the 650 psi flexural strength specification requires a compressive strength in excess of 4,000, the higher compressive value shall be used as a standard minimum for compressive strength cylinder tests taken during construction. 2. The relationship between compressive strength fc and modulus of rupture fr shall be: crfkf with k derived from the tests results. B. Concrete target strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 318/318R. C. Maximum water-cement ratio or water-cement plus pozzolan ratio, if applicable, shall not exceed 0.48. D. Replacement of cement with pozzolan shall not exceed 20 percent. E. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inch(es) minus. F. Allowable Slump: 3 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 11 OF 23 G. Allowable Air Entrainment: 5 percent, plus or minus 1 percent by volume. H. Concrete shall contain water reducer. Amount of admixture added to concrete shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. I. Use of set-retarding admixtures shall be subject to prior approval by Owner`s Representative. J. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. K. Concrete temperature as delivered to site ready for placement shall be above 50 degrees F and below 90 degrees F. L. If Contractor proposes to use a current mix design that meets these Specifications, has been used on previous City of Renton project, and less than 1 year has elapsed since it was last used; Contractor shall submit documentation of production of concrete produced from that mix design to Owner`s Representative for review. If review verifies concrete produced meets these Specifications and strength requirements, and establishes a correlation between compressive strength and flexural strength, no trial batches for proposed mix design will be required. 2.05 PERVIOUS CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. The Contractor shall propose a mix design for pervious concrete and shall submit the mix design to the Owner`s Representative for acceptance prior to constructing the test panels. Pervious concrete shall not be placed in the test panels without a mix design that has been reviewed and accepted by the Owner`s Representative. B. Mix Design Criteria: 1. The Contractor shall include the following elements and results of the described procedures in the proposed mix design: a. The cementitious content, including pozzolans if used, shall be a minimum of 500 pounds per cubic yard. b. The mix shall incorporate a hydration stabilizing admixture. c. The mix shall be designed to have a total void content greater than 15 percent and less than 30 percent, in place, as constructed. (Void content of the mix will be determined from a minimum three (3) samples of four (4) inch diameter core samples from a finished test panels of the proposed mix design using the following method; see Article Void Content of the Mix, Lab Test for Pervious Concrete.) SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 12 OF 23 d. The water/cement ratio shall be between 0.27 and 0.35. e. Fine aggregate may be added to the mix, but shall not exceed three (3) cubic feet per cubic yard. f. No more than 25 percent of portland cement in the mix, by weight, may be replaced by fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or a combination of both. C. Job Mix Formula: 1. Once accepted by the Owner`s Representative, the mix design shall become the JMF and shall not be modified in any way. The JMF shall be determined from information submitted under Article Submittals of this Section, and from results of test panels testing as described in Article Test Panel for Pervious Concrete. The JMF shall include the following: a. Batch weights of all constituents. b. Portland cement type and brand. c. Pozzolan type and source. d. Admixture type and brand. e. Aggregate source(s) and gradation(s). f. Fresh density of the pervious concrete. g. Unit weight of the hardened pervious concrete. 2. Modifications to the JMF will not be allowed and any modified mix placed in the Work will be rejected. Proposed modifications to the JMF shall be submitted as a new mix design and shall require new test panels to validate the proposed mix design and determine the new JMF. If accepted by the Owner`s Representative, the new mix design shall become the JMF. Only one (1) JMF shall be valid at any time. Admixture dosages may be modified as needed to maintain mix properties. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Concrete shall not be placed: 1. Until the air temperature in the shade is 35 degrees F and rising and is forecast to remain above 35 degrees F. 2. On frozen ground. 3. During periods of rain or snow. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 13 OF 23 B. Concrete placement shall not continue when air temperature drops below 40 degrees F. C. Protect concrete pavement from inclement weather for 7 days after it has been placed, when rain is imminent, and when air temperature drops or is forecast to drop below 35 degrees F. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare base as specified in Section 32 11 23, Aggregate Base Courses. B. Dampen base thoroughly prior to concrete placement; standing water will not be permitted. C. Formwork shall be complete prior to placement of concrete. Area in which concrete is to be placed, shall be smooth and free of ruts, projections, debris, spilled concrete, mud, sloughed soil, standing water, organic and other objectionable materials. D. Construction Joints: Inspect prior to placement of concrete. E. Prior to placing paving equipment in position, full width and length of the area on which the tracks of the paving equipment is to operate shall be brought to density and surface tolerances required. F. Protect existing exposed surfaces such as grates, catch basins, air valves, manholes, and cleanout lids from splattered and spilled concrete during concrete placement by use of durable waterproof paper. G. Furnish operable backup vibrator on Site prior to concrete placement. 3.03 SLIP FORM PAVING A. Deliver from hauling vehicles to paving machine hopper. B. Contractor’s equipment hauling portland cement concrete or reinforcement will not be permitted on subgrade, but will be allowed on base, with turns or other maneuvering kept to a minimum. Damage to subgrade or base shall be corrected to satisfaction of Owner`s Representative. C. Place in final position uniformly in one layer, so a minimum of finishing will be necessary to provide a dense, homogenous pavement conforming to true grade and cross section. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 14 OF 23 1. Spreader shall receive portland cement concrete mixture in its hopper and uniformly spread and strike it off at proper thickness for full width of area being paved. 2. Paver shall vibrate, consolidate, and finish slab to proper grade and cross section. D. Paver: 1. Operated with as continuous forward movement as possible. 2. Coordinate mixing, delivering, and spreading portland cement concrete to provide uniform progress. 3. Stopping and starting paver shall be held to a minimum. If, for any reason, it is necessary to stop forward motion of paver, vibratory and tamping elements shall also be stopped immediately. 4. No external force shall be applied to paver, except with approval of Owner`s Representative. E. While placing portland cement concrete, provision shall be made for constructing joints, placing dowels, tie bars, and other devices as called for by Drawings and as provided in Article Joints. F. Portland cement concrete shall be rejected if it: 1. Is not in place within 1 hour after being mixed. 2. Has begun to take an initial set prior to placement. 3. Has been retempered with water. G. If necessary, supplemental hand spreading and distributing shall be with shovels. Rakes will not be permitted. H. Portland cement concrete shall not be fouled with foreign matter. I. Use vibrators to consolidate portland cement concrete pavement at least 6 feet each side of construction joints and expansion joints. 3.04 STATIONARY SIDE FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Where width of pavement is narrow, tapering, or of irregular pattern not lending itself to being constructed by prescribed machine methods, Contractor shall be permitted to place concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Defects: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 15 OF 23 1. Fill areas of minor honeycomb or other minor defect in composition of portland cement concrete along exposed edges of portland cement concrete with a stiff mortar of cement and fine aggregate. Apply to moistened portland cement concrete to satisfaction of Owner`s Representative. 2. Area showing serious defects in composition of concrete shall be removed and replaced with pavement of specified quality for full width of strip between longitudinal joints or edges and for a length not less than between the nearest transverse joints. 3.05 JOINTS A. General: 1. Referred to as construction, either of which may be transverse or longitudinal, as called for by Drawings or as approved by Owner`s Representative. 2. Joints, and joint filler shall extend to pavement edges or to each other, as the case may be, and shall be constructed perpendicular to surface of pavement. 3. Joints shall not vary from specified or indicated line by more than 1/4 inch. 4. Contractor shall submit jointing plan and details to Project Representative for approval. Take into consideration placement of joints in curb and gutter, at catch basins, and position of manholes and other large structures, as well as other limitations herein mentioned. 5. Place manhole or similar large structure in line of joint, or if impractical, isolate structure from pavement with premolded joint filler, 1/2-inch wide, conforming to AASHTO M213 and ASTM D1751. B. Expansion Joints: 1. Dowels: as shown in the Drawings. 2. Install coated and lubricated bars parallel to slab surface and in true horizontal position perpendicular to joint in both plan and section view, so as to permit joint to expand or contract without bending dowels. 3. Secure dowels tightly in forms with rigid ties, 4. Install steel reinforcement in concrete as shown. C. Construction Joints: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 16 OF 23 1. Construct when there is an interruption of longer 45 minutes in portland cement concrete placing operations or where specified. 2. Tool both free edges of joints with 1/8 inch radius rounder to remove laitance and mortar resulting from finishing operations and to provide clean rounded edge. Tooling shall not form ridges on surface of concrete. 3. New portland cement concrete placed contiguous to joint shall conform to proportions and consistency of previously placed concrete. 4. Longitudinal Construction Joint: a. Tied type using No. 5 by 36-inch deformed tie bars at 12-inch centers. b. Tie Bars: 1) Not required at construction joint between portland cement concrete pavement and gutter, except where shown on Drawings and mentioned above. 2) Placement: a) Plastic Portland Cement Concrete: Insert before vibrating and finishing portland cement concrete; or b) Hardened Concrete: (1) Drill hole, insert, and grout tie bars into place. (2) Drill holes large and deep enough to allow tie bars to be inserted with grout. (3) Perform any time after portland cement concrete has attained enough strength to resist any damage caused by drilling. (4) Tie bars shall be grouted a maximum of 3 hours prior to placement of adjacent portland cement concrete. 3) Replace loose tie bars by drilling and grouting as described. D. Scored Joints: 1. Configuration: 1/4-inch wide by 3/4-inch deep at locations indicated on Drawings formed by tooling of concrete while it is still fresh. 2. Do not fill or seal. 3. Layout of joints shall be straight and true and shall not vary from indicated line by more than 1/4 inch. 4. Score joints shall be edged to 1/8 inch radius after finishing. 3.06 SURFACE FINISHING A. Use temporary screeds. Wet screeding and jitterbugging shall not be permitted. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 17 OF 23 B. Pavement shall have surface tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet in accordance with ACI 325.9R. C. Salting, spreading of cement or cement and sand mixture to speed up hardening shall not be permitted. D. Exposed pavement edges shall be edged to a 1/4-inch radius. Construction joints shall be edged to 1/8-inch radius after finishing. Edging shall not form ridges on pavement surface. E. Pavement shall be treated and protected by use of evaporation retardant applied in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. Flat surfaces shall be treated immediately after screeding and floating or if time period greater than 15 minutes occurs between finishing operations. F. Pavement shall be screeded, floated, and given heavy nylon bristle-broomed skid-resistant surface unless noted otherwise on the Plans. G. Medium Broom Finish: After completion of floating and troweling when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete finishing as follows: 1. Medium broom finish by drawing medium coarse hair broom across concrete surface in direction indicated in Contract Drawings. Apply medium broom finish after the tooled score joints are installed. Broom out smooth trowel edge. 2. Approved mock-up panel shall be the minimum standard of acceptance of all medium broom finish and score joint work. 3.07 CURING OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Immediately after the final floating, surface finishing, and edging has been completed, and while portland cement concrete surface is still moist, cover and cure entire exposed surface for at least 72 hours in accordance with one of the following provisions: 1. Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds: Apply compound uniformly to portland cement concrete by pressure spray methods at a rate which will form an impervious membrane, but at least at a rate of 1 gallon per 150 square feet. 2. Other Membranes: a. Apply to damp portland cement concrete as soon as it can be placed without marring surface. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 18 OF 23 b. Place in contact with surface, extend beyond sides or edges of slabs or forms, and fasten down to hold it in position as a waterproof and moistureproof covering. c. Laps shall be sufficient to maintain tightness equivalent to sheeting. d. Transverse laps for waterproof paper shall be at least 18 inches, and longitudinal seams shall be cemented. e. Cotton or jute mats shall be saturated with water prior to placing and kept fully wetted during curing period. B. Concrete shall be cured by use of curing compound, for minimum of 7 days after concrete placement, in accordance with ACI 308. Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. C. Exposed surfaces shall be sprayed with curing compound immediately after free surface water has disappeared from finished surface. D. Concrete temperature shall be maintained in accordance with ACI 306R. E. Curing compounds shall not come in contact with hardened concrete that is to be concreted against. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Retain independent testing or inspection agency to perform inspection, sampling, and testing. B. Concrete Sampling: In accordance with ASTM C172. Take sample not less than every 5,000 square feet or fraction thereof of concrete placed each day. C. Perform following tests on each sampling: 1. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M. 2. Air Content: ASTM C231. 3. Compressive Strength: ASTM C39/C39M. 4. Flexural Strength: ASTM C78. D. Strength Tests: 1. Make and cure cylinders and beams in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M. 2. Cylinders: Make four, standard 6-inch diameter by 12 inches high. Cure one in field and three in laboratory. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 19 OF 23 3. Beams: Make three, standard 6 inches by 6 inches by 21 inches. Cure in field. 4. Compressive: Test one field-cured cylinder at 7 days and two laboratory-cured cylinders at 28 days. Test last cylinder at 56 days if 28-day cylinder is below specified strength. 5. Flexural: Test one beam at 7 days and two beams at 28 days. E. Acceptance of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 318/318R. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clean concrete splatter from exposed surfaces. B. Thoroughly broom and wash concrete surfaces before opening to traffic. 3.10 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE A. Do not operate construction equipment or allow traffic on newly placed portland cement concrete until the following requirements are met: 1. Joints have been filled as per Article Joints. 2. Concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 4,000 pounds per square inch. B. Protect new concrete from construction operations, mechanical disturbances, water flow, and soiling until open for traffic. C. Erect and maintain suitable barriers to protect concrete from traffic or other detrimental trespass until pavement is opened to traffic. D. Protect new concrete from dirt, asphalt, and other deleterious substances that may be tracked onto new pavement from construction activities. E. Pavement damaged by traffic or damaged from any other cause, prior to its official acceptance, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of Owner`s Representative. 3.11 VOID CONTENT OF THE MIX, LAB TEST FOR PERVIOUS CONCRETE A. Determine the bulk specific gravity (GB) of the core using the method described in ASTM D1188. Core samples shall be trimmed to 4-1/2 inches in depth to provide increased uniformity of test results. Trimming shall be squared and from the bottom of each pavement core samples. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 20 OF 23 B. Dry the core samples at a temperature not to exceed 65 degrees C (150 degrees F) until a constant mass (±0.1 percent) is obtained and allow to cool to ambient temperature. Remove paraffin coating from core samples. C. Weigh the core and record weight to the nearest 0.1 g. D. Use the pycnometer apparatus as described in ASTM D2041. E. Place core samples in calibrated pycnometer and cover completely with water. If the core sample is too large to be placed into the pycnometer, it may be broken into pieces and placed into the pycnometer together or the pieces may be evaluated separately. F. Place the lid on pycnometer and fasten it on a mechanical agitation device. G. Turn on the agitation device and slowly apply a vacuum to the pycnometer until the vacuum reaches 3.7 ± 0.3 kPa ± 2.5 mm Hg). The vacuum should be reached in less than 2 minutes. H. After the vacuum is achieved, maintain vacuum and agitation for a period of 15 ± 2 minutes. I. Slowly release the vacuum and determine the weight of the sample and pycnometer as described in paragraph 9.5.1 or paragraph 9.5.2 in ASTM 2041. J. Calculate specific gravity (Gmm) as described in paragraph 10.1.1 or paragraph 10.1.2 in ASTM 2041, as appropriate. K. If multiple procedures are run for separate pieces of the core, the weighted average of all of the runs will be the specific gravity (Gmm) of the core as a whole. Gmm = sum(Gmm1 x Wt1+Gmm2 x Wt2+….+ Gmmix Wti) / Wttotal The percentage of air voids will be calculated as: Voids Gmm GB x100% Gmm Where: V = Voids in the Sample (%) Gmm = Specific Gravity of the Core Material Less Air Voids SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 21 OF 23 GB = Bulk Specific Gravity of the Core as determined by ASTM D1188 This Void Content lab test information shall be part of the Mix Design submittal. 3.12 TEST PANEL FOR PERVIOUS CONCRETE A. Test Panel for Pervious Cement Concrete Sidewalk: 1. Production placement of pervious concrete shall not occur until the Contractor has completed a test panels of pervious concrete sidewalk that meets all of the acceptance criteria herein and is accepted by the Owner`s Representative. The Contractor should allow time in his schedule for the construction and acceptance of the test panels. 2. The Contractor shall construct test panels of pervious concrete sidewalk with a minimum area of 120 square feet. Test panels may be placed non-contiguously. The width of the test panels shall be equal to the nominal width of the sidewalk to be placed. The test panels shall be equivalent and representative of the production pervious concrete sidewalk in all aspects including subbase depth and preparation. The Owner`s Representative shall observe and accept each element of pervious concrete sidewalk construction. Construction and evaluation of the test panels will occur as follows: a. Notify the Owner`s Representative at least ten (10) Working Days before installing pervious concrete sidewalk test panels Coordinate the location of the test panels with the Owner`s Representative. b. Install the test panels in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings. c. Notify the Owner`s Representative when each element of the test panels is ready for inspection. d. Remove, replace, and dispose of any unsatisfactory portions of test panels as determined by the Owner`s Representative and at no additional cost. e. Failure to install acceptable test panels of pervious concrete will indicate an unqualified installer. f. Production sections of this Work shall not be placed until achieving a complete test panels that fully complies with the Drawings and Specifications and has written acceptance issued by the Owner`s Representative. g. Testing: 1) The completed test panels shall be used to validate the pervious concrete mix design and establish the JMF. Unless SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 22 OF 23 others determined by the Owner`s Representative, three (3), four (4) inch, cores will be cut in accordance with ASTM C42 and these cores will be used to validate the mix design under the design criteria set forth in Article Pervious Concrete Mix Design, and the acceptance criteria Article Quality Assurance paragraph H. The average unit weight of the cores as determined by ASTM D1188 shall be within eight (8) pounds per cubic foot of the average of the three (3) cores. The average unit weight of the cores shall be the unit weight used for the JMF. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with concrete meeting the proposed JMF and shall match adjacent pavement color, texture and grade. The void content between 15 and 30 percent. 2) Three (3) infiltration tests will be conducted in the test panels for acceptance. Each of the infiltration tests shall meet the minimum infiltration rate requirement noted in Article Pervious Concrete Mix Design. 3) Before final acceptance by the Owner`s Representative, the Contractor shall pressure wash the pervious concrete sidewalk. Pressure washing shall be provided and completed by using portable washer equipment working at a minimum of 3,000 psi at 1.0 gpm. The nozzle shall be held a maximum of three (3) inches off the concrete surface. The Contractor shall pressure test three (3) locations per lot or as determined by the Owner`s Representative. Any sections of pervious concrete that breaks up, ravels, or does not infiltrate shall be removed and replaced with acceptable pervious concrete to the nearest joints. The Owner`s Representative will determine the acceptability of the concrete after pressure washing. 4) The completed and accepted test panels shall be maintained and protected throughout the duration of the Work and may not be demolished and disposed of without written permission from the Owner`s Representative. If the test panels are incorporated into the Work, it shall remain in place. 3.13 FIELD TEST: INFILTRATION RATE OF THE MIX FOR PERVIOUS CONCRETE: A. Pervious concrete mix shall also have an infiltration rate equal to or greater than 100 inches per hour, in place, as constructed. The locations for conducting the infiltration tests shall be determined by the Owner`s Representative. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule inspections SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 13 13 19 APRIL 2017 CONCRETE PAVING PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 32 13 13 - PAGE 23 OF 23 with the Owner`s Representative a minimum of five (5) Working Days in advance. The infiltration rate will be measured in the following manner: 1. The testing procedure shall be as follows: a. Place a premeasured amount of water into the container. Water shall be free of suspended solids. The volume of water shall be determined to 2 significant figures. b. Pour the water onto the surface in one spot. Control the discharge rate by manually adjusting the angle of the spout so that the diameter of the pool of water is between 10 to 30 inches is maintained. Empty the container holding the spout over the spot until the pool of water vanishes. c. A 16-inch to 24-inch inch diameter tube (typically PVC 3-inch to 6-inch in height) and plumper’s putty may be used to control the diameter of the pool (“controlled method”) as desired by the Owner`s Representative. When using the controlled method, the height of the water in the tube should be maintained at approximately 1/4 inch. d. Start the stopwatch when the water initially touches the concrete surface and stop it when the pool disappears from the surface. e. Measure the longest dimension (d1) of the dampened area. Measure the width (d2) of the pool perpendicular to d1. (use inside diameter of tube for controlled method) f. Repeat this procedure at a minimum of 4 separate locations. Infiltration Rate (IR) shall be calculated as follows: 1) IR = (V x 3,326,400)/(p x d1 x d2 x t) inches per hour. a) IR is Infiltration Rate. b) V is the volume of water in gallons (typically 1 gallon or more). c) d1 and d2 are the dimensions that were measured in inches. d) p is approximately 3.14159. e) t is the time in seconds. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 1 OF 17 SECTION 32 84 00 IRRIGATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Furnish and install an automatically-controlled, underground irrigation system and associated equipment, labor, and materials as indicated. B. This Section also includes the Guarantee of the irrigation system during the planting Guarantee Period of one (1) year duration to ensure the health and establishment of plant materials. Refer to Section 32 90 00 Planting. C. This Section includes the maintenance of the irrigation system during the one (1) year Guarantee Period. 1.02 EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. Prior to beginning construction, the Contractor and Owner’s Representative shall meet on site to test and document the working order and condition of the existing irrigation system. B. Coordinate existing underground sprinkler irrigation with new irrigation. Repair all damage to existing irrigation system caused by construction, and return existing irrigation system to a fully operational pre-construction condition at no additional cost to Owner. Portions of existing irrigation system shall be abandoned (capped) where required by new construction. Existing irrigation “As-Built” Drawings are available from Owner. 1.03 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install a complete underground sprinkler irrigation system to provide efficient and even irrigation with head-to-head coverage of all planting areas shown on the Contract Drawings. Irrigation system shall have minimum overspray onto signs, paved or non-planted areas and no overspray onto buildings and as specified in the Specifications and be complete and ready for operation. B. The work included in this Specification (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all tools, materials, tests, permits and other related items necessary for the installation and operation of the irrigation system. Included shall be all labor necessary for installation, including trenching, plumbing, back-filling, electrical wiring, adjustments, and all other items of labor necessary for a satisfactory operating system. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 2 OF 17 C. Irrigation piping layout is schematic. Locate piping in planting areas unless shown in sleeves between planting areas. Avoid conflicts with plant materials, lighting fixtures, signs, architectural features, above and below ground utilities, and drainage systems. D. Any item of labor, material or equipment not specified or shown in detail, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of the system, shall be furnished by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. E. All sleeving required for the execution of the work is to be provided as specified. Coordinate locations and installation of pipe sleeving with the general contractor prior to paving operations. 1.04 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING. 2. Specification 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION. 3. Specification 31 23 23 – FILL AND BACKFILL. 4. Specification 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER A. Contractor must be a bonded irrigation contractor. The sprinkler irrigation system must be installed by an experienced irrigation mechanic, Certified Irrigation Technician, or Journeyman Plumber. B. All electrical service connection work must be completed by a licensed Electrical Contractor. C. All potable water system components shall be installed by a Washington State Licensed Plumber. D. All testing of the backflow prevention equipment including the ‘double check valve assembly’ shall be done by a Washington State Certified Backflow Assembly Tester (BAT). 1.06 VERIFICATION A. Before proceeding with any work, inspect the site, carefully check all grades and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work in order to proceed safely. Changes or alterations to the system to meet actual conditions shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Report to the Owner’s Representative all deviation and/or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications and site conditions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be completed at the Contractor's expense. C. Prior to the start of any work, verify available static water pressure (PSI) and gallons per minute (GPM) at point-of-connection to water service. Submit written verification of available PSI to SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 3 OF 17 Owner’s Representative prior to beginning work. Any replacement, relocation or additional materials required as a failure to check (PSI) shall be completed at the Contractor’s expense. 1.07 CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order. B. The intent of the Contract Drawings and Specifications is to provide a totally integrated irrigation system. Substitutions will be accepted only if they are proven to be wholly compatible with this system. 1.08 PERMITS, CODES AND REGULATIONS A. Apply for and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. 1.09 INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. Irrigation Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of such items as piping, valves, controllers, and other equipment. Locate these items as closely as possible or as per related details to curbs, headerboards, fences or edges of paving. Locate such items as piping, valves, controllers and other equipment inside park site as shown and noted on the Contract Drawings. B. Pipe lines shown parallel on the Contract Drawings may be placed in a common trench. Sprinkler heads are shown accurately and shall be installed as indicated by center of symbol. C. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees is to be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative before proceeding. 1.10 PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, utilities, walks, curbs, pavement and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. Repair to the satisfaction of the Owner, at Contractor's expense, any damage to the above and existing landscape. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 4 OF 17 1.11 CONDUCT OF WORK A. Continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during progress of the work, with the authority to act in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the contact and shall keep the work under control. B. Confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner, including material and equipment storage. C. Progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. Keep streets, sidewalks and site clean, free from debris and affected drains open and free flowing at all times. D. Locate and identify all underground utilities (on or near Public Rights-of-Way / Property Lines) prior to digging and/or driving stakes. E. Repair to the satisfaction of the Owner any damage to existing utilities. Existing known utilities have been shown on the Architectural/Engineering and/or Survey Drawings and will be made available from the Owner and/or Utility Companies. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to verify utility locations on the ground with a pipe-finder or by other means. Contact Utility Locate at 1-800-424-5555 in advance of any digging to have existing utilities located and marked on- site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of existing known utilities. Should ditching or digging intercept and damage any existing or installed utilities, all further work within said area shall stop until the Owner is advised and the Owner can review a repair method and schedule. F. Provide barricades and safety guards, and any other structures or improvements necessary for the complete protection of the public. G. The Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for damage to and/or water leaks on the Owner’s property and any property located outside of the project site, which is caused by the Contractor’s negligence during construction of the project. The Contractor shall also bear sole responsibility for any pollution of rivers, streams, groundwater or other waters that may occur as a result of construction operations. The Contractor shall replace, repair and pay for all damages caused by his/her negligence to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final payment. H. During the installation of the new irrigation system, if underground utilities are encountered, including (but not limited to) existing irrigation system(s), notify the Owner’s Representative immediately and perform repairs to that system as specified and/or as directed by the Owner’s Representative. This shall also apply to the connection of new irrigation systems to existing, older systems. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 5 OF 17 1.12 SYSTEM PROTECTION A. As a part of the guarantee under this contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the deactivating and draining of the system prior to the onset of the freezing season and for reactivating the system at the onset of the spring growing season; each task must be accomplished once during the one (1) year Guarantee Period. B. In the event the system is completed in a season when the system will not be in use, the Contractor will winterize the system upon acceptance and will reactivate the system in the spring. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the winterizing phase, submit a letter to the Owner and the Owner’s Representative certifying that the system was winterized and drained, and indicates the date when such action was accomplished. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage resulting from failure to comply. The Contractor shall notify both the Owner and the Owner’s Representative 48 hours prior to the work so that the Owner’s Representative can be present during the winterizing and reactivating phases of work. 1.13 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee the irrigation system for all workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year, coinciding with planting Guarantee Period. Repair and/or replace defective irrigation equipment as determined by the Owner for the duration of the Guarantee Period. Repairs and/or replacements shall be made in the same manner as specified for the original irrigation system and shall be completed at no cost to the Owner. B. Should any trouble develop within one (1) year which, in the opinion of the Owner, is due to inferior or faulty material and/or workmanship, the trouble shall be corrected, without delay, to the satisfaction of the Owner and at the Contractor's expense. C. Any settling of backfilled trenches shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, including but not limited to, restoration of pavement, seeded areas, sodded lawn, and/or planted areas. 1.14 MAINTENANCE A. It is expressly understood the Contractor will be responsible during the one (1) year Guarantee Period for normal maintenance of the project, as defined in the Contractor’s Operation and Maintenance Manual and Watering Schedule Submittals. Irrigation Maintenance shall coincide with the one (1) year Guarantee Period. After the completion of the one (1) year Guarantee Period, the Owner will be responsible for the maintenance of the irrigation system. 1.15 TESTS A. Pre-test for Pressure Test and Coverage Test prior to the Owner’s Representative's review of said tests to confirm that the irrigation system will meet the requirements of the specified tests. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 6 OF 17 B. Once pre-tests are completed and acceptable results are confirmed by the Contractor, tests shall be witnessed by the Owner’s Representative. The Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance notice of tests. C. Should additional test reviews be required due to conditions found to be the Contractors responsibility, reimburse the Owner for billed costs for the participation of the Owner’s Representative in repeated test reviews. Billed costs may include time, telephone, travel expenses, and per diem allowances for meals and lodging incurred as a direct consequence of the additional activities. 1.16 SUBMITTALS A. Irrigation Material Documentation 1. Submit 4 sets of samples and/or manufacturer's "Catalog Cuts" of all material as noted in Specifications. Failure to do so may result in non-acceptance of materials already used or hauled to the site. Any removal or delays incurred will be at the expense of the Contractor. All samples submitted for approval must be unaltered and of quantity sufficient to allow for proper inspection and review. B. Manufacturer’s Instruction / Maintenance / Operation Information: 1. The Contractor shall provide 2 sets of the following, in three-ring binders with sections indexed and tabbed. a. List of authorized distributers and service representatives for each item of equipment used, including names, addresses and phone numbers. b. Instruction manuals for all equipment installed. c. Parts list with specifications numbers for each item installed. d. Winterization and start up procedures. e. Controller wire color code chart. 2. Controller Charts: a. The Chart shall be a bond copy print with a different pastel transparent color to show each separate zone. Verify that the zone number as shown on the Controller Chart matches the number on the actual control valve identification tag. b. Provide one controller chart per controller. Controller chart shall fit in behind controller door. c. When completed and approved, hermetically seal (laminate) the chart between two pieces of plastic. d. The charts shall be completed before the project can obtain Physical Completion. C. Watering Schedule Submittal: Contractor shall cooperate with Landscape Contractor in providing Owner with a written “watering schedule” to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Warranty Period of this Contract. D. As-Built Drawings: See As-Built Drawing Section herein. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 7 OF 17 E. Double check valve assembly inspection and test results. F. Written documentation of the date the irrigation system was winterized. G. Written documentation of existing static water pressure (PSI) and flow (GPM). H. Spare Parts 1. The Contractor shall provide to the Owners Representative the following items as spare parts at no additional cost. a. 2 sets of Controller cabinet keys. b. 2 sets of Quick Coupler keys with hose swivels. c. 2 of each type and size of head and nozzle used on this project. d. 5 of each type of irrigation head. 2. Spare parts shall be placed in a clearly labeled box within the Restroom Storage Room. 1.17 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a current and accurate record of all equipment installed and record any deviations to the plans (all deviations to the plans shall be approved by the Owners Representative). As-Built records shall be updated daily on site and shall be available for review by Owners Representative at any time. All mainline, sleeves, quick coupler valves, automatic control valves, manual gate valves, double check valves electrical splice boxes, controllers, shall be dimensioned on As-Built drawings to two permanent monuments. Upon completion of the system and prior to acceptance, the Contractor shall provide the Owner’s Representative with a neat and clean reproducible hard copy set of As-Built drawings. The contractor shall also provide the As-Built drawings as a scanned PDF. Coordinates shall be based upon Washington State grid. B. After acceptance of the As-Built drawings, the Contractor shall place a reduced, non-fading, laminated copy inside the controller cabinet door. 1.18 PIPE SLEEVES A. Provide and install pipe sleeves as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified in these Specifications. Coordinate location and installation of pipe sleeves with general contractor prior to paving operations. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 8 OF 17 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best quality. All items of equipment or material shall be as specified or approved equal. 2.02 METAL PIPE B. All brass, copper, and galvanized pipe required for the irrigation system and connections to the double check valve assembly and pressure reducing valve shall meet City of Renton standards. 2.03 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC pipe upstream and downstream of the control valves shall be Schedule 40 complying with ASTM D1785. B. PVC pipe sleeving: Schedule 40 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D1785. C. All glued and threaded fittings for lateral lines shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466 Schedule 40 PVC. All fittings shall be of the solvent weld type except where risers, valves, etc. require threaded transition fittings. D. All threaded fittings for mainlines shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2464 Schedule 80 PVC. All glued fittings for mainline shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2466. E. All pipe shall be marked with manufacturer's name, class of pipe and NSF seal. Pipe shall bear no evidence of interior or exterior extrusion marks. Pipe walls shall be uniform, smooth and glossy. Pipe may be pre-belled or with individual solvent-weld couplings. F. All threaded fittings for mainlines shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2464 Schedule 80 PVC. All glued fittings for mainlines shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Schedule 40 PVC. G. PVC Threaded Nipples: Schedule 80, complying with ASTM D1785. H. All pipe must be delivered in at least 20 foot lengths. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 9 OF 17 I. All PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the following minimums: 1. Tensile strength 78F 5,000 psi 2. Izod impact strength (notched) 15 ft. lb./in. 3. Modulus of elasticity 300,000 psi 4. Compressive strength 8,500 psi 5. Flexural strength 10,000 psi 2.04 PVC PIPE JOINT COMPOUND AND PRIMER A. Joint compound: Slow drying, heavy-duty PVC solvent cement type. B. Primer: Tinted, compatible with joint compound. 2.05 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Shall be of the type, manufacturer, and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. B. Controller wiring that is above ground shall be installed in Schedule 80 grey electric conduit. 2.06 POP-UP IRRIGATION HEADS A. Shall be of the type, manufacturer, and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.07 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES WITH BALL VALVES A. Shall be of the type, manufacturer, and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal; ball valve shall be upstream of the automatic control valve as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.08 CONTROL WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE OPERATIONS A. Control wire must be insulated single strand copper designed for 24 to 50 volts and UL approved as Type U.F. (Underground Feeder). UL and U.F. designations must be clearly marked on insulation jacket of wire. B. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B-3 requirements. C. Minimum wire size shall be No. 14 AWG. Minimum size of wire is to be determined strictly by the wire sizing chart provided by control valve manufacturer. D. The control wires shall be color coded as follows: Ground Wire - White Lead (Hot) Wire - Red Spare Wire – Yellow SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 10 OF 17 E. Wire Splice Connections: 3M, DBY, Rainbird Penn-Tite, Scotchlok or approved equal. 2.09 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. B. Provide 2 matching valve keys, 2 cap keys and 2 hose swivels to the Owner. 2.10 VALVE BOXES A. Unless otherwise specified, all automatic valves and manual gate valves shall be enclosed in Carson Industries with locking lid or approved equal. B. Manual gate valves and quick coupler valves shall be enclosed in a Carsons industries 910-128, 10-inch round box with green bolt down cover or approved equal. C. Provide two lid keys and two valve keys per Valve Box type to the Owner. D. Size valve boxes as required to provide approximately 3 inches clear between valve box and valve on all sides. Provide and install valve box extensions as required. 2.11 DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY A. Double check valve assembly is existing. 2.12 PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVE A. Pressure reducing valve is existing. 2.13 IRRIGATION WATER METER A. Irrigation water meter is existing. 2.14 FLOW SENSOR A. Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.15 MASTER CONTROL VALVE A. Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.16 MANUAL GATE VALVE B. Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 11 OF 17 2.17 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Gravel Backfill for Drain (for use under valve boxes only): 1. Three-quarter minus round, water worn, washed gravel. B. Sand (backfill soils around PVC pipe): 1. Fine granular material naturally produced by rock disintegration and free from organic material, loam, clay and other deleterious substances. C. Native Material (backfill soil around PVC pipe): 1. Soil native to project site free of wood and other deleterious materials and rocks over one quarter (1/4) inch diameter. 2.18 POLYETHYLENE SWING RISER A. All polyethylene swing risers used in container irrigation system shall be "Rainbird SPX Swing Pipe" or approved equal. 2.19 OTHER SUPPLIES A. Electrical tape shall be black plastic, three-quarters (3/4) inch wide and a minimum of 0.007 inches thick and the all-weather type. B. All quick coupling valve pipe joints shall be "Triple Swing Joint" or approved equal. C. All electrical wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit or approved equal. D. Provide one (1) SHHR (Sentinel Hand Held Remote) with battery. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING SYSTEM PROTECTION A. Protect and maintain existing irrigation system during the entire construction period. All interruptions to existing irrigation water service must be approved by Owner prior to periodic shutdowns. Repair and/or replace any damage to existing system. All new pipe and fittings are subject to hydrostatic testing per specifications. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 12 OF 17 3.02 TRENCHING A. Trenches shall allow for 12 inches of cover over lateral lines, and 24 inches of cover for irrigation main lines unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Maintain a minimum clearance of 3 inches between irrigation lines within a common trench. Trenches for sleeves shall allow for a minimum of 18 inches of cover unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Excavate no wider at any point than is necessary to lay pipe or install equipment. Excavate with vertical sides and provide bracing and shoring as required. B. All trenches must be straight and not have abrupt changes in grade. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees shall be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative before proceeding with work. C. The trench bottoms and bedding material surrounding all pipes must be free of rocks greater than one inch in diameter and all sharp-edged objects. Bed and surround all pipe with Backfill Material as specified in these Specifications. D. Pulling of pipe is not permitted unless otherwise reviewed by Owner’s Representative and approved by the Owner. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. PVC Pipe and Fittings (Includes Pipe Sleeves): 1. Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded until such damage has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling. 2. PVC pipe ends shall be cut to 90 degrees to the pipe length and cleaned of all cutting burrs prior to cementing. Use approved reaming tool. Pipe ends shall be wiped clean with a rag lightly wetted with PVC thinner. Cement shall be applied with a light coat on the inside of the fitting and a heavier coat on the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be inserted into the fitting and given a quarter turn to seat the cement. Excessive use of cement is not permitted. Pipe will be tested as indicated elsewhere in these specifications. No backfilling will be permitted other than at the centers of pipe lengths until the pressure test is completed. 3. Backfilling shall be completed when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short time before backfill or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of the day. 4. No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. 5. Great care must be taken to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean. Any pipe ends not being worked on must be protected and not left open. 6. All threaded joints shall have Teflon tape installed per manufacturer recommendations. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 13 OF 17 B. Head Locations 1. Heads immediately adjacent to walks, curbs, pavement, shrub/groundcover planting bed edge, etc. shall have one inch clearance between head and walks, curbs, pavement, shrub/groundcover planting bed edge etc. unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Sprinkler heads located adjacent to parking area curbs shall be located on-center with parking stall striping unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Control Wire 1. Control wires are to be taped together at 5 foot intervals; then this bundle is to be taped to the bottom of the supply line at 10 foot intervals with at least 3 wraps of electrical tape. 2. All wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit and contained in valve boxes. 3. Splices will be permitted only at the valves and never between valves or valve and controller unless in a separate valve box. There must be a separate lead (hot) wire to each automatic valve. One ground wire will be acceptable. 4. Arrange valve stations to operate in sequence shown on “As-Built” Drawings. 5. One or more spare wire(s) shall be provided to all control valves. The spare wire(s) shall be shared by all the valves and shall complete the circuit back to the controller. Wire sizes shall be the same as the sizing chart provided by the control valve manufacturer D. Risers: 1. All sprinklers and quick coupler head risers shall be installed per details shown on Contract Drawings. The pipe risers must have the same inlet size as the sprinkler and quick coupler heads. 2. Minimum riser size shall be the pipe size of the sprinkler head. 3. Risers are to be capped after installation to keep inside of pipe clean. 4. Care must be taken not to over-tighten the threaded pipe into the PVC fittings. E. Automatic Controller: 1. Electrical wiring shall be installed according to local code requirements. The cost of all electrical work necessary to make the automatic equipment operate properly at the electrical service stub-out to the controller shall be included in this contract. ELECTRICAL SERVICE FROM AN APPROVED SOURCE TO THE CONTROLLER LOCATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. Controller location and type of mounting of controller shall be as specified and as shown on the Contract Drawings. Contractor shall coordinate location and installation of the Automatic Controller with the General Contractor prior to installing the irrigation system. 3. The Contractor shall use readable handwriting to post the valve schedule in the controller to facilitate the selection of the valves to be operated. 4. The Contractor shall remove the existing battery-operated control valve at the existing raingardens and return to Owner. 5. The Contractor shall connect the irrigation zone at the existing raingardens to the Irrigation Controller. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 14 OF 17 F. Double Check Valve Assembly: 1. See irrigation plan for location of existing Double Check Valve Assembly. G. Manual Gate Valve 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. H. Pressure Reducing Valve 1. See irrigation plan for locating existing pressure reducing valve. I. Irrigation Water Meter(s): 1. Irrigation Water Meter is existing. See Civil Drawings. J. Automatic Control Valves: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Before installation of any automatic valves, the supply line must be thoroughly flushed. 3. All automatic valves shall be enclosed in valve boxes set above finish grade as shown on details. Valve box extension may be required. Locate valve boxes in shrub and groundcover planting beds wherever possible and at points of easy access from paved and/or lawn areas. 4. Locate outside of paved areas and grouped together where possible. Where valves occur adjacent to paved areas, install valves so that valve boxes will not be closer than 12 inches to paving. Valve boxes shall be perpendicular or parallel to pavement and grouped to provide a neat appearance. K. Quick Coupling Valves: 1. Install per detail show on the Contract Drawings. Locate all quick couplers in shrub and/or groundcover planting beds when possible and at points of easy access from paved and/or lawn areas. L. Flow Sensor: 1. Install per detail show on the Contract Drawings. M. Master Control Valve: 1. Install per detail show on the Contract Drawings. N. Pipe Sleeves: 1. All sleeves shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edges of pavement. 2. Pipe for irrigation mains and laterals may be installed with sleeves but shall not include any pipes with couplers whenever possible. 3. Plug all ends of sleeves and irrigation mains and laterals to prevent soil from entering. O. Backfilling: 1. In refilling trenches, the bedding around the pipe and fittings shall be approved “Backfill Materials” as defined herein and shall be well tamped. If necessary, provide suitable imported backfill. Trenches shall be thoroughly compacted and water-settled. Trenches shall SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 15 OF 17 be backfilled uniform with the surrounding grade, raked to a slight mound, then rolled with a 250 pound roller, or compact with a vibrator. 2. All roots, rocks and surplus excavation shall be removed from the site unless otherwise directed. 3. Trenches and pipe sleeves under roads or paved areas shall be backfilled and tamped with a mechanical tamper in successive six inch lifts to at least 95% density as determined by ASTM D1557. Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner. 4. Before backfilling, all underground appurtenances including risers, valves, drain valves, etc., must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testing. Leave all joints exposed; then complete backfilling after flushing, pressure testing, inspection and preparation of "As- Built Drawings". The location, inspecting and testing provisions of these specifications will be strictly adhered to. If, for any reason, any part of the sprinkler system is backfilled before approved location, testing, or inspection is authorized by Owner’s Representative, it must be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Owner’s Representative. 3.04 PRESSURE TESTING A. For PVC components of irrigation system: 1. All PVC system joints, connections, couplings, valves, dripper tubing, and all other junction points shall be left exposed until completion and acceptance of the pressure test. All leaks, however minor, shall be repaired and corrected. 2. Before any testing, all piping shall be thoroughly flushed. No automatic control valves shall be connected to the main line prior to testing. All pipe, fittings, gate valves, and automatic control valve stubouts shall be exposed for inspections during pressure tests. Center load pipe with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or movement under pressure. 3. Mainlines shall be purged of air and tested with a minimum static water pressure of 150 psi for 60 minutes without the introduction of additional water service or pumping pressure. The maximum allowable pressure loss shall be 5 psi within 30 minutes. Pressure gauge shall be installed on the mainline at a point approved by Owners Representative. 4. Lateral lines shall be tested at static water pressure. All swing joints shall be capped. All pipe, fittings and swing joints shall be left exposed for inspection. Prior to inspection lines shall be filled with water and air removed from the line. Inspection of lateral lines will be visually. C. The Owner’s Representative shall be present during all tests. The total irrigation system shall be pressure tested for acceptance. D. Rejected systems or portions thereof shall be repaired and re-tested as specified. E. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, gauges, pumps, materials, and labor for all testing. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 16 OF 17 3.05 COVERAGE TESTING A. Before acceptance of the sprinkler system, the Contractor, in the presence of the Owner’s Representative, shall perform an irrigation water "Coverage Test" to determine if the water coverage and operation of the entire irrigation system is complete and satisfactory. If any part of the system is inadequate, it shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense and the test repeated until accepted. The Contractor must give 48 hours written notice to the Owner’s Representative prior to the field review. B. The Contractor shall also adjust and balance sprinkler heads for optimum and uniform coverage without excessive fogging or overthrow on to signage, pavement(s), structure(s) and building(s); adjust all sprinkler head heights and set all valve boxes to proper grade prior to final review by Owner’s Representative. C. After coverage test, the Owner’s Representative may request up to 5% of total irrigation heads be adjusted for location at no additional cost. 3.06 COMPLETE SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY TEST (Punch List) A. Upon approved completion of the Coverage Test, trenching and installation of all equipment, the Contractor shall request a Complete System Functionality Test of the entire irrigation system including: backfilling, irrigation heads, valves, valve boxes, controller and all other equipment. B. From this inspection, a punch list shall be prepared by the Owner’s Representative and presented to the Contractor for completion. The Owner’s Representative shall give a date for completion of the punch list, not to exceed 10 working days. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Clean and remove all debris from work areas including paving, curbs, catch basins, manholes and planting areas, etc. caused by the Contractor’s work on this project prior to watering. All hard surfaced areas shall be washed clean. Daily clean up shall be required on all areas used for circulation, parking, or other daily use. 3.08 SYSTEM FAMILIARIZATION A. Upon acceptance of the system by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Owner necessary keys and/or other tools necessary to operate/drain/activate the system and spend sufficient time with the Owner to insure that the system operation/maintenance/winterizing can continue after the departure of the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 84 00 19 APRIL 2017 IRRIGATION 32 84 00 – PAGE 17 OF 17 B. The Contractor shall cooperate with Landscape Contractor in providing the Owner with a written “watering schedule” to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 1 OF 36 SECTION 32 90 00 PLANTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Install landscaping using the materials as shown in the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. Install landscape to grades and conform to areas as shown in the Contract Drawings. B. The location of work shall include all areas within the limits of clearing and grading and all areas outside of the limits which are disturbed in the course of construction activities. Restore all landscape areas outside of project limits that are impacted by construction to match existing or improved conditions. Confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor and related items necessary to complete the work shown in the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. The work included in this section (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all labor, tools, materials, tests, permits and other related items necessary for the provision and installation of all plant materials in a first quality workmanlike manner. B. Coordinate the layout and installation of plant materials with the installation of the irrigation system to ensure complete and full irrigation coverage of all planted areas. C. This section includes a Guarantee Period of one (1) year duration from Physical Completion to ensure the health and establishment of plant materials. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This specification section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. 1. American Nursery & Landscape Association/American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS). 2. International Society of Arboriculture Best Management Practice Series. 3. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA): Federal Seed Act and Soil Classification. 4. Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification, latest edition. B. In case of conflict between the requirements of this specification section and the listed documents, the requirements of the contract specification sections shall prevail. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 2 OF 36 C. All standards shall include the latest additions and amendments as of the date of advertisement for bids. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Specification 32 84 00 – IRRIGATION 2. Specification 12 93 00 – SITE FURNISHINGS 3. Specification 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION 4. Specification 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION 5. Specification 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION 6. Specification 31 23 23 – FILL AND BACKFILL 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Nomenclature for plants and varieties shall be in accordance with the current edition of: 1. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L. H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing Co., New York, or 2. Flora of the Pacific Northwest, Hitchcock and Chronquist, University of Washington Press, 1998, or 3. PLANTS Database Website, as published and maintained by the United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, (http://plants.usda.gov/) B. The term "Contractor" as used in this Specification section shall refer to the Landscape Contractor. C. Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, bulbs, rhizomes, and grass lawn will hereinafter be collectively referred to as, “plants” or “plant material.” 1.06 PERMITS, CODES, AND REGULATIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by the Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations that in any way affect the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a conflict exists between permit requirements and the work outlined in the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner’s Representative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resulting from changes in the work. C. Wherever references are made to standards or codes in accordance with which work is to be performed or tested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date of this contract shall apply, unless otherwise expressly set forth. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 3 OF 36 D. In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or among any referenced standards and codes and the specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner’s Representative shall determine which shall govern. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be performed by a licensed and bonded Contractor registered in the State of Washington and shall be qualified for landscaping work through certification by the Washington Association of Landscape Professionals (WALP) or by the Washington State Nursery and Landscape Association (WSNLA). B. Contractor shall have 5 years of documented experience in performing landscape work of comparable size, scope, and quality. C. Contractor must be experienced in landscape work of best-accepted trade practices and have equipment and personnel adequate to perform the work specified. D. Contractor must be familiar and comply with “American Standard for Nursery Stock” (ANSI Z60.1) published by the American Nursery & Landscape Association. E. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the landscape work. That individual, who shall direct the work, shall be thoroughly familiar with the types of materials being installed and the proper methods for their installation. F. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the landscape work proceeds. G. Furnish evidence to the Owner’s Representative that each pesticide and/or herbicide applicator is licensed for the specific class of chemical being applied. Also, furnish evidence that any chemical is registered for the proposed use by the Washington Department of Agriculture according to the Washington Control Act (RCW 15.58.050 through 130) and the General Pesticide Rules (WAC 16-228-1400 through 1460). H. Perform all necessary pruning of trees by an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist who is licensed as an arborist in the State of Washington. I. Site Inspections will be made by the Owner Representative. 1. Request Owner Representative inspections at least 72 hours in advance of the time inspection is required. 2. Inspections for the following critical path items are required: a. Pre-construction meeting prior to start of landscape work. b. When subgrade is being established and scarification is in process. c. When subgrade scarification has been completed. d. Observance of the subgrade percolation test. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 4 OF 36 e. During soil preparation and soil installation activities (at least two inspections required). f. Finish grading and compaction prior to any planting. g. Inspection of plant materials before planting. h. Layout of plant material. i. All tree planting must be observed, including inoculation of rootballs. j. Installation of mulch. k. Installation of seed. l. Installation of sod. m. For Substantial Completion of all work (development of physical punch list items). n. For Physical Completion of all work (physical punch list items satisfactorily completed). o. Guarantee Period: quarterly site inspections up to Final Acceptance. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Plant Material Documentation. 1. Within 30 calendar days after award of a Contract, submit written documentation to the Owner’s Representative that all specified plant materials have been ordered or procured. 2. List plant suppliers’ names, addresses, and phone numbers and list respective growing or storage locations with addresses. 3. Submit color photographs of representative specimens of each type of tree and shrub on the plant list from the respective nursery. Photos shall be minimum 300 DPI digital *.jpg format, taken from an angle that depicts the size and condition of the typical plant to be furnished. Photos will show foliage, form, rootball, and trunk conditions. A scale rod or other measuring devise shall be included in the photograph. For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of three photos that show the average plant, the best quality plant, and the worst quality plant to be provided. Label each photograph with the plant name, plant size, and name of the growing nursery 4. Approval of plant material documentation shall not be considered as final acceptance of the plant material itself. B. Soil Tests 1. Submit Soil Test Reports for: a. Native Topsoil (only if stockpiled for use as stated herein). b. Subgrade Soil. c. Planting Soil. d. Sod Lawn Soil. e. Container Planting Soil. C. Soil Component Submittals 1. Submit a copy of the sales receipt for the purchase and a copy of the product labels and/or manufacturer data sheets for: a. Fertilizer and Soil Amendments. b. Mycorrhizae Inoculant. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 5 OF 36 2. Supplier Certifications and test reports for: a. Compost. b. Drainage Sand. c. Drainage Gravel. d. Sandy Loam. e. Mulch. 3. Submit a sample of each of the following items: a. Planting Soil (1 pound bag). b. Sod Lawn Soil (1 pound bag). c. Mulch (1 pound bag). d. Compost (1 pound bag). e. Drainage Gravel (1 pound bag). f. Container Planting Soil (1 pound bag). D. Watering Schedule: Prior to final acceptance of the Landscaping, the Contractor shall submit a written "watering schedule" to the Owner’s Representative, coordinated with the Irrigation Contractor, to ensure adequate watering (summer, fall, winter & spring) of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. E. Temporary Storage: 10 working days prior to delivery of plant material to the project site, submit proposed on-site temporary storage location, water source, and proposed protection measures during various seasonal conditions, including protection methods form sun and wind. F. Weed and Pest Control Plan (including Invasive Species Removal Plan). G. Supplier certification and source for Drainage Sand. H. Source and manufacturer for Geotextile Fabric. I. Hydroseeding Components: 1. Submit manufacturer’s data sheets for: a. Wood Cellulose Fiber. b. Tackifier. J. Sod Analysis & Sample: See Lawn Sod as specified herein. K. Seed Analysis: See Lawn Seed as specified herein. L. Substitutions 1. The manufacturers, products, and suppliers are acceptable as specified herein. Substitutions may be allowed if proof of equivalent quality, suitable product specifications, manufacturer’s literature, and other detailed information is provided to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 6 OF 36 2. No substitution of plant material, species, size, grade, or variety, will be permitted unless evidence is submitted in writing to the Owner’s Representative that a specified plant cannot be obtained and has been unobtainable since the Award of the Contract. Provide the names and telephone numbers of at least five nursery suppliers that the Contractor has contacted. If substitution is permitted, it can be made only with written approval by the Owner’s Representative The nearest variety, size, and grade as approved by the Owner shall then be furnished. 3. Should at any time, the procured nursery stock is lost or compromised due to weather or other natural occurrences, notify the Owner’s Representative immediately of the need to locate new material. M. Closeout Submittals 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual. a. Provide an Operations and Maintenance Manual documenting the care for all plantings on a monthly schedule for one (1) calendar year in accordance with Section 01 70 00 Contract Closeout. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Inspect the site before proceeding with any work, carefully check all grades, elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation system components, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. Any discrepancies, conflicts, or deviations between the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and site conditions shall be immediately communicated to the Owner in writing for clarification. Work done after discovery, unless authorized by the Owner’s Representative and extra work arising from failure to notify the Owner is at the Contractor’s risk and expense. B. Existing known utilities based on previous survey data have been shown and included in the Contract Drawings Additional information will be made available from the Owner or the Utility Companies. Verify, locate, and protect all known underground and above-ground utilities prior to digging or other earthwork activities. Promptly notify the Owner’s Representative of any conflict between proposed work and obstruction(s). Failure to follow this procedure places upon the Contractor the responsibility and expense of making any and all repairs for damage from work therefrom. C. Underground Obstructions 1. In the event that undisclosed rock, concrete, crushed rock, boulders, gravel, soils contaminated with toxic substances, hardpan, or other underground obstructions are encountered in the subgrade, alternate planting locations may be selected by the Owner’s Representative. 2. Where alternate planting locations are not accepted, the obstruction shall be removed to a depth of not less than three (3) feet below the bottom of root balls of plant material, when plants are properly set at the required finished grade. Alternately, other solutions to the problem will be reviewed with the Owner. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 7 OF 36 3. Work required to resolve the problem, such as removal of such underground obstructions will be as a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. D. Confine work to designated areas. Do not disturb existing vegetation outside project limits and protect all plant materials within project limits not designated to be removed, unless approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to construction. Do not permit vehicular traffic or materials storage under or around new or existing trees. 1.10 PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY, AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, walks, curbs, rooftop membranes and structures, utilities, pavement, and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. The Contractor shall pay for any damage incurred by failure to take precautions at the Contractor's expense. B. Protect all paved surfaces (permeable and impermeable) from staining or clogging by planting soil and mulch. Do not remove protection until after initial acceptance of all work. C. Contractor is responsible for protection of landscaping work from theft and vandalism until physical completion of the work in whole or in part. 1.11 MAINTENANCE PRIOR TO PHYSICAL COMPLETION A. Begin maintenance immediately after each plant is planted. Water, mulch, weed, spray, fertilize, cultivate, and otherwise maintain and protect plants and landscape work on a regular basis (at least weekly) until Physical Completion. Tighten and repair tree ties and stakes as required. B. Correct defective work as soon as possible after it becomes apparent and weather and season permit. Reset settled plants to proper grade and position, remove and replace dead plant material, and restore lawn areas and/or finish grade conditions. C. Maintain mulch in planting beds at required compacted depths indicated in Contract Drawings. D. Upon completion of landscape work and prior to receipt of certificate of Physical Completion, remove excess soil and debris from the site and repair all damage resulting from construction operations. E. Do no pruning without approval of the Owner’s Representative. 1.12 GUARANTEE PERIOD A. The Guarantee Period shall not begin until: 1. all landscape items on the list of items to be completed or corrected have been resolved, 2. all planting is alive, healthy, growing and installed as specified, and SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 8 OF 36 3. the landscape work is deemed Physically Complete. B. Guarantee Period shall be 365 calendar days after the Physical Completion date of the landscape, including the irrigation system, to ensure healthy, vigorous growth and establishment of plant material and will end with Final Acceptance. C. Guarantee the work of this specification section against all defects of materials and workmanship, and plant material is established, remains alive, and is in a healthy, vigorous condition. D. Plant Replacement during the Guarantee Period: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing enough plants for replacement of unacceptable plant material through the Guarantee Period. Unacceptable plant material includes trees, shrubs, groundcovers, bulbs, rhizomes, sod, or seed areas that have died, been damaged, are missing, or that are, in the opinion of the Owner in unhealthy or unsightly condition, or that have lost their natural shape and symmetry due to dead branches, excessive and unnecessary pruning, incorrect staking, or excessive defoliation. 2. Any plant material that is 25% or more dead or disfigured shall be considered dead and must be replaced at no charge. A tree shall be considered dead when the main leader has died back. A tree, shrub, or groundcover shall be considered dead when 25% of the canopy is dead. 3. All plants are subject to one (1) replacement per item during the Guarantee Period. This includes dead plants, missing plants (theft), and plants stolen or damaged by the acts of others (vandalism). Replace dead, damaged, or missing plants with the same species, caliper, and/or equal size as the plants they replace, unless the Owner’s Representative determines a substitute species plant of equal value may be provided. Repair all lawn areas that have been damaged by the acts of others before the end of the Guarantee Period. Replacements and lawn repairs shall be in accordance with original Specifications. 4. Plant material replacements made by the Contractor shall be completed during the spring (March 15 to May 15) or autumn planting periods (Sept 20 to Nov 15) unless otherwise approved by Owner’s Representative. Plant material replacement and lawn repair shall be subject to the same conditions and shall be made in the same manner as specified for the original planting and shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. 5. After each replacement, the Contractor shall submit a marked planting plan showing the exact location of each item replaced and the date when the replacement was made. Guarantee all replaced material during the Guarantee Period for an additional 365 calendar days from the date of replacement. E. Site Access: Contractor has the right to enter upon the property for inspection and curative treatment of any plants and materials needing such, and which are still under guarantee during the entire Guarantee Period. Owner is to be notified in advance of any inspection, corrective treatment measures, or curative treatment measures so as to arrange for approved, security clearance (if applicable) and convenient access to the area. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 9 OF 36 F. The guarantee shall be applicable to any growing conditions through which plants of like kind could be expected to survive and any deformity or cause of death which could be attributed to, or affected by, the physiological condition of the plant shall be deemed replaceable cause. However, this would not apply to plant losses due to: 1. Extreme weather conditions such as wildfires, floods, freezing rain, wind storms (with recorded wind speeds greater than 60 MPH), drought, winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of the project location, or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service. 2. Acts of vandalism by the Public or direct negligence on the part of the Owner. G. Inspection: Plants and lawn areas will be inspected quarterly by the Owner’s Representative during the Guarantee Period. 1. Should the Owner’s Representative determine that the Contractor is not providing regular adequate and proper care of plant material and lawns or is performing unacceptable work, the Owner’s Representative will provide Written Notice to the Contractor to correct and remedy unacceptable work or practice(s). 2. The Contractor shall reply to the Owner’s Representative within 5 working days of the date of the Written Notice with proposed corrections. Such corrective measures shall occur within 14 days after the date of the Written Notice unless the Owner’s Representative agrees otherwise. Notify the Owner’s Representative when the corrective work is complete. 3. Approximately 21 working days before the end of the Guarantee Period, the Contractor shall request a final site inspection by the Owner’s Representative. Conditions found unacceptable by the Owner’s Representative shall be corrected by the Contractor within 14 working days immediately following the inspection. After correction, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative for a re-inspection. Necessary replanting shall be arranged by the Owner’s Representative in accordance with the best planting time of the year. H. As specified for the original planting, have a soil test performed by a soil testing laboratory for fertility analysis on two samples of planting soil from different planting beds within the project site. Perform the soil test between the second and third quarterly inspection and present the recommendations to the Owner’s Representative prior to the third quarterly inspection. Apply soil amendments as recommended by the soil test report. I. If the Contractor does not perform the corrective work within the 14 working days after the date of the Written Notice, the Owner’s Representative may have the corrective work done by others and deduct the entire cost of the corrective work from monies due or to become due the Contractor under the Contract. J. Final Transfer of Landscape to the Owner: Approximately 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period, the Contractor may be required to accompany the Owner’s Representative on a walking inspection of the Project. Conditions found unacceptable by the Owner’s Representative shall be corrected by the Contractor within a 10 day period immediately SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 10 OF 36 following the inspection. After correction, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative for another inspection. When all maintenance and guarantee items are completed and at Final Acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide a memorandum to the Owner formally transferring the landscape and its maintenance to the Owner. K. Final Acceptance: 1. Acceptance of lawn. Acceptance of lawn areas as specified herein shall be based on a healthy, full, vigorously growing, and well-manicured stand of grass at the end of the Guarantee Period. Areas that are bare, have a poor stand of grass, are dead or dying, have weeds, or have a spotty or non-uniform grade due to any cause shall be remedied by regrading, removing and resodding, reseeding, remowing, and watering, as appropriate. 2. Acceptance of Plant Material. Final Acceptance of all planting work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee, shall be made by the Owner’s Representative to determine 100% completion of the Contract work as specified herein. 3. Final Acceptance of the landscaping will be provided in writing by the Owner at the end of the Guarantee Period. 1.13 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD A. It is expressly understood that the Contractor will be responsible, during the Guarantee Period, for normal establishment and maintenance of the project landscape. The landscape establishment shall include, but not be limited to, regularly scheduled watering, mowing, weeding, monitoring and treating any disease and/or pest-problems, cultivating and any other proper care according to best horticultural industry practices to keep the plants in a normal healthy growing condition. B. Once all landscape work is physically complete, Contract Time will not be assessed for the landscape maintenance work during the Guarantee Period. The Contractor may request a Supplemental Contract for the landscape maintenance work during the Guarantee Period. The minimum services, obligations, and scope for the Supplemental Contract shall be as specified herein. C. Weed and Pest Control: The Contractor shall maintain all mulched planting bed areas in a weed and pest free condition during the Guarantee Period per the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. Applications of herbicides and pesticides shall be per the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. D. Watering Schedule: The Contractor shall water plants as needed to promote healthy and vigorous growth. 1. For established water restrictions, the Contractor shall develop watering schedules in consultation with the Owner’s Representative. 2. All automatic irrigation system components shall be maintained and operated as part of the landscape maintenance work. Fully operate the automatic irrigation system, including the setting of patterns and timing of controls during the Guarantee Period. Operate SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 11 OF 36 automatic irrigation during the time period of 2:00AM to 5:00AM and coordinate watering with all work in this specification. 3. Change in the established watering schedule may be required to accommodate weather, seasonal factors, and as necessary; however, the Contractor shall provide at least 3 working days advance notice of such proposed change, including the reasoning for the proposed change. E. Mulch: Apply mulch to the specified depth as shown in Contract Drawings and maintain by applying additional topdressing of mulch when needed to maintain the specified depth. At a minimum, apply mulch 7 working days before each inspection of all planting areas and apply final mulch 7 working days before inspection for Final Acceptance. F. Fastenings: Tree fastenings shall be kept intact and effective in maintaining support for plants. Fastenings shall be adjusted as needed by the Contractor to prevent tree trunk strangulation, bark scaring, and non-plumb growth of the leader. Allow one inch clearance of tree tie from the bark per the Contract Drawings. Fastenings, ties, and stakes shall be removed at the completion of the Guarantee Period. Reusable, doweled wood stakes shall remain the property of the Owner and arrangements shall be made by the Contractor to provide for their delivery to an Owner storage facility identified by the Owner. G. Trimming and Pruning. Prune in order to eliminate dead growth and crossing branches and to minimize overgrowth onto walks and against walls and windows. Prune during the dormant season to maintain the overall appearance of project. Do not shear or hedge shrubs or trees unless otherwise noted in Contract Drawings or without prior approval of Owner’s Representative. All pruning of trees must comply at a minimum to standards for best arboriculture practices as published by the International Society of Arboriculture and the Tree Care Industry Association ANSI A300. H. Care of Plant Material: Care for plant material immediately after planting work is completed. Water, fertilize, and protect plants against disease, drought, freezing temperatures, and pest infestation as required to ensure the plant material remains healthy and vigorous. I. Lawn Establishment: Lawn establishment shall consist of providing adequate and proper care for all lawn areas installed within the limits of the project, including mowing, cutting, aeration, thatching and fertilizing. Mow according to heights specified herein. The lawn establishment period shall begin upon physical completion by the Owner based upon both a uniform stand of grass and upon completion of the third mowing. During the Guarantee Period, the Contractor shall ensure the continuing healthy growth of the lawn. Adequate and proper care shall include the labor, materials, and equipment necessary to keep installed lawn in a presentable condition including, but not limited to, watering, mowing, trimming, cutting with an acceptable mulching mower, litter and debris removal, edging, weed control, and soil repair, regrading, resodding and reseeding of damaged or eroded lawn areas. Use of pesticides in lawn is prohibited. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 12 OF 36 J. Mowing Schedule: The Contractor shall submit at least 5 Working Days in advance, the proposed mowing schedule to the Owner’s Representative. The submittal shall also identify the type of mower equipment to be used. K. General Cleanup: A general cleanup shall be made after any landscape maintenance work. The Contractor shall remove all litter and debris to provide a clean appearance at the time of landscape inspections. 1.14 WEED AND PEST CONTROL PLAN A. Submit a Weed and Pest Control Plan for review and approval to the Owner’s Representative prior to starting any landscape work. 1. The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall include: a. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of weeds and pests located inside the tree and plant protection fencing where shown on Contract Drawings. b. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of weeds that occur in newly planted areas. c. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of invasive species and/or noxious weeds that occur within the project limit of work. 2. The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed commercial operator with a Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) Commercial Applicator pesticide license. 3. The plan shall include methods of weed and pest control, timing and scheduling of control operations, and the name, application rate, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of all proposed herbicides and pesticides. a. Furnish the Owner’s Representative with a copy of the current product label and MSDS for each herbicide / pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. b. Identify and list the target weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed specific to the project site. B. Herbicides and pesticides shall be stored in an offsite location. C. Consider herbicide and pesticide applications only as a last resort and only after other methods of control have proven ineffective. Preferred methods of weed control include mechanically or hand pulled weeds, reapply bark mulch after weed removal, and adjust watering schedule to avoid overwatering. D. Use extreme care to ensure confinement of chemicals within the areas designated. The use of spray chemicals shall require the use of anti-drift and activating agents, and a spray pattern indicator, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner’s Representative. 1. Herbicides and pesticides shall not be applied within 100 foot radius of on-site and off-site wells or open water bodies. Weed removal inside this 100 foot radius shall be by hand or mechanical methods. 2. Do not use herbicides or pesticides within 15 ft of the top of rain gardens. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 13 OF 36 E. All applications of post-emergent herbicides shall be made while green and growing tissue is present. Should unwanted vegetation reach the seed stage in violation of these Specifications, the Contractor shall physically remove and bag the seed heads. All physically removed vegetation and seed heads shall be disposed of off-site at no cost to the Owner. F. All noxious weeds (Class A, B & C) as defined by the County Weed Control Board and invasive weeds, including but not limited to Horsetail (Equisetum sp.), reed canary grass, English Ivy, Himalayan blackberry, evergreen blackberry, policeman’s helmet, bamboo, yellow flag iris, and Japanese knotweed shall be completely removed from the project site. 1. Where noxious or invasive weeds exist, the weed’s foliage and roots, planting soil and subgrade soils shall be removed and replaced to a depth necessary to completely remove all viable weed seeds, roots, corms, and rhizomes. 2. Cost to remove weeds, remove, and replace existing soil, and replant shall be at the Contractor’s expense. G. Timing of chemical treatment for weed removal shall be in late summer or early fall unless the project construction working days fall outside of this time period and shall be determined in consultation with Owner’s Representative, but should occur within a minimum of 3 weeks prior to excavation activities including clearing, grubbing, and mechanical removal of invasive plants. H. The approved Weed and Pest Control Plan will be subject to revision dependent on results and effectiveness of the implemented Weed and Pest Control Plan. I. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for rendering any area unsatisfactory for planting by reasons of herbicide or pesticide application. The Contractor shall replace, repair and pay for all damages caused by his/her negligence to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide all materials and equipment as required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as described in the Specifications. 2.02 SOIL TEST REPORTS A. Provide soil analysis and test reports from an approved soil testing laboratory. Soil amendments shall not be incorporated in the planting work until the Soil Test Reports are approved by the Owner’s Representative. Provide Soil Test Reports for: 1. Three samples per acre of subgrade soil. Each subgrade soil sample shall consist of a composite of soils collected from a one (1) inch, 8 inch, and 16 inch depth. 2. One (1) representative sample of each soil mix specified. 3. One (1) representative sample of stockpiled Native Topsoil if used. B. The cost for all soil testing must be borne by the Contractor. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 14 OF 36 C. The Contractor shall be paid for the soil amendments that may be required to improve the subgrade soils, as recommended by the soil testing laboratory. Costs shall be determined on a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of subgrade soil amendment work. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for cost of the soil amendments that may be required for the planting soil mix, as recommended by the soil testing laboratory. E. Testing shall be performed in accordance with the most current edition of Methods of Soil Analysis published by the Soil Science Society of America, Inc. The Soil Test Reports shall include the following: 1. Fertility Analysis: a. Extractable analytes: nitrate, nitrogen, ammoniacal nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, calcium, magnesium, copper, zinc, manganese and iron. b. Saturation extract values: calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, boron, sulfate, pH, lime content, salinity and sodium adsorption ratio. 2. Mechanical Analysis: a. Organic percent by over-dried weight. b. USDA particle size and gradation. 3. Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) 4. Permeability or hydraulic conductivity testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 2434, Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils. Assume a relative compaction of 85 % of modified maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557). 5. The Soil Test Report shall make recommendations for fertilizers and soil amendments to effectively amend and develop a productive soil. 6. The Soil Test Report shall include a written statement from the soil testing laboratory that the laboratory has reviewed the planting plan and this planting specification, and that its recommendations respond to the specific needs of the Contract. 2.03 EXISTING SUBGRADE SOIL A. Soil tests of the subgrade soil shall be made per Soil Test Reports section herein. B. Submit Soil Test Reports to the Owner’s Representative for review and acceptance prior to procuring soil amendments and incorporating soil amendments into the subgrade soil. C. Determine the quantity of soil amendments and procure all soil amendments as recommended by the subgrade soil test report results. D. Submit a copy of the itemized sales receipt showing purchase of and quantity of soil amendments for both subgrade soil and planting soil amendment to the Owner’s Representative. Provide copy of soil amendment labels showing grade furnished, certification of quality, and guarantee information. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 15 OF 36 2.04 NATIVE TOPSOIL A. Native topsoil from site excavations may be used in lieu of Sandy Loam as described in Subsection 2.06 herein. B. The general limits of topsoil materials will be indicated on the Contract Drawings. The Owner’s Representative will make the final determination of the areas where the most suitable materials exist. C. Furnish topsoil that is the fertile part of the soil profile commonly referred to as the “A Horizon,” typically ranging in depth from 3 inches to 12 inches, after top 4 inches has been cleared and grubbed. Do not take material for topsoil from a depth greater than 12 inches below the existing ground, unless approved. D. Select only source areas that are well-drained and, before clearing and grubbing, have a healthy crop of vegetative growth with no evidence of noxious weeds. Remove and dispose of all vegetation and top 4 inches of soil (seed bank horizon) before taking topsoil material from the source areas. E. Native Topsoil shall not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. F. Stockpile native topsoil at locations that do not interfere with construction activities. Take precautions to avoid disturbing the existing ground beyond the project site or other areas as designated by the Owner’s Representative. G. Test stockpiled native topsoil per Soil Test Reports as specified herein. Soil classification of Native Soil shall be Sandy Loam as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture Classification system and the requirements as described in Subsection 2.06, C herein. 2.05 IMPORTED PLANTING SOILS A. Soil Mixes 1. Sod Lawn Soil shall consist of Sandy Loam thoroughly mixed with the soil amendments as required by the Soil Test Report. Lawn Soil shall have pH range of 5.0 to 7.0 and shall have a minimum organic matter content by dry weight of 5% as tested by the Loss on Ignitions Test method. If found deficient in organic matter Sandy Loam shall be amended with compost at rates calculated using a web-based soil amendment rate calculator or at a default rate of 22% by volume for lawn areas (2 inches compost scarified and/or tilled to an 8 inch depth; this compost is in addition to compost shown in Soil Preparation details) 2.Planting Soil shall consist of Sandy Loam thoroughly mixed with the soil amendments as required by the Soil Test Report. Planting Soil shall have pH range of 5.0 to 7.0 and shall have a minimum organic matter content by dry weight of 10% as tested by the Loss on SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 16 OF 36 Ignitions Test method. If found deficient in organic matter Sandy Loam shall be amended with compost at rates calculated using a web-based soil amendment rate calculator or at a default rate of 38% by volume for planting areas (3 inches of compost scarified and/or tilled to an 8 inch depth; this compost is in addition to compost shown in Soil Preparation details). B. All soil with amendments shall be thoroughly blended off site or on site with approval by the Owner’s Representative. C. Compost and Sandy Loam shall be as specified herein. D. Soil Test Reports for each soil mix shall be as specified herein. E. All soil shall be free of pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful or detrimental to ornamental plant growth. Soil shall not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 2.06 SOIL COMPONENTS A. General 1. Submit planting soil supplier’s certification of sandy loam and compost, as applicable for Owner’s Representative’s review and acceptance prior to use on project site. 2. Certification tests shall be dated within ninety (90) days of proposed installation of soil on the project site. B. Compost 1. Compost shall be Fine Compost and comply with the requirements of Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification 9-14.4(8). 2. The compost shall be tested within 90 calendar days of proposed use. 3. The compost shall have a Solvita Compost Maturity Test of six (6) or above. Solvita Compost Maturity Test is available from Woods End Research Laboratory, phone (207) 293-2457, or 1(800)451-0337, or. The cost for testing must be borne by the Contractor. C. Sandy Loam 1. Sandy Loam shall be as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture Classification system and the requirements as described herein. 2. Sandy Loam shall consist of loose, moderately well-drained, and friable soil. And be free of stones, debris, and/or similar objects. Sandy Loam should be fertile and free-flowing (pulverized). 3. Sandy Loam shall be free of pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful or detrimental to ornamental plant growth. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 17 OF 36 4. Sandy Loam shall have a pH between 5.0 to 7.0. Drainage shall be a minimum of 1.5 inches per hour. Permeability or hydraulic conductivity testing shall be performed on accordance with ASTM D 2434, Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils. Assume a relative compaction of 85% of modified maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557). Particle Size shall meet the following sieve requirements: Sieve Size 1” ½” #10 Percent Passing 100 % > 90% > 70% 2.07 MULCH A. Bark Mulch shall be derived from Douglas Fir and Western Hemlock tree species. Bark is defined as the outermost coarse protective layer of the tree, located outside of the cambium layer. It shall be ground so that a minimum of 95%, by volume, of the material will pass through a one (1) inch sieve. Ground bark shall not contain elements in quantities that would be detrimental to plant life. Wood cellulose tissue of fiber (wood pulp), wood waste, wood shavings, wood sawdust, wood chips, or any product that contains greater than 5%, by volume, of the hard, lignified wood portion of the tree will not be accepted. 2.08 CONTAINER PLANTING SOIL A. Planting soil for use in planter containers shall be a mix of 2/3 Sandy Loam and 1/3 Compost. Mix shall be processed through a ½ inch screen (100% passing); or approved equal. 2.09 DRAINAGE SAND A. Drainage sand for use in planter containers shall be per Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification 9-03.13 Backfill for Sand Drains. 2.10 DRAINAGE GRAVEL BACKFILL A. Drainage gravel backfill for use in planter containers and in drainage sump for containers in the plaza shall be per Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification 9- 03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains. 2.11 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Geotextile fabric for use in planter containers shall be Mirafi 140N Geotextile Fabric or approved equal. 2.12 FERTILIZER AND SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Furnish soil amendments that are free of materials detrimental to plant life. Furnish manufacturer or supplier quality compliance certification. Ensure that material testing methods SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 18 OF 36 meet the requirements of the Washington Department of Agriculture appropriate to that material. Obtain approval for use of soil amendments before beginning work. Soil amendments may include the following: lime, dolomite lime, gypsum, rock, diammonia, or other phosphate, calcium or potassium nitrate, boron, and iron sulfate. B. Fertilizer and soil amendments application rates shall meet Soil Test Report recommendations. C. Fertilizer and soil amendments shall be packaged in new, unopened, waterproof, containers or non-overlaid bags clearly labeled as to weight, chemical analysis, manufacturer and content in accordance with State and Federal Law. Store fertilizer and soil amendments in such a manner as to prevent wetting and deterioration. Do not store fertilizer and soil amendments with plant materials. D. Agricultural lime shall be dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 100% will pass a No. 20 sieve. E. Iron sulfate shall be granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20% iron and 10% sulfur. F. Fertilizers shall be according to the following: 1. Lawn Starter Fertilizer shall be ‘Starter Feed’ (7-7-2) 100% Organic Fertilizer, as manufactured by Walt’s Organic Fertilizer Co. or approved equal. 2. Lawn Follow-Up Fertilizer shall be ‘Regular Feed’ (9-3-5), and shall be 100% Organic Fertilizer as manufactured by Walt’s Organic Fertilizer Co., or approved equal. 3. Fertilizers shall be a complete commercial brand with chemical analysis shown on unopened and undamaged container when delivered. 4. A minimum of 50% of any nitrogen fertilizer shall be applied in a slow-release form such as sulfur-coated or polymer-coated urea, IBDU, trinitromethane (Nitroform), or organic forms. 2.13 MYCORRHIZAE INOCULANT A. Furnish mycorrhizae inoculant, a commercially produced ectomycorrhizal and endomycorrhizal fungi that improves plant root absorption of soil nutrients. Non-plant food ingredients to include: kelp meal, humus, vitamins, amino-acids, and EndoMycorrhiza spores of at least eight (8) Glomus species. B. Mycorrhizae inoculant shall be free of substances or life forms detrimental to plant life and receive approval prior to use on the Project. Furnish manufacturer or supplier quality compliance certification. Ensure that material testing methods meet the requirements of Washington Department of Agriculture appropriate to that material. 1. Mycorrhizae inoculant shall be composed of the following: a. Total Nitrogen (N) 3.0 % b. Available Phosphate (P2O5) 3.0 % c. Soluble Potash (K2O) 4.0 % SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 19 OF 36 d. Calcium (Ca) 4.0 % e. Magnesium (Mg) 1.5% (0.8% water soluble Mg) f. Sulfur (S) 1.0% (1.5% combined S) g. Iron (Fe) 1.0% 2. Nitrogen included in the inoculant shall be derived from composted poultry manure, ferrous sulfate, and potassium sulfate. 1.5% of the Nitrogen shall be water soluble and 1.5% of the Nitrogen shall be water insoluble. C. Acceptable mycorrhizae inoculant include: 1. Mycogrow Gel as manufactured by Fungi Perfecti, Olympia, WA, (800) 780-9126 2. Mycorrhizal Landscape Inoculant as manufactured by BioOrganics, Santa Monica, CA 3. Biovam as manufactured by Brock Probiotics and available through T&J Enterprises, Spokane, WA 4. EndoROOTS as supplied by Wilco, Puyallup, WA (253) 841-3378 2.14 WOOD CELLULOSE FIBER (FOR HYDROSEEDING) A. Wood cellulose fiber shall be specially processed 100% virgin wood fiber in which 30% of the fibers shall be 0.15 inches long or longer and containing no growth or germination-inhibiting ingredients. B. Wood cellulose fiber shall be dyed a suitable color to facilitate inspection of placements of the material. It shall be manufactured in such a manner that after addition and agitation in slurry tanks with water, the fibers in the material become uniformly suspended to form a homogeneous slurry. When hydraulically sprayed on the ground, the material shall allow the absorption and percolation of moisture. Each package of cellulose fiber shall be marked by the manufacturer to show the air dry weight content. C. The hydroseeding process shall utilize only 100% virgin wood fiber and shall have a tackifier added to the wood cellulose fiber during the manufacturing process. 2.15 TACKIFIER (FOR HYDROSEEDING) A. Tackifier shall not contain growth or germination-inhibiting materials and shall not reduce infiltration rates. B. Tackifiers shall hydrate in water and readily bond or blend with other slurry materials, and shall meet requirements of Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification 9-14.4(7). C. Provide test results documenting material meets requirements. 2.16 WATER A. Contractor shall make, at Contractor expense, whatever arrangements are necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this Contract. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 20 OF 36 B. Contractor shall also furnish necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate irrigation of planted areas as may be required to complete the work specified. C. All costs for water incurred during the contract period shall be borne by the Contractor unless other arrangements are made with the Owner 2.17 PLANT MATERIAL A. The Contractor has two (2) options to secure approval of plant materials: 1. Have plant material available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. 2. Have Owner’s Representative review plants at the place of growth at the Contractor's expense. B. Owner’s Representative reserves the right to reject any or all plant material at any time until final review and acceptance. Remove rejected plants immediately from the site. C. All plant material furnished by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the current issue of “American Standard for Nursery Stock” (ASNS) and in addition, shall comply with the following provisions: 1. No less than 10% of each variety and/or species of plant delivered to the project shall be accurately labeled with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing the legible designation of the common name and full scientific name and size of plant. Include the nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar. Whether or not labeled, any plants, which do not conform to the Plant Schedule and/or Contract Drawings, shall be replaced immediately with plants that conform to specifications. 2. All plant material shall meet State and Federal requirements with respect to plant health and absence of diseases and insect infestation. 3. All plant material shall be nursery grown stock that has been held in a nursery for at least one year. 4. All plant material specified shall be first-class representatives of their normal species or varieties in healthy growing condition with normal well-developed branch system and vigorous root systems. a. They shall be free from disease and insect infestation, disfiguring knots, sun-scalds, abrasions of the bark, broken tops, broken branches, torn roots, and any other objectionable features. b. Plants, which have suffered damage as the result of girdling of the roots, stem, or a major branch; have deformities of the stem or major branches; have a lack of symmetry; have dead or defoliated tops or branches; or have any defect, injury, or condition which renders the plant unsuitable for its intended use, will be rejected. 5. Large plants cut back to meet specified sizes will be rejected. Plants shall not have cuts or pruning wounds over 3/4-inch diameter that are not satisfactorily callusing over. 6. Plant material shall not have weeds at the tops of root balls or any foreign plant growth. 7. Root balls of all plant materials shall be solidly held together by a fibrous root system and shall be composed only of the soil in which the plant has been actually growing. The ball SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 21 OF 36 shall be securely wrapped with non-treated, jute burlap, or other packing material that is not injurious to the plant’s life. 8. Provide the number of plants shown on the Plant Schedule in Contract Drawings, or to cover at specified spacing’s whichever is greater. 9. Collected plant material may be used only when accepted by the Owner’s Representative. 10. Bulbs shall be first quality bulbs. Bulbs shall be firm with no signs of external damage, cracking, soft spots, mildew, or signs of rot. 11. Rhizomes shall be first quality rhizomes without damage to root buds or rootlets. Rhizomes shall be firm with no signs of rot, drying out, or mildew. 12. Trees: a. Trees shall have been grown with sufficient spacing to allow for symmetrical branch development and full canopy which reflects the natural characteristics of the species. Tree trunks shall not be noticeably imperfect in vertical alignment, have straight leaders, and there shall be no “included bark” in the crotches between the trunk and side branches. b. Trees with multiple leaders, unless specified, shall be rejected. c. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader, “Y” crotches, missing leaders, bark abrasions, sunscald, disfiguring knots, insect damage, or cuts of limbs over three quarter (3/4) inch in diameter that are not completely closed will be rejected d. Evergreen and deciduous trees shall be furnished balled and burlapped (B&B) unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Broken or “made” root balls will not be accepted. e. Trees grown in fabric bags shall have a well-established root system reaching the sides of the fabric bag to maintain a firm ball when the fabric is removed, but shall not have excessive root growth encircling the fabric bag. Fabric bags shall be entirely removed prior to planting. f. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than one (1) inch and such wounds must show vigorous callous on all edges. Trees shall not be pruned within six (6) months prior to delivery. g. Provide tree root ball sizes complying with the latest edition of the ASNS. Cracked or mushroomed tree root balls are not acceptable. 13. Container-grown Stock: a. Plants grown in a pot or container shall have been given a sufficient length of time for new fibrous root system to have developed to hold its soil together and keep the root mass firm and whole when removed from the container. b. Plants shall not be loose in the container. c. Container stock shall not be pot or root bound. d. Plants furnished in pots or other containers shall be acclimated to outside conditions and equal to field grown stock. To acclimate plants to Northwest conditions, all plants used on the project shall be grown continuously outdoors north of the 42nd Latitude (Oregon-California border) from not later than April 1 of the year prior to the time of planting. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 22 OF 36 2.18 SEED LAWN A. A complete analysis of the seed shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative, including percent of pure seed, germination, other crop seed, inert and weeds, and the germination test data. The seed mixture shall be no less than 98% pure, have a minimum germination rate of 90%, contain more than ½% weed seed, and contain less than 1.5% inert material. All crop seed in excess of one (1) percent must be itemized. Provide a complete copy of manufacturer’s container label or seed technical data with the seed analysis for each seed mix specified. B. Seed of the type specified shall conform to the standards for “Certified grade seed or better as outlined by the State of Washington Department of Agriculture “Rules for Seed Certification.” C. All seed mixes shall be free of weed seed listed as primary noxious by the Washington State Seed Law singly or collectively in excess of the labeling tolerance specified by the Washington State Seed Law. Reference Specification; Chapter 15.49, Washington State Seed Act. D. Seed shall be packed in clean, sound containers of uniform weight. Deliver mixed seed to the project site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer’s guaranteed analysis, manufacturer’s name, trademark, and conformance with law. 1. Containers shall so the following information clearly marked for each kind of seed in accordance with applicable state and federal law: a. Common name of seed and its strain. b. Lot number. c. Net weight. d. Percentage of purity. e. Percentage of germination. f. Percentage of weed seed content and inert material. g. Place of origin. h. Amount of Pure Live Seed per bag. E. Seed Mix(es) 1. Seed mixture for lawn and all other project use shall include three Turf-type Perennial Ryegrass varieties from those varieties ranked “Best” by the most current succeeding year’s WSU “Turfgrass Cultivars Evaluated in Western Washington/Oregon in Recent Years” list. 2.19 SOD LAWN A. Sod shall be comprised of 60% Perennial Turf Type Ryegrass, 20% Hybrid Kentucky Bluegrass, 20% Hard Fescue and contain no more than 1% other grasses. B. Sod shall be premium quality, free of all weeds, pests, diseases, Poa annua, and other undesirable material. It shall not be less than 12 months old nor more than 24 months old, grown in fumigated soil, healthy, and have a dense, vigorous well-developed root structure SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 23 OF 36 C. Provide a 12 inch square sample of the sod at project site for review and acceptance by the Owner’s Representative. D. Plastic netting is not allowed. If netting is required, it shall be biodegradable. E. All sod delivered to the project shall be equal to or exceed the quality exhibited in the sod sample. Sod shall not be cut from the field more than one (1) day prior to delivery to the project site. Sod shall not be grown in heavy clay. F. Sod shall be grown in Western Washington or Oregon. Sod shipments shall have a certificate of origin and certification of approved treatment if the shipment originates in a known area containing grass infections. Sod available from: 1. Country Green Turf Farms, Arlington, WA; (306) 657-2175 2. JB Instant Lawn, Redmond, WA; (425) 821-0444 3. Lefeber Turf Farm, Mt. Vernon, WA; (360) 428-4054 2.20 HERBICIDE AND PESTICIDE A. All chemical herbicides pesticides shall be labeled and used in accordance with governing agencies defined in the Weed and Pest Control Plan. The Contractor shall use extreme care to ensure confinement of the chemicals within the areas designated. The use of chemical herbicides and pesticides shall require the use of anti-drift and activating agents and a spray pattern indicator, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner. B. All chemical herbicide and pesticides must be carefully selected in accordance with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Washington State Department of Ecology, Washington State Department of Agriculture, King County Noxious Weed Control Board, and local sensitive area ordinances and regulations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All areas as indicated in Contract Drawings shall be finish graded and approved by the Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting. All grades shall flow smoothly into each other and produce positive drainage. The Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect plant growth unless the Contractor contacts the Owner’s Representative immediately indicating any possible problem. Verify all grades with Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting. B. The Contractor shall protect soil and provide adequate and proper care of all plant material (both retained and newly installed) and landscape work, including irrigation, done on the project from the time of installation to the end of the Guarantee Period. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 24 OF 36 3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Verify the existence of proper rough grading and subgrade elevations prior to beginning soil preparation work. All planting area excavation shall allow for compost, planting soil, and mulch depths as indicated in Contract Drawings. B. Areas to receive plant material shall be cleared, grubbed, cultivated and graded to accommodate the Work prior to planting and to provide the optimum conditions for plant and lawn establishment and growth. C. Subgrade shall be cleaned of all debris including concrete, stumps, sticks, roots, and rocks or lumps larger than one (1) inch. Subgrade elevations shall be as shown in the Contract Drawings. D. Percolation Test 1. After the subgrade has been prepared, a percolation test shall be performed. This shall be accomplished by excavating three (3) pits that are two (2) feet in depth and minimum two (2) feet in diameter. Location of all three (3) pits shall be per Owner’s Representative field directive. Fill each pit with water and allow the pit to drain for twenty-four (24) hours. After twenty-four (24) hours, re-fill the pit with water. If the time required for the pit to drain completely after being filled the second time is greater than twenty-four (24) hours, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. 2. The Contractor shall be paid for work required to solve the drainage problem, such as, installation of french drains or drainage sumps at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. E. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to verify a weed and pest free subgrade prior to beginning subgrade preparation work. If required, the Contractor shall be paid for weed and pest removal based upon an Owner approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. F. Subgrade preparation and percolation tests shall be reviewed and approved by Owner’s Representative prior to proceeding with the placing of planting soil. G. Placing of compost and/or imported planting soils on top of subgrade shall constitute acceptance of subgrade conditions by Contractor. 3.03 SOIL PREPARATION A. General 1. Soil shall not be placed, disked, rototilled, or worked when the ground or planting soil is frozen, excessively wet, there is ponding water, or, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, in a condition detrimental to the Work. 2. Incorporation of amendments in response to soil test recommendations and placing of soils shall result in a homogeneous blend to a minimum depth as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall apply and shape the lifts in such a manner that the planting area has a continuously sloped final surface allowing for drainage from higher elevations to SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 25 OF 36 lower outer edges of the planting area. Where possible, ridges and ridge lines shall be the approximate center point, or centerline(s), of the planting area. 3. Uniformly grade areas within limits of planting areas, including adjacent transition areas with a smooth finished surface. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown or between such spot grades or points and adjacent grades. Irregular surface changes or transitions shall not be accepted. B. Subgrade Scarification 1. Apply soil amendments and scarify to depths as shown in Contract Drawings. If additional scarification is required to eliminate surface water ponding, notify Owner’s Representative of problem areas. 2. After scarification, remove all debris or rocks over one (1) inch in size and establish proper grades. 3. Application of amendments and the scarification process shall be observed and approved by Owner’s Representative prior to installing planting soil. C. Placing Soil and Soil Amendments: 1. For Sod Lawn Areas: a. See soil preparation details in Contract Drawings. Apply and mix amendments with a small excavator; do not use a rototiller. Compact by hand or one (1) pass of a motorized tamper. Water settle each lift of sod lawn soil before installing the additional lift of soil. Owner’s Representative shall review and approve soil preparation work between steps. 1) Soil amendments for planting areas shall be applied per soil testing laboratory recommendations. 2) The soil amendments shall be thoroughly mixed with soils to produce a broadly- mixed blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. b. Incorporate the following soil amendments by broadcasting over sod lawn soil at an even distribution and rate prior to placement of sod. Then, rake the amendments into the top two (2) inches of sod lawn soil. 1) Dolomite Lime. Recommended application rate: Incorporate fifty (50) pounds of Dolomite Lime per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. 2) Starter Fertilizer (7-7-2). Recommended application rate: Incorporate one (1) pound of starter fertilizer per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. Do not apply fertilizer to lawn areas that drain directly into sensitive water bodies unless approved by governing agency. 3) Mycorrhizal Inoculant Fine Grade ‘EndoROOTS’ - Broadcast at a rate of 10 lbs. per 1000 square feet. 4) Do not install fertilizer within 15 ft of the top of rain gardens. 2. For Seed Lawn Areas: a. See soil preparation details. Apply and mix amendments with a small excavator; do not use a rototiller. Compact by hand or one (1) pass of a motorized tamper. Water SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 26 OF 36 settle each lift of sod lawn soil before installing the additional lift of soil. Owner’s Representative shall review and approve soil preparation work between steps. 1) Soil amendments for planting areas shall be applied per soil testing laboratory recommendations. 2) The soil amendments shall be thoroughly mixed with soils to produce a broadly- mixed blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. b. Incorporate the following soil amendments by broadcasting over sod lawn soil at an even distribution and rate prior to placement of sod. Then, rake the amendments into the top two (2) inches of sod lawn soil. 1) Dolomite Lime. Recommended application rate: Incorporate fifty (50) pounds of Dolomite Lime per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. 2) Starter Fertilizer (7-7-2). Recommended application rate: Incorporate one (1) pound of starter fertilizer per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. Do not apply fertilizer to lawn areas that drain directly into sensitive water bodies unless approved by governing agency. 3) Mycorrhizal Inoculant Fine Grade ‘EndoROOTS’ - Broadcast at a rate of 10 lbs. per 1000 square feet. 4) Do not install fertilizer within 15 ft of the top of rain gardens. 3. For Planting Areas: a. See soil preparation details. Apply and mix amendments with a small excavator; do not use a rototiller. Compact each lift of planting soil before installing the additional lift of soil. Water settle or use one (1) pass of a motorized tamper. Owner’s Rep shall review and approve soil preparation work between steps. b. Incorporate soil amendments by broadcasting over planting soil at an even distribution and rate prior to installation of plants. Then, mix the amendments into the top six (6) inches of planting soil. 1) Soil amendments for planting areas shall be applied per soil testing laboratory recommendations. 2) The soil amendments shall be thoroughly mixed with soils to produce a broadly- mixed blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. 3) All amendments shall be delivered to the site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer’s name and guaranteed components analysis. In lieu of containers, amendments may be furnished in bulk, with a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance indicating the components analysis complies with the Contract. 4) Do not install fertilizer within 15 ft of the top of rain gardens. c. Mycorrhizal Inoculant Fine Grade ‘EndoROOTS’ - Broadcast at a rate of 10 lbs. per 1000 square feet over all landscape planting areas. D. Finish Grading 1. Establish a finish grade with the compacted depths of planting soil and amendments as shown on the Contract Drawings and a specified herein. After installing soils and amendments, drag to an even grade, remove debris and rocks larger than one (1) inch in diameter that appear at the surface, and then roll for firmness prior to planting. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 27 OF 36 2. Finish grade is defined as the top surface of soil prior to the installation of mulch and sod lawn unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings. 3. Finish grading shall consist of placing, grading and lightly rolling soil, providing for surface drainage, cutting all necessary drainage swales and generally conforming to finish grades shown in the Contract Drawings and as directed by the Owner’s Representative. 4. Compact finish grade of planting and sod lawn areas to 85% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM: D 1557. 5. After settling, finish grades in sod lawn areas shall be one (1) inch below all walks, curbs and/or other hard surfaces. 6. After settling, finish grades in seed lawn areas shall be 1/2 inch below all walks, curbs and/or other hard surfaces. 7. After settling, finish grades in planting areas shall be 3 inches below all walks, curbs, and/or other hard surface edges. 8. All planting areas shall be finish graded and accepted by the Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting, preferably before staking and layout. 9. The top of the mulch shall be flush with the top of any adjacent paved surface improvement such as sidewalk, curb, and other pedestrian walking area. 3.04 CONTAINER IN PLAZA SOIL PREPARATION A. Provide Drainage Gravel, Drainage Sand, Geotextile Fabric, Container Planting Soil, and Mulch as shown in Contract Drawings for the large containers in the plaza. 3.05 TRANSPORT AND MOVING PLANT MATERIAL A. Plant material transported in enclosed vehicles shall receive adequate ventilation. Plant material transported in open vehicles shall be protected by suitable cover material such as tarpaulins. B. Large trees shall be totally wrapped to prevent damage and windburn. Provide adequate protection so that trunks are not scarred in transport and branches are not broken. Tree trunks shall be wrapped with protective covering prior to handling and loading. Remove covering at the time of plant materials inspection at the job site C. Pack and ship plant material in accordance with prevailing nursery industry standard practice for the type of plant being shipped, and protect at all times against drying sun, wind, heat, freezing, and similar detrimental conditions both during shipment and during related handling. D. Move all plants carefully. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing of plant materials. Prevent damage to all plant materials. Do not drag plant material without proper root and branch protection. 1. Trees shall be handled by rootball only, not the trunks, stems, or tops. 2. Container grown plants shall be handled by container only, not the stems or tops. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 28 OF 36 E. Tie branches on trees and large shrubs as necessary. Use burlap bags to protect tree bark from rope chafing. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. F. Plant material damaged in any way from transport and moving activities shall be rejected, discarded and replaced with undamaged materials at no cost to Owner. 3.06 TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PLANT MATERIAL A. Plants that cannot be planted within 24 hours after arrival to the project site shall be “heeled- in” in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and the following requirements: 1. Protect rootball of balled and burlapped or fabric-grow bag plants with moist earth, sawdust, bark mulch, or other acceptable material and the material shall be kept continuously moist. Do not use straw or hay to retain moisture. 2. Protect plant materials at all times from mechanical damage, excessive wet conditions, drying out, and extreme weather including drying winds and direct sun. 3. The root system of all plants shall not be permitted to dry out at any time. Set plants in shade and keep roots moist by covering with mulch, soil or other acceptable means of retaining moisture. 4. Foliage on plants may be sprayed with an anti-desiccant during drought and/or excessively hot periods. Anti-desiccant shall be specifically formulated for species of plants it will be applied to. 5. Store bulbs and rhizomes in a dry, cool place at 55°F to 60°F until planting. 3.07 PLANT LAYOUT: A. Plants shall be placed at the spacing and locations as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Plant layout and staking (or otherwise marking the location of each plant) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No work shall start on the installation of plant material until plant layout and staking has been verified and approved by the Owner’s Representative. B. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 5 Working Days in advance of projected completion of staking and allow 2 Working Days after the projected completion date for review and any adjustments of the layout by the Owner. The Contractor shall sequence the installation of plants to minimize disturbance to new plants and existing landscaping. C. No work shall start on the installation of plant material until plant layout and staking has been verified and approved by the Owner’s Representative. 3.08 PLANT INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. All plant material shall be inspected and determined by the Owner’s Representative to be acceptable for planting, prior to installing. 2. Do not install plants in weather conditions detrimental to plant material. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 29 OF 36 a. Do not plant during freezing weather, when the ground is frozen, or when ground is excessively wet. b. Do not install plants when ambient temperatures may drop below 40°F or rise above 80°F. c. Do not install plants when wind velocity exceeds 25 MPH. d. Plants shall not be installed with the top of their rootballs below finish grade. 3. For work performed during unacceptable and/or weather conditions detrimental to plant material, the Contractor may be required to provide the following services at no additional cost: a. Expert consultations with an ISA certified Arborist (for trees) or other expert as approved (for other plant material) to determine what plant care measures are required to maintain the plants installed in a healthy and vigorous condition during the unacceptable weather conditions. b. Replacement of all work performed during unacceptable weather conditions. c. Additional watering and maintenance of the plant materials installed during the unacceptable weather conditions and responsibility for all additional costs incurred. 4. Perform planting during the period between September 1 and May 15. Planting at other times shall only by done by written permission by the Owner’s Representative and only if an automatic irrigation system is available through the summer. 5. Soak all tree rootballs and container plants which have become dry prior to planting. 6. If groundwater is encountered upon excavation of planting holes, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner. 7. Plants shall be removed from containers in a manner that prevents damage to the root system. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. All circling roots shall be loosened to ensure natural directional growth after planting. 8. Dig pits or planting holes for plant material as indicated on Contract Drawings and consistent with good horticultural practice. The inside surfaces of all planting pits are to be rough, not smooth. If the Contractor encounters clay soil or any unusual condition which may be detrimental to the new planting, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. Unsuitable material, if encountered, shall be removed from the site and planting soil distributed to replace the unsuitable material as Extra Work in accordance with the Specification. Unsuitable material removal will be paid for as a Change Order in accordance with the Specifications B. Trees: 1. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a minimum 4 Working Days advance notice of the first tree(s) to be planted. The Owner shall be present to approve the planting method of the first tree(s). The approved method shall be consistently applied for all remaining planting of trees. 2. Tree pit excavation near a curb or sidewalk shall allow a horizontal clearance of at least three (3) inches from the curb or sidewalk without undermining foundation support of adjacent improvements. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 30 OF 36 3. Completely remove all twine, burlap, wrapping material, fabric grow bags, and wire baskets from rootballs after trees have been placed in planting hole. Completely remove all material from the planting hole before back filling. 4. All containers shall be removed from rootballs before planting. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. For ball and burlap and container trees, roots showing at the edge of the root ball shall be loosened without tearing. The rootball shall be placed in the planting pit in a manner that ensures the roots are properly spread for lateral directional growth. 5. Inoculate rootballs of trees with mycorrhizae inoculant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 6. Set trees in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set trees upright, plumb, and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set crown of rootball up to one (1) inch above the finish grade elevation, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings. 7. Backfill shall be carefully placed and compacted by water settling. When planting hole is 3/4 backfilled, apply water to water-settle the backfill and remove voids. After settling occurs, the Contractor shall add enough soil to cover the roots but shall not rework the soil. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling. No soil filling will be permitted against trunks or stems or above grafts on grafted trees. Form a watering ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain water. C. Shrubs and Groundcovers: 1. Plants supplied in containers shall be kept moist at all times and shall be removed from the container in a manner that prevents damage to the root system. The plants shall not be removed from the container by pulling on the stem. 2. All plastic, burlap, ties, and other container material shall be removed from the plant prior to planting. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. a. Space groundcover plants using triangular spacing in accordance with indicated dimensions and offsets. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly uniformly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plants. Always plant groundcovers to within 18 inches of the trunks of trees and shrubs within planting bed. b. Inoculate rootballs of shrubs with mycorrhizae in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. c. Set shrub and groundcover in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set upright. Install plants so that top of rootball is flush with the finished grade after settlement. Check top of root ball for root flare. If root flare is not found, carefully scrape away excess soil until root flare is exposed. This level shall be the top of the rootball and installed flush to the finished grade. d. Backfill shall be firmly tamped or compacted without voids around the roots, then covered with mulch, and watered immediately after planting. D. Bulbs and Rhizomes: 1. Plant bulbs as shown in planting details per Contract Drawings. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 31 OF 36 2. Plant Rhizomes as shown in planting details per Contract Drawings. E. Pruning 1. Pruning: a. Pruning of trees shall be performed at the nursery by the nurseryman and only to remove small or minor broken or damaged branches, or for aesthetic purposes unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative. Branches shall be pruned at the branch collar. Neither stubs nor flush cuts will be acceptable b. At the time of planting, pruning shall only occur to remove minor broken or damaged twigs and branches. No trees or plants shall be headed or pruned without reason or prior approval. No pruning shall be allowed to new plant material that impacts a tree’s central leader, removes more than 5% of the foliage, or if foliage has not developed, more than 5% of the foliage buds, or significantly alters the natural form of the plant material being pruned. c. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage the natural growth characteristics and proper form of the particular plant. Pruning shall be done with a sharp tool to produce a clean cut without bruising or tearing the bark. All completed pruning cuts shall be in the living wood where callous tissue can develop properly. F. Apply Fertilizer per soil laboratory test recommendations to all plant material. As necessary, a follow-up fertilizer application for all planting beds shall be in accordance with recommendations from soil testing laboratory. G. Mulch planting areas with required mulch material at least 3 inches deep immediately after planting. Top-dress the entire tree pit including the watering ring, with the mulch depth tapered at the tree trunk to prevent contact at the trunk. Soil surface interface should be damp prior to application of mulch. Do not install wood chip mulch on top of dry planting soil. The 3 inch depth is measured after settling and/or compaction has occurred. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, rake mulch to provide a uniform finished surface. 3.09 SOD INSTALLATION: A. Installation: 1. Sod shall be brought onto lawn area by hand-operated wheeled equipment with proper protection of sod soil beds from heavy compaction. Sod layers shall be experienced, or if inexperienced, shall be constantly supervised by an experienced foreman. Sod layers shall kneel on plywood or some other platform during laying process. 2. Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod. 3. Do not lay sod or install sod on saturated or frozen soil. 4. Lay sod immediately upon delivery to site, to prevent deterioration or drying. All sod MUST be installed within 12 hours after delivery to the project site 5. Lay sod tight with no open joints or gaps visible, with no overlapping edges and with an allowance for shrinkage. Stagger end joints 12” minimum. Lay sod with long edges perpendicular to primary slope. Do not stretch sod pieces. Spread lawn area soil over any SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 32 OF 36 exposed edges. Keep edges moistened as required or as directed. The Contractor shall ensure that the soil base immediately ahead of each sod layer is moist. 6. When piecing sod, use pieces no smaller than one (1) square foot. 7. Install sod with top flush with adjacent curbs, sidewalks, drains and seeded areas. 8. Sod installed on slopes greater than 5:1 shall be pegged with wooden stakes and layed parallel to the contours. Pegs shall be set flush with finished grades. 9. Sod shall be rolled with a 200 pound roller after installation to ensure proper contact between soil and sod. On slopes 5:1 or less, roll with light lawn roller to ensure contact with subgrade. Final rolling must provide a uniform surface. After final rolling, the sod lawn shall be mowed if necessary B. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after laying. Sod lawn area shall be heavily watered, flooded, and saturated for a period 10 days to trigger active root growth. C. Flagging, fencing, and warning signs or other appropriate method of sod lawn protection shall be installed and remain for a minimum of 4 weeks. Do not remove flagging and warning signs until sod is firm to walk on and sod is not in a saturated condition. D. Water: Watering shall be accomplished once a week from March through September. At a minimum, a uniform application of one (1) inch of water shall be required over all lawn areas each week. The Contractor shall be prepared to water more frequently should very dry conditions persist and based on input from Owner. E. Mowing: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for mowing all sod lawn areas. a. Mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 3 inches. The cutting height shall be 2 inches with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. b. Mowing shall be done by an acceptable “reel” type mower. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts or deformation of improved areas. Sickle type grass cutters will be permitted only on slopes of drainage ditches, berms, or other rough areas. The equipment and tools shall be in good repair at all times and maintained so that a clean, sharp cut of the grass results. Each mowing shall be considered as one (1), complete coverage of all lawn grass areas to be mowed within a defined area. c. Trimming around traffic facilities, structures, curbs, tree pits, planting areas, or other features extending above ground shall be accomplished by use of tools that achieve a neat and uniform appearance. Edging along curb and sidewalk interfaces shall be incidental to mowing and shall be provided by the Contractor to control encroachment of grass. d. Grass cutting equipment shall be operated in such a manner and equipped with suitable guards as to avoid throwing rocks or debris onto the pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas or onto permeable pavement areas. Equipment that pulls or rips the grass or damages the turf in any manner will not be allowed. The Owner will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the equipment and methods of use. The Contractor shall SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 33 OF 36 return and disperse all lawn clippings to the lawn from all pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas, and from any other improvement. F. Follow-up Fertilizing: After the first mowing or approximately 30 days after the initial installation (whichever comes first) broadcast ‘Regular Feed’- Broadcast at a rate recommended by manufacturer for lawn areas. Apply once a month for the first four months of the growing season. G. Sod Lawn shall be deemed physically complete when uniform, healthy, green, and vigorous growth is evident, with no dry or dead spots larger than 3 inch square, and after the third mowing has occurred. Upon physical completion, temporary flagging, warning signs, and other lawn protection measures may be removed. 3.10 SEED INSTALLATION: A. Installation: 1. Seeding shall be accomplished in the spring (April 10 to May 31) or fall (September 1 to October 20) of the year and/or when weather conditions are favorable for proper working of the soil and seed germination as determined by Owner’s Representative. Application of pre-germinated seed, moisture retention agents, and provisions for supplemental watering may be required by the Owner’s Representative should the Contractor schedule seeding outside of allowable time frames. 2. Seed shall be spread by an acceptable hand-mechanical (hopper or culti-packer) or hydro- seed/mulch methods only. a. Hydro-seeding shall include: 1) first application with seed and 10% mulch fiber; 2) second application with no seed and 90% mulch fiber. b. For hand-mechanical seeding, rake seed and fertilizer into top 1/2 to one (1) inch of soil. After raking, roll the finished grade one (1) direction for a flat, uniform surface and water thoroughly. 3. Seeding shall be done only after finish grading and adjacent construction and plantings have been completed. 4. Finish grades shall be rolled with a standard, water filled, 200 pounds per square foot ground pressure roller. If soil is dry, lightly sprinkle with water prior to rolling. The seed area shall be rolled in two directions, the second rolling at right angles to the first. Grades after rolling shall be flat and approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to seeding. B. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch shall be in accordance with Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Section herein and be added at the following rates: 1. 2,000 pounds per acre, for areas having zero to 4H:1V slope. 2. 3,000 pounds per acre, for areas having between 2H:1V and 4H:1V slope. 3. 3,500 pounds per acre, for areas having a slope greater than 2H:1V. 4. Terrain that is steeper than 2H:1V, areas that exceed 10,000 square feet, and areas having a vertical drop greater than 15 feet shall be treated with a supplemental tackifier in accordance with Tackifier Section herein. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 34 OF 36 C. Tackifier shall be in accordance with Tackifier Section herein and applied at a rate of at 80 pounds per acre. D. Any seeded areas that have become compacted prior to seeding must be scarified to a depth of 8 inches by acceptable means, then finish graded as herein before described. E. The application rate for Lawn Seed Mix shall be 175 pounds of live seed per acre. F. Temporary flagging and warning signs shall be installed preventing the public from disturbing or damaging all newly installed lawn. G. Water seeded area thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after seeding. Provide one (1) inch average application of water without uncovering seed, washing seed away, and without causing erosion or sedimentation. H. Flagging, fencing, and warning signs or other appropriate method of seed lawn protection shall be installed and remain until the seeded lawn has become established. I. Water: Watering shall be accomplished once a week from March through September. At a minimum, a uniform application of one (1) inch of water shall be required over all lawn areas each week. The Contractor shall be prepared to water more frequently should very dry conditions persist and based on input from Owner. J. Mowing: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for mowing all seed lawn areas. a. For the first 3 mowings, mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 2 inches. For the first 3 mowings, the cutting height shall be 1.5 inches with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. b. For the forth and all subsequent mowings, mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 3 inches and set the cutting height at 2 inches with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. c. Mowing shall be done by an acceptable “reel” type mower. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts or deformation of improved areas. Sickle type grass cutters will be permitted only on slopes of drainage ditches, berms, or other rough areas. The equipment and tools shall be in good repair at all times and maintained so that a clean, sharp cut of the grass results. Each mowing shall be considered as one (1), complete coverage of all lawn grass areas to be mowed within a defined area. d. Trimming around traffic facilities, structures, curbs, tree pits, planting areas, or other features extending above ground shall be accomplished by use of tools that achieve a neat and uniform appearance. Edging along curb and sidewalk interfaces shall be incidental to mowing and shall be provided by the Contractor to control encroachment of grass. e. Grass cutting equipment shall be operated in such a manner and equipped with suitable guards as to avoid throwing rocks or debris onto the pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas or onto permeable pavement areas. Equipment that pulls or rips the grass SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 35 OF 36 or damages the turf in any manner will not be allowed. The Owner will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the equipment and methods of use. The Contractor shall return and disperse all lawn clippings to the lawn from all pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas, and from any other improvement. K. Follow-up Fertilizing: After the first mowing or approximately 30 days after the initial installation (whichever comes first) broadcast ‘Regular Feed’- Broadcast at a rate recommended by manufacturer for lawn areas. Apply once a month for the first 4 months of the growing season. L. Watering: To encourage deep rooting, each watering shall be thorough enough to provide soil moisture a minimum of 6 inches below soil surface. Permit soil to dry sufficiently between watering, but not so dry as to damage the planting. M. Inspection: Check for barren areas, maximum 3 inches square, in seed bed approximately 21 days after seeding and over-seed as originally specified and at such time as weather and season permit for proper seed germination or as accepted by the Owner’s Representative. N. Seed Lawn shall be deemed physically complete when uniform, healthy, green, and vigorous growth is evident, with no dry or dead spots larger than 3 inch square, and after the fifth mowing has occurred. Upon physical completion, temporary flagging, warning signs, and other lawn protection measures may be removed. 3.11 CLEAN UP: A. Perform cleaning during installation of the landscape work. Water, dirt, debris, and rubbish to be kept off of all paved areas, pathways, and permeable pavements. Clean all paved areas. All excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment shall be removed from the site. B. Repair any damage resulting from landscape work at Contractor’s expense. C. Planting areas immediately adjacent to walks, curbs, pavements, driveways, and other improvement shall be compacted and raked to accommodate the depth of mulch cover, with the mulch surface flush with the surface of adjacent improvement. Planting beds shall have a fine, even grade around all plants. D. Remove all metal, wood, and concrete debris, protective wrappings and coverings, and shipping materials from the project site. Remove all residues, repair all stains, scuffs, abrasions, and marks from boulders. E. Leave project in first quality condition. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 32 90 00 19 APRIL 2017 PLANTING 32 90 00 – PAGE 36 OF 36 3.12 SUBSTANTIAL AND PHYSICAL COMPLETION A. Inspection to determine Substantial and Physical Completion of planted areas will be made by the Owner’s Representative, upon the Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 5 working days before requested inspection date. 1. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including the maintenance have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner shall assume all plant maintenance. 3.13 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of all landscaping work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee Period, shall be made by the Owner’s Representative and/or approved representative of the Owner to determine 100% completion and acceptance of the Contract work. This review shall be made upon written request to the Owner’s Representative no less than 48 hours prior to the anticipated date of inspection. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 33 05 01 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. b. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray- Iron Threaded Flanges. c. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 in. Through 144 in. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). d. C210 Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. e. C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. f. C217, Petrolatum and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. g. C219, Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. h. C221, Fabricated Steel Mechanical Slip-Type Expansion Joints. i. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A497/A497M, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. b. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. c. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. e. F593, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 4. NSF International (NSF): a. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. b. NSF/ANSI 372, Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 2 OF 8 5. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2016 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Detailed pipe fabrication drawings showing pipe details, special fittings and bends, dimensions, coatings, and other pertinent information. 2. Pipe pressure class. 3. Wall thickness, reinforcing, and strength calculations. 4. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data for couplings, saddles, gaskets, and other pipe accessories. Indicate maximum rated working pressure and test pressure for each item. B. Informational Submittals: Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance, as specified in Section 1-06.3 of the Standard Specifications. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Pipe, specials, and fittings received at Project Site in damaged condition will not be accepted. C. Gasket Storage: Store rubber gaskets in cool, well ventilated place, and do not expose to direct rays of sun. Do not allow contact with oils, fuels, petroleum, or solvents. D. Store and support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid contact with mud, water, or other deleterious materials. E. Handling: 1. Pipe shall be handled with proper equipment in a manner to prevent distortion or damage. Use of hooks, chains, wire ropes, or clamps that could damage pipe, damage coating or lining, or kink and bend pipe ends is not permitted. 2. Use heavy canvas, or nylon slings of suitable strength for lifting and supporting materials. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 3 OF 8 3. Lifting pipe during unloading or lifting into trench shall be done using two slings placed at quarter point of pipe section. Pipe may be lifted using one sling near center of pipe, provided pipe is guided to prevent uncontrolled swinging and no damage will result to pipe or harm to workers. Slings shall bear uniformly against pipe. 4. Pipe and fittings shall not be stored on rocks or gravel, or other hard material that might damage pipe. This includes storage area and along pipe trench. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Components and Materials in Contact with Water for Human Consumption: Comply with the requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act and other applicable federal, state, and local requirements. Provide certification by manufacturer or an accredited certification organization recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction that components and materials comply with the maximum lead content standard in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 and NSF/ANSI 372. 1. Use or reuse of components and materials without a traceable certification is prohibited. 2.02 PIPE A. As specified per City of Renton Standards for: 1. Drinking Water. 2. Surface Water. 3. Wastewater. 2.03 JOINTS A. As specified per City of Renton Standards for: 1. Drinking Water. 2. Surface Water. 3. Wastewater. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 4 OF 8 2.04 COUPLINGS A. General: 1. Coupling linings for use in potable water systems shall be in conformance with NSF/ANSI 61. 2. Couplings shall be rated for appropriate operating pressure and hydrostatic test pressure. B. As specified per City of Renton Standards for: 1. Drinking Water. 2. Surface Water. 3. Wastewater. 2.05 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Modular Mechanical Seal: 1. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening. 2. Assemble interconnected rubber links with Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts, and pressure plates. 3. Size modular mechanical seals according to manufacturer’s instructions for the size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve opening. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Thunderline/LinkSeal, Div. of PSI, Houston, TX; Link Seal. b. Calpico, Inc., South San Francisco, California; Sealing Linx. c. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, Louisiana; Innerlynx. B. Wall Sleeves: 1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Shall include integral seep ring to minimize seepage between metal sleeve and concrete. C. Wall Couplings: 1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Wall couplings shall provide flexible mechanical joint. 3. Body and end rings shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy. 4. Body shall include integral seep ring. 5. Shall comply with AWWA C219. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 5 OF 8 D. PIPE SLEEVES 1. See Section 32 84 00. 2.06 PIPE LOCATING TAPE A. As specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 2.07 PIPE BEDDING AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Granular material as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 2.08 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. As specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 7-08.3 of the Standard Specifications, amended as follows: 1. Section 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying—General is supplemented by the following: a. Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 1/2 inch or less, which indicates a satisfactory condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight-tenths) flow elevation, unless otherwise approved by the Owner`s Representative. b. All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Owner`s Representative. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the Owner`s Representative. Such damaged lining or coating shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. c. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to ensure that there are not damaged portions of the SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 6 OF 8 pipe. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipe line shall be closed with water tight expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted. d. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the Owner`s Representative may change the alignment and/or the grades. Except for short runs which may be permitted by the Owner`s Representative, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe which is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. e. Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in alignment and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with elliptical reinforcement, the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical position. f. Immediately after the pipe joints has been made, proper gasket placement shall be checked with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper gasket placement. 2. Section 7-08.3(3) Backfilling is supplemented with the following: a. Initial backfilling shall be performed only after inspection and approval of the installed pipe. Backfill shall be accomplished in such a manner that the pipe shall not be damaged by impact or overloading. b. All backfill for pipe trenches shall be mechanically compacted by a power operated mechanical tamper(s) as specified in Section 7-08.3(3) of the Standard Specifications or other mechanical compaction device approved by the Owner`s Representative. c. If there is an excess of acceptable backfill material obtained from trench excavation at one location on the project, it shall be used at other locations on the project as directed by the Owner`s Representative. The cost of transporting the excess backfill material shall be considered incidental to the pipe or structure backfilled. d. Pipes shall not be abandoned and filled where they are needed to convey offsite or project stormwater until after the permanent SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 7 OF 8 drainage system has been completed and sediment generating project activities have been terminated. 3. Section 7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints of the Standard Specifications shall be supplemented as follows: a. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint systems. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. B. Notify Owner`s Representative at least 2 weeks prior to field fabrication of pipe or fittings. C. Furnish feeler gauges of proper size, type, and shape for use during installation for each type of pipe furnished. D. Distributing Materials: Place materials along trench only as will be used each day, unless otherwise approved by Owner`s Representative. Placement of materials shall not be hazardous to traffic or to general public, obstruct access to adjacent property, or obstruct others working in area. E. The Contractor may encounter groundwater in trench excavation depending on trench depth. The Contractor shall not dewater the excavation with wells or well points but shall keep the excavated trench free of water during pipe installation. This may be done with sheet piling and pumping within the excavation. The Contractor shall assess the situation and develop a plan to accommodate construction in groundwater. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for this groundwater/trench excavation control plan. All costs related to trench dewatering shall be included in the related items of work. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify size, material, joint types, elevation, and horizontal location of existing pipeline to be connected to new pipeline or new equipment. B. Inspect size and location of structure penetrations to verify adequacy of wall pipes, sleeves, and other openings. C. Damaged Coatings and Linings: Repair using coating and lining materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3.03 PREPARATION OF TRENCH A. Prepare trench as specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 05 01 19 APRIL 2017 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 05 01 -PAGE 8 OF 8 B. Unless otherwise permitted by Owner`s Representative, maximum length of open trench shall not exceed 500 feet. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, unless otherwise shown or specified. 2. Install individual pipe lengths in accordance with approved lay diagram. Misplaced pipe shall be removed and replaced. 3. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation, clean ends thoroughly, remove foreign matter and dirt from inside. 4. Couplings: a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. b. Before coupling, clean pipe holdback area of oil, scale, rust, and dirt. c. Clean gaskets before installation. d. If necessary, lubricate with gasket lubricant for installation on pipe ends. 3.05 PLACEMENT OF PIPE LOCATING TAPE A. Place pipe locating tape in accordance with Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 3.06 PIPE BEDDING AND ZONE MATERIAL A. Place pipe bedding and pipe zone material in accordance with Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Pressure Leakage Testing: As specified in the individual specification(s) following this section. 3.08 CLEANING AND DISINFECTION A. In accordance with Section 7-09.3(24) of the Standard Specifications. B. Following assembly and testing, and prior to disinfection and final acceptance, flush pipelines with water at 2.5 fps minimum flushing velocity until foreign matter is removed. Dispose of water and flushed foreign matter. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 44 13.13 19 APRIL 2017 CATCH BASINS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 44 13.13 - PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 33 44 13.13 CATCH BASINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Welding Society (AWS): Code for Welding in Building Construction. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. c. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. d. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. e. C387, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. f. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall be ready-mixed, conforming to ASTM C94/C94M, Alternate 2. Compressive field strength shall be not less than 2,500 psi at 28 days. Maximum size of aggregate shall be 1-1/2 inch. Slump shall be between 2 and 4 inches. Field strength shall be assumed as equal to 85 percent of strength of laboratory-cured cylinders. 2.02 FORMS A. Exposed surfaces shall be plywood. Others shall be steel, matched boards, plywood, or other acceptable material. Form vertical surfaces. Provide fillets on re-entrant angles. Trench walls, large rock, or earth will not be acceptable form material. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, deformed bars. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 44 13.13 19 APRIL 2017 CATCH BASINS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 44 13.13 - PAGE 2 OF 3 2.04 PRECAST UNITS A. Precast units shall conform to ASTM C478, except dimensions shall be as shown. Submit details of proposed units to Owner`s Representative for review. Concrete risers for extensions shall be a maximum of 6 inches high and of same quality as sections. Risers shall be reviewed by Owner`s Representative before installation. 2.05 MORTAR A. Standard premixed mortar conforming to ASTM C387, Type S, or proportion 1 part portland cement to 2 parts clean, well-graded sand which will pass a 1/8-inch screen. Admixtures may be used not exceeding the following percentages of weight of cement: Hydrated lime, 10 percent; diatomaceous earth or other inert materials, 5 percent. Consistency of mortar shall be such that it will readily adhere to concrete. 2.06 FRAMES AND GRATES A. Cast iron frames and gratings for catch basins and storm drain inlets shall be as indicated. Bearing surfaces shall be clean and shall provide uniform contact. Castings shall be tough, close-grained gray iron, sound, smooth, clean, free from blisters, blowholes, shrinkage, cold shuts, and defects, and shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate as required to accomplish construction. Backfill shall be as specified for adjoining pipe trench. 3.02 PLACING PRECAST UNITS A. If material in bottom of trench is unsuitable for supporting unit, excavate and backfill to required grade with 3-inch minus, clean, pit-run material. Set units to grade at locations shown. 3.03 EXTENSIONS A. Install extensions to achieve elevations per plan. Lay risers in mortar with sides plumb and tops to grade. Joints shall be sealed with mortar, with interior and exterior troweled smooth. Prevent mortar from drying out and cure by applying a curing compound. Extensions shall be watertight. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET SECTION 33 44 13.13 19 APRIL 2017 CATCH BASINS PW/DEN001/677149 ©COPYRIGHT 2017 CH2M HILL 33 44 13.13 - PAGE 3 OF 3 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FRAMES AND GRATES A. Set frames and grates at elevations indicated and in conformance with Drawings. B. Frames shall be set in mortar. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion, clean each structure of all silt, debris, and foreign matter. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET 19 APRIL 2017 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1’-0” 4’-0” 8’-0” SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD CONTRACT AMOUNT: $ CONTRACTOR: SCHEDULE: JUNE TO DECEMBER 2017 2” 5” 2” 5” 3” 3” 2” 2” 4” 3” ” NOTES: 1. PAINTING. THE FACE AND EDGES OF THE ½ INCH PLYWOOD SIGN BOARD SHALL HAVE ONE PRIME COAT AND TWO COATS OF EXTERIOR ENAMEL. THE POSTS, BRACES AND BACK OF SIGN BOARD SHALL HAVE ONE COAT OF PRIMER AND EXTERIOR ENAMEL. THE BACKGROUND COLOR IS WHITE. 2. LETTER TYPES. THE LETTER TYPE SHALL BE CALIBRI EXCEPT THE LOGOS WHICH WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE CITY. ALL LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE BLACK. 3. LETTER SIZE. 5” LETTERS ARE 5/8” WIDE; 3” LETTERS ARE 3/8” WIDE,. 4”x4”x12’ Vertical Posts, Treated (TYP.) 4’x8’ Exterior Plywood (Smooth both sides, ABX) 2”x4” Diagonal Brace D.F. Std.&Btr. (TYP.) 7’-0” Above Rdwy (Min) 3’-0” (Min) 4” THE TAXPAYERS OF WASHINGTON STATE PARK, PHASE I 9” 1’ - 3” T E C H N I C A L M E M O R A N D U M CH2M HILL, INC. 1 Geotechnical Design Recommendations for Sunset Park Phase I PREPARED FORPREPARED FORPREPARED FORPREPARED FOR:::: Dean Koonts, Hough, Beck & Baird Karla Kasick, P.E. COPY TO:COPY TO:COPY TO:COPY TO: Karen Dawson P.E. PREPARED BY:PREPARED BY:PREPARED BY:PREPARED BY: Menzer Pehlivan DATE:DATE:DATE:DATE: July 8, 2016 PROJECT NUMBER:PROJECT NUMBER:PROJECT NUMBER:PROJECT NUMBER: 677149 REVISION NO.:REVISION NO.:REVISION NO.:REVISION NO.: 0 This technical memorandum is to supplement the Geotechnical Data and Recommendation Report for the Renton Sunset Stormwater Retrofit/LID Project (CH2M 2012), and provides geotechnical design assumptions and recommendations for the proposed foundations for the lightweight structures that includes bathroom facilities and pergola that are going to be constructed as part of the Phase I of the Master Plan for the Sunset Terrace Neighborhood Park (the “Project”) in Renton, Washington. The recommendations have been made to support 30 percent design of the project. This document is a deliverable under subtask 03.35.02 of the contract between CH2M and HBB Landscape Architecture. Project Summary The primary objective of the project is to provide a mix of spaces for the adjacent and surrounding community: open lawn areas for play and events, structured play and picnic areas, environmental facilities, restrooms, and convenient access points all arranged in a curving, informal layout that balances open vistas, focal points, and pastoral aesthetic. The park site was formerly residential housing that was recently demolished or will be demolished under the Sunset Lane construction contract. The demolition is intended to remove building foundations and light pole bases, but abandon utilities in-place. Harrington Avenue and Glenwood Avenue right of way will also be vacated (between NE 10th and Sunset Lane NE) for construction of the new park (Figure 1). The project will also include an extension of NE 10th Street west to Glenwood Avenue NE. The right-of- way and curb line for Sunset Lane NE will be shifted to the north to allow for development on the south side of the street. This new curb line will be the southern boundary of the park. Improvements to the park will be completed in two phases because of funding limitations. The improvements for the Phase I are summarized below. Phase 1: • Rough grading and seeding on west side of park, minimal landscaping (street trees) on east side of park • Install water line and sewer line for bathrooms and a water feature GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE I CH2M HILL, INC. 2 • Demolish or abandon existing utilities (overhead and buried) and undergrounding the electrical and communication lines. • Construct bathroom facilities • Install a pergola • Construct curb and gutter including temporary curb inside the park for area west of the bathrooms • Install irrigation systems • Install electrical the restroom, and lightings (conduit only for lighting). Phase 2 could add a gazebo, walkways, park equipment, water feature, and additional landscaping. Limitations This preliminary Geotechnical Design Memorandum has been prepared for the exclusive use of City of Renton and the CH2M-led internal design team for specific application to the Phase I of Master Plan for the Sunset Terrace Neighborhood Park Project. The memorandum was prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. The conclusions in this preliminary memorandum are based on our understanding of the project at the conceptual design phase. Calculations may be modified as design is developed, final recommendations may change, and this document should be verified or updated to reflect updates made during final design. The preliminary recommendations in this memorandum are based on the subsurface conditions interpreted from explorations described in this document. If conditions differing from these are observed during subsequent explorations or during construction, the recommendations provided in this document must be verified or revised in writing. Subsurface Conditions The subsurface conditions described in this document are based on explorations performed for the City of Renton Sunset Stormwater Retrofit / LID project and documented in the Geotechnical Data and Recommendations Report prepared by CH2M for the City of Renton (CH2M 2012). Area GeologyArea GeologyArea GeologyArea Geology The geologic units in the project vicinity, based on a Geologic Map (Washington State Department of Natural Resources, 2012) are Vashon Glacial Outwash (Qgo) and Vashon Glacial Till (Qgt). Vashon Glacial Outwash chiefly consists of stratified sand, gravel, and cobbles with minor silt and clay interbeds deposited in delta, ice-contact, beach, and meltwater environments (Dragovich, 2002) with generally moderate to high saturated hydraulic conductivity. Vashon Glacial Till is a highly compacted mixture of clay, silt, sand, gravel, and boulders deposited by glacial ice (Dragovich, 2002). NearNearNearNear----Surface Soil ConditionsSurface Soil ConditionsSurface Soil ConditionsSurface Soil Conditions Surficial soils for the project study area were mapped by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Soil Conservation Service (SCS), now referred to as the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). Typically, the NRCS maps depict conditions within 5 feet of the ground surface, and usually do not indicate representative conditions at greater depths. The surficial soils mapped by NRCS (2012) in the project area consist of Arents-Alderwood material (AmC), Ragnar-Indianola association (RdC), and Urban land (Ur). Arents-Alderwood material consists of moderately drained material from basal till. The material is classified with a very low to moderately low capability to transmit water (Ksat) with values ranging from less than 0.01 to 0.06 in/hr. The typical profile is gravelly sandy loam to very gravelly sandy GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE I CH2M HILL, INC. 3 loam to a depth of 60 inches. Ragnar-Indianola association material consists of a combination of somewhat excessively drained to well drained material formed from glacial outwash and glacial drift. The material is classified with a high capability to transmit water (Ksat) with values ranging from 2 to 6 in/hr. The typical profile is fine sandy loam and loamy fine sand to a depth of approximately 30 inches underlain by sand and loamy sand to 60 inches. Urban land consists of fill material placed for development and can vary widely in composition, depending on it origin. The surficial soils mapped by the NRCS are fairly consistent with the soils encountered during the field explorations. Most of the borings to the west side of the project area, which is mapped mostly as Amc, encountered till between 1 and 4.5 feet below the ground surface (bgs). The majority of the surficial soils encountered throughout the project site contained primarily fine sand with estimated 15 to 20 percent material passing the number 200 sieve. Groundwater found within the project site was below the surficial soils described in the NRCS. General Subsurface ConditionsGeneral Subsurface ConditionsGeneral Subsurface ConditionsGeneral Subsurface Conditions The subsurface explorations performed in the vicinity of the project site as a part of the 2012 subsurface exploration program are B-6-12, B-8-12, B-10-12, TP-1-12, and TP-2-12 (Figure 2). The soil boring and test pit logs associated with these explorations are provided in Appendix A of the Geotechnical Data and Recommendation Report (CH2M 2012). Based on the subsurface explorations, the subsurface profile at the project site consists of following sequence starting at the ground surface: Fill/Outwash: The soil layer nearest to the ground surface was typically medium dense to dense silty sand (SM) and silty sand with gravel (SM), most likely originating as fill or recessional outwash. This soil unit typically contained 15 to 25 percent non-plastic fines. The gravel content varied from 0 to 20 percent. In boring B-6-12 and B-8-12, the Fill/Outwash unit was encountered between the surface and approximately 3 to 4.5 feet below ground surface (bgs) with Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N values ranging from 27 to 51. In boring B-10-12 and test pit TP-2_12 the Fill/Outwash unit was encountered up to a depth of approximately 20 feet bgs; in the upper 10 feet SPT N values ranged from 3 to 14 and in the lower 10 feet SPT N values ranged from 27 to 51. Glacially Overconsolidated Till: Glacially overconsolidated till was encountered below the Fill/Outwash soils at depths ranging between 3 and 20 feet bgs in the locations explored within the project area. This layer usually consisted of very dense silty sand (SM) or silty sand with gravel (SM) with SPT N values greater than 50 and non-plastic or low-plasticity fines content between 15 and 30 percent. Although no specific instances of cobbles larger than 5 inches or boulders were logged in the test pits, cobbles and boulders are commonly found in this geologic deposit and should be anticipated in excavations at the site. Ground water table at the project site was encountered at 15.5 and 20 feet bgs at the time of drilling (June 2012) in B-8-12 and B-10-12, respectively. Ground water was not encountered at the time of drilling in B-6-12. Seismic ConditionsSeismic ConditionsSeismic ConditionsSeismic Conditions The site is classified as Site Class D based on International Building Code (IBC) 2012 guidelines. The short period and one-second spectral accelerations mapped at the project site from 2008 Unites States Geologic Survey (USGS) seismic design. The seismic design parameters estimated for site class D conditions and Risk category I/II/III at the project site are as follows: Design, 5 % damped, spectral response acceleration parameter at short-period, SDS = 0.953 g Design, 5 % damped, spectral response acceleration parameter at a period of 1 second, SD1 = 0.537 g Design, 5% damped, peak ground acceleration, PGA = 0.38 g Seismic Design Category, SDS = D GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE I CH2M HILL, INC. 4 Engineering Properties of SoilsEngineering Properties of SoilsEngineering Properties of SoilsEngineering Properties of Soils Recommended design engineering properties of the soils anticipated to be encountered in the project area are provided in Table 1. These properties were estimated from the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N-values and empirical correlations provided by WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual, available laboratory test results, previous practice, and engineering judgement. Table Table Table Table 1111 Engineering Properties of Soils Soil Unit Layer Description Parameters (unit) Recommended Value 1 Fill/Outwash Unit Weight, γ (pcf) Cohesion, c’ (psf) Friction Angle, φ’ (degree) 125 0 34 2 Glacially Overconsolidated Till Unit Weight, γ (pcf) Cohesion, c’ (psf) Friction Angle, φ’ (degree) 135 200 40 Lateral earth pressure coefficients for use in designing pole foundations and walls less than 5 feet high are provided in Table 2. A factor of safety of 1.5 has been applied to the passive resistance to limit soil deformation needed to mobilize passive resistance. Active earth pressures should only be used if the wall or pole is free to rotate at least 0.01 times H, where H is the depth of pole or wall embedment below the ground surface. The lateral pressure on walls or poles is a triangular distribution, calculated as: σh = K * γ * z, where; K is the active, at-rest, or passive earth pressure coefficient from Table 2 γ is the unit weight for Fill/Outwash soil from Table 1 z is the depth below finish grade or the top of the wall For poles, the lateral earth pressure loading is applied over one pole diameter and the resisting pressure is applied over three pole diameters. Passive resistance within 2 feet of the finished ground surface should be ignored (i.e., the resisting lateral earth pressure diagram is a truncated triangle). Walls or structures in occupied spaces (International Building Code controlled design) are not planned as a part of the project, therefore lateral earth pressures under seismic conditions have not been provided. If the project plan changes or exterior walls greater than 5 feet high are proposed, the geotechnical engineer of record should be consulted for specific recommendations. Table 2Table 2Table 2Table 2 Lateral Earth Pressure Coefficients for Pole and Wall Design Parameter Value Active earth pressure coefficient, Ka 0.28 At-rest earth pressure coefficient, Ko 0.44 Passive earth pressure coefficient, Kp 2.4 GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE I CH2M HILL, INC. 5 Foundation Design Recommendations Strip footings or rectangular pads with minimum width and length of 1.5 feet founded a minimum of 2 feet below finish grade and slabs on grade will be suitable foundation types for the lightweight structures in the Sunset Terrace Neighborhood Park considering the subsurface conditions, constructability, cost, and environmental impacts. The allowable bearing capacity for strip footings founded on medium dense Fill/Outwash is estimated as 3000 psf. A base friction factor of 0.5 should be used between the foundation and footing. Construction Considerations The recommended allowable bearing capacity provided above is based on the construction recommendations provided in the subsections below. All earth material names can be referenced to WSDOT Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges (hereafter referred to as “Section” only), Section 9-03. All geotextile material names can be referenced to Section 9-33. Maximum density is defined by ASTM D1557. SiteSiteSiteSite and Subgradeand Subgradeand Subgradeand Subgrade PreparationPreparationPreparationPreparation for for for for Strip FootingStrip FootingStrip FootingStrip Footingssss The subgrade should be cleared of trees, shrubs, and any other vegetation; grubbed of stumps and large roots; and stripped of topsoil and underlying soils that contain significant amounts of roots or other organic matter. Rubble or debris larger than 3 inches in maximum dimension should be removed. The top 6 inches should be scarified and recompacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density. A geotechnical representative should observe the subgrade prior to recompaction to verify acceptable conditions. A geotechnical representative was not on site during demolition of the existing structures which included removal of footings and backfill with compacted granular material. It may be necessary to overexcavate and recompact some of these areas if compaction was not well controlled. The geotechnical representative should carefully probe these areas and may request proof rolling with a loaded truck or other piece of heavy equipment to verify that the areas will provide an appropriate firm, unyielding surface appropriate for the use. Use of underground storage tanks for heating oil is sometimes a concern during demolition of housing. Though not included in this scope of work, we urge a records search to determine if oil was ever used to heat the buildings. If the records indicate the potential for buried tanks that have not been removed, an inadvertent discovery plan should be developed. Backfill Backfill Backfill Backfill Under and Around FoundationsUnder and Around FoundationsUnder and Around FoundationsUnder and Around Foundations A leveling course of crushed surfacing base course or top course at least 4 inches thick should be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density beneath spread footings and slabs. Excavations around footings should be backfilled with gravel borrow compacted in 6 inch maximum lifts to at least 95 of maximum density beneath paved areas and to at least 90 percent of maximum density in other locations. Unsuitable SoilsUnsuitable SoilsUnsuitable SoilsUnsuitable Soils If loose material below the depth of scarification, fine-grained, organic, or oversized materials are encountered, the geotechnical representative may direct overexcavation and replacement with gravel borrow compacted to at least 95 percent maximum density. Wet, large, or deep areas of unsuitable foundation materials may require replacement with a separation or reinforcement geotextile and ballast at the direction of the geotechnical representative. GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE I CH2M HILL, INC. 6 Trench Trench Trench Trench Preparation and Preparation and Preparation and Preparation and BackfillBackfillBackfillBackfill Remove loose and disturbed material and trim off high areas and ridges left by excavating bucket teeth in the trench bottom. Remove debris and particles more than 4 inches in maximum dimension and compact to provide a firm, non-yielding surface. The trench width should provide at least 12 inches of clear space between the pipe barrel and trench walls or slope and at least 12 inches between pipes in the same trench to allow for compaction. Pipes and conduits should be bedded on a minimum 4 inches of bedding material. Bedding may be imported or select on-site material from excavations with the following characteristics: • Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls, roots, or other organic material • Clean sand (100 percent passing the No. 4 sieve) with less than 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, as determined in accordance with ASTM D1140 • Individual particles free of sharp edges (i.e., no recycled glass) • Non-plastic fines as determined by ASTM D4318. The bedding should be placed across the full width of the trench and graded compacted smooth. The upper 1 to 2 inches should be loosened to provide a cushion before laying each section of pipe or conduit. After the pipe or conduit is uniformly supported along its length, backfill the pipe zone with bedding material by placing material simultaneously in lifts on both sides of the pipe and between pipes and conduit installed in the same trench. The first lift should be less than or equal to half of the pipe diameter and subsequent lifts should be limited to 6 inches. Thoroughly tamp each lift, including area under haunches, with handheld tamping bars supplemented by “walking in” and slicing material under haunches with a shovel to ensure voids are completely filled before placing each succeeding lift. Do not use power-driven impact compactors to compact pipe zone material. The pipe zone should extend at least 6 inches above the crown of the pipe. Material between the pipe barrel and the trench should be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum density. Backfill above a horizontal projection of the pipe should not be compacted until there is at least 3 feet of backfill above the pipe crown. Trench backfill above the pipe zone should be well graded sand and gravel with a 3 inch maximum particle size compacted per the requirements of the overlying land use, but to a minimum of 90 percent of maximum density. References ASTM. Annual Book of ASTM Standards. American Society for Testing and Materials. Section Four – Construction. Volume 04.08 – Soil and Rock (I): D 420- D 5779. Revisions issued annually. CH2M (2012). Renton Sunset Stormwater Retrofit/ LID Project. Geotechnical Data and Recommendations Report, prepared for City of Renton, August. Dragovich, J.D, et al. 2002. Geologic Map of Washington – Northwest Quadrant. Washington State Department of Natural Resources, Geologic Map GM-50. International Building Code 2012. NRCS 2007. Web Soil Survey. Natural Resources Conservation Service. Web Soil Survey Release 1.1, accessed June 2016. http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/app/WebSoilSurvey.aspx Washington State Department of Transportation (2016). Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. M41-10 United States Geologic Survey, 2008. U.S. Seismic Design Maps. GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUNSET PARK PHASE I CH2M HILL, INC. 7 Figure 1. Sunset Terrace Neighborhood Park Phase I Plan Figure 2. Boring Location Plan SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Foam‐plastic board insulation. 2. Glass‐fiber blanket insulation. 3. Vapor retarders. 4. Protection board. 5. Water‐resistive self‐adhered air barrier. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 075423 "Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing" for insulation specified as part of roofing construction. 2. Section 084113 Aluminum‐Framed Entrances and Storefronts. 3. Section 074213 Metal Plate Wall Panels 4. Section 074646 Fiber‐Cement Siding 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface‐Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 2 OF 8 B. Spray Foam Insulation: 1. Manufacturing Qualifications: Manufacturer with a minimum of ten years experience manufacturing spray foam insulation. 2. Installer Qualifications: shall be installed by a single organization with at least 5 years experience successfully installing spray foam insulation on projects of similar type or scope. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect foam‐plastic board insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight except to necessary extent for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam‐plastic board materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Quickly complete installation and concealment of foam‐plastic board insulation in each area of construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FOAM‐PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded‐Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, of type and minimum compressive strength indicated below, with maximum flame‐spread and smoke‐ developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Type IV, 25 psi (173 kPa). 2. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates. C. Protection Cover: Provide protection cover for insulation exposed at grade. 1. Basis of Design: NUDO GroundBreak, or approved equal 2. Material: Acrylic modified fiberglass‐reinforced plastic. 3. Thickness: 0.06 inch 4. Color: Pebble Gray SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 3 OF 8 2.02 GLASS‐FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Kraft‐Faced, Glass‐Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type II (non‐reflective faced), Class C (faced surface not rated for flame propagation); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier). B. Sustainability Requirements: Provide glass‐fiber blanket insulation as follows: 1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. 2. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit less than 0.05‐ppm formaldehyde. 2.03 SPRAY FOAM INSULATION A. Insulation: Medium‐density Closed Cell Spray Urethane Foam Insulation 1. Physical and Mechanical Properties: a. Nominal Density: 2.0 lb/cu ft, ASTM D1622 b. Thermal Resistance (initial and aged): Minimum 6.4/inch when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. c. Compressive Strength: Minimum 90% when tested in accordance with ASTM D1621 d. Closed‐cell Content: Minimum 90% when tested in Accordance with ASTM D2842 e. Water Absorption: 0.02 (gm/cc) when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842. f. Water Vapor Transmission: 1.3 perm/inch when tested in accordance with ASTM E96. g. Air Infiltration: 0.013 when tested in accordance with ASTM D283 at 1 inch thickness, L/s/m2. h. Fungi Resistance: Pass, with no growth when tested in accordance with ASTM C1338. 2. Fire Performance: a. Flame Spread: less than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. b. Smoke Development: Less than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Thermal Performance: (aged) when tested in accordance with ASTM C518 and/or ASTM C177: a. Thickness: 1inches (25 mm), R‐Value 6.4 (h‐ft2‐degrees F) Btu (1.0(m2‐ dgrees C)W). b. Thickness: 5 inches (140 mm), R‐Value 35.2 (h‐ft2‐degrees‐degrees F) Btu 6.2(m2‐degrees C)W). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 4 OF 8 2.04 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, [6 mils (0.15 mm)] [10 mils (0.25 mm)] thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). B. Vapor‐Retarder Tape: Pressure‐sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor‐retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. C. Vapor‐Retarder Fasteners: Pancake‐head, self‐tapping steel drill screws; with fender washers. D. Single‐Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type I, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT related to exposure, and Use O related to vapor‐barrier‐related substrates. 2.05 WATER‐RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE SELF‐ADHERED AIR BARRIER (WRB) A. Basis of Design: RevealShield RS rainscreen water‐resistive vapor permeable air barrier sheet membrane by VaproShield, or approved equal. 1. Color: Black UV Stable, 180 days 100% exposure prior to coverage with an open joint cladding. 2. Breaking Strength and Elogation to ASTM D 5034: 119 lbf (529 N), machine direction; 96 lbf (427 N0, cross‐machine direction. 3. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E 96 Method B, ASTM E 398 Methid B: Minimum of 60 perms (3433 ng/Pa.s.m 2), minimum of 60 perms (3422 ng/Pa.s.m2) 4. Air Leakage: < 0.0002 cfm/sq ft @ 1.57 psf (< 0.0001L/sqm @ 75 Pa) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 and <0.01 psf (<0.01 L/sm @ 75 Pa) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357. Meets Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) requirements for “Adhesive Backed Commercial Building Wraps”. 5. Water Resistance tested to AATCC 127,550 mm hydrostatic head for 5 hours; No leakage. 6. Application Temperature: Ambient temperature must be aboce 20 degrees F (minus 6.7 C) 7. Surface Buring Characteristics tested to ASTM E 84: Class A, Flame‐spread index of less than 0, Smoke‐developed index of less than 75. 2.06 WATER‐RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE TRANSITION AND FLASHING MEMBRANE. A. Basis of Design: RevealFlashing SA Self‐Adhered by VaproShield SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 5 OF 8 1. Air Leakage: < 0.00002 cfm/sq ft @ 1.57 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 and < 0.01 cfm/sq ft @ 1.57 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357. 2. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E96 Method B, ASTM E398: minimum 60 perms. 3. Water Resistance tested to AATCC 127,5500 mm hydrostatic head for 5 hours: No leakage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BELOW‐GRADE INSULATION AND FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. On vertical surfaces, set insulation units using manufacturer's recommended adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below exterior grade line. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 6 OF 8 2. Apply protection cover over board insulation exposed to view and below grade. B. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) in from exterior walls. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Glass‐Fiber Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3‐inch (76‐mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. For metal‐framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. 5. Vapor‐Retarder‐Faced Blankets: Tape joints and ruptures in vapor‐retarder facings, and seal each continuous area of insulation to ensure airtight installation. a. Exterior Walls: Set units with facing placed toward interior of construction. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SPRAY FOAM INSULATION A. Install in accordance with manufacture’s instructions, Product must be installed according to local code, and must be applied by a qualified applicator. B. Apply insulation by spray method to a uniform monolithic density without voids. C. Apply to minimum thickness indicated on the Drawings, but in no case less than 1 inch. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 7 OF 8 D. Do not install spray foam insulation in areas where it will be in contact with equipment or materials with operating temperatures of 1,800 degrees F (82 degrees C) or greater. E. Patch damaged areas. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR CONCRETE SUBSTRATES A. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle‐type insulation anchors as follows: 1. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive according to anchor manufacturer's written instructions. Space anchors according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type, thickness, and application indicated. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. Place vapor retarders on side of construction indicated on Drawings. Extend vapor retarders to extremities of areas to protect from vapor transmission. Secure vapor retarders in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarders to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose‐fiber insulation. B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping no fewer than two studs. 1. Firmly attach vapor retarders to metal framing and solid substrates with vapor‐ retarder fasteners as recommended by vapor‐retarder manufacturer. C. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor‐retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarders. D. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor‐retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarders. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 21 00 28 APRIL 2017 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 – PAGE 8 OF 8 3.09 INSTALLATION OF WATER‐RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE SELF‐ADHERED AIR BARRIER AND FLASHING A. Summary 1. Self‐adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheets may be installed vertically or horizontally over the outside face of exterior sheathing or other approved substrates. 2. Complete detail work at: wall openings, building transitions and penetrations prior to field application. 3. Install fully self‐adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet over the outside face of exterior sheathing board, measure and pre‐cut into manageable sized sheets to suit the application conditions. 4. Install fully self‐adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet complete and continuous to substrate in a sequential minimal 3 inch (76 mm) overlapping weatherboard. 5. Stagger all end lap seams 6. Roll installed membrane with roller to ensure positive contact and adhesion with substrate immediately. 7. Install flashing at window and door openings per manufacturer’s instructions. END OF SECTION 072100 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 1 OF 7 SECTION 07 42 13.16 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes sheet metal wall panels and accessories. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment assembly, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 2. Accessories: Include details of the flashing, trim, and anchorage. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Sheet Metal Panels: 12 inches (305 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 2 OF 7 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.06 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 21 00 – Thermal Insulation B. Section 07 46 46 – Fiber Cement Siding C. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a secure installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 3 OF 7 components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime‐sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.02 SHEET METAL WALL PANELS A. Sheet Metal Wall Panels: Provide sheet metal wall panels fabricated from single sheets of metal formed into profile for installation method indicated. Include attachment assembly components, and accessories required. 1. A606‐04 Type 4 2. 16 Gauge B. Attachment Assembly: Rainscreen‐principle system. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold‐formed, metallic‐ coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275 hot‐dip galvanized) coating designation or ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) aluminum‐zinc‐alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system. B. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels. C. Panel Fasteners: Self‐tapping stainless steel screws designed to withstand design loads. D. Siding Vents: Basis of Design – Cor‐A‐Vent SV5, or approved equal: Extruded Polypropylene Plastic, heat‐resistant, crush‐resistant, color – black, installed at the top and bottom of wall. E. Vertical Furring Strips: APA rated plywood sheathing, exposure durability classification: EXTERIOR. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 4 OF 7 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat‐lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal wall panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.05 FINISHES A. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one‐half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 5 OF 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Examine wall framing to verify that girts, angles, channels, studs, and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2. Examine wall sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. a. Verify that air‐ or water‐resistive barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Examine roughing‐in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self‐tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air‐ or water‐resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 6 OF 7 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds. 6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four‐panel lap splice condition. 7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self‐tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self‐tapping screws. 8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe‐ and conduit‐penetrating panels. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. C. Attachment Assembly, General: Install attachment assembly required to support metal plate wall panels and to provide a complete weathertight wall system, including subgirts, perimeter extrusions, tracks, drainage channels, panel clips, and anchor channels. 1. Include attachment to supports, panel‐to‐panel joinery, panel‐to‐dissimilar‐ material joinery, and panel‐system joint seals. D. Installation: Attach metal plate wall panels to supports at locations, spacings, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer to achieve performance requirements specified. 1. Rainscreen Systems: Do not apply sealants to joints unless otherwise indicated. E. Rainscreen‐Principle Installation: Install using manufacturer's standard assembly with vertical channel that provides support and secondary drainage assembly, draining at base of wall. Notch vertical channel to receive support pins. Install vertical channels supported by channel brackets or adjuster angles and at locations, spacings, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Attach metal plate wall panels by inserting horizontal support pins into notches in vertical channels and into flanges of panels. Leave horizontal and vertical joints with open reveal. 1. Install sheet metal wall panels to allow individual panels to be installed and removed without disturbing adjacent panels. 2. Do not apply sealants to joints unless otherwise indicated. F. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 42 13.16 28 APRIL 2017 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 42 13.16 – PAGE 7 OF 7 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. G. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (605 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal plate wall panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), non‐accumulative, on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated, and within 1/8‐inch (3‐mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After metal panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. B. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 074213.16 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 46 46 28 APRIL 2017 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 – PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 07 46 46 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes rainscreen cement panel system and accessories. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 21 00 – Thermal Insulation B. Section 07 42 13 – Metal Plate Wall Panels C. Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate siding installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencing. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawing of panel installation, material, panel layout, and accessories for review. B. Submit 8” x 10” panel sample in proposed colors for approval. C. Submit manufacturer’s data sheets including care and recommended maintenance procedures for incorporation into maintenance manuals. D. Submit copies of manufacturer’s warranties. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 46 46 28 APRIL 2017 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 – PAGE 2 OF 5 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with labels intact until time of use. B. Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. 1.07 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. All penetrations through the panel for the work of other trades shall be made watertight. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace products that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Structural failures including cracking and deforming. 2) Deterioration of materials beyond normal weathering. b. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain products, including related accessories, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING A. General: Basis of Design material is Swisspearl Cement Composite, “Linearis”, cement, silicon‐calcium strengthened with a combination of polyvinyl fibers without asbestos, fiberglass or formaldehyde. B. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 5/16 inch (8 mm). C. Horizontal Pattern: Boards 5.79 inches (147 mm) wide. 1. Texture: Smooth. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 46 46 28 APRIL 2017 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 – PAGE 3 OF 5 D. Must be installed by a certified Dealer/Installer. E. Fastening: Galvanized/stainless, size and type as recommended by the panel manufacturer for applicable substrate. F. Factory‐applied surface treatment to provide complete water repellent properties on all six sides. Only use coatings that do not contain any solvents. G. Tested to IBC Class 1, NFPA Class A. H. Color: 1. Field color (90%) to be a 50/50 mixture of “Agate 7219” and “Black Opal 2021” 2. Accent color (10%) to be “Topaz 7073” 3. Less than 2 Delta E unit color change ASTM G155‐00 after 2,000 hours exposure. I. At least 40‐year documented panel life expectancy. J. Efflorescence is not acceptable. K. Homogenous smooth semi‐matte surface finish. L. Tested UV‐resistance = Delta E‐value < 3 after 2,000 hours (Xenon Arc Light acc. Weather Test according to ASTM G 155‐00 [ATI Report]). Product must have the 2,000‐ hour Xenon‐Arc test in accordance with ASTM G 155‐00 with a color resistance E‐value of 2‐3 on the CIELAB scale. M. Temperature resistance guaranteed up to +80° C and down to ‐40° C (176° F to ‐40° F). N. Tensile bending strength corresponds to highest class 5 according to EN 12467. O. Water absorption capacity between 8 M.‐% and 12 M.‐% ° P. High quality reinforcement fibers, the panel must be comprised of <6% of cellulose fibers. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Siding Accessories, General: Provide starter strips, edge trim, outside and inside corner caps, and other items as recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 46 46 28 APRIL 2017 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 – PAGE 4 OF 5 1. Provide accessories matching color and texture of adjacent siding unless otherwise indicated. B. Decorative Accessories: Provide the following fiber‐cement decorative accessories as indicated: 1. Door and window casings. 2. Moldings and trim. C. Flashing: Provide sheet metal flashing complying with Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" at window and door heads and where indicated. D. Fasteners: 1. For fastening fiber cement, use stainless‐steel fasteners. E. Siding Vents: Basis of Design – Cor‐A‐Vent SV5, or approved equal: Extruded Polypropylene Plastic, heat‐resistant, crush‐resistant, color – black, installed at the top and bottom of wall. F. Vertical Furring Strips: APA rated plywood sheathing, exposure durability classification: EXTERIOR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of fiber‐cement siding and related accessories. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify site dimensions prior to commencement of work. B. Verify that flashings are in place, wall are prepared and covered with either building paper or membrane, C. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 07 46 46 28 APRIL 2017 FIBER‐CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 – PAGE 5 OF 5 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Do not install damaged components. C. Secure panels with fasteners and equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Install panels with joints in line with stud work behind, leave a minimum 5/16” joint between panels. E. Keep a minimum distance to corners and edges as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Install panels true to line and level with clean cut edges and joints. G. Any penetrations of the panel system must be properly sealed with a sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 and manufacturer’s installation guide. H. Finished installation shall be properly secured, free of rattles, distortions, efflorescence, damage, or chipped components. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective materials and replace with new materials complying with specified requirements. B. Clean finished surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION 07 46 46 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 1 OF 10 SECTION 08 41 13 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior storefront framing. 2. Exterior manual‐swing entrance doors and door‐frame units. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants: System perimeter sealant and backup materials. 2. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware: Mortised hardware reinforcement requirements affecting framing members, and door hardware items. 3. Section 08 80 00 ‐ Glazing 1.03 REFERENCES A. The Aluminum Association: 1. AA DAF‐45 – Designation Systems for Aluminum Finishes. 2. AA ADM – Aluminum Design Manual: Specifications and Guidelines for Aluminum Structures. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA 501.1 – Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure. 2. AAMA 502 – Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration Products. 3. AAMA 611 – Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 2 OF 10 4. AAMA 1503 – Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed Wall Sections. 5. AAMA SFM‐1 – Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Manual. C. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM A36 – Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A123 – Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot‐Dip Galvanized) Coatings o n Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A653 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc‐coated (Galvanized) or Zinc‐Iron Alloy‐Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot‐Dip Process. 4. ASTM B209 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum‐Alloy Sheet and Plate. 5. ASTM B221 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum‐Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 6. ASTM E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burring Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. ASTM E283 – Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Window, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 8. ASTM E330 – Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 9. ASTM E331 – Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 10. ASTM E1105 – Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Window, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference. D. National Fenestration Rating Council Incorporated: 1. NFRC 100 – Procedures for Determining Fenestration Produce U‐Factors. E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 – Standard Method of Test of Surface Burring Characteristics of Building Materials. F. The Society for Protective Coatings 1. SSPC Paint 20 – Zinc‐Rich Primers (Type I – Inorganic and Type II – Organic). 2. SSPC Paint 25 – Red Iron Oxide, Zinc Oxide, Raw Linseed Oile, and Alkyd Primer. G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 3 OF 10 1. UL 723 – Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 ‐ Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit component dimensions; describe components with assembly, anchorage and fasteners and glass and infill. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work and expansion and contraction joint location and details. D. Samples for Verification: Submit two samples 12 x 12 inches in size illustrating finished aluminum surface, glass and glazing materials. E. Design Data: Indicate framing member structural and physical characteristics, calculations, dimensional limitations. F. Manufacture’s Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures: Submit maintenance data and include maintenance manuals. H. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Submit list of substances harmful to component materials. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AAMA MCWM‐1 – Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front Entrances – Guide Specifications Manual B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing systems with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. 2. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of the Work and licensed at Project location. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 4 OF 10 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Handle Products of this section in accordance with AAMA MCWM‐1 – Curtain Wall Manual #10. C. Protect finished aluminum surfaces. Do not use adhesive papers or spray coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.07 EMVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. B. Do not install sealants or glazing materials when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F during and 48 hours after installation. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate the Work with installation of air and moisture barrier components or materials. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for glazed units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED STOREFRONTS A. Manufacturer: 1. Basis of Design: a. Kawneer Co. Inc., Trifab VG 451T center set. b. Local Rep: Adrienne Jaspers, 253.229.4542. c. Website: http://www.kawneer.com SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 5 OF 10 d. Substitutions: Section 01 25 00 – Product Substitutions. B. Thermally broken aluminum‐framed exterior storefront systems includes tubular aluminum sections with supplementary internal support framing, shop fabricated, factory finished, glass and glazing, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. Separate exterior aluminum from interior aluminum by a rigid, structural thermal barrier. 1. Face Width: 2” 2. Back Member Depth: 4 ½” 3. Glazing Infill: 1” 4. Mullions: Profile of extruded sheet aluminum with internal reinforcement of aluminum or shaped steel structural section. 5. Doors 350, aluminum framed doors; 1 ¾” inches deep, 5” inch vertical stiles, 5” inch top rail, and 6 ½”” inch bottom rail; square stops. a. Entrance Doors: Maximum U‐value of 0.60 6. Related flashings, anchors and attachment devices. C. System Assemble: Site assembled. D. Conform to Washington State Non‐Residential Energy Code for shading coefficients and U‐Factors. E. Performance Requirements: 1. System Design: Design and size of components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure action normal to plane of wall, including building corners, in accordance with ASTM E330 and IBC version indicated on Structural Drawings. 2. Deflection: Limit mullion deflection to 1/175 for spans under 13’‐6” and 1/240 plus ¼ inch for spans over 13’‐6”; with full recovery of glazing materials. 3. System Assembly: Accommodate without damage to components of deterioration of seals, movement within system, movement between system and peripheral construction, dynamic loading and release of loads, deflection of structural support framing. 4. Air Infiltration: Limit air leakage through assembly to 0.06 cfm/min/sq ft of wall area, measured at reference differential pressure across assembly of 1.57 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. 5. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing compound. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 6 OF 10 6. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E331 with test pressure difference of 20 percent of design pressure, with minimum differential of 2.86 lbf/sq ft. 7. Thermal Transmittance of Assembly (Excluding Entrances): Maximum U‐Value of 0.40 0.38 Btu/sq ft per hour per deg F when measured in accordance with AAMA 1503. 8. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature rand of 170 degrees F over 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components and anchorage. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221; 6063 alloy, T5 temper typical, 6061 alloy, T6 temper for extruded structural members. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209, 5005 alloy, H15 or H34 temper. C. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653; galvanized to a minimum G90. D. Steel Sections: ASTM A36; shaped to suit mullion sections, galvanized. E. Glass: Specified in Section 08 80 00 – Glazing. F. Glazing Material: Storefront manufacturer’s standard types to suit application and to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltration requirements. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Sill Subframe: Aluminum with upturned leg at interior side and extended leg to form sloped sill with drip edge beyond face of wall. Make provision for watertight sealant and backer rod installation. B. Head Receptor with Reinforcement Clip: Aluminum compensation channel, designed to minimize head deflection and drain water to exterior of system. Make provision for watertight joint sealant and backer rod installation. C. Filler Plates: Manufacturer’s standard aluminum and vinyl filler plates to close off back side of frame at jambs and head. D. Hardware: See also Section 087100 Door Hardware: 1. Threshold: ½” x 6 ¾” Aluminum mill finish. 2. Provide pair of manufacturer’s standard flush bolts for inactive leaf. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 7 OF 10 E. Flashings and Cover Plates: Minimum thickness to match mullion sections and finish where exposed. F. Weathering: 1. Dense, bulb polymeric material, which remains resilient ant retains its weathering ability under temperature extremes. 2. Door Bottom Sweep G. Sealant and Backing Materials: 1. Sealant Used within System (Not Used for Glazing): Manufacturer’s standard materials to achieve weather, moister, and air infiltration requirements. 2. Perimeter Sealant: Specified in Section 07 92 00 – Joint Selants. H. Fasteners: Stainless steel. I. Laminated Metal‐Faced Panels for Doors: 1. Basis of Design: Mapes R‐Panels as manufactured by Mapes Industries, or approved equal. 2. Finish a. Exterior – Custom Kynar b. Interior – Custom Kynar c. Color as selected by Architect. 3. Panel Fabrication: a. Exterior substrate: Cement Board b. Core: 1.7 lb density isocyanurate c. Tolerances: ‐.8% of panels dimension length and width – (+/‐) 1/16th inch thickness. d. Overall Panel Thickness: 1 inch e. R‐Value: 5.81 f. U‐Value: 0.17 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. B. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 8 OF 10 D. Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view. E. Reinforce interior horizontal head rail to receive blind track brackets and attachments. F. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. G. Reinforce framing members for imposed loads. 2.05 FACTORY FINISHING A. Aluminum Surfaces: AAMA 2605, Fluoropolymer Coating 1. Color as selected by Architect. B. Concealed Steel Items: Galvanized to ASTM A123; minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft coating thickness; galvanized after fabrication. C. Apply bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar metals. D. Shop and Touch‐up Primer for Galvanized Steel Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20 zinc rich. E. Extent of Finish: 1. Apply factory coating to surfaces exposed at completed assemblies. 2. Apply finish to surfaces cut during fabrication so no natural aluminum is visible in completed assembly, including joint edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are sealed together and ready to receive Work of this Section. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 9 OF 10 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with AAMA MCWM‐1 – Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Storefront and Entrances – Guide Specification Manual. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances and aligning with adjacent Work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. F. Install sill flashing per storefront manufacturer’s details. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent Work to form watertight dam. G. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor retarder materials. H. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. I. Install integral flashings and integral joint sealers. J. Set threshold in bed of mastic and secure. K. Install hardware using templates provided. Refer to Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware, for installation requirements. L. Coordinate installation of glass with Section 08 80 00 – Glazing; separate glass fro metal surfaces. M. Coordinate installation of perimeter sealants with Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inch every 3 ft non‐cumulative or 1/16 inch per 10 ft, whichever is less. C. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members in Plane: 1/32 inch. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 08 41 13 28 APRIL 2017 ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 – PAGE 10 OF 10 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements and Section 01 70 00 – Execution: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspection to monitor quality of installation and glazing. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution: Testing, adjusting,, and balancing. B. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 – Closeout Procedures: Final cleaning. B. Remove protective material from pre‐finished aluminum surfaces. C. Wash down surfaces with solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. D. Remove excess sealant by method acceptable to sealant manufacturer. 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution: Protecting installed construction. B. Protect finished Work from damage. C. Remove protections at substantial completion. END OF SECTION SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Porcelain tile. 2. Metal edge strips. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 2 OF 8 B. Samples for Verification: 1. Full‐size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 2. Metal edge strips in 6‐inch (150‐mm) lengths. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Installer Qualifications: 1. Tile: Minimum 5 years experience in manufacture of tile products. 2. Setting Materials: Minimum 5 years experience in manufacture of setting and grout materials specified. 3. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in tile work having minimum 5 years successful documented experience with work comparable to that required for this project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Statements, www.statementstile.com 1. Local contact, Jill Reid: jillr@statementtile.com, 206.250.2415 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 3 OF 8 B. Substitutions: As specified in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 2.02 PORCELAIN TILE A. Tiles: 1. Apollo a. Color, Finish and Size: Crema, natural, 12 inches x 23.75 inches b. Joint Width: 1/8 inch c. Installation: Thin set with polymer modified dry set mortar. d. Installation Pattern: Refer to drawings. e. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 2. Metalwood a. Color and Size: Iridio, 12 inches x 24 inches b. Joint Width: 1/8 inch c. Installation: Thin set with polymer modified dry set mortar 2.03 TILE BACKER GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. USG Fiberock Aqua Tough Tile Backerboard, Georgia Pacific DensShield Tile Backer, Certainteed Diamondback Glasroc or approved equal. ASTM C1178, square edged, ½ inch thick; furnish boards in maximum lengths available to minimize end to end joints; 48 inches wide 2.04 SETTING MATERIALS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Custom Building Produces, Prolite Tile & Stone Mortar 2. Laticrete, 254 Platinum 3. Mapei Corp. Ultraflex 3 4. Approved equal. B. Latex‐Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4 1. Single component, factory prepared; polymer fortified, high bond strength, nonsagging. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 4 OF 8 2.05 GROUT MATERIALS A. Water‐Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Laticrete International, Inc. b. MAPEI Corporations. c. Or approved equal. 2.06 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. General: Provide sealants, primers, backer rods, and other sealant accessories that comply with the following requirements and with the applicable requirements in Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants”. B. One‐Part, Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in‐service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corp; Dow Corning 786 b. GE Silicones, a division of GE Specialty Materials; Sanitary 1700. c. Tremco Inc; Tremsil 600 White. d. Or approved equal. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex‐modified, portland cement‐based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile‐setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L‐shaped, height to match tile and setting‐bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal; stainless‐steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed‐ edge material. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 5 OF 8 1. Use at top of tile wainscotAngle or L‐shaped, height to match tile and setting‐bed thickness, satin anodized aluminum. a. Basis of Design: Schluter SCHIENE, or equal. 2. T‐shaped, match tile and setting‐bed thickness, and substrate depth as needed, satin anodized aluminum. a. Basis of Design: Schluter SCHIENE‐STEP, or approved equal. C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. 2.08 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile‐setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 6 OF 8 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile‐setting material manufacturer. B. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.03 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Interior wall tiles B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built‐ in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Porcelain Tile: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 7 OF 8 F. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant‐filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw‐cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. G. Metal Edge Strips: Install [at locations indicated] [where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile] [where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated]. H. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout‐sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.04 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 30 13 28 APRIL 2017 CERAMIC TILING 09 30 13 – PAGE 8 OF 8 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.07 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: 1. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W245 or TCNA W248; thinset mortar on glass‐ mat, water‐resistant gypsum backer board. a. Thinset Mortar: Latex‐ portland cement mortar. b. Grout: Water‐cleanable epoxy grout. END OF SECTION 09 30 13 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 1 OF 8 SECTION 09 91 13 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following substrates: 1. Wood. 2. Gypsum board. 3. PVC pipe. 4. Concrete. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099000 "Steel Coatings" for painting of structural components associated with restroom and pergola structure. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 2 OF 8 F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross‐reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 3. VOC content. 1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this project with a record of successful in‐service performance. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 3 OF 8 B. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished Work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, runs, sags, holidays, blistering, checking, cracking, scratches and other signs of poor workmanship. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well‐ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore, Local representative: Randy Tessman, 800.642.5678. 2. PPG Architectural Coatings, Local representative: Terry Decker, 206.354.0179 3. Miller Paints, Local representative: Mike Murphy, 206.261.1958 4. Rodda/Cloverdale Paint Company, Local representative: Jeff McIntyre, 206.396.7074 5. Substitution Requests: Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures. 2.02 PAINT, GENERAL A. Only materials (primers, paints, coatings, varnishes, stains, lacquers, fillers, etc.) listing in the latest edition of the MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual, Approved Product List (APL) are acceptable for use on this project. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 4 OF 8 B. Other materials such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners, solvents, etc. shall be the highest quality product of an MPI listed manufacturer and shall be compatible with paint materials being used as required. C. Sealant products for interior and exterior use are specified in 07900 Joint Sealants. D. Spackle, putty and glazing materials shall be of a quality equal to DAP or Synkaloyd, each suitable for interior or exterior application. E. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. F. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 5 OF 8 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface‐applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface‐applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Galvanized‐Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. F. Wood Substrates for Transparent Finishes: Clean surfaces to remove all foreign materials and substances, Sand surfaces to make smooth and dust off. G. PVC and Plastic: Solvent clean per SSPC‐SP‐1. Scuff and sand to uniformly dull gloss. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 6 OF 8 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to view to public: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory‐applied final finishes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 7 OF 8 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.06 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Traffic Surfaces: 1. Clear Sealer System: a. Coat 1: Concrete Floor Sealer, solvent based, for concrete floors, MPI #104. b. Coat 2: Concrete Floor Sealer, solvent based, for concrete floors, MPI #104. B. Wood Substrates: 1. Varnish System: a. Coat 1: Semi Transparent Stain, MPI #13 b. Coat 2: Varnish, MPI #28 c. Coat 3: Varnish, MPI #28 C. Gypsum Wallboard 1. Alkyd System: a. Primer: Latex Primer Sealer, MPI #50 b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #51 c. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #51 D. Plastic Substrates: 1. Prime Coat: Bonding Primer, MPI #17 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 09 91 13 28 APRIL 2017 PAINTING 09 91 13 – PAGE 8 OF 8 2. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #8 3. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #8 E. Galvanized Metal: 1. Primer: Cementitious Primer, MPI #26 Non‐Cementitious Primer, MPI #135 2. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #8 51 3. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #8 51 END OF SECTION 09 91 13 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET – ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 21 13.19 28 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.19 – PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 10 21 13.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid‐plastic toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for blocking. 2. Section 102800 "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories" for toilet tissue dispensers, grab bars, purse shelves, and similar accessories mounted on toilet compartments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for toilet compartments. B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details. 2. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. 3. Show locations of floor drains. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes unless otherwise indicated: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET – ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 21 13.19 28 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.19 – PAGE 2 OF 6 1. Each type of material, color, and finish required for toilet compartments, prepared on 6‐inch‐ (152‐mm‐) square Samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work. D. Product Schedule: For toilet compartments, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing location and selected colors for toilet compartment material. E. Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment. F. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface‐Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame‐Spread Index: [25] [75] [200] or less. 2. Smoke‐Developed Index: 450 or less. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA‐ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities] [and] [ICC A117.1] for toilet compartments designated as accessible. Additionally, toilet compartment system must be able to resist grab bar loads outlined in IBC 2015 Section 1607.8.2. 2.02 SOLID‐PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Toilet‐Enclosure Style: Overhead braced. B. Urinal‐Screen Style: Overhead braced. C. Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high‐density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, seamless, with eased edges, and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET – ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 21 13.19 28 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.19 – PAGE 3 OF 6 1. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges. 2. Heat‐Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded‐aluminum or stainless‐steel strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid‐plastic components to hinder malicious combustion. 3. Color and Pattern: One color and pattern in each room as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. E. Urinal‐Screen Post: Manufacturer's standard post design of material matching the thickness and construction of pilasters with shoe and sleeve (cap) matching that on the pilaster. F. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Full‐Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. 2.03 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's heavy‐duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.062‐inch‐ (1.59‐mm‐) thick stainless‐steel continuous, cam type that swings to a closed or partially open position allowing emergency access by lifting door. Mount with through‐bolts. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy‐duty surface‐mounted cast‐stainless‐ steel latch unit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber‐faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through‐bolts. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy‐duty combination cast‐stainless‐steel hook and rubber‐tipped bumper, sized to prevent in‐swinging door from hitting compartment‐mounted accessories. Mount with through‐bolts. 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy‐duty rubber‐tipped cast‐stainless‐steel bumper at out‐swinging doors. Mount with through‐bolts. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy‐duty cast‐stainless‐steel pull at out‐swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through‐bolts. B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded‐aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET – ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 21 13.19 28 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.19 – PAGE 4 OF 6 C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft‐resistant‐type heads. Provide sex‐type bolts for through‐bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless‐steel, hot‐dip galvanized‐steel, or other rust‐resistant, protective‐coated steel compatible with related materials. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). C. Stainless‐Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher‐leveled standard of flatness. D. Stainless‐Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M. E. Zamac: ASTM B 86, commercial zinc‐alloy die castings. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through‐partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Overhead‐Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion‐resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. C. Urinal‐Screen Posts: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion‐resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at bottoms of posts. Provide shoes at posts to conceal anchorage. D. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24‐inch‐ (610‐mm‐) wide, in‐swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36‐inch‐ (914‐mm‐) wide, out‐ swinging doors with a minimum 32‐inch‐ (813‐mm‐) wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET – ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 21 13.19 28 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.19 – PAGE 5 OF 6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm). b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Full‐Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full‐height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Overhead‐Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1‐3/4 inches (44 mm) into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. C. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET – ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 21 13.19 28 APRIL 2017 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.19 – PAGE 6 OF 6 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in‐swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out‐swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 102113.19 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 28 00 28 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 – PAGE 1 OF 6 SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public‐use washroom accessories. 2. Warm‐air dryers. 3. Custodial accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 093013 "Ceramic Tiling" for ceramic toilet and bath accessories. 2. Section 102113 Plastic Toilet Compartments 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Samples: Full size, for each accessory item to verify design, operation, and finish requirements. 1. Approved full‐size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 28 00 28 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 – PAGE 2 OF 6 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated. 2. Identify products using designations indicated. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same Part 2 articles, obtain products from single source from single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 28 00 28 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 – PAGE 3 OF 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.031‐inch (0.8‐mm) minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B 19, flat products; ASTM B 16/B 16M, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036‐inch (0.9‐mm) minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized‐Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 (Z180) hot‐dip zinc coating. E. Galvanized‐Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot‐dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper‐and‐theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). H. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear‐glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. I. ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile‐butadiene‐styrene resin formulation. 2.01 PUBLIC‐USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Tissue (Jumbo‐Roll) Dispenser: 1. Manufacturer: a. Bobrick B2890 Jumbo‐roll 2. Description: One‐roll unit 3. Mounting: Surface mounted. 4. Capacity: Up to 10 inch (255 mm) diameter with a 1‐5/8 inch (40 mm) core roll; convertible for 3 inch (75 mm) diameter core rolls 5. Material and Finish: Type 304, 22 gauge (0.8 mm) stainless steel with satin finish. 6. Lockset: Tumbler type. 7. Refill Indicator: Pierced slots at front. B. Liquid‐Soap Dispenser: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 28 00 28 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 – PAGE 4 OF 6 1. Manufacturer: Brighton Professional (OFCI) 2. Description: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid or lotion form. 3. Mounting: Surface mounted. C. Grab Bar: 1. Manufacturer: a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. b. Bradley Corp. c. Or approved equal 2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners. Appropriate for the conditions (partition and wall mounted). 3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) thick. a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip‐resistant texture in grip area. 4. Outside Diameter: 1‐1/2 inches (38 mm). 5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings. D. Mirror Unit : 1. Basis of Design: Willoughby Industries, FMR‐1, framed security mirror, rea mounted. 2. Material: 16 GA, Type 304 stainless steel, polished to a #8 non‐directional mirror finish. Reinforced with ½” fiberboard backing. 3. Anchors: 6‐point system; threaded rods, nuts and washers for through‐wall mounting. 4. Size: 12 inches x 30 inches 2.02 WARM‐AIR DRYERS A. Warm‐Air Dryer 1. Basis‐of‐Design Product: Excel Dryer Inc., Model XL‐W, or approved equal 2. Mounting: Surface mounted 3. Operation: Optical sensor, activated with timed power cut‐off switch. a. Operation Time: 30 seconds. 4. Cover Material and Finish: Zinc die‐cast, white 2.03 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A. Diaper‐Changing Station: SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 28 00 28 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 – PAGE 5 OF 6 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Koala Kare Products, or approved equal 2. Description: Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with child‐protection strap. a. Engineered to support a minimum of 250‐lb (113‐kg) static load when opened. 3. Mounting: Surface mounted, with unit projecting not more than 4 inches (100 mm) from wall when closed. 4. Operation: By pneumatic shock‐absorbing mechanism. 5. Material and Finish: HDPE in manufacturer's standard color 6. Liner Dispenser: Built in. 2.04 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. Underlavatory Guard (all public lavatories): 1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings. 2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white. 2.05 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. Utility Shelf and Mop Holder (in Pump Room 001): 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc, Shelf with Mop and Broom Holders and Rag Hooks, model B‐224‐36. 2. Description: With exposed edges turned down not less than 1‐1/2 inch (38 mm) and supported by two triangular brackets welded to shelf underside, with 4 spring‐loaded rubber cams with anti‐slip coating. 3. Size: 36inches (406 mm) long by 8 inches (203 mm) deep. 4. Material and Finish: Not less than 18 gauge (1.2‐mm‐) thick Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). 2.06 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full‐length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion‐resistant backing plates. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 BID SET ‐ ADDENDUM 1 SECTION 10 28 00 28 APRIL 2017 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 – PAGE 6 OF 6 B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of 6 keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to ASTM F 446 resist the loads as required by International Building Code 2015 Edition, 1607.8.2. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 10 28 00 �bb a,P d d ad a d. °' d daand + nZ +d + + + + ++ + + + + a a ++e. 4. +++ + ++ + + + + + + + C + + + + + a d + p . + + + + TRAFFIC SIGN RESET TYP 3 m O 1 BOLLARD LAYOUT A \d d 4 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT L-12 oy -- 2 L-9 PAD — TYPE A, TYP NE 10TH STREET Z i // L-6 PERVIOUS CONCRETE PAVING WITH CONCRETE / X / CURB BOTH SIDES, TYP; SEE CIVIL DWGS PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 3 �`x ° X TI G IL A NIT TO REMAIN / N X r / PAD — TYPE C TYP L-10 d.°°x x o + + °+ + + /� 1 _ X XX X a x + F + xX + vvv + + + + a d o + + + + + + vv + + + + + /t + + + + + \+ + + Q' x x / vvv vv vvv pi F x X x a x v x + + vvv + + + + + + vv + + + + + vv + + + + + + + + vvvv + + \ + + + + + vvv vv 1 vv vvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvv 17 v vv v X x X •: a X X X a' da \ J r`" + + + + + + + + -1 + + + + + + + + + + + v vvvvv vvvvvvv + + + + x d :xi vvv v v v v vvvvv vvv v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv A. d °'•vv vvv vv vv vvvvvvvvv v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv`- v vvvv vvvvvvvv, X x x ,� X X d x ( vvvv + + vvv 11( + + + + + + + + vv + + + �Q vv + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvv,; vcvcv + D`- + + + x X x c v v v v v v v v v v v v vvvvvv v v v vvvvv v v v v v v v vw v v v v v v v v X X X d X + vvvvv°vvvvvvvv + + + + 'a X vvvv vvvvvv v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v -.' v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v O v v v v v v v v v v v vvv v v v O d + v v v v vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv° + + + + vvv + + + +vvv vv v + + + �� vvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvv vvvvv vvvv so x x vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvavavvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvz vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vv v'-vvvv � X A a X + + + + + + + + vvvv + PAD A 6 + + vvvvvvvv+ x O " X vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvv � vvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvv + + 4- { I + + + + + x ?vvvvv x vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvv a X + + +�v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvvv + t + vvvvvv vv, + + + 3 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT x `x x X + + + &.w 1"w °vvvv°°° vvvvv 3 CONCRETE BROOM vv v 0000 v + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + v oo°o°+ — 1 000°° + + + PAD — TYPE B TYP' X XI + vvvvvv + + L-9 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + � L-5 FINISH, TYP _ vvvvv vvvvvv x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MEDIUM BROOM FINISH DIRECTION — ALIGN + + + + + + �+ + + + + + + + °°v°°° + ; e�%' X XI + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvvv + + + + + + \ + + + vvvv + + + + + + PERPENDICULAR TO PATH OF TRAVEL, TYP vvvv°° vvvv° x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvvv + + + + + 3 BOLLARD LAYOUT C "°"°° s< x PROVIDE 2"x6" WOOD HEADER + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - 1- + + + a- + + + + + + + + v vvvv + + + L-6 + + + + + + °vvvv x x �- + �- �- + + + + > > I + vvvvvvvvv $ �' + + + + + + °v °° v v vvX X x � AT ENDS OF PERVIOUS PAVING + + + PAD B + a 2X2 SCORING PATTERN; PROVIDE SCORE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO PAVEMENT + + + °°vvvv° + + + a + + + + vvv + _ x x x x ° vv vv° + + + 4 x \ -A x WHEN ADJACENT TO PLANTING `� TOP OF HEADER TO BE FLUSH vvv °°° x °°x x + + + + + ; ADJUST WIDTH ACCOMMODATE A SPACING ALONG OUTSIDE ARC, + + + + vvv vv ° + + + + + + ' + + + + + L— 5 + + + + + t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t + + + + + + + + + + + s x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 VIEWPOINT -v j, + , x x TO ADJACENT PAVING, TYP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 6" CONC CURB, TYP + + + v + I+ + + + POB FOR 2X2 + L-5 ENLARGEMENT + + ♦ o x X x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + t + + + + +L + + SCORING PATTERN + + + + + vv vvv T ° x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + RESTROOM — SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, TYP + + + + + + + + + + v v v v v °+ x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + s + + + + +' + + + x + + (_, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + + + + + + + + � � + + + + + + + + ♦ ) x x x o + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + JOINT LAYOUT ENLARGEMENT — A 2 + + + + _ _ _ + __,o + + + + + +� + + ,So �� x x X x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + L-3 + + + p+ + + I i + + + + + + x x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + ° I \� �+ + + + +saw+ + � \so x x x x 7 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4- + + + + + + + + 4- + + + + + + + + + + + + I + + + + ` ', �/+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + LIMIT OF PERGOLA STRUCTURE OVER BREEZEWAY, SEE ARCH DWGS + + + + ++� = + I + + \+ + Ar k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + r -r T _- _- -r -r _- -r -r -r -r -r -r -r _- T T -r _F r r + + + + v ° + `+ A- A- X + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +I + + + + I vvvv + + +` + Ar k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I+ + + + + vvvv + + + + /so� 1 �\ A- k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + APPROX LOCATION OF FUTURE WATER HOLDING TANK (SIZE + + +� + + + ° v + + +,__+' + �+ kk k }X + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TBD) FOR RECIRCULATING SYSTEM (WATER FEATURE), NIC + + + + -- — + + + +°o vv° + + + �� + + + + vvvv + +X +\ sad\ :... ° k f + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvv' + J + °v°o,o + + c k kk k k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvvvv° �+_ _ a + T + 1+ 1+ . vvvvvvvv A- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4' + + + + vvvvvvvvvvv +1 � A- k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TRASH RECEPTACLE TYP 6 + + + °°°°°°°°°°° + PROVIDE TWO SCORE JOINTS EQ +s + �+ + a. k - vvvvvvvvvvv A. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + , � + + , L_9 + + + °° o°000 0000 + SPACING IN 2'-0" WIDE CONC BAND + + +�'I +I + ° k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -�- + + + + vvvvvvv + + + + fr I�- + + .•°• x k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ° vvvvvv UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, TYP + + + + I + I + + .vvvv x k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + °vvv°vvv + + + + vvvv + + A- BICYCLE RACK TYP 5 -� �� vvvvvvvvv f + \+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvv° + + 2' —0 TYP �+� + + + v v v + + + / x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + L-13 + + + + _ + r� + + + ° 0000v + + + + \ 4- + + ` o o �+ + / x 7'A x X °41 °° + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I + + + + / + + +� F + + + + +� + + +�� + ° vvv v + / x x x x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + !- !- I- + !- !- + + + + + + + > + + vvv v + + + + o + + \,+ + + �° ° v / x x x x x x k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2'X2' + + + /+` + + � + + -I °vvvv + + + + + I � + + \ + �°� POB FOR 2X2 SCORING � � -:vvv, � °S S PROTECT CURBS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + F PATTERN �c IN—GROUND LIGHTS + + +� i + + + + + + +� + v o + ,' N + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + � + +� + CENTER IN—GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE + + + + + + + + / LIMIT OF PERGOLA a x AND STEP—OFF G + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +�� IN SCORE PATTERN AS SHOWN, TYP + + °S� + + + + / STRUCTURE, SEE x x PADS INSTALLED 2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + J °°° + + °S� + + +� + �+ vvv \ / ARCH PLANS tP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FOR BROOM FINISH DIRECTION - + �' + + + + + r + a °°° + + + + + + + vvvvv + DURING SUNSET �� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + i+ + + + +� �' + + + + + + + vvvv + + + + + �+ +� + vvvv + s LANE NE + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -, IN THIS AREA SEE DWG L-4 i+ + + + ♦ + + + + + + + + vvvv + + + + + + +� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ice+ + + + + + + + + + + vvvv + + + + + + + + a� ° + / 1 RADIUS BENCH CONSTRUCTION,. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ! - + ♦ + + + + + + + + vvvv + + + + + + °°° •� AT PERGOLA TYP (EXISTING) 2� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ��� + + ♦ + + + + + + + + °vvvv° + + + + �� + + + o� + _� L-10 ° k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .+ + + + + + + + + + + + + I-V vv- + + + + + + + + vvvv + ENLARGEMENT N 185295.081 ♦ vvvv° vvvv x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + � + + + + + + + + + vvvvv + + + + + + + + vvvv k / vvvvv vvvvv + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +� + - + + + + + + + vvvvv + + + + + + + + + vvvv A E 1306394.358 vvvvvv vvv g' k •° + -' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + f + —� +� e + + + + + + + + vvvvvv + + + + + vvv � + :�� � • x a vvvvvvv vvvvv + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + `+ + I � + + + + + + + + + vvvvvvvv + + + vvvvvvv er •: _ b v v vvv vvvvvvv v �v v vvvvv \ �� %j•, . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a + �+ + + + + + + + + + + + + ,, v v .� v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v vvvvvv vvvv v k IV I vvvvvvvvv vvvv vvvavv X x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �° I I + - 5 BENCH AREA + + + °° °° + + + 2 JOINT LAYOUT x PROTECT ALL PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +vvod + + ENLARGEMENT, TYPI- + + + ° ��v�°�4-v °°O+ +°s + ,. L-5 vvvvvvvvv L-4 ENLARGEMENT — C 8c JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �+ + _ _ +1 r + + + vvvvvvvv vv + bvv vv v vvvvvvvv vv + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvv vvvv + 1+ ++ + + + + + + vvvvvvvvv vv + x DURING SUNSET LANE NE vvvvv Avvvvvvvvv %� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +` + °°vvv° ° + +I + rl_,� JOINT LAYOUT + + °°° vvv°° + + i:.� x CONSTRUCTION, TYP (EXISTING) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ooV+I++ + 0000 + + + 4 MOW STRIP, TYP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +% + �v v o oo°�' + + +q�:�F ENLARGEMENT — B+ + + + vvvv + + L -13k °+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + � SCORE JOINT TYP 1 -A + � ,� + � + + + + + + + + + + + o + + o Ye x x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + t t t t t i + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvv + k a + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -- L-5 -� + + "� ; + + ..ALL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 ✓°PEDESTRIAN LIGHT vvv �- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A+ + °° + +� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + °°° + + �k/ L -g ,PAD - TYPE D TYP a k vvvv vvvv - , a + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fo°,%'. + i- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvv + + � Y. X x x d � x x x k \ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + F �+' Cy + + + + + + + + + + + + + ov° + t �/ x x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + J� + + +.* t + + + + + + + + + + + vvvv + •^ x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �' `+ + + 5 IN -GROUND LIGHT + + + vvvv + ��/ x x x x x' x x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + r +�; + + +/ + + + L_6 FIXTURE, TYP + + + + °000° x X x x x x x x k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + / + + + + t t t t t T + + + v v v ° ♦' X x X ' k k k k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\ + + + + /+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvvv + x x x x X x °• k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /+ + + v v v v + k TYP- + POB FOR 2'X2' SCORING PATTERN vv°vv TRAFFIC SIGN TYP • k k k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CONCRETE PAVING + ♦�+� + + + + + vvvv° a k vvvvvvv k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - > - + + + + + + �+ g� IN GROUND LILGHTS vvvv°° ' `'. k k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + SEE CIVIL DWGS + + +-� + + ��+ + + , . vvv oo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 � - _ � _T + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + p � A. . 4 o k k + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MATCH LINE - SEE L-2 NOTE: 1. SEE DRAWING L-2 FOR URBAN DESIGN, LEGEND, NOTES & ABBREVIATIONS. 2. FOR EXPANSION JOINT LAYOUT PLAN SEE DRAWING L-3. 0' 10' 20' 40' NORTH SCALE / / 0 / / / O / 5 0 / / / / O p5 A' \ / / x X d. X a A. X x ° X x X . X x x X CURBS AND STEP—OFF PADS INSTALLED DURING SUNSET LANE NE CONSTRUCTION, TYP (EXISTING) MATCH LINE - SEE L-1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + PROVIDE 2"x6" WOOD HEADER AT ENDS OF PERVIOUS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TO BE FLUSH TO ADJACENT PAVING TYP CENTER IN—GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE TO _+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + SCORE PATTERN AS SHOWN, TYP + + + + + + + 'i%_ , + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + J- 4- 4- 4- 4 IN—GROUND 1 4- 4- -L 4- 1 -4- LIGHT FIXTURE TYP 5 + + + + + + + 3 TRAFFIC SIGN RESET, TYP T T T T T T T T T T L-6 V + + + + —1 T T T T T T T T + + + + + + + + + + + -+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + J- -+ + + + + + + + x + + URBAN DESIGN 1 1 + l ( 1 + + + CONCRETE PAVING, TYP; SEE CIVIL DWGS + X + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -- + + 3 + + vv + + + - MEDIUM BROOM FINISH DIRECTION — + + -. ALIGN PERPENDICULAR + TO PATH OF TRAVEL, TYP ° a , LF LINEAR FEET id + + + ++++_L'(8PAD C - 1 + PROVIDE 2"x6" WOOD HEADER AT ENDS OF PERVIOUS + + L_5 MANUFACTURER'S PAVING WHEN ADJACENT TO PLANTING, TOP OF HEADER + + + + + + + TO BE FLUSH TO ADJACENT PAVING TYP + + + + x + + URBAN DESIGN + + + + . CONCRETE BROOM FINISH TYP 3 + + vv PERCENT ID + + + + INSTALLED W CONTINUOUS RADII PARALLEL TO / + AND LF LINEAR FEET PAVING EDGES. TANGENT LINES ARE @ AT MFRS MANUFACTURER'S + + PLANTING AREAS; SEE DWGS L-15 THROUGH L-16 UNACCEPTABLE. CENTER LINE _+ MAXIMUM + + 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN AT 90 DEGREE ABBV ABBREVIATIONS 1111 u + + + + + + + PERVIOUS CONCRETE + + + T T T T T T T t t L_5 - + + + vvv NOT IN CONTRACT + + + + + + + + ALTERNATE NPT .dq ' / + + + + + DRAWING L-3. APPROX + + + + BROOM FINISH DIRECTION + + + ARCH + + + + + + + + + vvv CITY OF RENTON ® �+ + + + + 50 a• + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CONSTRUCTION R + + + vvv �� + + vvv �� REP + + 3 BENCH, TYP ° PEDESTRIAN LIGHT X , + + + SCH + + + + + DIAMETER + + + SPECIFICATIONS + 4- 4- + + + + + + o + + SS STAINLESS STEEL + +;-.+ EA + STD + + + ENTRY SIGN — AXON 1 + + + v v vvv + TBD o + v v e + L_9 EX PAD — TYPE B ° TYP TYPICAL FT FOOT W/ WITH o' 10' 20' 40' N BICYCLE RACK; TYP HDPC HIGH DENSITY PAPER 0 COMPOSITE ❑❑ CONTAINER, TYP NORTH SCALE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT, TYP 1 DETAIL IDENTIFICATION / 0 + + of WAsH, SET B. + + ° + + + + + + + + + + + + T- + + + + + + • 'y +A. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + vvvv vvv ++ II X 2 BOLLARD LAYOUT B x ° + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + , + MOW + + STRIP 4 + + + + + + + + vvvvvvv vvvvvv vv vvv vv L_6 vvvvvvv vvv v M:> + + + + + + + + + t t t + vvvvvvvvvvvvv v / 0 . ', }( X v vvvvvv vv vvvvvv V V V V V V v v V v V ` !'�.G•`x ' a.`°>: ^ \ j/ d v` vv + °' •.. ° x X X X + + + + + + + + + + + vvv + X X X X x + + + + + + + + + + + vvvv + + vvv PROTECT ALL PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS & JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED DURING SUNSET X LANE NE CONSTRUCTION, TYP (EXISTING) d NEVE r ° , X ALIGN EDGE OF MOW STRIP .a< & END OF PERVIOUS PAVING 4 IL PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 4 W, PAD — TYPE M L-9 l +J°.d PERVIOUS CONCRETE PAVING W/ CONCRETE CURB BOTH SIDES, TYP; SEE CIVIL DWGS 0 0 N + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + aad, . ° . d° T T T )( x x .. . . .v . X X X x X x x ° ° ,t x —Epx x x x x x x / x x x/x x x x x a° \ X x x x x — 2'X2' SCORING PATTERN; PROVIDE SCORE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO PAVEMENT EDGE; ADJUST WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE SPACING ALONG OUTSIDE ARC, TYP; FOR POB SEE DWG L-1 PROVIDE TWO SCORE JOINTS EQ SPACING IN 2'-0" WIDE CONC BAND, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, TYP k o. k� k /d A, k k so k A, G k d ° •' ' A, ° Ar kk �� k kk k O k k °, k k k d k k X °. URBAN DESIGN LEGEND URBAN DESIGN NOTES URBAN DESIGN ABBREVIATIONS #/N 0. NUMBER HT HEIGHT SYM ITEM 1. ALL CURVED SCORE JOINTS SHALL BE % PERCENT ID INSIDE DIAMETER INSTALLED W CONTINUOUS RADII PARALLEL TO / & AND LF LINEAR FEET PAVING EDGES. TANGENT LINES ARE @ AT MFRS MANUFACTURER'S + + PLANTING AREAS; SEE DWGS L-15 THROUGH L-16 UNACCEPTABLE. CENTER LINE MAX MAXIMUM + + 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN AT 90 DEGREE ABBV ABBREVIATIONS MIN MINIMUM V�v�v�v�v� v PERVIOUS CONCRETE ANGLES AND FROM EDGE OF PAVING (WHERE ADA AMERICANS WITH MTG MOUNTING vvvvvv 7vvvvvvvvvvv APPLICABLE) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DISABILITIES ACT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT 7V17171717 3. FOR EXPANSION JOINT LAYOUT PLAN, SEE ALT ALTERNATE NPT NATIONAL PIPE THREAD DRAWING L-3. APPROX APPROXIMATE NTS NOT TO SCALE w BROOM FINISH DIRECTION ARCH ARCHITECTURE OC ON CENTER COR CITY OF RENTON PREP PREPARATION 6" CONCRETE CURB CLR CLEAR POB POINT OF BEGINNING CONC CONCRETE QTY QUANTITY SCORE JOINT, TYP CONST CONSTRUCTION R RADIUS CONT CONTAINER REP REPRESENTATIVE ® BENCH, TYP CF CUBIC FEET SCH SCHEDULE DIA DIAMETER SPECS SPECIFICATIONS TRASH RECEPTACLE, TYP ELEC ELECTRIC SQ SQUARE DWG/S DRAWING/S SS STAINLESS STEEL EA EACH STD STANDARDEQ IN—GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP EQUAL SYM SYMBOL EQUIV EQUIVALENT TBD TO BE DECIDED e IN—GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP EX EXISTING TYP TYPICAL FT FOOT W/ WITH o' 10' 20' 40' N BICYCLE RACK; TYP HDPC HIGH DENSITY PAPER 0 COMPOSITE ❑❑ CONTAINER, TYP NORTH SCALE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT, TYP 1 DETAIL IDENTIFICATION L-1 SHEET IDENTIFICATION of WAsH, SET B. CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN RUST CHANNEL PROVIDE 1 /4" CHAMFER ON ALL LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP CONIC EDGES AND CORNERS, TYP I 4 ENTRY SIGN — L—g ENLARGEMENT A MULTI—LAYERED#4 VERT REBAR, 6" OC, RICHLITE PANEL f TYP 2" CLR, TYP i I' . #4 CONTINUOUS HORZ REBAR, 1 a 2" CLR, TYP i 1. 1Y2ff X 3Y2ff X 5'-09f KEY 0 1 I. CENTERED ON SIGN SS STEEL NUTS, BOLTS ,y2' � o I I . & WASHERS FOR TP I .�. I REINFORCEMENT, TYP �I • a I= UPLIGHT LUMINAIRE, TYP La J.42-' . 3" DEPTH MULCH ns a ja i a' 1. N \�/\\//\\//\\ � { . \\//\\//\\ FINISH PRIOR TO PLACING N G M U LC H \COj \\ b a �jb I.. \\\�\\ 1 DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR • _ J LELECTRIC WIRING TO �J�--- -- — o --J \ LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP \ 2" 5� 0000OOo \ \\ CONCRETE BASE re/6" DEPTH CRUSHED 2„ �\\/\\� SURFACING BASE COURSE CLR SECTION ENTRY SIGN - SECTION A NOT TO SCALE Q!f W�Qw gig 0 Ld z 0 Lij Q > o> Ld w J U J a- Q n � m � VERT REBAR, 5" 1/4)) 1/2" OC, 2" CLR, TYP CLR TYP ENTRY SIGN -ENLARGEMENT A "f % NOT TO SCALE CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1 800 424-5555 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER PROVIDE 1/4" CHAMFER ON ALL CONIC EDGES AND CORNERS, TYP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 45° CHAMFER ON OUTSIDE EDGE OF PANEL, TYP -OVERSIZE HOLE IN PANEL BY 1/8" LARGER THAN BOLT; PRECISION CUT HOLE TO ACCEPT HARDWARE, TYP 1 " DIAMETER 304SS WASHER 00 In 304SS DOME CAPPED, HEX NUT; TAMPER—PROOF 304SS THREADED ANCHOR BOLT INTO CONCRETE 304SS OR GALVANIZED STEEL SPACER, SAME SIZE AS WASHER LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTH 206.682.3051 phone SEATTLE, WA 98109 206.682.3245 fax ENLARGEMENT OF WA8h, �ET B. voNc'Lc o Co ad b� U \0�2 ti0 \�v Fn &6j EXP 0.G/ Ln V TYP 1 i u CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP 3/4" WIDE X 3/4" DEEP CONTINUOUS RUST CHANNEL 2" CLR SECTION 3" DEPTH MULCH \ FINISH GRADE PRIOR / TO PLACING MULCH 1 " DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP CONCRETE BASE 6" DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE q � ENTRY SIGN -SECTION B �' % NOT TO SCALE CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN LED STRIP LIGHT (BEHIND) #4 VERT & HORZ REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP #4 CONTINUOUS HORZ REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP #4 VERT REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP 1" DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP CONCRETE BASE 6" DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE CLR A SECTION ENTRY SIGN - SECTION C NOT TO SCALE m ENLARGEMENT NOTES: 1. LOGO DESIGN TO BE ROUTERED INTO THE 2—LAYER RICHLITE PANEL. 2. ROUTER USING A 1/16" BIT SIZE TO A DEPTH THAT EXPOSES BLACK DIAMOND COLOR LAYER. = � ENTRY SIGN -COR LOGO v % NOT TO SCALE 1 1 ADDENDUM REVISIONS N0. REVISION EXPOSED LAYER: BLACK DIAMOND COLOR SURFACE LAYER: MAPLE VALLEY COLOR . v 7 7 CORTEN STEEL vvvvvvv SCALE: AS NOTED �v7v7v7v7v7vv ACCENT FIN 1/4" TYP MOUNTING . v V V V V V V V V V V V V 7 7 7 7 7 v RUST CHANNEL .7777777777777777777777 CLIP .777777777777777777777777 (NO CHAMFER) 1 7/8" .77777777777777777777777777777 LED STRIP J7v77v7vvv777v777VVVVVVVVVV77v777 PAGE: TYP LIGHT, TYP (WHEN PRESENT),g77777777777v777v7777v7777v77 ✓77777777777777777777777777 D M. OVIIR/C. DIGGINSONE SEE CIVIL DWGS 177 7777v77v7v7°v7777°7 DATUM 171777v 77777777777v777v PHASE URBAN DESIGN DETAILSJ. v. D MOVE & RESET THE °°°°°° °°°°°°°°° CHECKED: VONG ,7777777 777777 + + + + EXISTING 22.5" X 17" -V.V x°000000000 ° D v � + 7777 7777777 WSDOT TYPE 1 N ,vvvv vvvv° JUNCTION BOX °°°°° °°° v p D 2" CLR v ° v VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV 'v %I 1.- vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvv C as 777777777 vv° V CONC FOUNDATION + + + + + DI v ° vvvvv vvvv, 777 �+ UNDERNEATH °° vvvv °°7777`°°°°° o" v D 77 77 77 vvvv vvvv + + + + v VV'V7777777v777 777 77 °777 vvv7 vv17 v + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvCONIC°v v I v 7 7 vvvvvv vvvv + + FOUNDATION CAP 17 4 a o v 77 77777777777 77 777 ,� vvvv BASE COVER' ° 7 717°7 �� 777V + -'- v ff p V1VVVV77v777v vvvvv vvvv vvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvv 777 vvv vvvv vvv 1 TYP v a 7 777777 7 7 7 7vv V 170 7 77 vvv v77 7 �- a a ap p la D vvvvvvvv vvvv vvvvvvv vvvv vvvvv VV + -;V7V-7 vvvvvv 7 vvvvv vvvv vvvvvv 7 D cp v 777777 - vvvvvv vvvvvvv v vvvv vvvv„ 717 d aD v '717 7 v 7 V V 7 '717 v v v v v v v v vvv v 7 v v v v v v v v v° V D WELD 1" LONG, 1/4" a a D I v DIA STEEL ROD STUDS 7717v77v7vv77 vvvv vvvvv 77777; TO ACCENT FIN; WELD � a I o ALL AROUND, TYP vvvvvvvvvvv 77 77 vvvv 7 v vvvvvvvvvvv 77 717° vvvvv v d ''p EQ SPACED #4 CONTINUOUS vvv 7 r o HORZ REBAR, 2 1/2" OC, O a 2" CLR, TYP °7 r, ADJUST REBAR LOCATION 7VVVVVVv777 vvv MIN TO AVOID CONFLICT 'V 2 1/2" 7v7v7v7vv77 7 17 77 17 7 v a 17 ch v + 17 V 17 WITH ANCHOR BOLT vvvvvv 7 V 7 v v v v v v S c� 7 7 7 EMBEDD 777 7777 V J7V1 + EQ SPACED #4 PEDESTRIAN 5 ' °°°°°°°°°°° ° °°° , Q!f W�Qw gig 0 Ld z 0 Lij Q > o> Ld w J U J a- Q n � m � VERT REBAR, 5" 1/4)) 1/2" OC, 2" CLR, TYP CLR TYP ENTRY SIGN -ENLARGEMENT A "f % NOT TO SCALE CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1 800 424-5555 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER PROVIDE 1/4" CHAMFER ON ALL CONIC EDGES AND CORNERS, TYP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 45° CHAMFER ON OUTSIDE EDGE OF PANEL, TYP -OVERSIZE HOLE IN PANEL BY 1/8" LARGER THAN BOLT; PRECISION CUT HOLE TO ACCEPT HARDWARE, TYP 1 " DIAMETER 304SS WASHER 00 In 304SS DOME CAPPED, HEX NUT; TAMPER—PROOF 304SS THREADED ANCHOR BOLT INTO CONCRETE 304SS OR GALVANIZED STEEL SPACER, SAME SIZE AS WASHER LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTH 206.682.3051 phone SEATTLE, WA 98109 206.682.3245 fax ENLARGEMENT OF WA8h, �ET B. voNc'Lc o Co ad b� U \0�2 ti0 \�v Fn &6j EXP 0.G/ Ln V TYP 1 i u CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP 3/4" WIDE X 3/4" DEEP CONTINUOUS RUST CHANNEL 2" CLR SECTION 3" DEPTH MULCH \ FINISH GRADE PRIOR / TO PLACING MULCH 1 " DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP CONCRETE BASE 6" DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE q � ENTRY SIGN -SECTION B �' % NOT TO SCALE CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN LED STRIP LIGHT (BEHIND) #4 VERT & HORZ REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP #4 CONTINUOUS HORZ REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP #4 VERT REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP 1" DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP CONCRETE BASE 6" DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE CLR A SECTION ENTRY SIGN - SECTION C NOT TO SCALE m ENLARGEMENT NOTES: 1. LOGO DESIGN TO BE ROUTERED INTO THE 2—LAYER RICHLITE PANEL. 2. ROUTER USING A 1/16" BIT SIZE TO A DEPTH THAT EXPOSES BLACK DIAMOND COLOR LAYER. = � ENTRY SIGN -COR LOGO v % NOT TO SCALE 1 1 ADDENDUM REVISIONS N0. REVISION EXPOSED LAYER: BLACK DIAMOND COLOR SURFACE LAYER: MAPLE VALLEY COLOR . v 7 7 4.28.17 D K vvvvvvv SCALE: AS NOTED �v7v7v7v7v7vv �I �, Ilf . /� r ��I��II�Ih�IIIhIIhI� TY O {� I,°�I `; I I �h J 777777777777777 DATE: 04/ 19/ 17 . v V V V V V V V V V V V V 7 7 7 7 7 v .7777777777777777777777 .777777777777777777777777 FIELD6°DK: X77777777777777777777777777 .77777777777777777777777777777 ��������,uy RENT 0 N J7v77v7vvv777v777VVVVVVVVVV77v777 PAGE: PERVIOUS PAVEMENT q VJ°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°7v°°v°°°°°°°°°° DRAWN:�I (WHEN PRESENT),g77777777777v777v7777v7777v77 ✓77777777777777777777777777 ✓ 77777777777777777777777 M. OVIIR/C. DIGGINSONE SEE CIVIL DWGS 177 7777v77v7v7°v7777°7 DATUM 171777v 77777777777v777v PHASE URBAN DESIGN DETAILSJ. .,vvvvvvv 777777777777 + + MOVE & RESET THE °°°°°° °°°°°°°°° CHECKED: VONG ,7777777 777777 + + + + EXISTING 22.5" X 17" -V.V x°000000000 ° + + + + 7777 7777777 WSDOT TYPE 1 ,vvvv vvvv° JUNCTION BOX °°°°° °°° + vvvvv vv BY VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV 'v %I 1.- vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvv C 777777777 vv° V CONC FOUNDATION + + + + + APPROVED: ° vvvvv vvvv, 777 �+ UNDERNEATH °° vvvv °°7777`°°°°° o" D. KOONTS 77 77 77 vvvv vvvv + + + + VV'V7777777v777 777 77 °777 vvv7 vv17 v + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvCONIC°v TOP OF CON ° °77777 vvvv � 7 7 vvvvvv vvvv + + FOUNDATION CAP 17 17 C-) V V 17° v 7 V V V ° -V. v,. V'\7 V V V ° ° 7 v ° 7 7 '717 + + + 77 77777777777 77 777 ,� vvvv BASE COVER' ° 7 717°7 �� 777V + -'- .v v v v v v v VV 1717 7 7 v v v v 7 7 7 7 V1VVVV77v777v vvvvv vvvv vvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvv 777 vvv vvvv vvv 71777777 7 7 77 vvvvvvv°° Vo VV 7 777 7 777777 7 7 7 7vv V 170 7 77 vvv v77 7 �- vvvvvvvvv vvv vvvvvvv vvvv 17v�0)17vv1 vvvvvvvv vvvv vvvvvvv vvvv vvvvv VV + -;V7V-7 vvvvvv 7 vvvvv vvvv vvvvvv 7 77 vvvvvvv vvvv vvvv 77-(:p 777 + 777777 - vvvvvv vvvvvvv v vvvv vvvv„ 717 71717 7 7 7 7 -. v v v v v 1717 vvvvv 7 7 vvv 7 7 v v v v v 7 7 v '717 7 v 7 V V 7 '717 v v v v v v v v vvv v 7 v v v v v v v v v° V v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v 171717 v v '717 v v 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7- 717717717717v7V 7V 7 V V vvvvvv 171777V � — 7717v77v7vv77 vvvv vvvvv 77777; 77777777777 vvvv vvvv + 777777777777 vvvv vvv v � vvvvvvvvvvv v7"o vvvv 77 7 vvvvvvvvvvv 77 77 vvvv 7 v vvvvvvvvvvv 77 717° vvvvv v 717 7777v77v7 vvv- --„ vvvv v 153° vvvvvvvvvvv vvv 6 vvv 7 vvvvvvvvvvv 177 O vvv,7 + + vvvvvvvvvvv vvv TYP °7 r, 7VVVVVVv777 vvv 177 ',,,+ + 7777777777 vvvv 177c 'V 7v7v7v7vv77 7 17 77 17 7 v a 17 ch v + 17 V 17 vvvvvv 7 V 7 v v v v v v S c� 7 7 7 777 7777 V J7V1 + PEDESTRIAN 5 ' °°°°°°°°°°° ° °°° ° ° ° 7 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° + LIGHT PAD °7777°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° -L-9 777777777 77777777777777 SECTION °vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvv v °°°° 7 7 v 7 v 17 7 7 v 7 7 7 7° 7 17 7 7°° 17 7 7 •7YvVvYv�v7vvvv VV77 7777777 vv7 V - 7 v 17 v 17 v 7 v vvv v v 7 7 v 7 7 v 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7/7 77 7777 7 -v v7 vvv7v7vv7vvv7v vvvv 577 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 °°°° °°°7°° FOR NEW PEDESTRIAN 17VVVV vvvvvvvvvv 7 717 „ — °°°°°°V V V 7 00007 LIGHT POLES, FINISH WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION rn 7 1 _ ° ° ° ° TO MATCH FINISH ON BOX" 22 X 33" ( ) ° ° ° v ° ° o VV V 0°EX PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 17 �/ °°°°°°°v° °v°v ° ° °°°°` FOUNDATIONS TYP vvvvvvv 7 7 77 v7v7 f CONCRETE CURB 71777 ff N IV 7 7 7 7 vvvv v V v 17 (WHEN PRESENT) -7 V 7 V V V v`' IV v v v? w Vvv7 OR PAVING, SEE vvvv C0 77°`'' + I vvvV vvvv CIVIL DWGS vv vv vvvv vvv 7777 40 7vv777vvv 7777 777 vvvvv vvv vvvv + vvvvvvvvvvv 7777 v7v vv vv 717 vv vv vvv v7vv _ 7vvvvvvv17vv vvvv vvvv vvvvvvvvvv 17717 v7vv + 7vvvvvvvvvv vv �- 7777 vvvvvvvvvv 17 7,77 77777777777 v V 0? 7777777777 717 77 777777.0 7 '7vvv7v7vvv avv7v7vvv7v7v7777 vv + 77777777777 777777777777777 777 vvv7v7vvvv v7177vvvvvvvvvvv + + 77777777777 7777777 7777777777 - '-0" MIN + + 77777777vvv 3 vvvvv77vvv 77777777777 + - + + + - vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvv 7777777 7 + + + + + 77'- '1777777v77 vvvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvv 7vvvvvvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvv 7v7v7vvvvvv PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD - TYPE D 6 NOT TO SCALE C D 4.28.17 D K SURVEYED: SCALE: AS NOTED VERTICAL: NAVD ,988 HORIZONTAL: NAD 1983/1991 �I �, Ilf . /� r ��I��II�Ih�IIIhIIhI� TY O {� I,°�I `; I I �h ADDENDUM 1 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK DATE: 04/ 19/ 17 DESIGNED: D. KooNTs FIELD6°DK: ��������,uy RENT 0 N PAGE: DRAWN:�I M. OVIIR/C. DIGGINSONE INCH DATUM Community Services Dept. PHASE URBAN DESIGN DETAILSJ. DRAWING N0: L-8 CHECKED: VONG AT FULL SCALE IF NOT ONE INCH BY DATE APPR SCALE ACCORDINGLY PARK ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN APPROVED: SHEET: OF: D. KOONTS 60 78 1 1 PERVIOUS PAVEMENT WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION (WHEN PRESENT), BOX (22" X 33") SEE CIVIL DWGS VVvvv v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v 7 7 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 'v 7 0 0 0 O v 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0° v7 V V vOV V V 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 v 0 0 0 v 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 7 0' �° 7 ° v° n v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv v7 7vvvvvvv7v07v70vv7v777v7vvvvvvvvv7°vv7vvvv07070vv CONCRETE CURB v77777v77v77v7v77v77v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv - --vvvv 7 7vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv°vvv vvvvvvvvvv°vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv .MOVE & RESET THE --717 077 VN 7 7 0 v v v v v v v v v v 7 0 0 0 0 7 v v v v v v 7 7 v v v 7 7 7 7 v 7 7 v 7 vvv 'Vv° 7 0 v 0 (WHEN PRESENT), 7 o 17 PEDESTRIAN 5 °:°o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0°° 7 ° 7777 °°°° 0 0 0 0 0 EXISTING 22.5" X 17" 0 0 0 77OR PAVING, SEE X77 v� vvvv vvvv 7�CONC FOUNDATIONo7v7 vv�n/SDOT TYPE 1 1717° �vooCIVIL DWGS 7V17 LIGHT PAD°L-9 0 000 000000 UNDERNEATH 71717°°°°` °1717 v7v°, vvvvvvv, SECTION,77770o vvv vvvv vvv 77777vvvo o°� JUNCTION BOX 7V TOP OF CONC FUTURE IL FOUNDATION CAP SS ROUNDED CAP HEX NUT ON SS LOCKING WASHER SIZED INTERPRETIVE SIGN + 7v777o7v7v7o7o70707. 7777°vvv7o7o7 0 07°777777°°70707070 07770 �- ANCHOR BOLT; TAMPER & vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv VVVVVVvv777vv 7 177 vvv 7777777 vvvvvv + TO FIT WASHER 1/8" DIA ASSEMBLY (NIC) °777777v777o7070°°70°777777070707070 0 007 7 BASE COVER v17v°v17v7o7007 + + + VANDAL PROOF; SIZED TO FIT LARGER THAN CAP HEX NUT °°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° vvvv°°°°°° °°°°°°° 17°17`' °°vvvvvvvvvv°°°°°° 1717°°°° HOLE IN MFRS MOUNTING PLATE CONCRETE -� °°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° °°°°°°°°° 1717°°°° 1717° °°°°°°°°°°°°°° 1717°°°° + vvv vvvv vvvvvvvv vvvvv vvvv + + + GASKET NEOPRENE OR � � 077 707 7070 0707 70707 vvv WITH 1/8" CLR , PAVEMENT, w 7177 °°' 6„ v°� vvvv vvvv vvv + + APPROVED EQUAL SEE CIVIL °1717 07 °vvvv°°°° °°° + + vvv vvvvvvvv vvv -z + + DWGS vvv 7 TYP` vvvvvvvv vvv — 007 v vvv- vvv vvv vvv + - vvv o vvv vvv vvv vvv + + 4J -v — — — �v .. a . °. + + 0 0 0 0 vvv 0 0 7 0 0 0 v v v - 0 + ° a a " °av ° vvv vvvvvv vvv vvv vvv °' SITE FURNISHING POINT OF vv7 v v 1 vvvvvvvv vv17 z a ° _ ° a° d. a 4 Y a ATTACHMENT OR MOUNTING PLATE a BASE 7177 777777 7777770 vvv + �,� + + + vvv vvvvvv vvvvvvvv vvv + + p ° m ° a vvv vvvvvvv vvv vvvv vvv M w COURSE, vvv 77 vvvv vvvvvvvvvv vvv o O Oo Oce SEE CIVIL �- vvv vvv vvvvv vvvv vvvvv vvv + z o °d p p p 7v0007v070v07v7070o000Ov707v7070o000 vvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv ° �00 �00 �'O DWGS + + vv7vvvvv7vvv7v7777vvvvvv77777v7 77v7777777v7vv77 vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + w ° aye vv7vvv7vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv0vvvvvvvvvvvv7vvvvvvvv0vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv0vvvvvv aa Q� a THICKENED CONCRETE PAVEMENT + + 707070777070777077777777777777777707070007007 7770777707070707077700000 + EX SOIL OR EX v777777v7v7o7v7v7o7o7o7v7o7o7o7v7o vvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv a III III SOIL COMPACTED + + + + + + + + + I + + + + + + I + + + + + + TO 95% MAX L 6„ L 2)-9)1+ + L3„ + + + + + 16„ + 17„ + I 6„ 18", TYP �+ I. I. DENSITY + + + + + + - S ECTI 0 N EPDXY SET ANCHOR + + BOLT INTO CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLT NOT TO SCALE 03 � INTERPRETIVE SIGN FOOTING 'rm % NOT TO SCALE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 5 PERVIOUS PAVEMENT PAD SECTION L-9 (WHEN PRESENT), SEE CIVIL DWGS vvvvv vvvvvv vvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv707077707 vvvvvv vvvvv v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v' 0777077707070 70 7707770707070707777777777707777777777770707770707 vvvvvvv vvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv7vvvvv vvvvvvvv vvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv070vvvv7 vvvvvvvv vvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv---------------- vvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv77vv ;MOVE & RESET vvvvv Ov7v7vvvv vvvv vvvvvvvvvv vvvv vvvvvv vvvvvvv vvvvv 7v THE EXISTING 22.5"vvvvvvvvvvv7°°°°° vvvv 7�CONC FOUNDATION vvv7/,VVVV7 UNDERNEATHvvvvvv000X 17" WSDOT TYPE °vvvv vvvvv°000 vvv vv vvvvvvvv° 1 JUNCTION BOX CONCRETE CURB TOP OF CONC (WHEN PRESENT) FOUNDATION CAP OR PAVING, SEE + + vvvvvvTIV, vvvvvvvv<; vvvvvvvvv vvvvv vvvvvv v vvvv������ %�nvvvvvvvvvvvCIVIL DWGS vvvv°°` v°° ° BASE COVER °°71717°°17°°°°° + v v v v 7 v v v 7 v o 0 0 v v v v v v v v v v v V v v v v v 7 v v v v v v + vv/vvvvvv7 + v 1777 vv7vvv7vvv7vv7 777777 '71717 + + C1 0 7 7 0 7 0 7 7 0 vvvvv vvv v + w 0 0700 , vvvv vvvvv 007 °000° + + 6" v 0000 0000 + + + 'TYP? v77vvvvv 7777 �Z + + 71V'77 77777770 vvv vvv 777 vv7v + + vvv 070 vvv 17v7 +� + Ov0 vvv vvv V17V' 40 + -- 0700 777 777 7 7 v 7 7 + + - 777 77707070 707 + " + vvvv vvvvvv? vvvv + + � 7777 -� 77777777 707 07000 7 V 1771 V 77177 + w 0707 vvvv 17 v'7 o + + o vvvvv I vv°° -- 7v7vvvvv vvvvv vvvvv00000000070vv7 + + 777 0777777 77777777 77777777 17717700000777 + - v0777v07070 7 00000v000000000vIvvvvvvvv? vvv 717 vvvvvv vvvv? v707vvv707077;vV vvvvvvv + 707070 777 770 777070777777777077 70707 + + + + + + + + I+ + + + 6" 17" + 6" FOR NEW PEDESTRIAN r-, I A K I A )PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD -TYPE A `� % NOT TO SCALE LIGHT POLES, FINISH TO MATCH FINISH ON EX PEDESTRIAN LIGHT FOUNDATIONS, TYP EQ TYP FINISH GRADE 11 #2 ) PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD -TYPE B v % NOT TO SCALE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT POLE (EXISTING AND NEW), SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS STANDARD BASE COVER PER MFR PERVIOUS PAVEMENT FLUSH, TYP (WHEN PRESENT), Y2" SEED AREAS vvv 17 0 ° a 17 7 v'7 0 '717 SEE CIVIL 1 " LAWN SOD AREAS I—III ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° DWGS 7 7 7 7 1717 0 7 0 7 a. 0 0 0 7 3" SHRUB/ _ a o° ° 17.17 ° °o CONCRETE CURB GROUNDCOVER AREA ° a _ � o a On � UNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR— EX SOIL COMPACTED T095% MAX - � DENSITY =FOUNDATION CAP —� I lie - FOUNDATION SECTION c) PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD SECTION v % NOT TO SCALE (WHEN PRESENT) OR PAVING, SEE CIVIL DWGS '---COLD JOINT CONCRETE FOUNDATION, SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS DOME LID OPENING DOME LID 32 GAL TRASH RECEPTACLE INSTALL TRASH RECEPTACLE & CONC FOOTING PER MFRS INSTRUCTIONS Poo O On� O 2'-0" SQ, TYP SECTION a) TRASH RECEPTACLE V % NOT TO SCALE 1 ANCHOR BOLT L-9 CONCRETE PAVEMENT, SEE CIVIL DWGS BASE COURSE, SEE CIVIL DWGS EX SOIL OR EX SOIL COMPACTED TO 95% MAX DENSITY J + + + FREE LIBRARY, TYP 1 + + L-12 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MIN+ 3'+ C ISR -48 ETW ESN + + + + + + PERG-OLA P -OST ACJD + ++++++++++++64eK+ bIT+BZE QI ,+_+Y -P[ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + L + _-7 + + + + + + + + + + + + TYP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + EFDG OF PAV1NGF +RAP IU + I + + + + TO -MEET IJVITSI EDGE OF +++++++++PeRGOLA+ FOOTtNGF IN+++ + + + + + h_W� GOD ITPp ,F I_YP+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -I + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -I + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4- + + + + + + + + EDGE+ OFF PAVING, + + +++++++++++++�EEF PHIL++++, + + + + + + + + + + + + ° ° + + 4PERGOLA POST, TYP; + + vvvvvv + + + SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS + + + vv vvvvvv + + + -f + + vvvvvvv 'vvvvvvv + + + + + + vvvvvvvv 000000000v ADA SPACE, TYP vvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvv + + 'vvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv v + + + + + + + + + v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + -f- + 'vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv. + + + + + -I , vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vv°°°°TRASH RECEPTACLE TYP r6 + + vvvvv•. vvvv L-9 + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + 6" + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + -t vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + + + + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv RADIUS BENCH AT PERGOLA ENLARGEMENT NOT TO SCALE 1/4" FLAT WASHER, TYP; —� MFRS PROVIDED 1/4" LOCK WASHER, TYP, MFRS PROVIDED 1/4" HEX NUT, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED PAVEMENT & BASE Ln COURSE, SEE CIVIL DWGSJ – II NOTE: ALL ATTACHMENT HARDWARE & FASTENERS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL & TAMPER RESISTANT. 1 —6" HDPC SLATS PER MFRS , 1 7Y4 ,, SQUARE LEG BASE PER MFRS 1 1/2" i D v II d. p. v p NNOno1V\O-n_ p -1. p BENCH ARM 1/4" FASTENER, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED MOUNTING PLATE W/ STUDS, TYP SEAT SUPPORT PER MFRS ROUNDED CAP HEX NUT, TYP; SIZED TO FIT ANCHOR LOCK WASHER, TYP; SIZED TO MATCH HEX NUT FLAT WASHER, TYP; SIZED TO MATCH HEX NUT 9/6" DIA HOLE FOR ANCHOR WEDGE EXPANSION ANCHOR, TYP; SIZED TO FIT MFRS PROVIDED HOLE a p v. v o a v p �1�n0 l I (1�n0 l 6v(-v'rJurJv� U u� v� Uvu� �� 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 oo o c8 DEPTH o 0 4n0� on0��o O�O0 OQo00THI�CKENEDvCONC = MIN 2 CLR o -ALL SIDES, TYP ttl3/v2" MIN EMBEDMENT IEX I SOILI IOR EIX II -I III III III III III � _SHIM BENCH TO BE LEVEL USING GREY SOIL COMPACTED NYLON PADS; PAD EDGES SHALL NOT BE TO 95% DENSITY VISIBLE BEYOND EDGES OF LEG BASE SECTION RADIUS BENCH ATTACHMENTS NOT TO SCALE PERVIOUS PAVEMENT WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION (WHEN PRESENT), BOX (22" X 33") SEE CIVIL DWGS v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v 7v7v vvv v v v v v v v v v• v v v v v v v v v v v v v vv v vv vV v V vV vvv17 .7 vvvvvvvvvvv v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v vv ---,�7vv--vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv- CONCRETE CURB vvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv v vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vv v vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv (WHEN PRESENT)'vvvv vvvvvv vvvvvvvv vvvv °vvvvvvvvvvvv vv v� PEDESTRIAN 5 vvvvv v°v°°°CONC FOUNDATION'7vvvv1717vvvvv OR PAVING, SEE vv v vvvv vvvv vvvvv LIGHT PAD L-9 \7 '717' vvvv UNDERNEATH °°°°°°°°°°°° CIVIL DWGS SECTION °° °°17 °°°°°°°°°°°° vvvvvvv v v vv vvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv TOP OF CONC FOUNDATION CAP vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv v v T + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvv v '7 vvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv VI 7 vv BASE COVER + vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvv v v vvvv v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvv vvvv vvvvvv v v v v v -- v v v v v v v v vvvv vvvv �i v v v 7 vvv vvvv v v v v W v v v v v v v v v v v v V7 + 71717 v 7717 717 v v v v v v 'v + + vvvv vv' 6„ �7 vvvv + Z vvv v vvvv 1700 17 `TYP vvv V VV -� vvv — — — v vvv vvv I Q vvvv vvvvvv +7 v v v v v v v v v v v I_ vvvv vvvvvv. vvv I� vvv 7 vvvvvv vvvv + + +Tv v v v v vvvvvv v v v + W vvv vv 17 '717 vvvvvv + + i v v v '7171717v v V17 v 177177 v vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv vvvvv v v v v v v v + + + v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v vvvv vvvv v v v v v v + + V v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v 1717 v v v v v v '717 vv '717 v v v v '717 v v '717 vv v v '717 v v v v '717 v v '717 vvv v v v v v v v + v v v v v '717 v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v vvv vvvvvvv vvvvvv + + ---------------------------------- + + + + 6„ + + 2 —g„+ + 3„ + + + + + 6„ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD - TYPE C NOT TO SCALE 1 •. A wld. 4.. ° °, .. d • .,•d d ,'.° d ° e• .q d'• 'd' a I•' d' d ,. -co- Nc g ep n©�K ALL A . d III ONO 14' 1 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT — A CENTER TREES IN PLANTING Z y I \So \ d MULCH AREA AROUND ZG O STRIPS AS SHOWN, TYP•d TREES IN LAWN AREAS, TYP 00 1DECIDUOUS TREE .• ° Z410IVC yOTH STREET —20 PLANTING, TYP I \So �` ° MULCH SHALL EXTEND FROM BACK OF STREET CURB I I i \\ °.. ° TO EDGE OF SIDEWALK IN LAWN AREAS AS SHOWN, TYP �• FPROVIDE STRAIGHT, CLEAN EDGE TO � ,' +`I'' \—I:; ;.:; >,►-I. I , 0-' LAWN PERPENDICULAR TO CURB, TYP i 1 'g � X •d + \ ° •.4w / \ •M• a \ e t•u \ � r•t• A X e a - 1 e � X ti e e Ir :<• -I 'I. f x 't S 1 I f ❑ I I •: ° I / I t ••r' 1 . 1. x ° I :ti • � X X a e I a ,tY•'t d d ° + + + + / X + + + + I I s : %u X •i•; O t w .r .'d X __ ;�: :y• ..�,; :," r.Y\t \ e° a OX '•r•• •1' 1' I I O �'.n'. Vii? •'w • \ x n :•i• r I •'t r•4 t:L.• I ; a x m r..': �r..:'♦ S 5 ° TYP 0 6 f EXCEPT •� • 421—,3$p 4) 3 f f HERE NOTEDPLANTING ENLARGEMENT C 1 PROVIDE MULCH TO ♦• •I I I' :,;.;; r%.•<�:;.; ' ;r: •- r a . r• • •T• 1 ♦ s d e° x xxI � \\t" EDGE OF CONCRETEIV ♦ :a' ;.�:R: 'd PATHWAY IN THIS ♦• •:'' '•�' � ',p •moi'' '•.,:',:Y:i: ♦ .° X x �+ i + Q rC \ LOCATION, AS SHOWN `1' `I' `I' `I' `I' + t ♦ ♦ /% ♦ W A✓ 4 4 W 1 �✓ +I+I+1 ♦ ° N ,\., }n•. � R r M�,', r •, j.� ••II/� / II I x >t X %,> x !LL+T+T+T+ ♦ '+ ,.l'f„T~" !'I d°' >( X \ppx °d W W W W W W W W W +++ LL+++++ ++ ++ ♦ ♦ ,ir`• ' ' ••a', • f \ \ / / \ Q x x x �( + ♦ �``` EX RAINGARDENS TO a: � + so Q PROTECT TYPE 2 JUNCTION ++ +++ N ♦ 40,REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN :'.' .:M' �� ++++ ♦♦ a°.' BOX INSTALLED IN THIS ++ ++++++I LABLE FROM OWNER PHASE, SEE ELEC PLANS \l, �, \I/ \l, J/ J/ 1 ��♦ + \a FOR REFERENCE ;::.' ��� +++ ++++ • \1/ \1/ \Y W W W W I e e t ' • t...,5 •. ar s,\\\ ♦ \ \ +++++++ A ' J-, r.' i; ,;. ,. ,/ + ® +++ +++++ PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS & JUNTION BOXES �� �So + + ` �/ �+ +ip + + + /So + +,+ a ..! �.•` .:"f., . \ �� Bio _ INSTALLED DURING SUNSET LANE NE CD .''' `j •� + • + ++++++++++++++�+ 40' \ \1/ \l, \�, CONSTRUCTION, TYP (NIC) \�, \l, \�, \l, 1 s ,r.:f� ++ lam— — �' +++++++++++- \ J . . . . . . 00 ++ Av 1 ++♦ ++++++� ++++ + `\ \l� \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \I/ (�w + + \1/ \1/ ♦ ,,:: i-, �[ l !•,j �+ + + + + +�`+ + + + + ° . \ PLANTING PLAN ALONG SUNSET 1 i I " �` LANE. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE \V \V \L i \V ♦' �' ;� + + +T ONLY. PLANTING AND STREETSCAPE + + + d \ , • t* ;'t:. ',tet" + ,'� •r: + + + + , ° a G IS UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT � � � �;.. ��= =, •fit :• � \ + + \4/\1/ PLANTING ENLARGEMENT `� �, ti`.. ..,.•4. +++ ° \`\ \1/ \1/ \1/ \j/ \1/ \L —1 8 ,, t ! 1 ° + ? 5 , • r.,t ,j �.. , ++++ ° d 2� \\ � •/ \tr 2 SEED LAWN AREA SOIL PREP TYP •1, � 44, I °. 14/ \1/ \V \I J/ J/ J/ 14 /4ft ♦ `' t •.: t e` I• s'', f';:: 1R+++++ ` p' aft' 11/ \1/ 11/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ 11/ \1/ \1/ ` �� / ++++++�+�J d • . ... c� 0 1 +++++++++++ i 14/ \1/ 14/ \I/ \1/ \1/ \I/ + + + + + + + \V \1/ 14/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \l/ \1/ \1/ \Ir \1/ N4/ + + ++ + + ++�+ ° \1/ \1/ \1/ \L \1/ \1/ \I/ I \I/ -4-\1/ \l/ \I/ \1/ +++ ++++ a d ° • d /" a a �y ° 14/4 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT �/ 1 ++ +++++ L-19 — CONTAINER, TYP / ++ + !'� < e .' \\1/ \1/ 11/ \1/ \I/ \l/ \1/ \I/ \j/\4/ \1/ o a \\ I++ \1/ \I/ \I/ \1/ \1/ \1/ 11/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \ \ IX V `I' `I' 14' `I' `l' J' \4' `I' \J' `/ `I' P LANTI N G ENLARGEMENT — E 3 k 11/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \1/ \J/ \`\\1/ \1/ \1/ \!/ MATCH LINE - SEE L-16 0' 10' 20' 40' NORTH SCALE MATCH LINE - SEE L-15 6 NORTH 0' 10' 20' 40' SCALE a 5 5� / / MATCH LINE - SEE L-15 6 NORTH 0' 10' 20' 40' SCALE 22'-8" PROVIDE 7' DIAMETER MULCH RING AT ALL TREES IN SOD LAWN, TYP 0' 5' 10' 20' NORTH SCALE PLANTING ENLARGEMENT -A GROUNDCOVER & PROVIDE MINIMUM ONE ROW OF BLACK IRIS AT NARROW POINT 33, SOD LAWN AREA SOIL PREP. TYP 4 MOW STRIP, TYP L-13 rl- PLANTING AREA SOIL PREP, TYP L-21 GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING SHALL BLEND SEAMLESSLY WITH EDGE OF EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING; FEATHER MULCH INTO EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING AREA TO PROVIDE A FLUSH TRANSITION EX RAINGARDENS TO REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN AVAILABLE FROM OWNER FOR REFERENCE O ol 5' lo' 20' 40 7m%m=rmmm7 NORTH SCALE 1 ) DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING, TYP —20) 3' DIAMETER MULCH RING LOCATE JUNCTION BOXES TO THE INSIDE OF THE ROW OF NANDINA SO ROW IS COMPLETE WITH NO GAPS, TYP lb 0 4-1 I ,'� \ Y 000 00000000000 OO O O00 O OSS •� ` `"�,''�.). '' :"�:.:., D CIN, O IS6 PROVIDE 4:1 CONTINUOUS CROWN IN THIS SOD LAWN AREA, SEE CIVIL DWGS O I 1 PLANTING AREA SOIL PREP, TYP —21) 3 )SOD LAWN AREA SOIL PREP, TYP —21) SHRUB? r, R H NnrnVFR k L-20 PLANTING ON A SLOPE, TYP Or A PLANTING ENLARGEMENT B PROVIDE 7' DIAMETER MULCH RING AT ALL TREff� IN SOD LAWN, TYP EX RAINGARDENS TO REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN O AVAILABLE FROM OWNER FOR REFERENCE GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING SHALL BLEND o,Oj SEAMLESSLY WITH EDGE OF EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING; FEATHER MULCH INTO EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING AREA TO PROVIDE A FLUSH TRANSITION MOW STRIP, TYP( 4 �L-13 O \4/ \4/ 0 O O \Iol 14/ \I/ 14/ 14/ 14/ 14/ O ol 5' lo' 20' 40 7m%m=rmmm7 NORTH SCALE 1 ) DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING, TYP —20) 3' DIAMETER MULCH RING LOCATE JUNCTION BOXES TO THE INSIDE OF THE ROW OF NANDINA SO ROW IS COMPLETE WITH NO GAPS, TYP lb 0 4-1 I ,'� \ Y 000 00000000000 OO O O00 O OSS •� ` `"�,''�.). '' :"�:.:., D CIN, O IS6 PROVIDE 4:1 CONTINUOUS CROWN IN THIS SOD LAWN AREA, SEE CIVIL DWGS O I 1 PLANTING AREA SOIL PREP, TYP —21) 3 )SOD LAWN AREA SOIL PREP, TYP —21) SHRUB? r, R H NnrnVFR k L-20 PLANTING ON A SLOPE, TYP Or A PLANTING ENLARGEMENT B PROVIDE 7' DIAMETER MULCH RING AT ALL TREff� IN SOD LAWN, TYP EX RAINGARDENS TO REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN O AVAILABLE FROM OWNER FOR REFERENCE GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING SHALL BLEND o,Oj SEAMLESSLY WITH EDGE OF EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING; FEATHER MULCH INTO EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING AREA TO PROVIDE A FLUSH TRANSITION MOW STRIP, TYP( 4 �L-13 0, 5' 10, 20 NORTH SCALE SEE SHEET L-7 FOR ENTRY SIGN DETAILS PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - C chi �Q Y-0) 1 3 —2 1 —2 PLANTING AREA SECTION 1 DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING, NP —20) I a W."I ill I I I I [a W.11 1014 W."W161163 I a Sol a = VA I GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING. TYP 40 ol 5' 10' 20' 10, 20' 77mmm7mmmM7 1 fi NORTH SCALE NORTH SCALE NORTH PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - D �� PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - E ol 11 2' 4' SCALE PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - CONTAINER \ I" LATERAL 1" LATERAL C n X I 2Y2" MAINLINE r 4" SLEEVE Z y, 6" SLEEVE �L< M _ lz I X r / 2 W W W W W- W- 1„ LATERAL mC;) I rr \ z � I 1" LATERAL 45.9 8 m p I M - 4" SLEEVE M ` J 2 SS NE 10TH STREET 43.1 13 - Ss- 1 " LATERAL S SS - 1 " LATERAL 1 .5" ;S S SS 10 1 .5» W w 1Y2" LATERAL RAL SS r rr SS f� NF � r 2" SLEEVE 1Y2" LATERAL ---4" SLEEVE 70 6„ SLEEVE ; / o -w�� ��so Tom' r Ir _ I I 4 6.9 9 '4 6.3 7 s� 1 I I 1 5" I 1 5" r1Y2" LATERAL 4 SLEEVE �S SID,- \ 6 SS 2Y 1 " LATERAL 2" MAINLINE _ 1 .5" „ 6" SLEEVE ` � 1 ';, LATERAL 1Y2 LATERAL I ° 1 2 SLEEVE • 6" SLEEVE I I 1Y2" LATERAL /\ , 2Y2" MAINLINE I 1Y2" LATERAL / ` s 2Y2 MAINLINE 58.2/1 4 6 SLEEVE I 6 SLEEVE 6" SLEEVE 1.5" / - -------J- - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- / ♦ 11" LATERAL T ° 0 3-----------------� 2" SLEEVE �� RUN CONTROL WIRES TO EAST SIDE OF BUILDING 1" LATERAL COORDINATE EX IRR SYSTEM Q 2" SLEEVE �� � INDOOR AUTOMATIC 1 I I� A � l I W� PROPOSED AS REQUIRED sa j CONTROLLER WALL MOUNT L-25 \ u TO PROVIDE FULL COVERAGE 3 60.1 15 1.5 01Y2" LATERAL 'S a e 1Y2" LATERAL 4" SLEEVE 55.9/12 I -® „ N 4" SLEEVE � 3 , 1 .5 � ♦ � �M 52.4 11 oil ° ♦♦ 2" LATERAL 1.5off- 4" SLEEVE I `So ♦ 2Y2„ MAINLINE � 5 I ° GARIDEN RR AT RAIN 6 SLEEVE ---_l LATERAL ��__ N ♦ 2" SLEEVE REMAIN, TYP / w \ �♦ 55.3 5 `♦ 58.2 1 6 1 " LATERAL ° ° " 1.5 1Y2" LATERAL 49.7 4 / . � \ � � ` ♦ 6" SLEEVE 1.5" �` � 2Y2" MAINLINE \ . 6 SLEEV ss 41.6 3 55.9 24 ° 1.5" 1.5" 55.9 17 46.9 2 ° 1 .5" 1 " LATERAL 1 .5 / ,<V • ♦ 2" SLEEVE / C3 1 „ LATERAL � 2" SLEEVE 2Y2" MAINLINE, • `� 1 " LATERAL 6 SLEEVE 4 1 � 2" SLEEVE �� 54.0 1 PLANTER CONTAINER DETAIL TYP 4 1 " LATERAL �� / EX IRR CONTROL VALVE; REMOVE EX BATTERY �L-12 2" SLEEVE �� 1 / ss ` ` / OPERATED CONTROL MODULE; INSTALL & 1" LATERAL CONNECT NEW CONTROL WIRES (CONDUCTOR AND 1' LATERAL 1" LATERAL �� / COMMON) TO CONTROL VALVE & CONTROLLER TO 2" SLEEVE 4" SLEEVE / PROVIDE A FULLY AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE \ �� 1Y2" LATERAL // / EX IRR MAINLINE TO REMAIN \ � 4" SLEEVE / \ / rl-,*� POINT OF CONNECTION 1.3 2Y2" MAINLINE 55.9 18 1" LATERAL 0 / 6" SLEEVE 1 .5" 2" SLEEVE _ -- // �4 MANUAL GATE �♦ / L-25 VALVE, TYP MATCH LINE - SEE L-24 01 10' 20' 40' NORTH SCALE OF WAS/y J ���T B. VoN �c o o 1 ADDENDUM REVISIONS CD 4.28.17 DK SURVEYED: SCALE: DATE: a 6 2 VERTICAL: NAVD 1988 III IIIIII ADDENDUM 1 04/19/17 CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG AS NOTED HORIZONTAL: NAD 1983/1991 CITY O F DESIGNED: IIYI� I 1 flELDB00K: II I R EN TON SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK HBB• � � ! DRAWN: J. HOWARD �In I PAGE: 1 800 42 4- 5 5 5 5 0 �Q M. OVIIR/C. DIGGINS ONE INCH DATUM li ld PHASE 1 DRAWING NO: s CHECKEDJ. VONG AT FULL SCALE Collllmlllllll unity Services Dept. IRRIGATION PLAN L-23 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 8g (j C NOT ONE INCH 215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTH 206.682.3051 phone O � EXP � SCALE ACCORDINGLY SEATTLE, WA 98109 206.682.3245 fax 4,1 DS, P NO. REVISION BY DATE APPRAPPROVED:D. KOONTS SHEET: 75 OF: 78 MATCH LINE - SEE L-23 6 NORTH / / / / 0' 10' 20' 40' SCALE ++7 G TRAFFIC SIGN RESET TYP 3 Z 1 BOLLARDY LA OUT A O 4 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT y p L -g PAD - TYPE A, TYP NE 10TH STREET L-1 2 2 L-6 PERVIOUS CONCRETE PAVING WITH CONCRETE �. CURB BOTH SIDES, TYP; SEE CIVIL DWGS V, PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 3 X G IL A NIT TO REMAIN 1 N ^` PAD - TYPE C YP L-10 - F7� µw + + + + + + + - + PAD A 6 ; 1 x C + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +' + + + + ® t + 3 CONCRETE BROOM - 3 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -h + + + + + + + i - + +++++++ h+++ +++++++++i + r+++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { + r+ ° L35 BO. . TYP - - L-9 PAD - TYPE B, TYP �- - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MEDIUM BROOM FINISH DIRECTION ALIGN J ,_ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + D LAYOUT C+ - / PERPENDICULAR TO PATH OF TRAVEL, TYP PROVIDE 2"x6" WOOD HEADER + . ° ' _ L-6 + ` - - - 0� ° x �% 1 + '+++ 2'X2' SCORING PATTERN; PROVIDE SCORE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO PAVEMENT + + + +-- ` x x:,x . Aie T ENDS OF PERVIOUS PAVING ' WHEN ADJACENT TO PLANTING, +++ r r r r r r r *' r r r r r r r++++ ++ -TOP OF HEADER TO BE FLUSH _++++++++++ L75 PAD+B++++{ t EDGE; ADJUST WIIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE SPACING ALONG OUTSIDE ARC, TYP { r r + + o"N I l` + + - - 4 VIEWPOINT / •< x x x x x + + + + + + + + + + + + + +r+ + + + + + -h SCORING PATTERN - TOADJACENTPAVING, TYP +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 6" GONG CURB, TYP + + POB FOR 2'X2' ENLARGEMENTX L 5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ RESTROOM SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, TYP _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ xx + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + JOINT LAYOUT ENLARGEMENT - A(2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + r I I I I I I +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + ... + +, + + +__+++ + + +,.+ + I +_ + I + + L-3 +{ +..t+. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ........ + LIMIT+OF PERGOLA STRUCTURE OVER BREEZEWAY, SEE ARCH DWGS +++++++,+++++++,+++++++,+++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + `+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++APPROX LOCATION OF FUTURE WATER HOLDING TANK SIZE ++ + Ih V A } L.r + 11 � + + + + + + + ++++++++++++++.++.++.++.++.++.++.++.++. + + + + + + ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ TBD) FOR RECIRCULATING SYSTEM (WATER FEATURE) NIC ++++++++++++++ + + + + + ++++++++++ + + + + + + + + TRASH RECEPTACLE TYP 6 ++++++++ + PROVIDE TWO SCORE JOINTS EO \ I ' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + F + + t + + t r i + I t + + t + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ....... + + + + + \ 1 + 1 2'-D" WIDE CONC BAND, + +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + L 1g SPACING INS OTHERWISE SHOWN, TYP I I t - x +++ 1 + + + + + + + + ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ BICYCLE RACK TYP L-513 + �" +++� { UNLESS + 2'-0" T P -� t] x + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + POB FOR 2'X2' SCORING + +/ + + + PROTECT CURBS + .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + LIMIT OF PERGOLA AND STEP-OFF N + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + PATTERN & IN -GROUND LIGHTS+ + + + y + ��+ CENTER IN -GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE - G + + + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++t+i-+++-t+i+1-+++t+t+i-+++++ir+++r"+t++4++'IN SCORE PATTERN AS SHOWN, TYP STRUCTURE, SEE PADS INSTALLED ZN + + + + + + ++ DURING SUNSET + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + i FOR BROOM FINISH DIRECTION + + + + + i \ I r + + + + i + 1 - + I NS ARCH PLA fn + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /� + + + + + + + + + + + + +++++++ LANE NE N THIS AREA SEE DWG L-4 + + + + \� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + i �+ + + + + + + + < + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + s �+ + +� + + + + + + + + - 1 RADIUS BENCH CONSTRUCTION, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + r + T t + Y " ` v + + + + + + + i i Z - \ _ -10 AT PERGOLA TYP (EXISTING) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .� + + + k - + + + + + + + + , \ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .I �r 1 ENLARGEMENT Zy \.t + + + + + + 1 \ -- �tv + + + + +++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/ + + + jam' N 185295.081 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + t --� - + +\ + + + + + + I -i + ti E 1306394.358 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \+ + \' I� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ i t + + } 1 1 1 y 1 PROTECT ALL PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ��e. I II+ I 5 BENCH AREA { +++ 1 2 JOINT LAYOUT \ + + + + + + L-5 ENLARGEMENT, TYP+ + L-4 ENLARGEMENT - C & JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED ° +++ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \i- + ---� r + 1 DURING SUNSET LANE NE + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +)+ I+ + + + 1 + + + + CONSTRUCTION, TYP (EXISTING) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %++%+++l.+++++ + + + \+ + + I+ + 1 JOINT LAYOUT 4 MOW STRIP, TYP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I +\ + L-4 ENLARGEMENT - Bi -13 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + i SCORE JOINT TYP 1 + +I + _ + I + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + i + + + + + + + r I , I �. .. I i i. } + + + + h + + + + + + + /, Fa + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + � + ,i. I . � I � I I + + + + + + + + + + + I PEDESTRIAN LIGHT + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \+ + + +� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ��/ - PADESTTYPELD,HTYP e e \ + } + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ` "-- - Com/ x x ` j'' T- � i ✓ r i I I I I 1 I + + + i /�'♦ x x x + + + + + + + + + + + '+++++++ + + + + �' `+ + + 5 IN -GROUND LIGHT + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + r +\ + + + +/ i + L-6 FIXTURE, TYP + + I + + + + + + + + + + + +�+ + +/+ + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {. + i. + I r r h T 4 ' ` x X. X� ```` x x x x K x x ° x + + + + + }. + + + + + + + + + + .I. CONCRETE PAVING, TYP; I i- �i }� POB FOR 2X2' SCORING PATTERN TRAFFIC SIGN, TYP ' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �+ +& IN -GROUND LILGHTS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + SEE CIVIL DWGS + { +-moi i + y-+ 1 . . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + . �+� 4 + + + + + + + + + ... + + + + + h + + + + i + +h + + + + i + +h + .h i. i. i } i } I. i. i.. i. i. i i + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MATCH LINE - SEE L-2 10. z°' NOTE: 1. SEE DRAWING L-2 FOR URBAN DESIGN, LEGEND, NOTES & ABBREVIATIONS. 2. FOR EXPANSION JOINT LAYOUT PLAN SEE DRAWING L-3. NORTH SCALE MATCH LINE - SEE L-1 \ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \\.00 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CENTER IN -GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE TO ++++,++ ++++++++++++++++SCORE PATTERN AS SHOWN, TYP +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +++��++ + +++++++IN -GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE TYP 5++ 3 \ TRD•FFIC CI(,N RFCFT TYP + + + + + + + + + + + i _� + + + + + + + + + + + + �-�+ + -1 +T+T+T+T+r+�+T+T+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ' + .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ ° ® + + + + + + + + + + CONCRETE BROOM FINISH TYP 3 + . . x +++++ + + + ++%'+'+ + + + L_5 + + + + + + + + +T+T+T+T+T+T+T + T+++++ + + i + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ... + + + + + CURBS AND STEP-OFF PADS +++++++++ + + + + + + INSTALLED DURING SUNSET LANE: \� + + + + ENTRY SIGN -AXON 1 + + + + NE CONSTRUCTION, TYP (EXISTING) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + t. + + + + + + + + ' +++++++++++++ + + MOW STRIP 4 + L-13 + „❑ + + + + + + ; xzx.K _ + + + + PROTECT ALL PEDESTRIAN LIG HTS%& ' + + + JUN LAON OXES INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION, TYP % ° G SUNSET SU NE NE(SET 44NENir URBAN DESIGN LEGEND ' } ALIGN EDGE OF MOW STRIP & END OF PERVIOUS PAVING / /+ + PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 4 Den — TVDC e I _Q PERVIOUS CONCRETE PAVING W/ CONCRETE CURB BOTH SIDES, TYP; SEE CIVIL DWGS URBAN DESIGN NOTES ++++ CONCRETE PAVING, TYP; SEE CIVIL DWGS++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + r ++++++ + MEDIUM BROOM FINISH DIRECTION - + + + + ALIGN PERPENDICULAR TO PATH OF TRAVEL, TYP ++ + + + + + + + + + + +®/ /q • . +++++++++ 8 PAD C ++ + PROVIDE 2"x6" WOOD HEADER AT ENDS OF PERVIOUS + + + + L_5 + + +++ + PAVING WHEN ADJACENT TO PLANTING, TOP OF HEADER +++ ++ + ++++ +++++'TO BE FLUSH TO ADJACENT PAVING, TYP + + + + I + + ++++ 3 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD - TYPE B k C \ k 2 BOLLARD LAYOUT B d 2'X2' SCORING PATTERN; PROVIDE SCORE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO PAVEMENT EDGE; ADJUST WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE SPACING ALONG OUTSIDE ARC, TYP; FOR POB SEE DWG L-1 + PROVIDE TWO SCORE JOINTS EQ SPACING IN 2'-0" / + + +,+++++ ' WIDE CONC BAND, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, TYP + ++++ + +++++ + + ++++ + + k y� R1 Z a n x URBAN DESIGN ABBREVIATIONS i NORTH SCALE #/NO. NUMBER HT HEIGHT . ALL CURVED SCORE JOINTS SHALL BE PERCENT ID INSIDE DIAMETER INSTALLED W/ CONTINUOUS RADII PARALLEL TO & & AND LF LINEAR FEET PAVING EDGES. TANGENT LINES ARE @ AT MFRS MANUFACTURER'S PLANTING AREAS; SEE DWGS L-15 THROUGH L-16 UNACCEPTABLE. CE CENTER LINE MAX MAXIMUM + + 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN AT 90 DEGREE ABBV ABBREVIATIONS MIN MINIMUM PERVIOUS CONCRETE ANGLES AND FROM EDGE OF PAVING (WHERE ADA AMERICANS WITH MTG MOUNTING APPLICABLE) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DISABILITIES ACT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT J. FOR EXPANSION JOINT LAYOUT PLAN, SEE ALT ALTERNATE NPT NATIONAL PIPE THREAD DRAWING L-3. APPROX APPROXIMATE NTS NOT TO SCALE ��j BROOM FINISH DIRECTION ARCH ARCHITECTURE OC ON CENTER COR CITY OF RENTON PREP PREPARATION 6" CONCRETE CURB CLR CLEAR POB POINT OF BEGINNING CONC CONCRETE QTY QUANTITY SCORE JOINT, TYP CONST CONSTRUCTION R RADIUS CONT CONTAINER REP REPRESENTATIVE ® BENCH, TYP CF CUBIC FEET SCH SCHEDULE DIA DIAMETER SPECS SPECIFICATIONS TRASH RECEPTACLE, TYP ELEC ELECTRIC SQ SQUARE DWG/S DRAWING/S SS STAINLESS STEEL EA EACH STD STANDARD IN -GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP EQ EQUAL SYM SYMBOL EQUIV EQUIVALENT TBD TO BE DECIDED IN -GROUND LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP EX EXISTING TYP TYPICAL FT FOOT W/ WITH BICYCLE RACK; TYP HDPC HIGH DENSITY PAPER COMPOSITE 0 CONTAINER, TYP �O PEDESTRIAN LIGHT, TYP DETAIL IDENTIFICATION L-1 SHEET IDENTIFICATION of WA vo.. i NORTH SCALE CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN RUST CHANNEL PROVIDE 1/4" CHAMFER ON ALL LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP CONC EDGES AND CORNERS, TYP 4 ENTRY SIGN - L==—+J — 1 11 L-8 ENLARGEMENT A ON ALL CONC EDGES AND CORTEN STEEL MULTI-LAYEREDRICHIL I� -� ACCENT FIN1/4" #4 VERT REBAR, 6" OC, r a� CLIP 1 7/8" 2" CLR, TYP 45° CHAMFER OUTSIDE PANEL, TYP TYP LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP EDGE OF PANEL,L, TYP OVERSIZE HOLE IN PANEL #4 CONTINUOUS HORZ REBAR, a_2" �f CLR, TYP o I .l I N 1V X 3Yz" X 5'-0" KEY M o I CENTERED ON SIGN I•� SS STEEL NUTS, BOLTS y2 4YP a I I & WASHERS FOR Ia a REINFORCEMENT, TYP CAPPED, HEX NUT; °> �j. TAMPER -PROOF UPLIGHT LUMINAIRE, TYP as 0 304SS THREADED } ANCHOR BOLT !Ij 11113 ° I v ,, M. 711`--L--"Is-- L 4 L==—+J — 1 \ CLR SECTION 1 3" DEPTH MULCH FINISH GRADE PRIOR TO PLACING MULCH 1" DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP CONCRETE BASE 6" DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE ENTRY SIGN -SECTION A 1 NOT TO SCALE PROVIDE 1/4" CHAMFER ON ALL CONC EDGES AND CORTEN STEEL CORNERS, TYP UNLESS ACCENT FIN1/4" TYP MOUNTING OTHERWISE NOTED RUST CHANNEL (NO CHAMFER) CLIP 1 7/8" 45° CHAMFER OUTSIDE TYP LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP EDGE OF PANEL,L, TYP OVERSIZE HOLE IN PANEL :•� BY 1/8" LARGER THAN \� BOLT; PRECISION CUT HOLE 8 TO ACCEPT HARDWARE, TYP N . 2" CER°� ° 1" DIAMETER �a a >I 304SS WASHER I•� �L-- I o a b Ia 304SS DOME TYP` CAPPED, HEX NUT; °> TAMPER -PROOF as 0 304SS THREADED } ANCHOR BOLT Q Q INTO CONCRETE WELD 1" LONG, 1/4" 304SS OR DIA STEEL ROD STUDS a> I w o w GALVANIZED TO ACCENT FIN; WELD STEEL SPACER, ALL AROUND, TYP w < o < SAME SIZE AS EQ SPACED #4 CONTINUOUS I w w WASHER HOPE REBAR, 2 1/2" OC, a Q L- 2" 2" CLR, TYP 7> m 7> ADJUST REBAR LOCATION MIN 2 1/2 TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDD EQ SPACED #4 VERT REBAR, 5" 1/4" 1/2" OC, 2" CLR, TYP CLR TYP ENLARGEMENT ENTRY SIGN ENLARGEMENT A 4 - NOT TO SCALE CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN LED STRIP LIGHT, TYP 3/4" WIDE X 3/4" DEEP g" CONTINUOUS RUST CHANNEL TYP � yl° iJ. :i 3" DEPTH MULCH iii U° to AXA�� FINISH GRADE PRIOR TO PLACING MULCH 1" DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP -- V�/Vi CONCRETE BASE �j/AAj/A o 00 00 00 00 00 00 A - /VA�AA 0 0 0 VA/ 6" DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE 2„ PERVIOUS PAVEMENT CLR SECTION (WHEN PRESENT), - ° SEE CIVIL DWGS° 2 ENTRY SIGN - SECTION B MOVE &RESET THE + + + + + EXISTING 22.5" X 17" NOT TO SCALE WSDOT TYPE 1 1 d- d- F -1 JUNCTION BOX - - + + + - CORTEN STEEL ACCENT FIN - T + + + + + LED STRIP LIGHT (BEHIND) CORO FOUNDATION - A - + + UNDERNEATH = + + 4 VERT & HORZ REBAR, + + 2' CLR, TYP TOP OF COLO ----- ------ -- FOUNDATION CAP + + I L Ij #4 CONTINUOUS HORZ + + l a REBAR, 2" CLR, TYP BASE COVER P + \ o #4 VERT REBAR, � 2„ CLR, TYP + - + 1" DIA PVC CONDUIT FOR ELECTRIC w \ I I WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP CONCRETE BASE 153° _ 6" 6" DEPTH CRUSHED TYP SURFACING BASE COURSE o� SECTION PEDESTRIAN 5 v I I°o LIGHT PAD L-9 j�n§IGN- SECTION C SECTION' - o - - - - - ��NOT - 9° °7FOR NEW PEDESTRIAN NOTES: WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION 0 FOR POLES, FINISH 1. LOGO DESIGN TO- TO MATCH FINISH ON BE ROUTERED INTO BOX (22" X 33") - -EX PEDESTRIAN LIGHT THE 2 -LAYER - + + FOUNDATIONS, TYP RICHLITE PANEL. CONCRETE CURB °`<. 7" 2 ROUTER USING A (WHEN PRESENT) C oA 1/16" BIT SIZE TO OR PAVING, SEE - + A A DEPTH THAT CIVIL DWGS EXPOSES BLACK - - - - - + + + DIAMOND COLOR LAYER. -- `° ° + + + + + -- -I- EXPOSED LAYER: MIN - BLACK DIAMOND COLOR °° 3'-0' - + 1. -I O� SURFACE LAYER: NT MAPLE VALLEY COLOR + + 1 + -I- ENTRY SIGN - COR LOGO 5 NOT TO SCALE 6"'o 1 ""' LIVfI l �-HU - NOT TO SCALE J�E.1T7 B. voN"'�c ��V �d 2 ADDENDUM REVISIONS 2D 4.28.17 DK-N4c'�o' e. " CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG HBB�U� NE AS NOTED °a"°NT w981 /l' CI TY OF ADDENDUM 1 " o� ,s/n a Q °o. KGGNTS o • SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 1 800 424-5555 RENTON � "wM. ovnR/c. Dlccros i i PHASE 1 onruM Y URBAN DESIGN DETAILS L-8 �� '(b�� � "'Il. Communit Services Dept. UnLTITES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER EANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 8 /T VONG w nccoaowccv F qe SCP. PioPARK ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN �( N0. REVISION B" D�^-F APPR NDSCAP c�D. KOONTS - 60 "78 PERVIOUS PAVEMENT NCIVIL 2 JUNCTION (WHEN PRESENT), 33") SEE CIVIL DOS RETE CURB - " ` - ° � � � �° �� � ° � ° . MOVE 8c RESET THE ° N PRESENT) EXISTING 22 5' X 17" PEDESTRIAN 5 AVING, SEE CONC FOUNDATION WSDOT TYPE 1 LIGHT PAD L-9 DWGS UNDERNEATH JUNCTION BOX SECTION "-- SS ROUNDED CAP HEX NUT ON SS LOCKING WASHER SIZED FUTURE ANCHOR BOLT; TAMPER & TO FIT WASHER 1/8" DIA INTERPRETIVE SIGN VANDAL PROOF; SIZED TO FIT LARGER THAN CAP HEX NUT ASSEMBLY (NIC) HOLE IN MFRS MOUNTING PLATE CONCRETE WITH 1/8" CLR GASKET, NEOPRENE OR PAVEMENT, o APPROVED EQUAL SEE CIVIL w DWGS w = SITE FURNISHING POINT OF - ATTACHMENT OR MOUNTING PLATEa BASE COURSE, o z m o op �pOp poQ�° oo SEE CIVIL a THICKENED CONCRETE PAVEMENT _ DWGS am III III=III =III—— EX SOIL OR EX III—III— SOIL COMPACTED 8", TY TO 95% MAX DENSITY SCCTON —EPDXY SET ANCHOR BOLT INTO CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLT NOT TO SCALE INTERPRETIVE SIGN FOOTING 2 NOT TO SCALE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 5 PERVIOUS PAVEMENT PAD SECTION L-9 (WHEN PRESENT), COVER PER MFR PERVIOUS SEE CIVIL DWGS PAVEMENT FLUSH, TYP -11 11 v VVV -° 1111- ° ° MOVE & RESET PRESENT), - CONC UN FODATION000°o` THE EXISTING 225"'° DWGS UNDERNEATH °°°° °°°° - X 17" WSDOT TYPE'°°°° CONCRETE CURB TOP OF COLO 1 JUNCTION BOX (WHEN PRESENT) r FOUNDATION CAP OR PAVING, SEE - -__ - + + + CIVIL DWGS BASE COVER w l 6„ _ - - - TYP - -, -z + + + °° I + + q - + + - -° o Ivv v I°, ° + + + - +�° - + + + + F + + 6 17" + 6"J FOR NEW PEDESTRIAN LIGHT POLES, FINISH PLAN 5'-b" EXPD SILIGHT PEDESTRIAN FOUNDATIONS, TYP PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD - TYPE A NOT TO SCALE FINISH GRADE Y2" SEED AREAS 1" LAWN SOD AREAS 3" SHRUB/ GROUNDCOVER AREA`. UNDISTURBED VII EX SOIL OR -_ EX SOIL COMPACTED TO 95% MAX I—I (- DENSITY _III, SECTION PEDESTRIAN NOT TO SCALE EQ TYP TO OF CONC FOUNDATION CAP + F + 1 BASE COVER - = - 117, 6,. TYP b1, L6)_ �° o + + °o°o°o110 III oo°° �° °° °° + + + + + -, + + + + + 6„ 2'-9" 13'� T + 6' 17" 6" //+ + + + + + + + + + PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD - TYPE B NOT TO SCALE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT POLE (EXISTING AND NEW), SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS -STANDARD BASE COVER PER MFR PERVIOUS PAVEMENT FLUSH, TYP (WHEN PRESENT), - SEE CIVIL DWGS 2' O' ° (FOUNDATION CAP 11 II 3 -0 - FOUNDATION LIGHT PAD SECTION DOME LID OPENING DOME LID 32 GAL TRASH RECEPTACLE INSTALL TRASH RECEPTACLE & CONC FOOTING PER MFRS INSTRUCTIONS CONCRETE CURB (WHEN PRESENT) s OR PAVING, SEE CIVIL DWGS COLD JOINT O OIC O CONCRETE II II II II 1=III-III=III III=III II II FOUNDATION, SEE III STRUCTURAL DWGS I— III —III —III —III —111—I—I11-111-111—I I I 2'-0" SQ, TYP SECTION c� TRASH RECEPTACLE NOT TO SCALE CONCRETE PAVEMENT, SEE CIVIL DWGS —BASE COURSE SEE CIVIL DWGS EX SOIL OR EX SOIL COMPACTED TO 95% MAX DENSITY + + + 1 SCORE JOINT, TYP +r�+�+'++-i v' L-5 + / + +++ 1_ ®-\ FO PERGOLA ST C -TUR , SE ARCH S 2 RADIUS BENCH @ L-1 I PERGOLA AXON - - -- FREE -LIBRAf?Y,=1YP� - - - L-'12 - ADA SPACE, TYP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + + +++++ -�- o, TRASH RECEPTACLE, TYP 6 + . _O» TYP + L-9 + + +o +++ + + + + + + 6 ............ "77771 - + _NORTH 7CE �� RADIUS BENCH AT PERGOLA ENLARGEMENT NOT TO SCALE 1/4" FLAT WASHER, TYP;-- MFRS YP;—MFRS PROVIDED 1/4" LOCK WASHER, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED 1/4" HEX NUT, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED PAVEMENT & BASE COURSE, SEE CIVIL DWGS pq NOTE: ALL ATTACHMENT HARDWARE & FASTENERS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL & TAMPER RESISTANT. 1 -6" 17% " HDPC SLATS PER MFRS BENCH ARM 1/4" FASTENER, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED WEDGE EXPANSION ANCHOR, MINS 3"1 CER �iBETWEEN SIZED TO FIT MFRS :&_�_--TYP; - PERGOLA POSE AND- - 1 RADIUS BENCH BACK- bE 'BELCH,-tYP' L-1 1 @ PERGOLA P i = ® TYP; SIZED TO FIT ANCHOR SQUARE LEG BASE EDGE OF PAVING �RADIUS - TO MEET WITH EDGE OF PER MFRS TO MATCH HEX NUT 12 PERGOLA' FOOTING' IN' FLAT WASHER, TYP; SIZED TO MATCH HEX NUT - - - FLUSH C,ONDITION,i TYP' - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -EDGE-OF PAVING,- SEE' CIVIL' \ - -PERGOLA POST, TYP; STRUCTURAL DWGS-- -SEE - - ADA SPACE, TYP + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + + +++++ -�- o, TRASH RECEPTACLE, TYP 6 + . _O» TYP + L-9 + + +o +++ + + + + + + 6 ............ "77771 - + _NORTH 7CE �� RADIUS BENCH AT PERGOLA ENLARGEMENT NOT TO SCALE 1/4" FLAT WASHER, TYP;-- MFRS YP;—MFRS PROVIDED 1/4" LOCK WASHER, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED 1/4" HEX NUT, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED PAVEMENT & BASE COURSE, SEE CIVIL DWGS pq NOTE: ALL ATTACHMENT HARDWARE & FASTENERS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL & TAMPER RESISTANT. 1 -6" 17% " HDPC SLATS PER MFRS I ' ALL SIDES, TYP I_ 3Y2" MIN EMBEDMENT=111� �� � II )IIIIIIIIIIIIII I EX SOIL OR EX - �i _SHIM BENCH TO BE LEVEL USING GREY SOIL COMPACTED -NYLON PADS; PAD EDGES SHALL NOT BE TO 95% DENSITY VISIBLE BEYOND EDGES OF LEG _BASE SECTION RADIUS BENCH ATTACHMENTS NOT TO SCALE WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION \ BOX (22 X 33) CONCRETE CURB (WHEN PRESENT) .PEDESTRIAN 5 OR PAVING, SEE LIGHT PAD L 9 CIVIL DWGS SECTION- o,°� J PERVIOUS PAVEMENT (WHEN PRESENT), SEE CIVIL DWGS 0 0 vv .° v°vvvavvv CONC FOUNDATION,°00000°° UNDERNEATH TOP OF CONC FOUNDATION CAP vo0000 vvs: BASE COVER +oov000vvoo7r` + +'vovovvvovvv 7 v 7 a vvovv)O + + __ + + ovv 6" +4 + v - o v 7v vvv 0 07� _ °vvvvvv°vv°v°vv°°vvvv vvvvvvvovvvvvvvvv°ovvv � 77777777 o�000v000 ° + v vv e NOT TO SCALE BENCH ARM 1/4" FASTENER, TYP; MFRS PROVIDED WEDGE EXPANSION ANCHOR, SIZED TO FIT MFRS :&_�_--TYP; MOUNTING PLATE W/ 11� STUDS, TYP SEAT SUPPORT PER MFRS ROUNDED CAP HEX NUT, a �gg ® TYP; SIZED TO FIT ANCHOR SQUARE LEG BASE LOCK WASHER, TYP; SIZED PER MFRS TO MATCH HEX NUT 12 FLAT WASHER, TYP; SIZED TO MATCH HEX NUT I ' ALL SIDES, TYP I_ 3Y2" MIN EMBEDMENT=111� �� � II )IIIIIIIIIIIIII I EX SOIL OR EX - �i _SHIM BENCH TO BE LEVEL USING GREY SOIL COMPACTED -NYLON PADS; PAD EDGES SHALL NOT BE TO 95% DENSITY VISIBLE BEYOND EDGES OF LEG _BASE SECTION RADIUS BENCH ATTACHMENTS NOT TO SCALE WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION \ BOX (22 X 33) CONCRETE CURB (WHEN PRESENT) .PEDESTRIAN 5 OR PAVING, SEE LIGHT PAD L 9 CIVIL DWGS SECTION- o,°� J PERVIOUS PAVEMENT (WHEN PRESENT), SEE CIVIL DWGS 0 0 vv .° v°vvvavvv CONC FOUNDATION,°00000°° UNDERNEATH TOP OF CONC FOUNDATION CAP vo0000 vvs: BASE COVER +oov000vvoo7r` + +'vovovvvovvv 7 v 7 a vvovv)O + + __ + + ovv 6" +4 + v - o v 7v vvv 0 07� _ °vvvvvv°vv°v°vv°°vvvv vvvvvvvovvvvvvvvv°ovvv � 77777777 o�000v000 ° + v vv e NOT TO SCALE g/6" DIA HOLE FOR ANCHOR WEDGE EXPANSION ANCHOR, SIZED TO FIT MFRS :&_�_--TYP; PROVIDED HOLE 11� a �gg I ' ALL SIDES, TYP I_ 3Y2" MIN EMBEDMENT=111� �� � II )IIIIIIIIIIIIII I EX SOIL OR EX - �i _SHIM BENCH TO BE LEVEL USING GREY SOIL COMPACTED -NYLON PADS; PAD EDGES SHALL NOT BE TO 95% DENSITY VISIBLE BEYOND EDGES OF LEG _BASE SECTION RADIUS BENCH ATTACHMENTS NOT TO SCALE WSDOT TYPE 2 JUNCTION \ BOX (22 X 33) CONCRETE CURB (WHEN PRESENT) .PEDESTRIAN 5 OR PAVING, SEE LIGHT PAD L 9 CIVIL DWGS SECTION- o,°� J PERVIOUS PAVEMENT (WHEN PRESENT), SEE CIVIL DWGS 0 0 vv .° v°vvvavvv CONC FOUNDATION,°00000°° UNDERNEATH TOP OF CONC FOUNDATION CAP vo0000 vvs: BASE COVER +oov000vvoo7r` + +'vovovvvovvv 7 v 7 a vvovv)O + + __ + + ovv 6" +4 + v - o v 7v vvv 0 07� _ °vvvvvv°vv°v°vv°°vvvv vvvvvvvovvvvvvvvv°ovvv � 77777777 o�000v000 ° + v vv e NOT TO SCALE (,1< +a + ✓ �� ti C K °A 117 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT — A I � L CENTER TREES IN PLANTING 2 y i ` I � MULCH AREA AROUND ZG O STRIPS AS SHOWN, TYP m Z i TREES IN LAWN AREAS, TYP / 1 DECIDUOUS TREE 1-0 O NE 10TH STREET —20 PLANTING, TYP i ���� MULCH SHALL EXTEND FROM BACK OF STREET CURB z I TO EDGE OF SIDEWALK IN LAWN AREAS AS SHOWN, TYP •" • NF7pPRE TY OVIDE STRAIGHT, CLEAN DGE TO 1 1 :� �I�/ g" � ,r, � , ••.•• ��� Tys LAWN PERPENDICULAR TO CURB, P 1 � < v v w v v v v v v v 6'-0" TYP, EXCEPT 42'-3' 41'-3" WHERE NOTED PLANTING ENLARGEMENT — C 1 PROVIDE MULCH TO I I ,', t ♦ q f • L_19 EDGE OF CONCRETE � � ♦, � � ♦, x �: w w PATHWAY IN THIS x x v w w v LOCATION. AS SHOWNv v v v w v v v v w 1 i II +*+,��� I cel w v ✓ Y y v w + ++ — �� ♦ EX RAINGARDENSA TO PROTECT TYPE 2 JUNCTION + +* �� ♦ REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN BOX INSTALLED IN THIS + +++ \� + AVAILABLE FROM OWNER) PHASE, SEE ELEC PLANS 4 + +++ I ♦,\, ++ FOR REFERENCE ♦ ° ++ + �� h% �Y �Y .v •L �Y �L �L �L �L �L �L �L W W W 1 I �� � �� ++ ♦ ♦ ++++ w' +++ PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS & JUNTION BOXES � 1 •• • _ �� � INSTALLED DURING SUNSET LANE NE c�� ��• . •�••������� :�� ++++++++++++++++ �� CONSTRUCTION, TYP (NIC) y y y 1 ++�+ + _ir +++++++++++ ++ +*+*+ �. '�`, • � ++ + +++++++++� ++sem-++++++ ILI IV IV IV 14, ILI '41 IV cL 1 + + ++* +++++++ v v v v v v v v w v v v w v v v v++++ 1 + * ♦ +*+*+*+�+ *+*+*+*+*+* + + 4 — ♦ ++++ +++++° + +*+ ♦ *+*+*+*+*+*+ + + I ♦ ` +fir +++++++++++ ++*+ \w v v v, + \w 1 + I ♦ +�++++ + p \w w 14, 11, l w 1 * oI v ♦ .* PLANTING PLAN ALONG SUNSET 1 \ ♦ �� *+*+*+ * /I + LANE. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE W w w w \ �� W ♦ *+++++* �� /,I ++++++ ♦ ++ �� +++ ONLY. PLANTING AND STREETSCAPE "' + +++ N w\ v w w w w w w w / w w w ♦ ++ +++ G IS UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT ♦ + � .�++++ .v W .v .v I w w .i/ w t w w w w w w w w ♦ * +++ + v v v x IV w w v w v w w w w w w v ♦ + j y PLANTING ENLARGEMENT — B 1 ♦ �.,. ��++++ \ v v .v v v .v .v w .v v w v v \ \ / —18 ♦� ++++ �• IV w 2 SEED LAWN AREA SOIL PREP TYP � � \ v v v v ,�♦ � ♦y+++ IV IV 41 +++* .. W W W W W W W W W W W W W ♦ W W W W W ++++ .v .v I +*+ ++ ++�+ + + *+++ I ++++ + y y Y Y Y W 4 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT y w 1+++++++ CONTAINER, TYP ++ +.+ / P IF Iv 4 CO +*+' 10-% PLANTING ENLARGEMENT — E 3 ++* I MATCH LINE — SEE L-16 ° I I SCALE MATCH LINE — SEE L-15 w yr w w w y \ PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - D/ 2 ++++++++��+.�♦♦ 1 i L-19 A- +++ \.i — —a —_ —. PEDESTRIAN LIGHTS & JUNCTION + '" �_' BOXES INSTALLED DURING SUNSET �♦ LANE NE CONSTRUCTION, TYP (NIC) ♦ �'t� SUNS477- �l n PLANTING PLAN ALONG SUNSET FNF LANE. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE •�, a ONLY; PLANTING AND STREETSCAPE ARE UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT, O c Z \y v st O o' ia' za' ao NORTH SCALE PROVIDE 7' DIAMETER MULCH RING AT ALL TREES IN SOD LAWN, TYP s ra SCALE SHRUB PLANTING, TYP PROVIDE MINIMUM ONE ROW OF BLACK IRIS AT NARROW POINT GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING SHALL BLEND SEAMLESSLY WITH EDGE OF EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING; FEATHER MULCH INTO EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING AREA TO PROVIDE A FLUSH TRANSITION EX RAINGARDENS TO REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN AVAILABLE FROM OWNER FOR REFERENCE TREE P I3DIAMETER MULCH RING m LOCATE JUNCTION BOXES TO THE i� INSIDE OF THE ROW OF NANDINA SO ROW IS COMPLETE WITH NO GAPS, TYP IN SOD LAWN, TYP b \ EX RAINGARDENS TO REMAIN; PLANTING PLAN AVAILABLE FROM OWNER FOR REFERENCE GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING SHALL BLEND SEAMLESSLY WITH EDGE OF EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING; FEATHER MULCH INTO EX RAINGARDEN PLANTING AREA TO PROVIDE A FLUSH TRANSITION TYP NORTH SCALE SEE SHEET L-7 FOR ENTRY SIGN DETAILS � PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - C NORTH SCALE 2 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - D to NORTH SCALE NORTH SCALE 3 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT - E 4 PLANTING ENLARGEMENT -CONTAINER 1" LATERAL _ !1" LATERAL_ a 2Y2" MAINLINE i / 4" SLEEVE 6' SLEEVE i 1 LATERAL m G) yG�1" LATERAL 8 "4" SLEEVE "� 2 p � � 1.5" � " s y NE 10TH STREET I" LATERAL 1 " LATERAL - 1 .5' =� 1 .5" w 1Y" LATERAL - 2" T2� SLEEVE " LATERAL w_4" SLEEVE L 6" SLEEVE 5" 5" T IJ/2" LATERAL�s i 1 - 4" SLEEVE 2Yz MAINLINE o "LATERAL 1" LATERAL � \ ' ° ' � 1.5"� 1)/2" LATERAL I 6" SLEEVE 1 '2" SLEEVE m 6" SLEEVE I I 1;'2" LATERAL 1 2Y2" MAINLINE 1 1Y2" LATERAL/ 58.2 14 1 6" SLEEVE 1 6" SLEEVE �\ 2Y2" MAINLINE 6" SLEEVE 1' LATERAL T--- \ o �♦ ----------------� 2" SLEEVE RUN CONTROL WIRES TO EAST SIDE OF BUILDING I U ♦♦ 1" LATERAL 1 COORDINATE EX IRR SYSTEM. ♦ e 2" SLEEVE INDOOR AUTOMATIC 1 1 _ 21 c A W� PROPOSED AS REQUIRED` ♦♦ ' CONTROLLER WALL MOUNT L-25 1 TO PROVIDES BULL COVERAGE ♦ 160.1 1�ON 1 .5" e Y2» . LATERAL 1 0 — 1Y2" LATERAL 4' SLEEVE o� 1 55.9 12 4" SLEEVE v n -s 52.4 11 d , 'i 2" LATERAL` 1 � 4" SLEEVE 1 tEX \o RR AT RAIN / 6" SLEEVE MAINLINE LATERAL GARDEN TO 6" ♦ 2" SLEEVE REMAIN, TYP .\ \� 55.3 5 ° 56.2 16 \\ i 1" LATERAL 5„ —�1 ♦♦� / 5" S 1)/2" LATERAL 49.7 4 \ \ � A 2Y2" MAINLINE \\ 6" SLEEVE 1.5" \\ 6' SLEEV ♦ 41.6 3 / Ns NG \ 55.9/24 N ♦ 55.9 17/ �>. \ � \\ 5„ 61" LATERAL 5" V y� \ 2" SLEEVE �� g��91* y� \ 1" LATERAL 4 ♦♦ Gj \\ 2" SLEEVE ♦♦ 1 2Y2" MAINLINE=-� \\ 1" LATERAL ♦ L 6" SLEEVE Ir \\ ♦` \ 1 2" SLEEVE ` 54.0.1.5" r \ \ \ PLANTER CONTAINER DETAIL TYP/ 4 1" LATERAL EX IRR CONTROL VALVE; REMOVE EX BATTERY 2" SLEEVE �� 1 � OPERATED CONTROL MODULE; INSTALL & \ 1" LATERAL ♦♦ CONNECT NEW CONTROL WIRES (CONDUCTOR AND \ 1" LATERAL 1" LATERAL �� COMMON) TO CONTROL VALVE & CONTROLLER TO \ 2" SLEEVE 4" SLEEVE PROVIDE A FULLY AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE 1Yz" LATERAL EX IRR MAINLINE TO REMAIN \ 4" SLEEVE / _ / \ \ / 1 .POINT OF CONNECTION \ \ 1.3 22 i 1.5" / ��2Y2" MAINLINE \ 55.9 18 LATERAL SLEEVE \♦ 1.5" 2" SLEEVE j PNS L GATE ♦ V v' 'ITYP MATCH LINE — SEE L-24 za NORTH SCALE oP WASN �� JE B. vo'V CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG �P aC1 bd i ADDENDUM REVISIONS CD 4.28.17 DK E 6 �. oR oNr HBB ��� AS NOTED '°a'''"" CITY OF ADDENDUM 1 �^a4/,s/n 2 ti�lJ m. HOWARD RENTON SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 1 800 424 5555 IIJI �`M OVR C. o��NS PHASE 1 DATUM ms �J �oN� C—munty Services Dept. IRRIGATION PLAN UnUTIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER ANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE F�'BB>EXP ovo Nciv "°"T" �Qe�os, < P� REVISION BY DATE APPR ^b+Ec gN0.SCAPE D. KOONTS 75 78 MATCH LINE — SEE L-23 6 zo <o. NORTH SCALE A R C H I T E C T U R A L A - 0 0 1 G E N E R A L N O T E S 6250 1 1 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 1 3 A - 3 0 0 1 A - 3 0 1 2 A - 3 0 0 1 A - 3 0 0 4 A - 3 0 0 2 A 4 0 1 D A B C 2 A 4 0 0 D A B C 3 A 4 0 0 D A B C 1 A 4 0 1 D A B C 6 A - 2 0 0 6 A - 2 0 0 3A-200 3 A - 2 0 0 2A-3011A-500 5 A - 5 0 0 2 A - 5 0 0 6 A - 5 0 0 7 A - 5 0 0 8 A - 5 0 0 4 A - 5 0 0 3 A - 5 0 0 5A-5019A-5006250 1 1 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R E S T R O O M F L O O R P L A N 1 3 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " W A L L T Y P E S 2 1 11 1 1 1 A - 5 0 1 2A-500 6 A - 5 0 0 4A-500 6 S I M A - 5 0 0 6 A - 5 0 1 6 A - 5 0 1 11A-501 9 A-501 1 1 A - 5 0 1 1 4 A - 5 0 0 12 A-501 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 6250 1 1 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R E S T R O O M R O O F P L A N 1 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R E F L E C T E D C E I L I N G P L A N 2 1 C F.F.ELEVC F.F.ELEV D 5 S I M A - 5 0 1 6250 1 1 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R E S T R O O M W E S T E L E V A T I O N 1 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R E S T R O O M E A S T E L E V A T I O N 2 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " S E C T I O N T H R O U G H R E S T R O O M 3 1/4"=1'-0"RESTROOM SOUTH ELEVATION4 1/4"=1'-0"RESTROOM NORTH ELEVATION5 1/4"=1'-0"SECTION THROUGH BREEZEW A Y 6 1 G R I D 9 A - 5 0 1 2 A - 5 0 1 GRID11A-5014A-501 10A-501 G R I D G R I D 7 A - 5 0 1 8 A - 5 0 1 G R I D 1 2 A - 5 0 1 3 A - 5 0 1 2 A - 5 0 1 1 A - 5 0 1 1 1 A - 5 0 0 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 3 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " W E S T W A L L S E C T I O N 1 3 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " E A S T W A L L S E C T I O N 2 3 / 4 = 1 ' - 0 " R R W A L L S E C T I O N - D O O R 33/4"=1'-0"RESTROOM GLAZING SECTION46250 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G R I D G R I D 3 A - 3 0 1 G R I D 1 0 A - 5 0 1 1 1 A - 5 0 1 6250 1 1 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 3 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R R I N T E R I O R W A L L S E C T I O N 1 3 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " R R S O U T H E X T E R I O R W A L L S E C T I O N 2 1-1/2"=1'-0"RR SOFFIT SECTION3 1 1 1 1 8'-0" AFFDIM PT6250 1 1 1 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 8 ' - 0 " A F F D I M P T 8 ' - 0 " A F F D I M P T 6250 1 1 5 7 0 5 ' 6 0 ' + ) * $ 1 4 * 1 1 & 2 # 4 - 2 * # 5 ' 1 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES DRAWING INDEX AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MAX MAXIMUM APPROX APPROXIMATE MECH MECHANICAL 1. DRAWINGS. THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO DESCRIBE THE OVERALL SCOPE OF WORK. ARCH ARCHITECTURAL MEZZ MEZZANINE CONTRACTORS SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ALERT THE ARCHITECT TO MFR MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE ANY CONFLICTS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. ARCHITECTURAL BLDG BUILDING MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE BLKG BO BLOCKING BOTTOM OF MISC MISCELLANEOUS 2. (E) OR 'EXIST.) INDICATES EXISTING CONDITION, DIMENSION OR DATUM. VERIFY ALL EXISTING A-001 GENERAL NOTES CJ CONTROL JOINT MTL METAL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ON PROJECT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. A-100 RESTROOM FLOOR PLAN CL CENTERLINE N NIC NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT A-101 RESTROOM RCP/ROOF PLAN CLR CLEAR NO NUMBER 3. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE COL COLUMN NTS NOT TO SCALE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD MEASUREMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY A-102 PERGOLA PLAN & ROOF PLAN CONC CONCRETE DISCREPANCIES WITH DRAWINGS. A-200 ELEVATIONS CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE OC ON CENTER OH OVERHEAD A-300 RESTROOM/PERGOLA BUILDING SECTIONS D DEEP, DEPTH OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER 4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, PROPERTY LINES, MEASUREMENTS AND DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION OPNG OPENING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES, ERRORS OR A-301 WALL SECTIONS DTL DETAIL OPP OPPOSITE OMISSIONS TO BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. A400 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DIA DIAMETER ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN DIM DIMENSION PERP PERPENDICULAR 5. TYPICAL WALL SECTIONS, FINISHES, AND DETAILS ARE NOT INDICATED EVERYWHERE THEY A-401 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ON DOWN PLYWD PLYWOOD OCCUR ON PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SECTIONS. REFER TO DETAILED DRAWINGS. A-500 DETAILS DS DWG DOWNSPOUT DRAWING PL PROPERTY LINE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AS IF DRAWN IN FULL. A-501 DETAILS FR PAIR E EAST PT PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE TREATED 6. DETAILED AND/OR LARGER SCALE DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL AND A-600 FINISH SCHEDULE/ DOOR SCHEDULE (E), EXIST EXISTING R RADIUS, RISER SMALLER SCALE DRAWINGS. EJ EXPANSION JOINT RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD EL ELEVATION REA REINFORCED, REINFORCING ELEC EQ ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL EQUAL D REQUIRED 7. GENERALLY PLAN DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FINISH OPENING, FACE OF CONCRETE FACE NOTED REFERENCE SYMBOLS REV REVISED, REVISION SHEATHING, OR OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE EQUIP EQUIPMENT RM ROOM FCIO FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ RO ROUGH OPENING 8. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL ANGLES TO BE RIGHT ANGLES, ALL LINES WHICH APPEAR INSTALLED BY OWNER S SOUTH PARALLEL ARE TO BE PARALLEL, AND ALL ITEMS WHICH APPEAR CENTERED ARE TO BE y xx xx FIN FINISH, FINISHED SHT SHEET CENTERED. CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ALL LINES TRUE, LEVEL, nx.xx Ax.xx FO FACE OF SHTHG SHEATHING PLUMB, AND SQUARE. FDIC FURNISHED BY SIM SIMILAR BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR CONTRA INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SPEC SPECIFICATION FT FOOT, FEET SQ SQUARE 9. NOTHING IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO PERMIT AN INSTALLATION IN VIOLATION SS STAINLESS STEEL OF APPLICABLE CODES. ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE IN FULL xx GA GAGE, GAUGE L STEEL ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST RULES, REGULATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, REQUIREMENTS, AND GALV GALVANIZED ST STORAGE CODES OF THE GOVERNING JURISDICTIONS. GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD STRUCT STRUCTURAL SECTION INDICATOR GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD SUSP SUSPENDED T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS FOR THE EQUIPMENT. H HIGH TO TOP OFNP HORIZ HR HORIZONTAL HOUR TYPICAL 11. ALL ATTACHMENTS, CONNECTIONS, AND FASTENINGS OF ANY NATURE ARE TO BE PROPERLY xx HT HEIGHT UONVER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND PERMANENTLY SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE BEST PRACTICES OF THE HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, VERT VERTICAL BUILDING INDUSTRY. DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS TO ASSIST THE SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR AND DO NOT SHOW EVERY DETAIL. W WEST, WIDE ID INSIDE DIAMETER wl WITH xx _ _ INSUL INSULATE, INSULATION 12. CAULKING AND SEALANTS. USE PRIMERS AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. BACKING RODS L LONG OR TAPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AND PER SPECIFICATIONS. ft:t=f 13. VAPOR BARRIERS. CONTINUOUS AND APPROVED VAPOR BARRIERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE HEATED SIDE OF ALL THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLED AS INDICATED. SEAL ALL EDGES. ENLARGED DETAIL INDICATOR 14. CONTRACTOR AT BEGINNING OF WORK TO FLUSH ALL ROOF DRAINS TO CONFIRM IN WORKING - ORDER. AT CONCLUSION OF WORK CONTRACTOR TO TEST ALL ROOF DRAINS TO CONFIRM IN PROJECT CODE INFORMATION WORKING ORDER AND TIGHT LINES THROUGHOUT BUILDING AND PROVIDE CONFIRMATION REPORT TO OWNER. GRIDLINE INDICATOR JURIDICTION: CITY OF RENTONCOLUMN 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND PROTECT AS APPLICABLE CODES: REQUIRED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 2015 IBC, IMC, IFC, IECC, UPC, AND WSEC x.x CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V 16. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL OPERATIONS WITH OWNER, INCLUDING: SITE ACCESS, OCCUPANCY TYPE: B MATERIALS STORAGE, AND STAGING, INTERRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FLAGNOTE BUILDING AREA: 1025 SF SERVICES AND TIMING OF NOISY AND DISRUPTIVE OPERATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SEQUENCE OF WORK WITH OWNER. Q 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH FACILITIES FOR REMOVAL OF ROOFTOP MOUNTED CD EQUIPMENT AS NEEDED FOR CURB AND FLASHING INSTALLATION, AND RE -ROOFING DRAWING REVISION INDICATOR 18. CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING FURNISHINGS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND()(, -XX" LANDSCAPING FROM DAMAGE. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE IN KIND ANY SUCH ITEMSdr-1 DAMAGED. XXXXXXX ELEVATION INDICATOR 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL ROOF OPENINGS FROM WATER PENETRATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. _ _ MATCH LINE_ SEE SHEETAX.XX 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN CURRENT RECORD DRAWINGS FOR ARCHITECT'S PERIODIC REVIEW. MATCHLINE INDICATOR 21. AS BUILT DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON RECORD DRAWINGS AND MAY BE INCLUDED FOR REFERENCE AS TO THE SCOPE OF WORK ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BID, EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND INCLUDE ALL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT IN THE CONTRACT SUM. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS WILL BE MADE FOR FAILURE TO OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION AND MAKE KNOWN ANY INACCURACIES. 6250 REGISTERED I . ARCWIEGT Alex E. Rolluda STATE OF WASHINGTON CEMENTITIOUS LINEAR SIDING 16 GA SHT MTL PANELS 16 GA SHT MTL PANELS CEMENTITIOUS LINEAR SIDING 5/8" GWB EXTERIOR 4-3/4" x 3/4" EXT PLYWD FURRING STRIPS EXTERIOR 4-3/4" x 3/4" EXT PLYWD FURRING STRIPS EXTERIOR 4-3/4" x 3/4" EXT PLYWD FURRING STRIPS EXTERIOR 4-3/4" x 3/4" EXT PLYWD FURRING STRIPS INTERIOR 5-112: METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. @16" O.C. - ALIGN W/ STUDS @16" O.C. - ALIGN W/ STUDS @16" O.C. - ALIGN W/ STUDS @ 16" O.C. - ALIGN W/ STUDS W/ ACOUST BATT INSUL 2" CONT RIGID INSULATION2" CONT RIGID INSULATION 2" CONT RIGID INSULATION 2" CONT RIGID INSULATION 1/2" TILE BACKER BOARD WRB WRB WRB WRB PORCELAIN TILE 1/2" PLYWD SHEATHING 1/2" PLYWD SHEATHING 1/2" PLYWD SHEATHING 1/2" PLYWD SHEATHING 5/8" GWB ABOVE 8'-0" 5-1/2" METAL STUDS @ 5-1/2" METAL STUDS @ 5-1/2" METAL STUDS @ 5-1/2" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (ALIGN W/ SIDING VERTICAL JOINTS) 16" O.C. (ALIGN W/ SIDING VERTICAL JOINTS) 16" O.C. (ALIGN W/ SIDING VERTICAL JOINTS) 16" O.C. (ALIGN W/ SIDING VERTICAL JOINTS) 19 T S LINTERIOR 1 VAPORIRETARDER L INTERIOR 1 VAPOR RETARDER INTERIOR 1 VAPORRRETARDER L BATHROOM INTERIOR 1 VAP R E ARDE ARD E BACKER BOARD INTERIOR PORCELAIN TILE PORCELAIN TILE 5/8" GWB ABOVE 8'-0" 5/8" GWB ABOVE 8'-0" WALL TYPE 1 WALL TYPE 2 WALL TYPE 3 WALL TYPE 4 WALL TYPE 5 WALL TYPES 2 3/4"_1.-0" RESTROOM FLOOR PLAN ozg) 6250 REGISTERED r. ARCLUMT Alex E. Rolluda STATE OF WASHINGTON 1� F; 2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 0zf) 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 T 11 5EQ.SPACES 6" GUTTERS AIR INTAKE SEE MECH DS DS AIR INTAKE SEIE MECH PLUMBING VE T PIPE SEE MECH A -sot I I I I I I I WEATHERHEAD FOR ANTENNAS EXHAUST SEE MECH EXHAUST SEE MECH 14 D— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 625 CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG AR ISTER T 1 1 800 424-5555 rolluda architects Alex E. Rolluda BCCflIt2CtU1B planning IIlt21IOf d2$Igll STATEOFWASHINGTON UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER N0. RESTROOM ROOF PLAN �4) 1 ,ra^=1 = JS CD 14.28.17 DK 10'16 :w N/A CITY OF R. MURAKAMI ` R E N TO N T. AUDUSTAD �ui �ww DATUM ' R. MURAKAMI 1P Community Services Dept. .»aaK REVISION BY DATE APPR t°""d"6Nn• R. MURAKAMI ADD SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PHASE 1 RESTROOM RCP/ROOF PLAN 04/19/17 A-101 TTC .O.S. I �EQ. , �, �, �EQ. 1 5 EQ. SPACED JOINTS ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP 6 SECTION THROUGH BREE; 12 1/2 ALUM COVER PLATE LIGHT PER ELECT T.O.S. LIGHT PER ELECT C8x11.5 W8x21 T.O.$. 0 0 CEMENTITIOUS LINEAR SIDING ALUM. COVER PLATE 16 GA MTL. PANELS AT WALL END TYP. 0 0 OC TYP �� 'Q'-� 1� 1= � EQ CEMENTITIOUS LINEAR SIDING 5 EQ. SPACED JOINTS ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP RESTROOM NORTH ELEVATION 5 1 /4„ LINEAR SIDING 4 RESTROOM SOUTH ELEVATION 6250 ViR��T GISTERED 1 CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG rolluda architects 1 800 424-5555 �' architecture planning interior design Alex E.Roliuda UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER STATE OF WASHINGTON N0. W8x31 16 GA MTL PANELS TYP ON EAST & WEST DILATE JELS FYP. 16 GA MTL PANE ON EAST 1 2 � 4 5 6 7 8 B 10 11 TPO ROOF MEMBRANE PAINTED ALUM WINDOW 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES 1/2 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 11/2' 11 10 METAL T^^PANEL FASTENING: 16" O.C. MAX TYP. ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP 3 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES V 1 1/2" 1/2 1/2" 11/2 11/2 n2 RESTROOM EAST ELEVATION L 1/4"=1'-0" METAL PANEL FASTENING: 16" O.C. MAX TYP. RESTROOM WESTELEVATION ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP is CD 14.28.17 DK —'Ir N/A CITY OF R. MURAKAMI T. AucuSTAD ��RENTON R. MURWAMI "� Community Services Dept. REVISION BY DATE APPR R. MURAKAMI ADDENDUM1 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PHASE 1 ELEVATIONS 16 GA MTL. PANELS AT WALL END TYP. 04/19/17 aro xuxu A-200 MOM I �EQ. , �, �, �EQ. 1 5 EQ. SPACED JOINTS ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP 6 SECTION THROUGH BREE; 12 1/2 ALUM COVER PLATE LIGHT PER ELECT T.O.S. LIGHT PER ELECT C8x11.5 W8x21 T.O.$. 0 0 CEMENTITIOUS LINEAR SIDING ALUM. COVER PLATE 16 GA MTL. PANELS AT WALL END TYP. 0 0 OC TYP �� 'Q'-� 1� 1= � EQ CEMENTITIOUS LINEAR SIDING 5 EQ. SPACED JOINTS ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP RESTROOM NORTH ELEVATION 5 1 /4„ LINEAR SIDING 4 RESTROOM SOUTH ELEVATION 6250 ViR��T GISTERED 1 CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG rolluda architects 1 800 424-5555 �' architecture planning interior design Alex E.Roliuda UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER STATE OF WASHINGTON N0. W8x31 16 GA MTL PANELS TYP ON EAST & WEST DILATE JELS FYP. 16 GA MTL PANE ON EAST 1 2 � 4 5 6 7 8 B 10 11 TPO ROOF MEMBRANE PAINTED ALUM WINDOW 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES 1/2 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 11/2' 11 10 METAL T^^PANEL FASTENING: 16" O.C. MAX TYP. ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP 3 4 EQ. SPACES 4 EQ. SPACES V 1 1/2" 1/2 1/2" 11/2 11/2 n2 RESTROOM EAST ELEVATION L 1/4"=1'-0" METAL PANEL FASTENING: 16" O.C. MAX TYP. RESTROOM WESTELEVATION ALIGN STUDS W/ JOINT SPACING, TYP is CD 14.28.17 DK —'Ir N/A CITY OF R. MURAKAMI T. AucuSTAD ��RENTON R. MURWAMI "� Community Services Dept. REVISION BY DATE APPR R. MURAKAMI ADDENDUM1 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PHASE 1 ELEVATIONS 16 GA MTL. PANELS AT WALL END TYP. 04/19/17 aro xuxu A-200 11 A-501 10 A-501 T R-38 VAPOR BA RIGID PLYWC WINDOW PER SCHEDULE / GRID / ROOF TYPE: TPO ROOFING �DI R-38 VAPOR BARRIER CONT r� RIGID INSULATION r� LYWD SHEATHING I 2x6 T&G 12 A-501 11 A-501 10 A-501 T R-38 VAPOR BA RIGID PLYWC WINDOW PER SCHEDULE GLAZING PER III DOOR PER SCHEDULE I - WALL TYPE 3 WINDOW SCHEDULE o I[I o 0 zo WALL TYPE 3 4 501 FOOTING AND SLAB PER STRUCTURAL II I IIIIIIIIIIIII ° ° 11111 � I I I-1 a a. 4 RESTROOM GLAZING SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" FOOTING AND SLAB PER STRUCTURAL 3RR WALL SECTION - DOOR 3/4=1'-0" 6250 REGISTERED 1 ADDENDUM REVISIONS CD 4.26.1 AR T Ai E RoH da STATE OF WASHINGTON NO. REVISION BY DATE REINFORCED PLASTIC PROTECTION N OVER EXPOSED RIGID I �u�uQj{j REINFORCED PLASTIC PROTECTION INSULATION & BELOW GRADE OVER EXPOSED RIGID INSULATION &BELOW GRADE FOOTING AND SLAB PER STRUCTURAL FOOTING AND SLAB I IF] PER STRUCTURAL III III 111-111 1i11�1 II III III III ° III IIII III -X111-111 11 I I III—III III III=1 I I III III—III a ° III1 I I I I I III=III II- III III—III —III a °III=1 I I—I I I III IIIII—III ii=iii EAST WALL SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" A F N/A WEST WALL SECTION 1 ADDENDUM 1 —'04/19/17 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK '°a°°" PHASE 1 —A N. 0 WALL SECTIONS 19 "78 �DI ROOF TYPE: / ROOF TYPE: TPO ROOFING /� R-38 VAPOR BARRIER CONT 12 A-501 TPO ROOFING RIGID INSULATION NG R-38 VAPOR BARRIER CONT A-501 5/8/8)1PLYWD SHEATH 2x6 T&G 1 RIGID INSULATION 5l8" LYWD SHEATHING 2x6 T&G I I I I 3 A-501 WINDOW PER SCHEDULE WINDOW PER SCHEDULE fl 1 l I I r2 i TMP TYP A-501 A-501 GLAZING PER III DOOR PER SCHEDULE I - WALL TYPE 3 WINDOW SCHEDULE o I[I o 0 zo WALL TYPE 3 4 501 FOOTING AND SLAB PER STRUCTURAL II I IIIIIIIIIIIII ° ° 11111 � I I I-1 a a. 4 RESTROOM GLAZING SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" FOOTING AND SLAB PER STRUCTURAL 3RR WALL SECTION - DOOR 3/4=1'-0" 6250 REGISTERED 1 ADDENDUM REVISIONS CD 4.26.1 AR T Ai E RoH da STATE OF WASHINGTON NO. REVISION BY DATE REINFORCED PLASTIC PROTECTION N OVER EXPOSED RIGID I �u�uQj{j REINFORCED PLASTIC PROTECTION INSULATION & BELOW GRADE OVER EXPOSED RIGID INSULATION &BELOW GRADE FOOTING AND SLAB PER STRUCTURAL FOOTING AND SLAB I IF] PER STRUCTURAL III III 111-111 1i11�1 II III III III ° III IIII III -X111-111 11 I I III—III III III=1 I I III III—III a ° III1 I I I I I III=III II- III III—III —III a °III=1 I I—I I I III IIIII—III ii=iii EAST WALL SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" A F N/A WEST WALL SECTION 1 ADDENDUM 1 —'04/19/17 SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK '°a°°" PHASE 1 —A N. 0 WALL SECTIONS 19 "78 ROOF ASSEMBLY SEE 3/ A-300 "Z" MTL 3"X4" NAILER BEAM PER STRUCT SPRAY IN INSUL. WALL TYPE 5 GWB RR SOFFIT SECTION 1-1/2"=1'-0" GWB WALL TYPE 5 CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 6z5� TAR TTERED 1 rolluda architects �. 1 800 424-5555 Alex E.Roll�da UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER architecture planning interior design I STATE OFWASHINGTON � N0. GRID 11 A-501 WALL T FOOTING ANC PER STRUC REINFORCED PLASTIC PROTE OVER EXPOSED INSULATION & BELOW ( RR SOUTH EXTERIOR WALL SECTION ROOF TYPE: TPO ROOF NG R-3 T RIGID I INSULATON 5/8' LYWD SHEATHING 2x6 T&G 1 i GRID JS CD 4.28.17 DK '°'° NSA , 'w"o1°,jr—, CITY OF P Mu RA� 4 RENTON o� 7. A11GUSfAD �. . DATUM °FL MURN(AAe aa�iso�c Community Services Dept. REVISION BY DATE APPIR R MURN(AMI RR INTERIOR WALL SECTION ADD SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PHASE 1 WALL SECTIONS 04/19/17 e�esm A-301 n SECTION @ END WALL CAP IL A3=-01dtl_RR_endcap_wall2_12 11 HORIZONTAL PANEL JOINT SCALE : 3" =1'-0" dtl_pl_se_1_2 YOND I _ATE TING !AM LINEAR SIDING MATCH WINDOW FINISH W8X31 BEAM BE WINDOW PER SCHED I BEAM ABOVE BLOCKING I 8" GWB DOOR/TRANSOE SCALE : 3" =1'-0" dtl_pl_dr_4 WINDOW FRAME BEYONE I I SANDED SEALANT 1 I I I ALUM. DOOR & FRAME I 8'-0" AFF ,I, DIMS T. AUGUSTAID BLOCKING I �FDIL ALUM. COVER F MURAKAMI MATCH WINDOW FINISH I SPRAY FOAM INSUL. BEYOND °P 1k MURWAMI SPRAY FOAM INSUL. SHT. MTL. FLAS \ W/ FLATLOCK S ALUM. COVER WINDOW PLATE TO MATCH PER SCHED WINDOW FINISH MTL. PANELS n SECTION @ END WALL CAP IL A3=-01dtl_RR_endcap_wall2_12 11 HORIZONTAL PANEL JOINT SCALE : 3" =1'-0" dtl_pl_se_1_2 YOND I _ATE TING !AM WALL TYP 4 i VENT TYP. CEMENTITIOUS - ALUM. COVER PLATE TO LINEAR SIDING MATCH WINDOW FINISH LINEAR CEMETITIOUS SIDING OR DOOR/ WINDOW PER SCHED I BEAM ABOVE BLOCKING I 8" GWB n DOOR JAMB AT WALL TYPE 4 SCALE : 3" =1'-0" dtl_pl_dr_4 WINDOW I I SANDED SEALANT 1 I I I ALUM. DOOR & FRAME I /8" TYP. T. AUGUSTAID BLOCKING I �FDIL ALUM.COVER PLATE TO MATCH WINDOW FINISH MURAKAMI MATCH WINDOW FINISH I SPRAY FOAM INSUL. BY DATE APPR °P 1k MURWAMI SPRAY FOAM INSUL. \ ALUM. COVER WINDOW PLATE TO MATCH PER SCHED WINDOW FINISH "TILE BACKER BOARD SPRAY FOAM W8X31 BEAM INSUL. WRB ALUM.COVER PLATE TO PORCELAIN TILE MATCH WINDOW FINISH SANDED SEALANT ALUM. COVER PLATES WALL TYP 3 COLUMN PER STRUCT ALUM. COVER PLATE SHT. MTL. FLASHING TO MATCH WINDOW MTL PANELS 1/8" TYP. FINISH CLEARSTORY TRANSOM s END WALL CAP s WINDOW JAMB AT BREEZEWAY 3 WINDOW JAMB AT WALL TYPES 2 & 5 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" dtl_bb_se SCALE : 3" = 1'-0' dtl_plylz_2_5 SCALE : 3" = 1'-0" dtl_elylaz_3brz WALL TYP 4 i VENT TYP. CEMENTITIOUS - ALUM. COVER PLATE TO LINEAR SIDING MATCH WINDOW FINISH OW JAMB 3 1 BLOCKING I ALUM. DOOR & FRAME �— BEAM ABOVE n DOOR JAMB AT WALL TYPE 4 SCALE : 3" =1'-0" dtl_pl_dr_4 MATCH WINDOW FINISH I i BEAM ABOVE I SANDED SEALANT 1 I I I ALUM. DOOR & FRAME I /8" TYP. T. AUGUSTAID BLOCKING I �FDIL ALUM. COVER PLATE TO MURAKAMI MATCH WINDOW FINISH I SPRAY FOAM INSUL. BY DATE APPR °P 1k MURWAMI � - ---- `WALLTYP3 8� 10 DOOR JAMB AT WALL TYPE 3 REGISTERED 1 ADDENDUM REVISIONS CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG � AR T goo 424-5555 rollUda architects �. Alex E. Rolluda architecture planning interior design STATE OF WASHINGTON UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER NO REVISION BEAM ABOVE WINDOW PER SCHED WALL BELOW 1X BLOCKING ALUM.COVER PLATE TO MATCH WINDOW FINISH COLUMN PER STRUCT GL INSUL CLEARSTORY WINDOW JAMB 5 dtl_clylaz_3out BEAM ABOVE I OW JAMB 3 1 BLOCKING I �IVVA�LLYPE "� 0" 1�1 3 1 ALUM. COVER PLATE TO MATCH WINDOW FINISH I N/A I SANDED SEALANT 1 I I /8" TYP. WALL TYP-3- SPRAY FOAM INSUL.YF_7717717177�11 :R ATCH DISH :R ATCH I ISH 0 W ALUM. COVE PLATE TO MATCH WIN OW FINISH ALUM. COVE PLATE TO J MATCH WIN OW FINISH SEALANT – SPRAY F AM INSUL. — BEAM ABOVE EDGE OF WALL BELOW TI ILII 11 I J-MTL n CLEARSTORY WINDOW JAMB AT SOFFIT SCALE: 3-1'-0' 1'-0" dtl_clylaz_sot 1 WALL TYPES 1 & 2 S LE 3" CI TYOF ADDENDUM 1 04/19/17 DRENTON SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PHASE 1A-500 Community Services Dept. DETAILS a, 23 "78 3� WI OW JAMB 3 4 �IVVA�LLYPE "� 0" 1�1 3 CD 4.28. 7 DK N/A ° NEOR MURAKAMI T. AUGUSTAID �FDIL DATUM MURAKAMI BY DATE APPR °P 1k MURWAMI scue rcmR°isc�r :R ATCH DISH :R ATCH I ISH 0 W ALUM. COVE PLATE TO MATCH WIN OW FINISH ALUM. COVE PLATE TO J MATCH WIN OW FINISH SEALANT – SPRAY F AM INSUL. — BEAM ABOVE EDGE OF WALL BELOW TI ILII 11 I J-MTL n CLEARSTORY WINDOW JAMB AT SOFFIT SCALE: 3-1'-0' 1'-0" dtl_clylaz_sot 1 WALL TYPES 1 & 2 S LE 3" CI TYOF ADDENDUM 1 04/19/17 DRENTON SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK PHASE 1A-500 Community Services Dept. DETAILS a, 23 "78 T ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 SEE 2/ A-300 CUT -EDGE SEALANT GL,l TPO ROOF APPLICABLE MEMBRANE BONDING HOT AIR -WELD 1-1/2" TPO ROOF O CUT -EDGE SEALANT ADHESIVE MEMBRANE SHEET METAL HOT AIR -WELD 1-1 /2" FLASHING APPLICABLE _ r — — BONDING OO O SHEET METAL CONT. CLEAT ADHESIVE FLASHING 3"X4" NAILER ACTUAL CUT TO SLOPE. SEE STRUCTURAL "Z" MTL I B CKING _ SPRAY FOAM INSULATION ro GUTTER I FILL VOID COMPLETELY e' WB 7/8" FURRING CHANNELSJ' MTL. B INSULATION BETWEEN CONT. CLEAT I @ 24" O.C. o CONTINUOUS MTL CORNER SEALANT ANGLE SLANT & BACKER ROD A M. COVER PLATE (MATCH TO DOW FINISH) WINDOW PER SCHEDULE RIDGE GUTTER BEAM FURRING WINDOW HEADER WALL TYPE 3 12 s 6 3 SCALE: 3" =1'-0" dtl_rr_ridge SCALE: 3" = 1'-0' dtl_rryutter SCALE; 3" = 1'-0" dtl_v_beamiurring_6 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" dtl_winhdr_wa113 E A LIN ROOF ASSEMBLY SEE 2/ A-301 ROOF ASSEMBLY WINDOW PER SCHEDULE 6" WIDE TPO 1" 2" MIN SEE 3/A-300 CEMENTITIOUS SH MTL FLASHING. PRESSURE- SENSITIVE LINEAR SIDING EXTEND UNDER COVER STRIP IN 3"x4" NAILER ACTUAL FR E, PROVIDE CONJUNCTION WITH SEE STRUCTURAL EN DAMS, TYP TPO PRIMER I CO T. CLEAT 2x BLOCKING e" GWB BEAM PER STRUCT O 8'-0" AFF R-16 SPRAY FOAM INSUL. DIM PT-------� ALUM. COVER PLATE (MATCH TO WINDOW FINISH) = a"Al GAP TPO MEMBRANE z SHIM VENT TYP. W 5-1/2" METALIF7 EDGE VE TYP. CONT. CLEAT SEALANT & SHT. MTL. STUDS @16" O.C. MOLDING BACKER ROD FLASHING KING SHEET METAL FLASHING COMP. CHANNEL CEMENTITIOUS ALUM.COVER PLATE TO 3 4" T PLYWD FURRING ALIGN LINEAR SIDING @ I MATCH WINDOW FINISH ST P ALIGNED W/ STUDS 3"X4" NAILER ACTUAL SEE STRUCT /^°" FACES WINDOW JAMB DOOR PER 2" ID INSUL BEAM PER STRUCT PER SCHEDULE THERMAL SCHEDULE W 1 DOOR FRAME 16 SHT MTL PANEL PER SCHEDULE RAKE DETAIL TRANSOM WINDOW HEAD DOOR HEADER WALL 1/JAMB SIM CLEARSTORY WINDOW SILL WALL 3 11 8 s 2 SCALE : 3" =1'-0" dtl_rrs_ohg SCALE: 3-1'-0' 1'-0' dtl_rr transom SCALE : 3" = 1'-0" WINDOW PER SCHEDULE dd rr_door _header SCALE : 3" = 1'-0" dtl_rr wall3_sill WALL TYPE 3 BEAM PER STRUCT " EXT PLYWD FURRING SHT MTL FLASHING WINDOW PER STRIP ALIGNED W/ STUDS EXTEND UNDER FRAME, SCHEDULE WINDOW FRAME PER SCHEDULE ` 16 GA SHT MTL PANEL PROVIDE END DAMS, TYP SHT MTL FLASHING NAIL EXTEND UNDER FRAME, WRB CONT. CLEAT THERMAL PROVIDE END DAMS, TYP o DOORFRAME PER SCHEDULE"SHIM VENT TYP. - 81-0",1,AFF SHEET METAL FASCIA 'J' MTL. DIM PT SEALANT BOTH SIDES CONT. CLEAT 4AIR GAP f a = VENT TYP. DOORPERSCHEDULE ° y" EXT PLYWD FURRING CONT. CLEAT a a _ BLOCKING STRIP ALIGNED W/ STUDS SANDED SEALANT WRB BLOCKING a a FRP PROTECTION BOARD 2" RIGID INSULATION FRP PROTECTION BOARD a ° FOUNDATION PER STRUCT 0 RAKE DETAIL DOOR HEADER / TRANSOM WI OW SILL WALL 3 BOTTOM PLATE 10 QSCALE: 4 1 SCALE: 3" = T-0 did _rf_s_ohg 3"= 1'-0" so _ _ r_ a " _ dtl_rt_glazing_sill SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" will bimylate CALL 2 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG rolluda architects � AR T N/� MU�t "omaw xnV°i,"", CITY OF SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 04/19/17 ."°°". <.-I �' ""�T. RENTON 1 800 424-5555 architecture planning interior design Alex E. Rolluda STATE OFWASHINGTON AI1GUSfAD HEttEFI MURWAMI DATUMi0 PHASE 1 Community Services Dept, INTERIOR DETAILS ""- -X A-501 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER NO. REVISION BY DATE APPRoo" °E °°"°'"°°° �R. MURAKALII "' 24 "M SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 PRE‐BID MEETING NOTES A pre‐bid meeting was held on Tuesday, May 2, 2017 at 10:00 a.m. Attendees are listed on the attached sign in sheet. The following questions or clarifications were voiced. 1. Will the cut and fill be balanced onsite? a. Yes 2. Who is responsible for the existing perimeter construction fence? a. The City of Renton has supplied the fence around the park site, to keep the public out, and to define the future park from the adjacent Sunset Lane construction project. Upon the Contractor’s Notice to Proceed, the fence will be the Contractor’s responsibility to adjust and use for the duration of construction. Any damage to the fence caused by the Contractor’s construction will be their responsibility to repair or replace. 3. What is the timing of the adjacent Sunset Lane construction? a. By mid to late June, Harrington Ave NE will be paved from NE Sunset Boulevard to the construction entrance of Sunset Neighborhood Park. The Park Contractor will be responsible for protection of the new paving and curbs for this entrance. The Sunset Lane Contractor will be onsite until late September 2017. The Sunset Neighborhood Park Contractor will have full internal access of the park site from their NTP. 4. There are remnant underground utilities onsite from the now demolished housing units. They may or may not be exposed during grading and trenching work. An existing six inch gas line is noted on the park construction plans, and is to be left in place. attachment SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ADDENDUM #1 SPECIFICATIONS 1) Refer to SECTION 07 21 00: THERMAL INSULATION PARAGRAPH 1.02, A ADD 4. Protection board. 5. Water‐resistive self‐adhered air barrier. PARAGRAPH 1.02, B. ADD 3. Section 074213 Metal Plate Wall Panels 4. Section 074646 Fiber‐Cement Siding 2) Refer to SECTION 07 42 13: SHEET METAL WALL PANELS PARAGRAPH 2.03 ADD E. Vertical Furring Strips: APA rated plywood sheathing, exposure durability classification: EXTERIOR. 3) Refer to SECTION 4646 FIBER CEMENT SIDING PARAGRAPH 2.03 ADD F. Vertical Furring Strips: APA rated plywood sheathing, exposure durability classification: EXTERIOR. 4) Refer to SECTION 08 41 13: ALUMINUM‐FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PARAGRAPH 2.01, E, 7 REVISE 7. Thermal Transmittance of Assembly (Excluding Entrances): Maximum U‐Value of 0.38 Btu/sq ft per hour per degree F when measured in accordance with AAMA 1503. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ADDENDUM #1 5) Refer to SECTION 09 30 13: CERAMIC TILING PARAGRAPH 2.07, B. REVISE B. Metal Edge Strips: 1. Angle or L‐shaped, height to match tile and setting‐bed thickness, satin anodized aluminum. a. Basis of Design: Schluter SCHIENE, or equal. 2. T‐shaped, match tile and setting‐bed thickness, and substrate depth as needed, satin anodized aluminum. a. Basis of Design: Schluter SCHIENE‐STEP, or equal. 6) Refer to SECTION 09 91 13: PAINTING PARAGRAPH 3.06, E. REVISE E. Galvanized Metal: 1. Primer: Non‐Cementitious Primer, MPI #135 2. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, MPI #51 3. Topcoat: Alkyd, MPI #51 7) Refer to SECTION 10 21 13: PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PARAGRAPH 2.01, A, 1. REVISE 1. Flame‐Spread Index: 200 or less. PARAGRAPH 2.01, B. ADD “…Additionally, toilet compartment system must be able to resist grab bar loads outlined in IBC 2015, Section 1607.8.2” 8) Refer to SECTION 102800: TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PARAGRAPH 2.01, C, 2. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ADDENDUM #1 ADD 1. “Appropriate for the conditions (partition and wall mounted). PARAGRAPH 3.01, B. REVISE “Grab bars: install to resist the loads as required by the International Building Code 2015 Edition, 1607.8.2 DRAWINGS 1) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐001 ABBREVIATIONS ADD WRB WATER‐RESISTIVE VAPOR PERMEABLE SELF‐ADHERED AIR BARRIER 2) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐100 2 – WALL TYPES, Wall Types 1‐4 ADD VAPOR RETARDER on the interior face of studs 3) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐101 2 – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REVISE Orientation of T&G decking rotated 90‐degrees, running parallel to the lettered gridlines. ADD Leader note to T&G decking, calling out “T&G DECKING” ADD Detail callouts at gridline 9 and beam between gridlines 3‐4 “6/A501 TYP” SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ADDENDUM #1 4) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐200 1 & 2 RESTROOM EAST AND WEST ELEVATIONS REVISE Metal fastener locations 4 & 5 RESTROOM NORTH AND SOUTH ELEVATIONS REVISE Metal fastener locations ADD Leader note “ALUM COVER PLATE” 5) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐300 1‐4 WALL SECTIONS REVISE ROOF TYPE Plywood thickness from ½” to 5/8” 6) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐301 1‐2 WALL SECTIONS REVISE ROOF TYPE Plywood thickness from ½” to 5/8” 3 – RR SOFFIT SECTION ADD Beam furring similar to 6/A501 7) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐500 ENTIRE SHEET REISSUED 8) Refer to DRAWING NO. A‐501 ENTIRE SHEET REISSUED. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ADDENDUM #1 9) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐1 REVISE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES AND CALLOUTS. 10) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐2 REVISE PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES AND CALLOUTS. REVISE MOW STRIP ALIGNMENT CALLOUT. 11) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐8 ADD NEW DETAIL, 6 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD – TYPE D. 12) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐9 REVISE DETAIL 3: Junction Box Type corrected to Type 2. 13) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐10 ADD NEW DETAIL, 3 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD – TYPE C. 14) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐15 REVISE PLANTING PLAN AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES. 15) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐16 REVISE PLANTING PLAN AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES. 16) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐17 REVISE PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES. SUNSET NEIGHBORHOOD PARK, PHASE 1 SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN ADDENDUM #1 17) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐18 REVISE PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES. 18) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐19 REVISE PLANTING PLAN ENLARGEMENT AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES. 19) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐23 REVISE IRRIGATION HEADS AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES. 20) Refer to DRAWING NO. L‐24 REVISE IRRIGATION HEADS AROUND PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PAD TYPES.